arihant

Self Study Guide

oT CRY el aol eel es RY Ya e100

Physics, Chemistry, Maths etc
Coverage of Past Years’ Question Papers
5 Practice Sets
 ENGLISH
PROFICIENCY
 Grammar

Tense and Agreement

Tense can be Past, Present or Future. These can further be divided into the following segments
1. Simple The action is mentioned simply. Nothing is said about whether the action is complete
or not.
2. Continuous The action is incomplete or going on at the time of speaking,
3. Perfect The action is finished or complete with respect to a certain point of time.
4. Perfect Continuous The action is going on continuously over a long period of time and is yet
to be finished.

Simple Present
(He, She, it, singulars -V,+ s, es)

(We, They, You, |, plurals—V,)

To express a habitual action,
e.g. He goes for a walk in the morning,
‘To express universal truth.
eg. The Sun rises in the East,
In exclamatory sentences beginning with ‘here’ and ‘there’, to express what is actually taking
place in the present.
eg. Here he comes!
To indicate a future event that is part of a plan or an arrangement.
e.g. PM comes tothe town next month,
To introduce quotations,
eg. Gita says, give your best and do not worry for the result.
1106 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

Present Continuous Denoted by last, ago, yesterday. back, before, formerly, any
(Is/Am/Are + V, +ing) fixed time, ete.
eg. We heard a terrifying news last night.
To express an action going on at the time of speaking.
eg. |am studying
in the class, To indicate past habits, indicated generally by the words
like often, seldom, never, normally, generally, always,
To express a temporary action which may not be actually frequently, rarely, daily, used to, ete,
happening at the time of speaking. (These days)
eg. Asa kid,| often went to school on foot.
eg. Lam preparing for the competition.
After it is time. Which is a phrasal expression.
It also represents future action or a definite arrangement
in the near future. eg. Itis time Indian cricket team -sterts-/ started winning
tense matches,
eg. lam going to Mumbai tomorrow.
When the reference is to a particular obstinate habit, the Past Continuous (Was
/ Were + V, + ing)
present continuous is used instead of present simple. An
To denote an action going on at some time in the past.
adverb, like always constantly, ete is also used.
eg. When | went to his house, he was playing,
eg. lt is no use scolding him, he always does / is always
doing what is forbidden. | was studying yesterday.

The following verbs are normally used in the present

For persistent habits in the past.
simple instead of present continuous. eg He was always mooching around,
(a) Verbs of Appearance Look, appear, seem.
Past Perfect (Had+ V,)
(b) Verbs of Emotion Want, wish, desire, feel, like, love,
hate, hope, prefer, etc, To describe an action completed before a certain
moment in the past.
(c) Verbs of Perception See, hear, smell, task, notice,
recognise, etc. eg. | met him in New Delhi in 2000.1 had seen him last
five years before.
(d) Verbs of Possession Belong to, consist of, contain,
own, etc. Past perfect should be used only when we wish to say
(e) Verbs of Thinking Agree, believe, consider, forget,
that one action completed before the other started. It
imagine, know, mind, remember, ete.
should never be used at all in any other sense.
eg. | had gone to Mumbai when he came to meet me.
Present Perfect (Has / Have +V,)
It is used to indicate completed activities in the
Past Perfect Continuous
immediate past. It is a mixture of present and past. It (Had been +V, +ing)
always implies a strong connection of past with the
To express an action that began before a certain point of
present. e.g. He fas just gone out.
time in the past and continued upto that time.
The most important point is that it is used with the past
eg. He had been studying for two hours when his
actions whose time is not given and not definite,
girlfriend came,
eg. He has come here.
If there is past tense in the Principal clause, it must be
Present Perfect Continuous followed by a past tense in the Dependent clause, In an
Indirect narration, the Past Simple in the Dependent
(Have been/Has been + V, + ing)
clause is changed to Past Perfect, if the Principal clause is
To express an action which began at some time in the in the Past tense.
past and is still continuing. eg. He told me that he intended to start a business. He
eg. He has been playing since 8 o' clock. told me that he had intended to start a business.
The exception to the above rule is if some universal,
Simple Past (v,) habitual or generally recognised fact is mentioned in the
To indicate an action completed in the past at a definite Dependent clause, the Present tense must be retained in
time. all conditions,
e.g. | did this yesterday, eg, He told me that the Earth moves round the Sun.
 GRAMMAR 1107

Simple Future . Verb is used according to the first with subject as and

a
To express an action that is still to take place. not, with, as well as, in addition to, along with, beside,
like, together with.
eg. | shall go for the preparation when | receive the call eg. Rahul and not his friend was absent.
letter.
When two nouns or pronouns are joined by net
Future Continuous only...but also, the verb agrees with the second noun or
(Shall be / Will be + V, + ing) pronoun.
e.g. Not only the officer but also the soldiers were
To express an action as going on atsome time in the future.
awarded.
eg, | shall be earning when | am 21.
Ifthe subject is the number of, the singular verb is used
and the noun is plural,
Future Perfect eg. The number of one-dayers played these days has/
(Shall have / Will have + V,) -have led to the deterioration of the game.
To indicate the completion of an action by a certain future
. A great many is always followed by plural verb and a
time.
plural noun.
e.g. We shall have completed our syllabus by next month, eg. Agreat many students have passed this year.
Future Perfect Continuous Many a is always followed by a singular verb and a
singular noun,
(Will have been / Shall have been +V, +ing)
eg, Many a soldier has got medal this year.
To indicate an action which is in progress over a period of
time and will be in progress at a certain time in future. . A singular or a plural verb is used with such nouns as
pains, a lot of, means, variety, plenty, rest, wages, a large
eg. Time will have been clocking for ages in the coming
moments,
number of according to the sense in which they are
used.
eg. Alarge number of girls were absent on account of
Subject-Verb Agreement bad weather.
. If two subjects together express one idea, one being
added to the other for the sake of emphasis or A verb should agree with its subject and not with the
clarification, the verb is singular. No plurality is left to complement. But in the case of sentence beginning with
exist in such a case. The, the verb is according tothe predicate /complement.
eg. Slow and steady wins the race, eg. Our only guide was the stars.
The stars were our only guide.
. When the plural noun denotes some specific quantity,
Is

distance, time or amount considered as a whole, the 13. In a compound sentence, both auxiliary verbs and
verb fs generally singular. principal verbs should be mentioned separately if they
eg. Six miles is nota long distance for me. differ in number, form or voice. In such cases, one verb
cannot act for both the clauses,
3. Two or more singular subjects connected by either-or, He has not married and will not marry in near future.
neither-nor, take a verb in singular (third person
singular verb), . Use of shall and will,
eg, Either Vivek or Vimal is absent today. To express simple future action shall is used in the
4, When the subjects joined by or or nor are of different first person, and willin the second and third person.
numbers, the verb must be plural and the plural subject eg. | shall come.
must be placed next to the verb, You will come, He will come,
eg. Either Amit orhis parents are coming to the party. Shall is used in the second and third person to
5, Any noun qualified by each or every is followed by a express command, promise, threat, determination,
a

singular verb, Even if two nouns so qualified are Will is used in the first’ person to express
connected by and, the verb must still be singular.
Willingness, Promise, Threat, Determination.
eg. Each one of these boys has the potential to get
eg. You shall not steal, (Command)
selected,
1108 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

Modals
What are Modals? (iii) To take or give permission
The finites which express the mode or manner of the actions eg. (a) Can | sit here?
denoted in the principal verb are termed as Modals, This (b) You can park your scooter.
class of helping verbs not only assists in forming questions
and negatives, but expresses a wide range of meanings also.
These helping verbs are,'can’, ‘could’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘shall’,
Could (past form of ‘can’)
‘should ‘may’, ‘might ‘must , ‘ought to' ‘have to' ‘has to' and (i) To express ability /talent in the past
‘had to’. These are also known as modal auxiliaries. eg. (a) They could win the game last month.
They express the degree of certainty of the action in the (b) She could sing beautifully.
sentence or the attitude or opinion of the writer/speaker (ii) To express polite request
concerning the action. ‘need’, ‘dare’ and ‘used to' are called eg. (a) Could | have your pen?
semi-modals.

Functions of Modals May

Would (past form of ‘will’) (i) To show possibility or probability
{i) Itexpresses the past form of will eg. (a) You may attend the school today.
eg. He informed me that he would dance in my (b) She may win the match.
marriage function.
(ii) To give or take permission
(ii) To express past habit eg. (a) May | come in?
e.g He would drink a cup of coffee in the morning. (b) Yes, you may come in.
(iii) For request (iii) To wish or pray
eg. Would you please give me your bike? eg. (a) May you get well soon!
(iv) To express wish (b) May God bless you with a child!
eg. | would that you were rich! (iv) To show a purpose
(v) To express an imaginary condition e.g. My friend is joining a new company, so that he
e.g, | would have a big house if| earned 7 10 crore. may achieve his target.

Should (past form of ‘shall’)

(i) To express duty or obligation
Might (past form of ‘may’)
eg. | should help my friends. (duty) (i) To express less possibility
eg. He might help us.
(ii) To express opinion
eg. They should be on the way to Jaipur. (ii) For permission
(iii) To give or take advice or suggestion. eg, Might | begin to reveal the truth,
e.g, We should go to the temple. (iii) To express guess
e.g. That might be Rohit.
(iv) After ‘lest’ when someone expresses fear.
eg. Walk carefully dest you should fall.
Must
Can {i) To express necessity or obligation
(i) To express an ability, capability, capacity or power e.g. (a) You musttake part in the competition,
eg. (a) | can lift 60 kg, (b) We mustlove our motherland.
(b) She can pass the MBA examination.
(ii) To indicate assumption or conclusion
(c) Can you understand the English
language? eg. (a) They must be here in the evening,
(d) | can grant you leave. (b) Mr AK Gupta must be a good teacher,

(ii) To show possibility (iii) In case of prohibition

eg. (a) She can fall on the road. eg. You mustnot bunk school.
(b) You can go there.
 GRAMMAR 1109

Ought to (b) [had needed to go to him. (Affirmative in the past)

(i) To express moral obligation / duty (c) You needn't have gone to meet him.
eg. (a) You ought torespect your parents. (Negative in the past)
(b) You ought to serve the nation.
(ii) To give advice Dare
eg. You ought to study hard to achieve success. As a modal auxiliary, ‘dare’ refers to being bold and
courageous. ‘The negative is formed by dare not and the
Need interrogative by inversion.
As a modal auxiliary verb in negative terms, it indicates eg. (a) I dare notdisturb them.
absence of obligation. It expresses the speaker's authority or
advice and is used for the present and the future. (b) Dare we talk to them?

eg. You needn't type this letter,

(i) ‘The interrogative is formed by inversion. Used to
eg. Need | speak to him? (i) A discontinued habit or a past situation which is no
(ii) Its past is had to in the affirmative sentence, need not more in the present.
have in the negative and need have in the eg. He used to drink daily. ( Now he does not drink)
interrogative,
(ii) Something existing in the past.
eg. (a) Need
| have gone to him? eg. This used to be a dense jungle before.
(Interrogative in the past)

Prepositions
Words used with nouns/pronouns to shew theirrelationship. Under is used before a noun to indicate that a person
or thing is being affected by something or is going
|. In is used for bigger places (towns, cities, countries) through a particular process.
while at is used for smaller places,
eg. I'm rarely under pressure and my co-workers
e.g. | live at Shastri Nagar in Meerut. are always nice to me,
In / Into In isused in speaking of things at rest. Into is Under can mean junior in ranks.
~

used in speaking of things in motion. eg, Heis underme.,

eg. (a) Heis shopping inthe market. If something happens under a particular person or
(b) He jumped into the well. government, it happens when that person or
3. On denotes position, upon denotes movement. government is in power.
e.g. (a) The cat is on the table. eg, There will be no new taxes under his leadership.
(b) The cat pounced upon the mouse. If someone does something undera particular name,
. With denotes the instrument and by denotes the agent. he uses that name instead of his real name.
e.g. (a) The letter was written byhim with his pen. eg, The patient was registered undera false name.
(b) The music was generated by /with a guitar. Beneath has the same meaning as under, but it is
5. Ago refers to past time while before denotes better to use it for abstract meanings.
precedence between two events, eg. Beneath the festive mood, there is an underlying
apprehension.
e.g. (a) Long ago, there was a king named Rama.
(b) Ram existed before Mahabharata was fought. 7. Difference between On time, In time and Jn good time.
. Above and below merely denote position while ever and On time signifies absolutely right: time, neither
oa

under also carry a sense of covering or movement. before nor after.

eg (a) We live below the roof.
eg, The flight is on time.
(b) Sky is above us. in time means you are not late for it.
(c) Train is running underthe bridge. eg. [arrived just in time for my flight.
(d) The train is standing below the bridge. In good time means with comfortable margin.
(e) The bird is flying overthe pond. eg. | arrived at the airport in good time.
1110 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

8. Difference between at the beginning/at the end and in 4. Sinee and from are used before a noun or phrase
the beginning/in the end. denoting some point of time, but whereas since is
At the beginning means literally at the beginning. preceded by a verb in some perfect tense, from is used
eg, India scored fast at the beginning of the match. with other tenses except the perfect tense. For refers to
Atthe end means literally at the end. a period of time, not to.a point of time and should not be
eg, Attheend of the book, you'll find the replaced by since or from.
bibliography. eg. (a) [haven't taken anything since yesterday,
(b) | started my work from Ist January.
In the beginning (or at first) means in the early stage.
(c) | have been practicing for ten days.
It implies that later there was a change.
e.g. Sachin was nervous in the beginning, later he 15. Regarding the phrases of time, morning, afternoon and
settled down. evening are preceded by the preposition in whereas
In the end (or at last) means eventually/after dawn, daybreak, noon, midday and midnight are
sometime, preceded by the preposition at. Besides, when these time
eg. At first he was scared, but in the end he started phrases are qualified by /ast or neat, they are not
enjoying. preceded by any preposition.
9. No preposition is placed after the following verbs when eg. (a) | like to roam around inthe evening.
they are used in active voice. Order, request, reach, (b) I'll see you at night.
attack, resemble, emphasis, accompany, discuss, (c) The Sun is hottest at midday.
investigate, comprise, enter (come into), flee (a place), (d) | met him last evening.
join, affect, board, ete.
16. Across, something that lies between two points.
e.g. (a) Our forces attacked -@ the enemy fort.
Through, from one side of an opening to the other,
(b) We reached a¢ the station on time.
eg. Walk across a road and pass through a tunnel.
(c) We ordered for a cup of tea.
(d) Heresembles +e his father. 17, Between/Among Between is used while referring to two
persons/things whereas Among is used for more than
10, Omit to after verb of communication such as advise,
two,
tell. ask, beg, command, encourage, request, inform, order.
eg. (a) Between the two of you, who is stronger?
eg (a) | advised
4+ him to study hard. (b) The sweets are to be distributed ameng ten
(b) | commanded + him to leave, friends.
. Tillis used in particular time while until is used for 18. Beside/Besides Beside means ‘by the side of, whereas
indefinite time. But whenever ffl! and until are being Besides means ‘in addition to’.
used as the first word of a sentence, only until is used. eg, (a) Besides cating he is also watching TV.
eg. (a) We shall work until we fell down, (b) You were sitting beside him.
(b) We shall work ¢//15 hrs.
19, From/Between From is normally used with ‘to/till’,
(c) AHL / Until 30, he was a bachelor. whereas Between is used with ‘and’,
2 Tillis used for time while upto for place. eg. (a) He works from nine to six (or nine till six),
va

(b) The meeting was scheduled to be held between

e.g. (a) We shall work ¢///5 pm,
(b) We walked -+#4-/ upto the station.
two pm and three pm.
20. Within/In Within means before the end of time,
13. The same preposition should not be used with two whereas /n means at the end of time.
words unless it is appropriate to each of them,
eg, (a) He will return in five minutes,
e.g. (a) Itis different and inferior to the other.
(b) It is different from and inferior to the other. (b) He will return within five minutes.
 GRAMMAR 1111

Conjunctions are special kinds of connectors, They help you to join two clauses together. The conjunctions as, since,
because, for and in case are used to give reasons. They introduce the explanation that answers the question ‘why’?
The conjunctions so that, in order that and in case and the connectors so as to and in order to are used to state a purpose.
They introduce the answer to the question what for? The conjunctions if, unless and as long as are used to introduce
conditions.

Read the sentences in Column‘A’, some words are in bold. Theirroleis analysed in the sentences as indicated in Column ‘B’.
S.No, Column A Column B
L Rabindranath Tagore worn the Nobel Prize for Literature for his Adds information (and as well as, both, furthermore, moreover,
collection of poems, ‘Geetanjali’ Furthermore, he continued writing additionally but alse),
inspite of his busy selved ule,
2. Ifone hasa positive attitude, one can achieve success, Similarly, ifone Introduces o similar idea (in the same way).
works hard unconditionally, success will never elude one.
a. “Today's generation is really obstinate, Granny said, “Even when you Gives a different/opposite idea (However, nonetheless, whereas,
seold them for their mistakes, still they do not change their ways”. nevertheless, but),
4. Most people in their young days do not understand the value of money, — Introduces the result (so, thus, hence),
Consequently,
they have to regret when they reach old age
5. Itis important to exercise so that we may not be prone to diseases, Expresses purpose (that, therefore, in order that),

6. I understand your situation, but | would appreciate it ifyou complete Indicates difference ‘contrast (while, whereas, but, still, yet).
the project on time.

7 Like you becanseof your sincerity and integrity. Explains ‘why' because, since, as)

8. He is very tense about his new job. Until he is settled there, he willhave Explains the sequence
of events (when, while, after, before, as soon as,
no peace of mind. no sooner, Chan, Ll, until, whenever, since).

9, Itis said that beauty lies in the eves of the beholder, but I feel she ts To express comparisons (as, us, so as, Uhm.)
prettier Uhan Sita,
10. Although it is too late to prepare for the exams, lam hopeful of securing When one has to depict concession (although, though, even though,
good marks. but however, yet, despite, inspite of),

IL You do not have many choices. Either you promise to solve the matter — To give an alternative (either..or, neither.nor, or)
or else fight.

Voice
Voice Mode of making statements is called voice.
Rules for Formation of Passive Voice
Rules for change in voice

Changes of Persons Present Indefinite

Active Subject + first form of verb + s/es or first
Subjective Case Objective Case Possessive Case
form of verb + Object
I my me
Passive Object + is/ am/ are + third form of verb
we our us + preposition +Subject
you your you
Present Continuous
he his him
Active Subject +is/am/are + first form of verb + ing + Object
she her her
Passive Object + is/am/are+ being + third form of verb +
ey Sait chem. preposition + Subject
1112 SELF sTubyY GUIDE BITSAT

Present Perfect Passive Object + modal + have + been + third formof verb +
preposition + Subject
Active Subject + has/have + third form of verb + Object
Rule 3, Active Subject + ought + to + first form of verb +
Passive Object + has/have + been + third form of verb +
preposition + Subject
Object
Passive Object +ought+ to +be+ third form of verb+ Subject
Past Indefinite Some Specific Conditions
Active Subject + second form of verb + Object
Passive Object + was/were + third form of verb + Passive Voice of Verbs with Two
preposition + Subject
Objects
Past Continuous Read the following
Active Subject +was/were + firstform of verb + ing + Object 1. Active She taught me English.
Passive Object + was/were + being + third form of verb + Passive | was taught English by her.
preposition + Subject Or
English was taught to me by her.
Past Perfect NOTE Here we can observe that any one of the two objects can be
Active Subject + had + third form of verb + Object chosen as the subject of the passive verb.
Passive Object + had + been + third form of verb +
preposition + Subject Passive Voice of Sentences with
Infinitive with ‘To’
Future Indefinite
Rules to Change Active Voice into Passive Voice
Active Subject + will/shall + first form of verb + object
Object + helping verb + to be + third form of verb by +
Passive Object + will/shall + be + third form of verb + Subject
preposition + Subject
eg, Active She is to cook the food.
Future Perfect Passive The food is to be cooked by her.
Active Subject + shall have/ will have + third form of verb +
Object Passive Voice of Imperative Sentences
Passive Object + shall have been/will have been + third Study the following rules to make the passive form of
form of verb + preposition + Subject imperative sentences

Change of Passive Voice with Different Modals Rule 1. Let + object + be + third form of verb
Rule L Active Subject + modal auxiliary + first form of Rule 2. Object + should + be + third form of verb
verb + Object Rule3. Youare ordered/requested/ advised + to + first
Passive Object +modal auxiliary + be + third form of verb + form of verb + wu...
preposition + Subject Rule 4. Let + object + be + third form of verb + by + -......
Rule 2. Active Subject + modal auxiliary + have + third
form of verb + Object

Question Tags
Question tags are not a complete question in itself, These eg, (i) She is not working — is she?
are a form of question attached with a statement. This acts il
v
as a confirmation to that of the statements. Question tags Negative statement Posilive tag
are also used in everyday life conversations in order to seek
the attention of the listener. (b) Negative Question Tags Tags are said to be negative if it
is attached to a positive statement.
Types of Question Tags é.g.(i) Weare reading aren’t we ?
ty
(a) Positive Question Tags Tags are said to be positive if it , +
Positive satement = Negative tag
is attached to a negative statement.
 GRAMMAR 1113
7
NOTE Statement Positive Tag Negative e.g. (i) Ramis doing maths,isn’t he 7
Statement Negative Tag Positive U J
Noun Pronoun
Structure of Tags
(ii) Parul has noteaten,has she ?
(a) Structure ofa positive tag
\
Auxiliary + Subject +? Noun Pronoun

(b) Structure ofa negative tag

Auxiliary + not + Subject +? Rule 2. Question tag never starts with a capital letter.

Rules Regarding the Formation of Tags Rule 3. The auxiliary that is to be used in the formation of
tag must bein the contracted form. This holds good
Rule L Subject of a tag can never be a noun. It is always a only in the case of a negative tag.
pronoun.

Practice Exercise
Based on Tense and Agreement 7. He did not and could not have understood the full facts
a b c d
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-23) Some of the following sentences
are grammatically incorrect and some are correct. Find out of the case. No error
which part ofa sentence has an error and mark that part. If é
there is no error “e" part as your answer. 8. |am opposed to the plan of action not because
it is ill
1. Ilyou had seen yesterday's cricket | am sure you a b
a b conceived but that it seems impracticable. No error
would have enjoyed seeing our team bat. No error c da e
c d e
9. He as well as you is tired of this long and
2. As the meeting was about to end he insisted to ask a b c
a b c troublesome affair. No error
several questions. No error d e
d e
10. There are many important details to attend to before
3. When he will come | will make sure | meethim.
a b c
a b c d
this book gets printed. No error
No error
d e
e
4. | began relating several details connecting with 11. Along the northern frontier
of India is seen
a b a 5b c
the Himalayas mighty in their splendour. No error
the accident unmindful of boring the audience.
c da
d e
No error 12. The recommendations of the committee that the
e a

5. Weather permitted there will bea garden party at

age should be lowered down immediately
b c
a b c
Government House tomorrow. No error was
accepted.
not No error
d e
d e
6. The traveller being weary he sat by Woodside to rest. 13. He is overworked and that seems to have
a b c
a boc d
No error seriously effected his health. No error
e d e
11 14 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

14 . Each of the students whom | have chosen to take part

Based on Modals
a b
in the discussion have indicated that he will be happy Directions (Q. Nos. 1-12) Complete the sentences with
suitable alternative.
ec d
1. She told me that she ....... sa English fluently and
to do so, No error
was very happy.
e
a. could speak b. could have spoken
15. Honestly speaking | like him not because he is c. Can speak d. could have speak
a b . He retumed the money to the police though he
handsome and charming but that he is exceedingly kind.
c d a. could keep b. should keep
No error ec. could have kept d. can keep
e . If we request her she............... to callege.
16. The father with the son were mysteriously missing a. must give us lift b. might give us lift
a b ce c. can give us lift d. could give us lift
from the house. No error It is possible Marlowe 0.00.0... plays for
d ée Shakespeare.
a. may write b. might have written
17. Our country need a number of self sacrificing
e. might write d. may have written
a b c
. The police presume that Neena....... there at the time
litical leaders. No error of murder.
d e a. might have been
18. The constant shouting ofslogans b. can have been
do not
c. should have been
a b
d. would have been
solve the problems of the country, No error
. Don't worry. You ....... left your purse in staff room.
Cc d e
a. can have
19. itis not advisable to take heavy luggages |2005] b. should have
a b c. may have
d. could not
while on journey these days. No error
c d 6 © YOU vesssccceeees him that gambling would ruin him.
[2005] a. should warn
b. should have warned
a b
c. must warn
were present there. No error d. may warn
c d e
. Before you started you ......... your purse.
21. You m ‘0 those who has [2005] a, must check b. should have checked
a b c c. should check d. must have check
respect
for you. No error . She ............... work hard if she wants to top the merit
d e list.
a. must have b. must
. Whenever isthe matter | shall [2006]
ce. must not d. must have been
a b
10. SHE ...sssvencsees alone as it was raining heavily.
dobecause
this work | have a. must not leave b. must not have left
c. should not leave d. may not have lett
to ex! rking cai t. No error 11. Principal to a student : You ............... with bad girls.
d e
a. must not mix b. cannot mix
. She is so lazy as she can't do this work properly and c. may not mix d. could not mix
a b ce 12. SNE]... enccees alone as: it is raining heavily.
cannot cooperate us in your scheme. No error [2006] a. must not leave b. must not have left
d e c. should not have left d. may not have lett
 GRAMMAR 1115
18. Are you really desirous ...... visitingJapan? (2012)
Based on Preposition a. of b. in c. to d. about
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-20) Fill up the blanks with suitable 19. So many servants attended ...... him during his illness.
prepositions from the altematives given under each (2006)
sentence. a. with b. on c. for d. to
1. His professional ability proves that he is cut ..............
20. At least he yielded ...... the temptation. (2006)
for this job.
aon b. off c. for d. to
a. out b. up c. down d. for
2. The history of Hindu religion dates ......... ancient times.
a. from b. since c. for d. of Based on Conjunction
3. Now govemment servants have the day .......0..... Directions (Q.Nos. 1-20) Some of the following
every Saturday. sentences have used conjunctions incorrectly and some
a. out b. off c. since d. in correctly. Find out which part of a sentence is that and
mark that part. If there is no error mark, “e" part as your
4. Nothing
can deter him .......... pursuing his aim of life. answer.
a. for 6. from c. in d, at
1. Although they listen to me (a)/ but their actions (b)/
5. After the death of his father, the responsibility has prove otherwise. (c)/ No error (d)
devolved .. ... him.
2. Most of the girls are doing (a)/ their post graduation
a. on b. al c. from d. in
because (b)/ they may get good husbands. (c)/ No
6. Normally, he stays ............ until 11 p.m. these days. error (d)
a. up b. out con d. at
3. Such was his pronunciation (a)/ as (b)/ | could not
7. Noone believes him because he is false............ heart. understand him. (c)/ No error (d)
a. to b. al c. of d.on 4.1 am interested (a)/ in such books (b)/ that are
8. The officials have the habit of fawning .............. interesting. (c)/ No error (d)
ministers.
5. Each member of the alliance (a)/ agrees to take such
a. above Db. al c.on d. up
action (b)/ that it deems necessary. (c)/ No error (d)
9. The“pnuem of communal harmony cannot be glossed
= by government. 6. She looked at him (a)/ in such distress (b)/ as he had
a. at b. on c. over d. for to look away. (c)/ No error (d)
10. Kanishka was initiated .............. Buddhism by Buddhist 7. This film is interesting (a)/ and the previous one (b)/
monks. was boring. (c)/ No error (d)
a. to b. into cin d. on 8. It is difficult to know (a)/ whether (b)/ you are selected
11. Consequent upon heavy loss he is worse ............ or not. (c)/ No error (d)
these days.
9. He has no chance (a)/ than to start (b)/ his own
a. upon b. off c. over d. in business. (c)/ No error (d)
12. Co-operation between friends stems .............. mutual
consideration. 10. They had hardly finished (a)/ their meals that at
once (b)/ they resumed their duty. (c)/ No error (d)
a. in b. out c. from ad. up
13. Many Russians name their children.............. Indians. 11. | don't know whether (a)/ Raj is equally (b)/ good as
Vimal. (c)/ No error (d)
a. after b. to c. for d.on
14. Indians have pinned their hopes ............ the 12. He (a)/ will return (b)/ on either Monday or Tuesday.
emergence of some superman. (c)/ No error (d)
a. on b. in c. at d. of 13. He has no other business (a)/ but to play (b)/ with
15. She could not muster .............. courage to stand computers. (c)/ No error (d)
against the maltreatment.
14. Hardly had | reached the airport (a)/ where | learned
a. to b. up c. about d.on about (b)/ the powerful bomb explosion. (c)/ No
16. Strangely her name did not occur .............. me onthe error (d)
second meeting.
15. My book has been missing (a)/ from my room (b)/ till
a. to 6. on c. about d. into
yesterday. (c)/ No error (d)
17. The whole town was plunged .............. sorrow after the
massacre of the students.
16. The manager of the bank was busy; (a)/ so he asked
them to come and see him (b)/ between two to three in
a. in b. into c. to d. from
the afternoon. (c)/ No error (d)
1116 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

17. No sooner did the Sun rise (a)/ when we took a hasty . One should keep one’s promise.
breakfast (b)/ and resumed the journey. (c)/ No error (d) a. One's promise should be kept by us.
b. One's promise has to be kept.
18. Because he is physically strong (a)/ therefore he was c. A promise should be keeping.
selected (b)/ for the school boxing tearm. (c)/ No error (d) d. A promise should be kept.
19. Arjun asked him (a)/ that which was the way (b)/ to the . Who is creating this mess?
post office. (c)/ No error (d)
a. Who has created this mess?
20. Unless you do not listen to his advice (a)/ | am not b. By whom has this mess been created?
going (b)/ to help you. (c)/ No error (d) c. By whom this mess is being created?
d. By whom is this mess being created?
Do you imitate others?
Based on Voice
a. Are others imitated by you?
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-19) Maich the sentence given in 5. Are others being imitated by you?
either Active or Passive voice with its correct Active or c. Were others being imitated by you?
Passive form, from the options given below. d. Have others been imitated by you?
1. Have the box broken. 10. | saw him conducting the rehearsal.
a. Have the broken box, a. He was seen conducting the rehearsal.
b. Break the box. b. | saw the rehearsal to be conducted by him.
c. Get someone to break the box. c. He was seen by me to conduct the rehearsal.
d. They have broken the box. d. | saw the rehearsal being conducted by him.
2 His pocket has been picked. 1 . Someone gave her a bull dog.
a. They have his pocket picked. a. She was given a bull dog.
b. Picking has been done to his pocket. b. A bull dog was given to her.
c. Picked has been his pocket. c. She has been given a bull dog.
d. Someone has picked his pocket. d. She is being given a bull dog by someone.
3. The French surrendered Quebec to the English in 1759. . A stone struck me on the head.
a. Quebec was surrendered by the French to the a. | was struck by a stone on the head.
English in 1759. 5. My head was struck by a stone.
b. Quebeck was surrendered to the English in 1759 by
c. | had been struck by a stone on the head.
the French.
d. | was Struck on the head by a stone.
c. The English were surrended Quebec In 1759 by the
French. 13. The Romans expected to conquer Carthage.
d. Quebec was surrendered in 1759 by the French to a. Carthage was expected to be conquered by the
the English. Romans.
Rain disrupted the last day's play between India and b. The Romans were expected to conquer Carthage.
Sri Lanka. c. lt was expected by the Romans that they would
a. The last day's play of India and Sri Lanka was conquer Carthage.
disrupted by rain. d. The Romans expected to have conquered Carthage.
b. India and Sri Lanka's play of the last day was
14. The clown was being laughted at by them.
disrupted by rain.
a. They were laughing at the clown.
c. The last day's play between India and Sri Lanka was
disrupted by rain. 6, They were laughing on the clown.
d. The last day's play between India and Sri Lanka were c. They laughed at the clown.
disrupted by rain. d. The clown was laughed at by them.
5. My uncle promised me a present. 15. | saw him leaving the house.
a. A present was promised by my uncle to me. a. He had been seen leaving the house.
b. | was promised a present by my uncle. b. He was seen to be leaving the house.
c. | had been promised a present by my uncle. c. Leaving the house he was seen by me.
d. | was promised by my uncle a present. d. He was seen leaving the house by me.
6. They are building a house next door to our school.
16. A lion may be helped even by a little mouse.
a. Next door to our school a house is being built by them.
a. A little mouse may even help a lion.
b. Next door to our school is being built house by them,
b. Even a little mouse may help a lion.
c. A house next door to our school is being built by them.
c. A little mouse can even help a lion,
d. A house is being built by them next door to our school.
d. Even a little mouse ought to help a lion.
 GRAMMAR 1117

17. Who taught her such things? 2. Now you can make question tags, ............... ?
a. Who was she taught such things by? a. canyou 6. won'tyou c.can'tyou d. will you
b. She was taught such things by who? 3. | am working hard on this book, .....0..00... 7
c. By whom she was taught such things?
a. don't | b. won't | c. aren't | d. can't |
d. By whom was she taught such things?
4. He was asleep, .......00.. 2
18. The noise of the traffic kept me awake.
a.washe . wasnithe c. didn'the d. did he
a. | remained awake by the noise of the traffic.
b. | was kept waking by the noise of the traffic 5. Let us start now, 20000000000... 7
c. | was kept awake by the noise of the traffic. a. shallwe 6. shouldwe c. could we d. would we
d. The traffic kept me awake by the noise.
19. He was arrested on a charge of theft, but for lack of
evidence he was released.
Miscellaneous
a. He was arrested on a charge of theft, but was Directions (Q. Nos. 1-18) in the following questions you
released for lack evidence. will find sentences, part of which are bold. Compare the
b. The police arrested him on a charge of theft, but for bold part of each sentence with the expressions a., b. and
lack of evidence he was released. c. given below. Choose the expression which is an
c. The police arrested him on charge of theft, but for improvement upon the bold part. If none of the three
lack of evidence released him. ' expressions improves the sentence, then your answer
d. None of the above is (d)
Please help me. 1. | am tired as | am working since 7 o' clock in the moming.
a. You were requested to help me. a. | was working b. [had been working
b. You are being requested to help me. c. [have been working d. No improvement
c. You are requested to help me.
A highly improved variety of seeds is available to the
d. You have been requested to help me. farmer these days.
. The residents celebrated the Independence Day. a. are b. will be
a. The Independence Day is celebrated by the c. has been d. No improvement
residents.
The boy told his teacher to explain the passage.
b. The Independence Day was celebrated by the
residents, a. asked his teacher b. said to his teacher
c. The Independence Day has been celebrated by the c. Invited his teacher d. No improvement
residents. What struck one most was their kindness.
d. Celebration of Independence Day was done by the a. What stroke one most —_b. What struck one more
residents. c. What stroke one more = d. No improvement
. People claim to have seen the suspect in several cities. . You should avoid to make such trivial mistakes.
a. The suspect is being seen in several cities. [2007] a. avoid making b. avoid to have made
b. The suspect has been the people in several cities. c. avoid make d. No improvement
c. The suspect is claimed to have been seen in several . If you come across my umbrella anywhere, bring it to
cities.
d. The suspect was seen by people in several cities. me, can you?
a. isn'tit b. don't you
. The teacher punished the boys who had not done their c. will you d. No improvement
homework. [2007]
. The passengers are waiting for the bus outside the
a. The boys who had not done their homework had been
punished by their teacher.
bus stand atthe main gate for long.
b. The boys were punished by their teacher who had not a. were waited b. were waiting
done their homework. c. have been waiting d. No improvement
c. The boys who had not done their homework were . He has fallen out with the girl he wanted to marry.
punished by the teacher,
a. fallen off 5. fallen in love
d. The boys who had not done their homework were
being punished by the teacher. c. fallen for d. No improvement
They are social insects, living in communities,
regulated by definite laws, each member of society
Based on Question Tags bearing a well-defined and separate part in the work at
a colony.
Directionhs (Q. Nos. 1-5) Choose the correct options
from the questions given below a. who are living in communities
b. living among a community
1. Do as | say, ce. who lives with a community
a. didn't you b. won't you e¢. needn't you d. shan't you d. No improvement
11 18 sete stupy guive BITSAT

10. if the room had been brighter, | would have been 14. | hope you vividly remember the premier of the film
able to read for a while before bed time. when I, my wife and you were present in the hall.
a. if the room was brighter b. if rooms are brighter a. my wife, land you b. you, my wite and|
c. had the room brighter d. No improvement c. my wife, you and | d. No improvement
11. The reason why he wrote the letter was because he 15. With a thundering roar the huge rocket soared up
could not contact him over the phone. from the launching pad.
a. why he wrote the letter was since a. flew up b. went upwards
b. for which he wrote the letter because c. took on d. No improvement
c. why he wrote the letter was that
16. My opinion for the film is that it will bag the national
d. No improvement
award.
12. The right-to-work implies the obligation on the part of a. opinion to b. opinion about
the government to give a job to all the unemployed. c. opinion on d. No improvement
a. any of the unemployed ob. every unemployed
17. He sent a word to me that he would be coming late.
ec. each of the unemployed d. No improvement
a. sent word b. had sent a word
13. Most donors would seriously protest any effort to c. sent words d. No improvement
infer from such limited data.
a. protest against
18. Young men and women should get habituated to
b. protest at reading and writing about current affairs.
c. protest to a. used b. prepared
d. No improvement c. trained d. No improvement

BITSAT Archives
1. They requested me to follow them. [2014] It is time we leave. [2012]
a. ordered b. urged a. left b. have to leave
b. asked d. No improvement c. would have d. No improvement
2. She did not believed me. [2014] We spent an hour discussing about his character.
a. believing b. believe to a. on his character b. of his character {201)
c. believe d, No improvement c. his character d. No improvement
3. | am fine, what about you? [2014] 10 She is quite without affection and has no false pride.
a. your b. yours
.

2011]
c. yours d. No improvement a. admiration b. affliction
4. lt was not possible to drag any conclusion so he lett c. affectation d. No improvement
the case. [2013]
a. fetch b. find 11. The monograph which was published 3 years ago,
c. draw d. No improvement would suggest that by 2001 there will be 73 million
5. | am looking after my pen which is missing. [2013] TV. sets in India. {2007|
a. looking for b. looking in a. has been suggesting b. had suggested
c. looking back d. No improvement c. would have suggested d. No improvement
6. Mind your language he shouted. [2013] 12. The greatest thing in style is to have a use of
a. change b. inspect metaphor. {2007|
c. hold d. No improvement a. command
7. He declined all the allegations against him. [2012] b. knowledge
a. spurned b. refused c. need
c. refuted d. No improvement d. No improvement
Answer with Solutions
Based on Tense and Agreement . (b) off

OrNonsaw
« (e) No error . (b) from
. (c) ‘on asking’ for to ask’ (a) on
oonoans
wn

. (a) Say ‘comes’ for ‘will come’ }» (a) up

» (b) Say ‘connected with’ - (c) of
. (a) Say ‘Weather permitting’ . (c)on
. (b) Drop ‘he’ 9. (c) over
. (a) Add ‘understand’ after ‘did not’ 10. (b) into
(c) Say ‘but because’ 11. (b) off
. (e) No error 12. (c) from
10. (c) to be attended 13. (a) after
11. (c) Say ‘are seen’ 14. (a) on
12. (cd) Say ‘were not’ 15. (6) up
13. (d) Use ‘affected
16. (a) to
14. (c) Say ‘has’
17. (5) into
15. (c) Say ‘because’
18. (a) of
16. (b) Say ‘was’
19. (6) on
17. (a) Say ‘needs’
20. (d) to
18. (b) Say ‘does nor’
19. (b) Use ‘luggage’ in place of ‘luggages’.
20. (c) Use ‘was’ in place of ‘were’.
Based on Conjunction
1. (6) Replace ‘but’ by ‘yet’.
21. (c) Use ‘have’ in place of ‘has’.
22. (a) Use ‘whatever’ for ‘whenever’
2. (b) Replace ‘because’ by ‘so that’.
23. (b) Use ‘that’ for ‘as’. . (b) Replace ‘as’ by ‘that’.
aonwomnsw

. (c) Replace ‘that’ by ‘as’.

Based on Modals . (c) Replace ‘that’ by ‘as’.

» (c) Replace ‘as’
by ‘that’.
. (a) could speak
—

. (b) Replace ‘and’

by ‘but’.
. (b) should keep
. (d) No error.
wh

. (b) might give us lift

. (b) Replace than’ by ‘but’.
wo

~ (b) might have written

10. (b) Replace ‘that’ by ‘when’.
ook

. (a) might have been

11. (b) Replace ‘equally’ by ‘as’.
» (c) may have
12. (c) Replace ‘on either Monday or Tuesday’ by ‘either on
+ (b) should have warned
Monday or on Tuesday’.
en

. (a) must check 13. (b) Replace ‘but to play’ by ‘than playing’.
. (b) must
14. (b) Replace ‘where’ by ‘when’.
10. (b) must not have left
15. (c) Replace ‘till by ‘since’.
11. (a) must not mix 16. (c) Replace ‘to’ by ‘and’.
12. (a) must not leave 17. (5) Replace ‘when' by ‘than’.
18. (b) Delete ‘therefore’.
Based on Preposition 19. (b) Delete ‘that’.
1. (a) out 20. (a) Delete ‘do not’.
2. (a) from
1120 © sets stupy cuine BITSAT

Based on Voice Miscellaneous

1. (c) Get someone to break the box. 1. (c) | have been working
2. (d) Some one has picked his pocket. 2. (d) No improvement
3. (a) Quebec was surrendered by the French to the English 3. (a) asked his teacher
in 1759,
. (d) No improvement

oonnn S
4. (c) The last day's play between India and Srilanka was
disrupted by rain. . (a) avoid making
. (b) | was promised a present by my uncle. j» (Cc) will you
an

(¢) A house is being built by them next door to our school. . (c) have been waiting
oonoa

+ (cd) A promise should be kept. . (d) No improvement

. (a) Who has created this mess?
. (d) No improvement
. (2) Are others imitated by you?
10. (cd) No improvement
10. (¢) | saw the rehearsal being conducted by him.
11. (c) Why he wrote the letter was that
11. (b) A bull dog was given to her.
12. (¢) | was struck on the head by a stone. 12. (c) each of the unemployed
13. (c) It was expected by the Romans that they would 13. (a) protest against
conquer Carthage. 14. (b) you, my wife and!
14. (a) They were laughing at the clowm.
15. (b) went upwards
15. (¢) He was seen leaving the house by me.
16. (b) opinion about
16. (b) Even a little mouse may help a lion.
17. (a) sent word
17. (d) By whom was she taught such things?
18. (c) |waskept awake by the noise of the traffic. 18. (a) used
19. (c) The police arrested him on a charge of theft, but for lack
of evidence released him. BITSAT Archives
20. (c) You are requested to help me. 1. (a) ordered
21. (b) The Independence Day was celebrated by the 2. (c) believe
residents.
3. (c) yours
22. (c) The suspect is claimed to have been seen in several
cities. 4. (c) draw
23. (c) The boys who had not done their homework were 5. (a) looking for
punished by the teacher. 6. (d) No improvement
7. (c) refuted
Based on Question Tags 8. (a) left
1. (b) won't you 9. (c) his character
2. (c) can't you 10. (c) affectation
3. (c) Aren't! 11. (b) had suggested
4. (b) wasn't he 12. (b) knowledge
5. (a) shall we
Vocabulary
Vocabulary is a broad concept in itself. One can enhance one’s language skills by acquiring a good
hold over vocabulary. To score high in the exam, a candidate should improve his/her vocabulary
skills. [thelps you in solving questions
of Comprehension, Cloze Test, Antonyms and Synonyms ete.
Here we illustrate some steps to enrich vocabulary.

Step| Identify the Word

Whenever
we come across anew word ina sentence while reading a text book, newspaper or
a magazine, we should look upits meaning. Thisis the best way to enhance vocabulary skills.

Step \L_ Identify the Antonym of that Word

Along with the meaning of a word, its antonyms (words with opposite meaning) should also
be taken into consideration. A good knowledge of words and their antonyms is very
beneficial from the examination point of view,
Step III Find Synonym of that Word
The knowledge of words that are similar or closer in meaning to one another is very useful. It
makes a student efficient enough to have a strong sense of the language.

Step |V Form a Proper Sentence

This is one of the most important parts in vocabulary building. It serves to stimulate memory
by recalling the words as and when needed, apart from making the proper sense and the use of
words clear.
To understand these steps, we consider
an example. Suppose we take a word ‘Antique’,
Step 1 Antique means something that is old and has not been renewed for long e.g, Antique building
(Old building),
Step IL Opposite of Antique is modern. It also Modern canbe replaced by, Renovated and Recent ete,
Step Ul Synonyms are the similar words in meaning. For synonyms, Antique can be replaced by
Traditional and Ancient ete,
Step |V To be more familiar with the word, we should use them in sentence form. For ‘Antique’ a
proper sentence is “People love to sce the Antique items.”
Following are the topics that we learn in vocabulary.
1, Antonyms 2. Synonyms 3, One word substitutions
Practice Exercise
Antonyms
Directions (OQ. Nos. 1-38) The following sentences 15. It is obligatory fora common citizen to follow the rules.
consist of a word or a phrase which is written in italicised a. advisable b. unnecessary
letters. Each of them is followed by four words or phrases. c. superfluous d. optional
Select the word or the phrase which is closest to the
16. His urbane attitude won him many friends.
opposite in meaning of the italicised word or phrase.
a. Indifferent b. violent
1. Self-reliance has been adopted as an important c. rustic d. rude
objective of economic planning in modem India.
17. The leader might have had some covert reason for the
a.refused 0. forsaken c. denied d. discarded change of his political affiliations.
2. His appointment was confirmed last month. a. unjustifiable b. obvious
a. disappointment b. suspension c. inexplicable d. flimsy
c. dismissal d. discharge
18. The room was filled with a delicious odour.
3. He has a passion for indigenous goods. a. bitter b. repulsive
a. native b. foreign c. silly d. cheap c. strange d. unpalatable

4. He made an exhaustive list of the items his secretary 19. That man is known for his elegance.
should attend to. a. awkwardness b. indelicacy
a. short b. incomplete c. clumsiness d. savagery
c. interesting d. meticulous Unsettled conditions in the land led to the exodus of
5. He appears to be a phony person. hundreds of its citizens.
a. beautiful b. unread ¢. genuine d. ugly a. invasion
b. intrusion
6. He was in a dejected mood. c. Immigration
a. jubilant 6. rejected cc. irritable d. romantic d. expulsion
7. Philosophers say that the world is an illusion. 21. In the interest of one’s own reputation one should
a. a fact b, a reality avoid ostentation while entertaining frends.
c. an actuality d. a truth a. miserliness b. simplicity
8. There was a marked deterioration in his condition. ¢. purity d. innocence
a. improvement b. revision . Every thing about him especially his talkative nature
c. reformation d, amendment proclaims his effeminacy.
9. The Principal hardly managed to give the papers a a. aggressiveness b. attractiveness
cursory glance. c. manliness d. boorishness
a.curious b. thorough ec. through — d. superficial The leader was pragmatic in his approach to the
10. The attack on the freedom of the press is a retrograde problems facing the country.
step. a. indefinite b. vague
a. progressive b. stubborn c. idealistic d. optimistic
c. punitive d. aggressive 24. She used to disparage her neighbours every now and
11. We received a cordial welcome from our host. then.
a. indifferent b. distrustful . a. please b. praise
c. cold d. official c. balittle d. denigrate

12. We should not belittle the value of small things. The plantation workers were on a Collision course
a. extol b. praise c. inflate d. expand before the labour officer intervened.
a. retaliatory b. perfunctory
13. It used to be said that travel broadens one’s outlook. c. conciliatory d. circuitous
a.narrows . shrinks c. contracts d. restricts
- Every self-respecting circus needs at least one dwart.
14. The criminal was detained by the police. a. plamy b. undersized
a. delerred b. released c. giant d. human
c. dismissed d. protected
 vocasuuary 1123

27. Our knowledge of the past is still largely a matter of . Buoyed,by these visions of the future of his son, the
conjecture. artist soldiered on.
a. certainty b. quess a. continued bravely b. stopped further
c. position d. form c. struggled hard d. fought on
28. In all places, and at all times, there is a profusion of . Last fortnight the rains came to the parched soils of
talents. India after the merciless drought had already sapped
the vitality and livelihood of millions of peasants.
a. plenty b. scarcity c. aversion d. generosity
a. decreased b. demolished
29. It was altercation throughout and there was no c. destroyed d. drained away
discussion. . The boy gave a vivid description of all that happened.
a. consonance b. alternative a, brilliant b. fresh
c. inconsistency d. resonance c. explanatory d. picturesque
30. Unlike the other candidates, his manner was entirely . We don't know how we are to recompense you for the
languid. trouble you have taken,
a. energetic ob, lazy c. liquid d. slow a.reward = b. help ¢. praise d. thank
31. People who are actually running the system often take John Milton wrote ‘Paradise Lost’ to vindicate the
a myopic view of the situation. ways of God to man.
a. farsighted b. visionary c. blind d. glassy a.explain b. support — c. justify d. criticise
32. That was a dauntless action. . When youngsters do not have good role-models to
a. cowardly b. secret c. subtle d. devious emulate they start searching for them among
33. The momentum of the movement slackened in course sportsmen or filmstars.
of time. a. inhabit b. imitate ¢. mollify d. modify
a. stopped b. quickened The eyewitness testimony was /ncontrovertible.
c. multiplied d. recovered @. debatable b. unquestionable
34. Heis aman of mellow temper. c. unacceptable d, disputable
a. fickle b. hot c. Irrational d. excitable . The invasion forces had no artillery and were
completely annihilated.
35. His was a delicate constitution.
a. reduced b. destroyed
a. fit b. strong c. dismembered d. split
c. rugged d. ungainly
. The novel was so interesting that | was oblivious of my
36. Let us not aggravate the sufferings of the poor. surroundings.
a. advocate b. appreciate
a. indifferent b. watchful c¢. unmindful d. precarious
c. alleviate d. abbreviate
. Elsie is saventy years old and a fanatical gardener.
37. Misogynists are not applauded in society. a. crazy b. fantastic
a. Philanthropists b. Philogists
c. excessively enthusiastic d. obsessed
c. Philogynists d. Philanderers
Before | could make out anything he had spoken
38. Her vivacity attracted everybody, again.
a. lethargy b. truthtulness a.find out 0». apprehend c. explain d. reveal
c. beauty d. apathy
. lt is amazing how such a motley group could get along
so well.
Synonyms a, heterogenous b. assorted
c. promiscuous d. confused
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-37) Jn the following sentences
given below, a word or phrase is written in italicised letter. . His speech was nothing but a string of platitudes.
For each italicised word four words/phrases are listed a. grand statements b. stereo-typed statements
below each sentence. Choose the word nearest in c. noble sentiments d. humorous anecdotes
meaning to the italicised word. . He wrote a scathing review of the prize-winning novel.
1. A million cinemas a year bring the same stale a. biased b. scornful
bladerdash. c. unbalanced d. subjective
a. adventure b. nonsense 17. The opposition criticised the ruling party for the
c. thriller d. romance deteriorating law and order situation in the state.
2. There must be lively discussion of Indian authors if we a. disrupting b. worsening ¢. crumbling d. eroding
are to foster our knowledge. The flat has been refurbished recently.
a. promote b. cherish a. white-washed b. painted
c. nourish d. nurture c, renovated d, repaired
1124 SELF STuDY GUIDE BITSAT

19. Even the most careful researcher cannot predict the 33. The acerbic remarks of the manager were
possible future ramifications of his findings. unwarranted.
a. uses 6, developments a. bitter b. furious c. arrogant d. childish
c. consequences d. conclusions
34. It was an astute move to sell the property at that
. He ended his speech on a supercilious note which stage.
was quite unexpected of a person of balanced and a. shrewd b. unwise
stable temperament. c. dishonest d. inexplicable
a. defamatory 6. contemptuous
c. superfluous d. irrelevant 35. The five experiments gane disparate results.
a. similar b. encouraging
21. Graduation day is a momentous day for most c. strange d. different
students. 36. The young girl appeared se/-possessed in front of TV
a. memorable b. melancholy cameras.
c. important d. hectic
a. shy b. confident c. introvert d. extrovert
. The two opposing parties have reached stalemate. 37. The chairman conducted the meeting with aplomb.
a. dilemma b. deadlock a. arrogance 6. annoyance
c. exhaustion d. settlement c. poise d. authority
. This is a /ucrative business.
a. profitable
c. challenging
b. dangerous
d. questionable One Word Substitution
24. Forthnghtness in speech may not always be a Directions (Q. Nos. 1-10) in each of the following
desirable quality. questions, out of the four altematives choose the one
a. Outspokenness b. obliqueness which can be substituted for the given words/sentences.
c. mendacity d. equivocation
1. Music sung or played at night below a person's
. Such conduct deserves reprimand. window.
a. praise 6. punishment a. Serenade b. Sonnet c. Lyric d. Primo
c. rebuke d. reward
2. A government by the nobles.
. On public occasions, she was very punctilious about a. Democracy 6. Bureaucracy
forms and manners. c. Autocracy d. Aristocracy
a. serious 6. careful 3. Anything written in a letter after it is signed.
c. artificial d. casual a. Posterity b. Post dication
. After he came back from his evening walk, he felt c. Postscript d. Corrigendum
famished. 4. Bringing about gentle and painless death from
a. exhausted 6. hungry incurable disease.
c. peevish d. relaxed a. Suicide b. Euphoria
c. Gallows d. Euthanasia
. She purchased gimerack ornaments from the market.
a. expensive 6. worthless 5. A man of lax moral.
c. rare d. smuggled a. Ruffian _b. Licentious c. Pirate d. Vagabond
. He is a good looking but /nsipid young man. 6. Large scale departure of people.
a. arrogant b. unscrupulous a. Migration b. Emigration
ce. sick d. lacking in spirit c. Immigration d. Exodus
. He had insidiously wormed his way into her affections. 7. Lottery in which an article is assigned by lot to one of
a. ina polite manner those buying tickets.
b. in a secret manner a. Auction b. Raffle
c. inugly way ec. Audit d. Transit
d. in a forceful manner 8. To send an unwanted person out of the country.
31 His boss criticism left him feeling rather abashed. a. Exclude 6. Oxtracise c. Deport d. Expatriate
a. annoyed 6. arrogant 9. Voluntarily giving up throne by king in favour of his son.
c. embarrassed d. awakened a. Abdication b. Resurrecation
The inexorable demands of the workers brought the c. Accession d. Renunciation
8

company to a closure, 10. To examine one's own thoughts and feelings.

a. unreasonable b. relentless a. Meditation b. Retrospection
c. monetary d. violent c. Reflection d. Introspection
 VOCABULARY 1125

BITSAT Archives
Antonyms 16. The doctor advised us to give him wholesome
nutrition, [2007
1. Recompense [2014]
a. sickly b. stupendous
a. Emolument b, Reward
c. Payment d. Penalty c. depressing d. fragmentary

. Impede [2014]
17. He is good fellow; but what | dislike is his reckless
handling of things. [2007]
a. Block b. Delay
a. intelligent b. cautious
c. Push d. Freeze
ec. soft d. brilliant
. Auspicious [2014]
18. Ingratitude [2006]
a. Prosperous b. Unfavourable
c. Improper d. New a. Stimulation b. Reward
c. Sympathy d. Thankfulness
. Fidelity [2013]
a. Faith b. Devotedness Synonyms
c. Allegiance d. Treachery
1. Augment [2014]
. Infrangible [2013]
a. Increase b. Decrease
a. Complicated b. Breakable c. Save d. Mention
c. Weird d. Software
2. Sagacious [2013]
Progeny [2013] a. Shameless b. Wise
a. Kid b, Parent c. Powerless d. Foolish
c. Friend d. Enemy
- In toto
Remedial [2013]
[2012]
a. Bluntly b. Partially a. Corrective b. Proficient
c. General d. Optional
c. Entirely d. Strongly
. Protean [2012] . Reticent [2013]
a. Amateur b. Catholic a. Confident b. Sad
c. Unchanging d. Rapid c. Truthful d. Secretive
. Fragrance [2011] Flabbergasted [2012|
s

a. Aroma b. Perfume a. Scared b. Embarrassed

c. Smell d. Stink c. Dumbfounded d. Humiliated
10. Etemal [2011]
Eternal 12012]
a. Momentary b. Continual
c. Everlasting d. Endless a. Innumerable b.Unmeasurable
11. Reprimand
c. Prolonged d. Perpetual
[2009]
a. Reward b. Appreciate . Enlightenment [2011
c. Encourage d. Praise a. Lightness b. Insight
12. impertinent [2009] c. Twilight d. Proficiency
a. Polite b. Indifferent Sublimity (2011)
c. Unpleasant d. Stubbom a. Despression b. Reduction
13. Equivocal |2009) c. Subversion d. Proficiency
a. Mistaken b. Quaint
c. Clear d. Universal
. Paramour [2010]
a, Lever b. Companion
14. infallible [2008] c. Friend d. Rival
a. Erring
10. Refectory [2010]
b, Untrustworthy
c. Dubious a. Dining Room b. Parlour
d. Unreliable c. Living Room d. Restaurant

15. Exalt [2008]

11 . Denouement [2009]
a. Depreciate b, Ennoble a. Outcome b. Eschew
c. Glority d. Simplify c. Action d. Character
1126 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

12. Gauche [2009] One Word Substitution

a. Vain b. Rich
c. Polished d. Tactless 1. Despite being in the career of singing for the last
10 years, he has not been able to eam fame on
13. Accolade [2009]
account of his practice of borrowing ideas and words
a. Honour from others and using them as his own. {2010}
b. Appreciation
a. Adaptation b. Pantomime
c. Greeting
c. Imitation d. Plagiarism
d. Gift
14. Ephemeral [2008] . Every person is not allowed to enter the place where
public, government or historical records are kept. 2010]
a. Uneral b. Mythical
c. Short-living d. Artificial a. Scullery b. Pantry
15. Stubbom c. Archives d. Coffer
[2008]
a. Easy b. Obstinate The advertisement assured the public that the
c. Willing d. Pliable medicine would give back to the users, their youthful
vigour and appearance. {2010}
16. Prognosis [2008]
a. Identification b. Preface
a. Rejuvenate b. Restore
c. Forecast d. Scheme
c. Replenish d. Render

17. Many of his acquaintances avoid him because he is Design made by putting together coloured pieces
of glass or stones. [2009]
sO gamuious. [2007]
a. Oleograph b. Mosaic
a. proud
c. Tracery d. Relief
b. unreasonable
c. talkative . The doctrine that human soul passes from one body
d. quarrelsome to another at the time of death. [2009|
18. Connoisseur [2006] a. Metamorphosis b. Transition
a. Lover of art b, Interpreter c. Transmigration d. Extrapolation
c. Delinquent d. Ignorant A place adjoining kitchen, for washing dishes etc.
19. Lethal a. Cellar b. Wardrobe {2008}
[2006]
ce. Scullery d. Pantry
a. Uniawtul b. Sluggish
c. Deadly d, Smooth 7. Elderly woman in charge of a girl on social occasions.
. Picturesque [2006]
a. Spinster b. Matron [2009]
c, Chaperon d. Chandler
a. Photogenic b. Ugly
c. Simple d. Stimulating Land so surrounded by water as so be almost an
island. [2009]
21. Renounce [2005]
a. Archipelago b. Isthmus
a. Reform b. Revoke
c. Peninusula d. Lagoon
c. Retain d. Resign
Answers
Antonyms
1. () 2. (c) 3. (b) (b) (c) (@) (b) (a) (b) fa)

BRAa
WW. (a) 12 fa) 13, 14,

S85
BRAw
(a) (b) (d) (d) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (a) (c)
21. (b) 22 (c) = 23, (c) 24. (b) (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) (a) (a)
31. (@) 32 f@) 33, (b) 34. (a (c) (c) 37. (c) 38. (a)

Synonyms
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) (d) (d) (a) (c) (b) (b)

BR ao
Ww.) 0612 «18. (b) (b)

S85
(b) 14, (b) 17. (b) (c)
RRA
18. 19. (c)
21. (c) 22. b) 23, (a) 24. (a) (b) (b) (b) 28. (b) (d)
31. (c) 32 ) 33, (a) 34. (d) (b) 37. (c)

One Word Substitution

1. (a) 2, (0) 3. (c) (9) (b) (d) (b) (c) (a) 10. (d)

BITSAT Archives
Antonyms
1. @) 2, (c) 3. (b) (b) (b) (a) (d) 10. (a)
1. @ 942, @) 13. (a) 15. (a) (a) (b) (d)

Synonyms
1. fa) 2. tb) 3. (d) (c) (a) (b) (d) (a) 10. (a)
WW. (@) 612 « @) 18. (c) 15, (b) (c) (c) (b) 19. (b) (a)
21. (d)
One Word Substitution
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) (b) (a) (d) (c) (b)
Comprehension
Ability

Comprehension involves a thorough understanding of the given passage consisting of one or more
paragraphs. Itformsa very good exercise for brilliantand intelligent reading
and judicious selection. {tis
meant to test the intelligence of candidates and their ability to comprehend a given piece of text.

Tips for Attempting Comprehension

. Skim once as rapidly as possible to determine the main idea before you look at the questions, Do
not worry about words you do not know, at this stage.
. Underline the words that you do not understand to facilitate a complete understanding of the
he

passage, This will enable you to solve the vocabulary questions quicker,
. Keep forging ahead and don't get bogged down if there is a word or sentence you do not
understand. Sometimes you can sense the meaning of the word/sentence from the context. It is
also possible that the word/sentence may not be the basis of any questions,
. Read each question carefully and be certain that you understand exactly what is being asked.
. Answer strictly on the basis of the passage and avoid selecting general answers.
i. Note transition from one idea to the next and examine the relationships among the different
ideas or part of the pasage,
. Concentrate on the vocabulary items and puzzle out the meanings of the words you do not
know in the context. Generally, options are tricky or some options are closely related. Therefore,
analyse the questions and options carefully before answering.
. Select the answer on the basis of the information provided in the passage. You are not expected
to rely on outside knowledge of a particular topic. Avoid selecting answer which are not based
on the passage.
Practice Exercise
Directions (Passages 1-10) Read the passages given below and answer the questions that follow

Passage | 5. Which of the following is correct according to the

White cement is the basic raw material for producing cement
passage?
tiles and cement paint which are used extensively in building a. White cement is not used in the manufacture of paint
b. White cement forms a minor part of tile manufacturing
construction. The main consumers of white cement are,
c. White cement is very important for tile manufacturing
therefore, cement tile and cement paint manufacturing units. d. White cement is used only for making paints
These consumers, mostly in the small scale sector, are
today facing a major crisis because of a significant increase 6. Which of the following words has the same meaning
in the price of white, cement during a short period. as the word ‘artificial’ as used in the passage?
a. Unnatural b. Prolonged c. Practical d. Deliberate
The present annual licansed production capacity, of white
and grey cement in the country is approximately 3.5 lakh 7. What is the author's suggestion to bring down prices?
tonnes. The average demand is 2-2.5 lakh tonnes.This a. Government should control the white cement market
means that there is idle capacity to the tune of one lakh b. Production capacity should be increased
tonnes or more, Theprice rise is, therefore not a c. Usage of white cement in other areas should be
phenomenon arising out of inadequate production capacity, reduced
but evidently because of artificial scarcity created by d. Competition among manufacturers of cement paints
the manufacturers in their self-interest. and tiles should be reduced
The main reason for the continuing spurt in cament price is 8. Which of the following words has the opposite
its decontrol. As it is, there is stiff competition in the meaning as the word ‘basic’ as used in the passage?
cement paint and tilemanufacturing business. Any further a. Vital b. Unimportant
c. Acidic d. Last
price revision at this stage is bound to have a severe adverse
impact on the market conditions. The government should take 9. Which of the following is correct according to the
passage?
adequate steps to ensure that suitable controls are brought in.
a. Cement production capacity is more than usage
Else, it should allow import of cament.
b. Cement production capacity is less than usage
1. Why is the price of cement going up? c. Cement production capacity is equal to usage
a. Because the Government is controlling the quota d. Cement production capacity is twice than usage
b. Because of export of white cement 10. What can be presumed from the passage regarding
c. Because of the large usage of white cement
foreign trade in cement?
d. None of the above
a. The country is exporting cement al present
Which of the following statements is false according to b. The country is importing cement at present
fe

the passage? c. The country is exporting and importing cement

a. Price rise In white cement would increase the price of d. The country is neither exporting nor importing cement
cement paint
b. White cement is a controlled product Passage 2
c. Increase in price of white cement is not because of
production problem The forces that generate conditions conducive to crime and
d. Price rise is white cement would upset cement tile riots are stronger in urban communities than in rural areas.
market Urban living is more anonymous living. It often releases the
3. What is the crisis being faced by the cament tile individual from community restraints more common in
manufacturers as described in the passage? tradition-oriented societies. But more freedom from
a, White cement is priced very low constraints and controls also provides greater freedom to
b. White cement is not of good quality deviate. And living in the more impersonalised, formally
c. White cement usage is high controlled urban society means that regulatory orders of
d. White cement prices are very high conduct are often directed by distant bureaucrats. The
Which of the following words has the same meaning police are strangers executing these prescriptions onan
>

as the word ‘idle’ as used in the passage? anonymous set of subjects. Minor offences in small town or
a. Lazy b. Clumsy village are often handled without resort to official police
c. Large d. Excess action. As disputable as such action may seem to be, it
results in fewer recorded violations of the law compared to the
1130 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

big cities. Although perhaps causing some decision-cifficulties c. Urban areas are thickly populated and commercialised.
for the police in small town, formal and objective law d. Anonymous living in urban areas may lead to a
enforcement is not always acceptable to villagers. freedom to daviate from rules

Urban areas with mass population, greater wealth, more 18. According to the passage, the crime in small towns
commercial establishments and more products of our a. Is less frequently reported or dealt with officially
technology also provide more frequent opportunities — for b. is brought well under contro! by .distant bureaucrats
theft. Victims are impersonalised, property is insured, c. leads to an impersonalised style of living
consumer goods in more abundance are vividly displayed d. is often dealt with objective law enforcement
and more portable. The crime rate increases despite formal
moral education given in schools.
Passage 3
11. According to the passage, all of the following A pioneering scheme has been started recently in
contribute to higher crime rates in urban areas except
Southampton of England's South coast to educate tourists
a. vivid display of consumer goods
b. higher standard of living
who have been convicted of drunken driving.
c. urban impersonalised living The penalty for drunken driving might be the loss of a driving
d. inadequate police force licence and a heavy fine. But under the new scheme,
12. Which of the following is a characteristic of an urban convicted drivers do not pay the fine. Instead they have to
setting? attend eight training; sessions one a week organised by the
a. Unreported minor crimes local authority probation service.
b. Deviation from freedom Designed to demonstrate the damage alcohol can do, the
c. Less forceful social contro! scheme was devised by senior probation officer John Cook.
d. Minimal opportunities of crime due to better law He said abouta quarter of the people who came to himhada
entorcement
drink problem, but had not realised how much they were
13. The author's view of Traditional Societies’ is best drinking. One way of getting the message across was to
expressed by which of the following? make the drivers pour out their usual ration of alcohol and
a. They provide less freedom for the individual in many then measure it. Almost everyone pours out not a single
circumstances measure, but a double at least an example of how easy it is
b. Thay have lower crime rates because of the moral
to have more than just one drink and to encourage other
teachings in schoals
people to do the same.
c. They provide inadequate freedom for personal
movements and travel The instructors on the course are giving clinical evidence of
d. They do not have adequate modern technology the effects of alcohal on the body and brain. The sober truth
14, People live under more social control in is that drinking badly affects driving skills, although the
a. formally controlled urban societies drinker might like to believe otherwise.
b. the presence of the police authorities 19. The Southampton scheme requires convicted drivers
c. an anonymous form of living a. to pay a heavy fine
d. None of the above b. to attend eight driving sessions-one a week
15. It can be inferred from the passage that urban crime c. to undergo a probation service
can be controlled by d. to surrender their driving licence
a. greater emphasis on moral education 20. John Cook-devised the scheme
b. enforcement of law by distant bureaucrats
a. as a demonstration technique for driving
c. vivid display of expensive consumer goods
b. to demonstrate the harmful effects of alcohol
d. None of the above
c. to show thal Southampton was concerned about
16. Which of the following statements is true in the context drivers
of the passage? d. to prove that alcohol does influence driving
a. The display of consumer goods is the main cause of
crime 21. The problem with a quarter of the people who went to
b. Lack of personal contacts increases crimes in urban areas
John Cook was that they
c. Small communities have more minor crimes than in a. did not want to stop drinking
urban centres b. were unaware of the fact that they could get drunk
d. Urban crimes areas cannot be prevented
c. would not admit that they had a drinking problem
d. did not know how much they were drinking
17 Which of the following statements is not true in the
context of the passage? 22. Most drivers start off with at least
a. Moral education imparted in schools is ineffective in a. a double measure
checking crime rate b. a single measure
b. There is less freedom in the current society thanina Cc. a little less than a single measure
traditional society d. two doubles
 COMPREHENSION ABILITY 1131
23. The truth is that alcohol
a. does not affect the body but only the brain
Passage 5
b. affects only the brain Education is for lite, not merely for a livelihood. So long as
c. affects the body and the brain we are unmindtul of this truth, the quality of our educational
d. has no effect on the body or the brain curriculum as well as that of our teachers and students Is
likely to remain Inadequate. It is not enough for a society to
Passage 4 have experts. It needs human beings who can think, feel and
act generously, the kind of people who cannot be replaced
| consider myself something of an authority on apologies, by computers and robots. The great fault of our present age
because a quick temper has provided me with plenty of is its emphasis on efficiency at the cost of humanity.
opportunities to make them. In one of my earliest memories,
my mother is telling me don’t look at the ground when you 29. When the author says that education is for life rather
say, ‘I'm sorry’. Hold your head up and look the person
in the than for a livelihood, he means to say that
eye, so he'll know you mean it.
a. education Is a generally useful thing in life
b. the primary purpose of education is to train people to
My mother thus, conveyed the first principle of successful be proper human beings
apology : it must be direct. You must never pretend to be c. education is useful for earning a living
doing something else. You do not leaf through a sheaf of d. education can enable one to become rich
correspondence while apologising to a subordinate after 30. The author says that is not enough for a society to
blaming herfora mistake that turned out to be your fault. have experts because
You do nol apologise to a hostess, whose quest of honour a. experts are egocentric
you insulted, by sending flowers the next day without b. experts do not have an overall view of things because
mentioning your bad behaviour. of their being highly specialised
c. along with efficiency, educated people need to be
24. According to the author's mother, the best way to sympathetic and sensitive to the needs of society
apologise Is d. experts are highly eccentric people
a. to say ‘sorry’ while looking at the ground
b. to look the person in the eye, even if you don't say
31. The author is critical of the present educational
‘sorry’ system because it
c. while saying ‘I’ m sorry look the person in the eye a. overemphasises efficiency
d. to hold your head up and avoid looking at the person b. neglects social sciences
c. Is science-oriented
25. The successful way of apology is that it d. |s obsessed with computers
a. should not be mixed up with other activities
32. Proper human beings cannot be replaced by
b. could be made carefully even when you are busy
computers and robots because
c. should be hinted at indirectly to the person
concerned a. computers and robots are non-human
d. could be made seriously while doing other activities b. computers and robots react mechanically
c. only human beings can have, specialised knowledge
26. You should apologise for your bad behaviour at a d. only proper human beings can think creatively and
party by sending act generously
a. flowers to the guest of your hostess 33. The main idea of the author in this passage is that
b. flowers to your hostess at your leisure a. educated people should be sympathetic towards
c. flowers to your hostess with a note of apology human suffering
d. only a note of apology the next day b. education should emphasise improvement in quality
27. The phrase ‘leaf through a book’ means to . of life rather than efficiency
a. copy from a book c. specialisation improves efficiency
b. tum over the pages of a book quickly d. to attain efficiancy is the only goal of education
c. read a book seriously
d. turnover a new leaf Passage 6
28. The author considers himself to be an authority on Grandchildren at university now how time passes!
apologies because
| wonder if they or anyone else would be interested in what
a. his mother trained him how to apologise
b. he has read many books on how to apologise
student life was like in the ‘30s ? Well, here goes....
c. he has apologised many a time The academic part of a student's life doesn't change all that
d. he has been offered apologies in many ways much through the generations, but the style of social life
1132 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

has changed. (For better or worse — who are we to say ?) lf we, In private enterprise, are to play our legitimate role in the
The ‘English Lit. more properly, Edinburgh University decade to come, it is clear to me that we must prove to
English Literature Society, met on Tuesday evening in the Government, to Parliament and to the public in general that we
Non-Soc Hall, which is roundabout where the student shop deserve to be trusted, There is also the opposition from
is now. It was called the Non Sac Hall ‘because the meetings socialists in our country who, though opposed to violence and
there were of Non-Associated Societies the Associated regimentation of communism, accept its economic policies in
Societies being high-and-mighty affairs with a long history, the mistaken belief that private enterprise is incompatible with
such as the Dialectic, Philomathic and Diagnostic, which, in the achievements of socialist goals and that even if it were,
those days, certainly didn't admit women. Indian businessmen and industrialists do not believe in those
34. The author of the passage feels nostalgic because goals or are unwilling to make the necessary sacrifices.
a, he doesn't belong to the present generation 39. The majority of Indian entrepreneurs want
b. ha represents the past generation a. fo monopolise the trade
c. he is conscious of time passing swiftly b. to concentrate wealth and power
d. things have changed since he was a student c. to exploit the workers
d. the opportunity to use their talent and resources for
35. The author observes that the academic life of a the benefit of their stakeholders
university
40. The socialists oppose the private sector because
a. changes faster than the social life a. it exploits the workers
6. does nol change as fast as the social life b. they think that entrepreneurs cannot achieve the
c. does not change because of a generation gap socialist goals
d. changes abruptly after a long gap c. they believe in Marxist ideology
d. they think that private sector should not be trusted
36. When the author was a student at Edinburgh, English
Literature Society used to meet 41. What impeded the economic growth in the sixties?
a. where it meets even now a. The non-availability of the raw materials
b. where the Dialectic Society used to meet b. Strikes and lock-outs in the industries
c. The faulty planning by the Government
c. near the place the student shop is located now
d. The mistrust of the private sector by the Government
d. where the Diagnostic Society meets now
42. The socialists think that Indian businessmen should
37. The English Literature Society was considered to be a not be trusted because
Non-Associated Society because a. the businessmen do not believe in socialist goals and
a. its activities were deemed to be insignificant are unwilling to make any sacrifices
b. it refused to be associated with any other society b. they only calculate their own profit
c. itwas an exclusive society of Department of English c. they exploit the economically weaker section of the
d. it indulged in unconventional literary movements society
d. they do not think about the general good of the
38. The membership of the Associated Societies was society
a. open to all students
43. Private sector can contribute to the economy because
b. restricted to students of History of
¢. restricted to students of Psychology a. market driven economy
d. open to only men b. globalisation
c. disinvestment policy
Passage 7 d. the expertise it has acquired

The private sector has today reached a stage of

development and expertise where it can make a massive Passage 8
contribution to the country’s further economic development. One of the great delusions of modem times is the prevailing
The majority of India’s entrepreneurs, large and small, are belief that we are more civilised than our ancestors. At no
patriotic men who do not ask for special favours or large other period in the history of mankind has the word
profits, nor do they seek monopolies or any conentration of ‘civilisation’ been so often misused and misunderstood. It is
wealth and power, What they want are the opportunities to not in the abundance of materia! alone that civilisation lies.
exercise their initiative, their skills and their resources for the Neither does it consist of the advance of scientific
benefit of their stakeholders and above all, to be allowed to Knowledge, however amazing that may be. The inventions
get on with the job. Yet, mistrust of the private sector, and discoveries of science have undoubtedly brought
particularly in large-scale industry, has been such as unheard of blessings and comforts to us. But they are not
seriously to impede economic growth in the sixties and it civilisation. What we have failed to see is that civilisationis a
now threatens to make it impossible for it to meet its targets special way of human behaviour, of thought and feeling. The
in the current plan. essential quality of civilisation lies in the spirit of man, in his
 COMPREHENSION ABILITY 1133

attitude to himself, to his fellowmen and to life as a whole. 50. According to this passage, most cinemas
a. deal with the familiar uninteresting family dramas
Looking everywhere around us today, you will find that man b. tend to be didactic and moralistic
has made no progress since the dawn of history, in his c. bring the images of the same old adventurous
attitude towards his fellowmen. On all the highest pillars in activities
cities of the world, you will find the figure of a conqueror or a d. bring nothing.,.but some dull, nonsensical talk
general soldier. We know far more about our killers and
51. The author says that the fourth-rate writers and dramatists
destroyers than about our saviours and saints. The heroes
a. never existed, in old times
of war are the heroes of the world. b. wrote novels and plays which are not of pennanent
44, What have scientific inventions given to mankind? value
a. Wealth ¢. are mushrooming in modern times unlike, in the past
b, Civilisation d. succeed easily in the modern times
c. Blessings and comforts
d. Destructive weapons 52. According to this passage, the modern audience
a. |s cosmopolitan in its outlook
45. Does the writer think that we are more civilised than b. is vary discriminating
our ancestors? c. never falls asleep in a cinema hall
a. Yes d. lacks individual initiative and refuses to exercise the
b. No mind
c. There has been no perceptible change
d. The change, if any, cannot be determined 53. To indulge in their favourite pastime, our ancestors
a. exercised some intelligence and individual initiative
46. What is civilisation according to the author? b, enjoyed nonsensical works
a. Possession of goods ¢. never moved out of their familiar environment
b. Inventions and discoveries d. formed recreational clubs
c. Way of human behaviour, thought and feeling
d. Another form of affluence 54. The author thinks that the bane of modem times is that
a. physical exercise has been given a go-by
47. Who are the heroes of the world? b. the trash travels very fast
a. Warriors b. Saints c. people are taking active interest in mindless
c. Prophets d, Teachers pleasures
48. Who should be our heroes? d. the cheap ready-made distractions have become
a. Saints and saviours more and more pervasive
b. Gonquerors
c. Great men of history
d. Politicians Passage 10
49. A vital quality of civilisation depends upon Those of us who already possess knives and use them as a
a. competitive spirit of man matter of course at our meals can hardly understand the
b. attitude of man towards his fellowmen longing of an infant to be given the freedom of so perilous an
c. man’s desire to conquer nature
instrument. Man has been defined as a tool-using animal,
d. management of resources
and there is no another tool that appeals to the imagination
s0 strongly as a knife. It is through long months and year a
Passage 9 forbidden thing and all the more fascinating on that count.
In place of old pleasures demanding intelligence and There is no glory in using a spoon. There is no honour in
personal initiative, we have vast organisations that provide holding a fork in the right hand and in taking up on it little
us with ready-made distractions, which demand from squares of meat that have been cut with a knife by some
pleasure-seekers, no personal participation and no
more privileged, hand, Fork and spoon are little more than
intellectual effort of any sort. To the interminable
an extension of the fingers and a spoon, at least, is so safe
democracies of the world, a million cinemas bring the same
stale bladerdash. There have always been fourth-rate,
that it can be left in the hands of an infant in the cradle. But a
knife is a danger against which constant warning is
writers and dramatists; but their works in the past, quickly
died without getting beyond the boundaries of the city or the necessary-something out of reach and waiting as a prize at
country in which they appeared. Today, the inventions of the the end of a long avenue of years.
scenario-writer go out from Los Angeles across the whole 55. The ‘privileged hand’ in this passage refers to
world, a. the spoon
Countless audiences soak passively in the tepid bath of b. expert hand
nonsense. No mental effort is demanded of them, no c. the adults
participation; they need only sit and keep their eyes open.
d. the children
 1134 SELF STuDY GUIDE BITSAT

56. To the child, there is no glory in handling a spoon 58. The child
because a. longs to be tool-using animal
a. the child does not find the spoon attractive b. desires the freedom to use the perilous instrument
b. for the child it is nothing but the extension of fingers c. wants to use the knife because he wants to become
c. itis an extremely safe instrument a soldier
d. It is not as exciting as a fork d. dreams of crime and adventure
57. Adults cannot understand why a child finds knives so 59. The knife fascinates a child all the more because it is
attractive because they a, out of his reach
a. use knives routinely at the dining table b. a precious prize
b. have forgotten their childhood experiences c. a strong weapon to defend oneself with
c. use the knife to cut tough vegetables d. a very attractive toy
d. wield power at the time of meals

BITSAT Archives
India is a country which has been subjected to foreign and will, but also of sacrifice and suffering, a story of heroism
invasions since the dawn of Indian history. The fertile plains and courage that happens in all revolutionaries. [2006]
of India have been attracting avaricious tribals from all over
1. Why did the Aryans settle permanently in India?
the world. Long back the Aryans from Central Asia invaded a. Because here food and fodder were available in plenty
India and settled down permanently in this beautiful land 6. Because they invaded India
where food and fodder were available in plenty. After achain c. Because here food was available in plenty
of invasions from the bordering countries through land d. Because here fodder was available in plenty
routes, the European nations, including the British, finally 2. British came to India
came to India to exploit her rich resources. The Englishmen @. to exploit her rich resources
came to India as traders, but stealthily became her masters. b, to become her master
India became the ‘brightest Jewel’ in the British diadem. c. to civilize her
They proclaimed to civilise her and started to exploit her. d. None of the above
Neither the imperialist might, nor the treachery of some of
3. The Indians indomitable urge for freedom could be
her sons, nor the treachery of some of her sons, nor the
curbed neither
nerve-racking exploitation could curb the indomitable urge a. by the nerve-racking exploitation of the British
for freedom of the people who bid defiance to time. They b. by the treachery of some of her sons
fought and fought heroically; they never submitted, c. by the imperialist might
Their struggle for independence is an inspiring and d. All of the above
exhilarating story. It is a story not only of firm determination

Answers
Practice Exercise
1. (d) 2. (b) 30 4 @) 5. (co) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. () 9. (a) 10. (@
it. 12. (c) 13. (2) 14. @) 45, (d) 16. (b) 17. (b) = 18. (a) 49, (b) 20.
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29, (a) 30. (c)
31. (a) a2. (f) «= 33, (b) 34, tb) oa, 36. (c) 37. (©) 38. (9) 39. (d) 40. (b)
a1. (0) 42. (a2) 43, @) 44, (©) gs, tb) 46. (c) 47. (a) «4g. (a) 49, (b) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. () $4. (d) 55, (c) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (a) 59, (a)

BITSAT Archives
1, (a) 2. (a) 3. ()
Rearrangement

One of the questions set in the objective test in English relates torearrangement. A studentis required
to rearrange the jumbled parts of a sentence/ paragraph so as to form a proper sentence. In fact, there
are no hard and fast rules for this kind of test, Only sound knowledge of English language and constant
practice may enable a student to solve such questions,
The questions based on rearrangement are ustially of three types.
In the first type of questions, some parts of a sentence are jumbled up. You are required to rearrange
these parts which are labelled P, Q, R, and $ so as to produce the correct sentence.
Inthe second type of questions, a paragraph consisting of six sentence is given, The first and the last
sentences are given and the middle four sentences are removed and jumbled up. You are required to
find the proper order these four sentences so as to form a coherent paragraph,
In the third type of questions, some sentences are given. These sentences forma coherent paragraph
when they are arranged in proper order, You are required to rearrange these sentences to form a
coherent paragraph and then answer the given questions,

Some Useful Tips

1. First, look for the part which may be the beginning part of the sentence. The part must have word that
could act as the subject of a sentence.
2. Usually, the subject of a sentence is either a noun or a pronoun.
4. Sometimes a sentence can also start with an adverb, a gerund or a conjunction, Keep an eye on such
words also.
. Try to find out the tense of the given sentence. It will also help you in arranging the parts in a proper
a

order.
5, While choosing the proper order of sentences in a paragraph, try to find out the logical pairs.
6. Sometimes a chronological order can also be set. [t will make your work very easy.
. You can also select the correct option from among the given alternatives by eliminating the wrong
options,
Practice Exercise
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-19) Some parts of each of the 6. If you had told me | would not have given it to you
following sentences, have been jumbled up. You are P

required to choose the correct sequence to rearrange

these parts which are labelled P, Q, R, S so as to produce
that you had already bought this book asbirthday
a
Q R Ss
the correct sentence.
present
1. The only time when this dynamic cricketer
Pp The proper sequence should be
aQORPS bPQRS c¢cSPQR «a. SROP
was on the 1979 tour of England failed with
Q R All precautionary measures were taken to prevent the

a”
capture of booths during the election
the bat the tag of an all-rounder did not fit him
s
Government by the terrorists
The proper sequence should be
R s
aSPRQ bPRSQ ¢cSAPQ oF SQPR
The proper sequence should be
2. Kapil _left_in_an aeroplane after reading a_ sailing
aSPRQ b.QSPR cRPSQ a@ ROSP
magazine
P Q . The Government has assured the people that in the
Kargil operation who have sacrificed their lives will be
had decided to build his own boat nine years earlier
P Q
R Ss
properly looked after the families of all those
The proper sequence should be
s
a.PRQOS bASOP cROPS o@= PSRO
soldiers.
3. When it becomes an honour of a lifetime
P
The proper sequence should be
aPSRQ bSQPR cSROQP a4. SPRO
inrecognition ofperformance
their great illustrious All through collecting and storing up food the long
Q R
o.

personalities win an award

warm summer days an ant was very busy for the
S
Q R s
The proper sequence should be
winter.
aRPQS 6.PQRS c¢c.QRASP d.SQRP
The proper sequence should be
4. The newspaper reported that according
to one
estimate P a.SRQP bQPSAR cQAPS «@ASQP
and many of them assume epidemic proportions most 10. andi lessly with his rd, thefat major
Q
held horizontally Shind him and with his legs fae apart
R Ss
looked after the moore horseman and laughed
The proper sequence should be
a.PRQS bPRSQ ¢cROSP Go ROPS The proper sequence csi te
5. The zoologist says that having been bitten by them aPQOSR bQPRS cPQRS @.PRSO
P
11. Since life has now become intensely competitive
once trembled to make
a second attempt at catching Pp
Q R
not only by the grades he obtains but
also
by his skill
the snakes the snake-charmers Q
s of mansion and logical reasoning we judge a
The proper sequence should be
a.PRQS bSQPR person's intellectual worth
c.RPQS gaPSOQR s
 REARRANGEMENT 1137
The proper sequence should be The proper sequence should be
a. SQRAP b.PSRO a.PSROQ bBQPSR
c.PQAS d.PSQA c APQS d.QSPR
12. By the time known
to everyone we
appeared
on the 18. Nearly to NTPC’s environmental activities bloom
Pp Q Pp
scene he had already become an institution around NTPC’s power plants and stand lush green
R Q R
who had ever stayed at Anand Bhawan testimony
one and a half crore trees.
Ss S
The proper sequence should be The proper sequence should be
a.QOPRS b.PSOQOR ¢c.QRPS ao RSOP a.PRQS bSQRP cPOQRS [email protected]
13. | can guarantee as a medical representative 19. Animal welfare experts to demolish illegal structures
Pp Pp

without
any doubt for the post for which he has have condemned by the Forest Department the use
Q R Q R s
applied that this candidate will be successful of elephants.
s
The proper sequence should be The proper sequence should be
aSPRQ b6SROP «PSRO o6§ OSPR aQSRP bBRPQS cQPRS d.RSQP

14. Most of our small farmers do not get a fair retum Directions (Q. Nos. 20-28) /n the following items, each
P paragraph consists of six sentences. The first and the
on the sale of their farm-products on their investments sixth sentences are given in the beginning and labelled S,
and S, respectively. The middle four sentences in each
Q been removed and jumbled up. These are labelled P, Q, R
in back-breaking labour and high cost of seeds
and 8. Youare required to find the proper order forthe four
sentences and mark accordingly.
R
and fertilizers 20. S, : Yes, a mirage can be photographed.
Ss S,: That kind of mirage obviously cannot be
The proper sequence should be photographed.
a.PORS bPOSA c PROS ao PRSO P : That is hallucination.
15. The quide said that nowhere in the world Q : Anything reflected by the lens of the human eye
P
will naturally be picked up by the photographic
lens,
a fairer building you will find than the Taj Mahal
FR: Sometimes, however, a person imagines he is
Q R Ss seeing something but actually he is not.
The proper sequence should be S : The image, of course, will be hazy and
aROPS bBPRQS cPSQR oRQSP simmering because of refraction of light.
aSPRQ bQRPS cPSQR gd QSRP
16. The students knew that to control unruly students
P 21. 5, : One of the greatest curses of the world is the
belief in the necessity of poverty.
in the college administration our new Principal tooka S,: We have been poor in the very midst of
Q R abundance, simply because of our own blighting
number of strong measures limiting thought.
Ss P ; There need not be poor person on the planet.
The proper sequence should be Q : But there was no poverty, no want, no lack, in
the creator's plan for man.
aRSPQ bRSQP c.PQRS ao@< QRPS
FR: Most people have a strong conviction that some
17. According to the standard big-bang theory, ina moment must necessarily be poor, that they were made
Pp to be poor.
of infinite temperature the universe came into existence S : The Earth is full of resources which we have
Q scarcely yet touched.
some ten to fifteen billion years ago and density. a,.SPQR bB.RSPQ
R Ss c.ROPS d.PQSR
1138 SELF STuDY GUIDE BITSAT

22. S,: There is nothing strange in the fact that so many : Both of them were guided by stern realism and
foreign students should wish to learn English, would tolerate no deviation from the objectives
which they pursued relentlessly.
: This key will open to him whatever is valuable in
the literature of the world. : Similarly, Patel refashioned a compact India out
of the fragments left by the British.
: If any valuable book is written in another
language an English translation of it is sure to be }SQRP bBSROQP cSARPQ d.POQSR
speedily published.
: The spiritual training of the boys was a much
: Anyone who masters the English tongue
more difficult training.
acquiresa key.
: And | held that this was an essential part of the
R : Most books found to be generally useful are
training of the young and that all training without
written in English.
culture of the spirit was of no use, and might be
: The English speaking want no monopoly of even harmful.
knowledge. P : | had realised that the training of the spirit was a
-PSQR bSOQRP cRPSQ aoPOSR thing in itself.
: Much of our adult behaviour and our attitudes : Of course, | believed that every student should
be acquainted with the elements of his own
are determined by our upbringing. religion and have a general knowledge of his
: Psychologists have studied these forces in own scriptures.
as)

depth. : | relied little on religious books for spiritual

: But the process does not stop here. training.
OV

: In particular by the effects of that small part of : To develop the spirit is to build character and to
society which is our family. enable one to work towards a knowledge of God
: AS we grow we are constantly and increasingly and self-realisation.
7»

affected by new forcas such as the social /PQSR bRQSP cRQPS [email protected]
pressure of our friends and the larger world of
society. 27. S, : The word ‘victory’ generally reminds us of wars
: The family and our early life have profound effect and conquerors like Alexander and Napoleon.
on our later life. : The victories of peace are more lasting and
-SRPQ bPRSQ ¢cQPSR ao. QSPR useful to humanity than the victories of war.
DH

: Thousands of people are killed and hundreds of

24. S, : Many people, who are hit on the head and towns and cities are destroyed.
suffer from brain injury, temporarily lose : But the victory associated with a war comes after
memory of things happening to them a few
a Oo

so much of destruction.
hour or few days before the accident.
: In’ this category, we may include the
: It is as if the memories of this time do not have achievements of scientists and scholars,
time to become established in the permanent long statesmen and social reformers and the like.
memory.
: However, there is another type of victory which is
: The first ones to come back are usually older creative and constructive,
memories.
PRQS bSPQR cQPSR [email protected]
: After a while the memories begin to retum.
: Then other items appear. 28. S, : The Arabs who are not in cities live in the desert
: But there is always a short period of a few all the year round.
minutes just before the accident, which remains : An Arab loves his horse almost as much as he
fA

a complete blank. loves his wife and children.

PORS bBSROP c«QPAS a4.QAPS : They have the finest horses in the world.
OV

: Chanakya, by his foresight and strength of : So they can easily move from one place to
another.
character, built up the Mauryan Empire.
: These desert Arabs eat ripe, sweet figs and also
D

: It is not true as some people said that Sardar the dates that grow upon the palm trees.
Patel was not particular about the means as long
as he achieved his end. : They live in tents that can be put up and taken
o

down easily.
: They were men of iron.
a. RSPQ b.SQRP
: Therefore, they were impervious to criticism and
had implicit confidence in themselves. c. PQRS ad. QRSP
 REARRANGEMENT 1139

BITSAT Archives
1. Today we live in modern technology era. [2014] 7. 1, Awood-cutter was cutting a tree ona river bank.
: He knelt down and prayed. 2012]
P : We have a lot of problems now.
: His axe slipped and fell into the water.

Dov
Q : We want to get everything in one day.
:God Mercury appeared before him and asked
R : Ancient time was quite pleasant.
about the matter.
Ss : We had no problems then.
: He could not get it back as the river was very deep.
6. Perhaps greed is the main cause for this.

an
@APQS . He dived into the water and came up with an axe of
a. PQAS bBPRSQ ¢SROP wood.
2. 1. He is a common man. [2014] -RPQS bAPSO cOQSARP Go. QSPR

wo
P : Yesterday our city saw a brutal crime. . Adog stole a piece of meat from a butcher's shop.
Q : Police is trying to arrest innocent persons.

@MnHDOU=H
: He barked in anger. [2012]
R : The criminals are well known, : He ran to the jungle with the piece of meat.
Ss : Police as well as whole system in corrupt. : He saw his reflection.
6. Police will arrest him as he is an easy target
: He crossed a river on the way,
because of being a common man.
. He lost his piece of meat.
PRSQ b.PQSR
PQRS d.PSQR OPSR b.QSAP
ao

QPRS d.SRPQ
oo

He is a famous doctor. [2013]

Making ourselves {2001
: Once | had to consult with him.
FHDOV=

®PMDOD=

: | never believed him. : our language

: He suggested me a proper remedy. : part of grawing into
: | become completely fine. : masters of
Now | also admit this fact. : is an important
c QPRS @&ROSP . full manhood or womanhood
.PQRS b.QPSR
PSROQ bSOPR
We don't know the plan of Ram. 2013]
ope

RPSOQ dg. PRSO

FHDOV=-a

: He cares tor his friends.

: He is a complete person. 10. The very first battle they fought 2011]
: and they had to fall back
MHDOTH

: We want some help and advice.

: As we are in a trouble. : cross the border
We hope he will do his best for us. : was lost
PRSQ bOPRS : letting the enemy
PORS d.PSAQ . an enter the country
-~opFnDOV=98eF

RQSP b.RPSOQ
. Itis not my problem. [2013]
QRPS d.QPRAS
ne

: All residents of this society are careless.

: | am unable to convince anyone. 11. Anation {2011]
: They don't want to do some good. : the material assets it possesses
pe PHDOVH

: Every one seems to be unwise here, : is not made by

. We all have to suffer one day. sand collective determination
PRSQ b.PRQS : but by the will
PQRAS dPSAQ . of the people
Early to bed, early to rise, makes a man healthy, PORS b.QOPSR
wealthy and wise. {2012} RSPQ d.SRPQ
: But for the morning tea, | had to wait for someone . When the Governor (2011)
12.
0

to get up before me.

: the bell had rung
PHDOVA

: This saying inspired me to rise early

: justice should be immediately
PaDoO

: That day | was the first to get up

: he ordered that
: One day | got up early in the moming
: found oul why
Then | realised that it was a waste of time to get up
early and wait for the moming tea- . done to the horse
RSPQ b.PQSA
a. QsAP b.QPRS
ee

PQRAS d.SPQR SPRQ d.SQRP

c.
 1140 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

13. 1. When you ponder over (2011) 19. In life,

P: that the only hope
(P) some rules are
Q: you will realise
R : of world peace lies (Q) as in business
S$: the question deeply (R) they seem almost instinctive
6. in the United Nations (S) learnt so early that
a.QORSP bBSPQR cSQPR a«@4ASPQ aRSPQ b.OPSR (2009)
Directions (Q. Nos. 14 to 18) Rearrange the sentences c APSO g.QOSPR
labelled A to E to form a coherent paragraph and then 20. The Bible, |z008]
answer the questions. (P) has in many respects
A. The large crowd, these myriad activities and the bright (Q) the sacred books of all Christians
lights combine to transform the beach into a (R) among all the books of the world
photographers’ delight.
(S) a unique character and position
. Sand and spray are all pervasive on a beach. aQPSR bORPS c&RAPQS @&<ROPS
og

. They love to construct fragile sand castles and splash

about in the shallow waters. 21 The ultimate hope [2008]
. Even the elderly seem to forget their ageing worries (P) will force the nations
here. (Q) that the destructive nature of weapons
mo

. These make beaches a favourite haunt of children. (R) to give up war

(S) has not been fulfilled
. Which sentence should come First in the paragraph?
a.PORS b.PROS cOQPRS 4@ARSQP
aA b.B
e.C d.D [2010] It was {2008]
(P) in keeping with my mood
15. Which sentence should come Second in the
paragraph?
(Q) a soft summer evening
2010]
(R) as | walked sedately
a.D bE
(S) in the direction of the new house
c.A d.B
aQPRS bORPS cSQPR dSRPQ
16. Which sentence should come Last in the paragraph?
« (P) | decided to call on him [2005]
a.D b.A
(Q) at the earliest opportunity
cE d.C 2010]
(R) having heard of the palmist
17. Which sentence should come Third in the paragraph? (S) before | came into town
a.c b.D aRSPQ bPQRS cSQPR d.QOPRS
c.E aA 2010] 24. (P) When a chemical substance [2005]
18. Freedom, is the restricted kind in the sense/(P), the (Q) the food poisoning occurred
rich and poor woman(Q), that a wide gulf (R) in the food preparations
separates/(R), which a modern woman enjoys/(S). (S) was mistaken for salt and used
a.PSRO b.SROP |2009] a ROPS b.SROP
eROPS aSPRQ c.QPSR ga.PSRQ

Practice Exercise
1. d) 2. (a) 3. {d) 4, (b) 5. (d) (a) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c)
1. @) 12 © 1% @ 14 @ 18. () 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (tb) 19. 20.
21. () 22 () 23. @) 24 (c) 28. (c) (c) 27. (c) 28. {b)

BITSAT Archives
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. ic) 4. (b) 5. (a) (a) 7. (b) 9, (c) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 19. (b) 20. {a)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. Ic)
Fill in the Blanks

Question based on Fillin the blanks or Sentence Completion are designed to test the comprehension
ability as well as the knowledge of the meaning of the words required to be filled in. The candidate is
asked to seleet the best of the alternatives given below a sentence.
A word of caution may be putin here for the benefit of the students, Before attempting this section
they must go through the plethora of words to puide them in choice of selecting the best of the
alternatives.
These questions are usually of two types.
In the first type of questions, a sentence is given with a blank space, Below the sentence, four
alternatives are suggested for the blank space. You are required to select the alternative which makes
the sentence meaningfully complete.
Inthe second type of questions, a sentence is given with two blank spaces. Below the sentence, four
pairs of words are suggested for the blank spaces. You are required to select the alternative which has
the correct pair of words required to be filled in.

Some Useful Tips

L. First read the sentence and try to find out its meaning.
2 Go through all the given alternatives before selecting the answer.
3. Select the word which makes the sentence meaningful and grammatically correct.
4, Try to find out which part of speech is required to fillin the blank. It will make your choice very easy.
Sometimes more than one option may seem to be correct. In such case, choose your answer in the
context of the sentence. The answer must provide a proper sense and must belong to the required
grammatical class or part of speech,
6, In case of double blanks, be careful not to choose the alternative which has only one correct word,
Make sure that the alternative must have the words that can fill both the blank spaces appropriately,
7. Eliminating the wrong options will also help you in selecting the right answer.
Practice Exercise
1. The pilot was ..... injured; he died within half an hour. 13. Those who live in ........... houses should not throw
a. seriously b. fatally seseseeee At Others.
c. fatefully d. vitally a. big, abuse b. own, challenges
c. stone, bricks d. glass, stones
2. His...... directions misled us; we did not know which
road to take. 14. | write a letter to you tentatively ..... the dates of the
a. complex b, obscure programme.
c. mingled d. vaque a. involving b. urging
c. guiding d. indicating
. He was very friendly with the press and it really .....
him even for what he did not achieve. 15. Contemporary economic development differs... from
the Industrial Revolutiosn of the 19th century.
a. praised b. lionised
a. naturally b. usually
c, appreciated d. highlighted
c. literally d. markedly
These essays are intellectually ..... and represent
various levels of complexity. 16. Ravi had to drop his plan of going to picnic as he had
certain ..... to meet during that period.
a. revealing b, modern
c. superior d. demanding
a. preparations b. observations
c. urgencies d. commitments
The soldiers were instructed to ... restraint and handle
the situation peacefully. 17. It was .......... hot that day and the cable suffered the
brunt of the heat.
a. exercise b. control
c. prevent d. enforce a. treacherously
b. acceptably
Since, one cannot read every book, one should be c. unfailingly
content with making a...... selection. d. unbelievably
a. normal b. standard
c. moderate d. judicious 18. .... @ye-witness, the news reporter gave a graphic
description of how fire broke out.
There has been a lack of efficiency in all the
a. Reporting b. Observing
crucial areas of the working of Public Sector b. Seeing d. Quoting
Undertakings.
a. positive b. surprising 19. He gave me an additional ..... of 100 a month by .....
c. conspicuous d. stimulative of the commissioner.
a. allowance; permission
The Managing Director treated the employees to a..... b. pay; allowance
lunch at an expensive hotel. c. payment; agreement
a. precious b. thriving d. salary; admittance
c. Stupendous d. sumptuous
. There is no glory in war ..... the blood it.....
Satish was ..... with a natural talent for music. a. considering; sheds 6b. comparing; spills
a. given b. found c. worth; costs d. thinking; demands
c. endowed d. entrusted
21. The Director has ..... me to ..... a speech for him.
10. She always insisted on the need to ..... between ends a. notified; do
and means. b. demanded; prepare
a. analyse b. define c. entrusted: write
c. distribute d. distinguish d. commissioned; draft
11. if greater security measures had been taken the | will come tomorrow ..... | hear to the .....
tragedy might have been ......... a. unless; contrary
a. removed b. until; contradictory
b. repeated c. except; oppose
c. restrained d. despite; otherwise
d. averted 23. The children are so..... , their parents are thinking of
sending them to a ..... school.
12 A politician's speech must be read ..... the lines, it may a. small; high
have a double b. naughty; neighbouring
a. behind; edge b. between; meaning c. misruled; lodging
c. among; ends d. beyond; face d. unruly; boarding
 FILLIN THE BLANKS 1143

26. His life consists of...... of drinking punctuated by

24. Only .... people are ..... after death.
a. vicious; condemned periods of drunken sleep.
a. barrels b. bouts
b. virile; forgotten
c. bowls d. pints
c. virtuous; remembered
d. virulent; glorified 27. He lost the match easily because he had played a....
25. The Secretary .... the society's funds, ...... he was five set match in the earlier round.
dismissed. a. sensational b. gruelling
a. robbed, thus b. pirated, therefore c. wondertul d. controversial
c. misplaced, and d. embezelled, therefore

BITSAT Archives
profitable ..... last month. [2014] . The bank clerk tried to .... money from his friend's
1. Our company signed a
a. issue b, agenda account [2009]
c. deal d. paper a. empower b. embellish
c. embroil d. ambezzle
2. When Indians from the South move North, they find
certain aspects of life quite ......from their own. = [2012] . Eight scientists have .... the national awards for
a. strange b. separate outstanding contribution and dedication to the
c. different d. divergent profession. [2008]
a. bestowed b. picked
3. The sky is overcast, we ....... the storm will soon burst.
[2012] c. bagged d. conferred
a. expect b. hope In a little published deal, Pepsi Cola has ... the entire
.

c. trust d. suspect soft drink market in Afghanistan. [2008]

4. We must ...... our students on subjects like health and a. conquered b. swallowed
sanitation besides the usual subjects. [2010] c. captured d. occupied
a. learn b. teach 10. Mr Shyam Lal has gone to his native village with the
c. insist d. educate ... Of starting an adult school. [2007]
5. The judge used his ......... power and let him off with a a. suggestion b. presumption
reprimand. [2007] c. opinion d. intention
a. residuary b. official ah . The twins are so alike that | cannot ..... one from the
c. legal d., discretionary other.
what he tells us because his a. discem b. tell
6. It is difficult to believe
account of any event Is always full of .... and of all c. say d. notice
sorts. [2009] 12 . We must .... to authority.
a. discrepancies b. differences a. bend b. surrender
ce. discretions d. distinctions c. subdue d. submit

Practice Exercise
4. (b) 2. (0) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (9)
11. (9) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. if) 15. (d) 16. (0) 17. (d) 18. (4) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (b)

BITSAT Archives
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (9) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d)
V1. (b) 12. (d)
 LOGICAL
REASONING
 VERBAL

Analogy
Analogy means similarity or correspondence ie. having similar features. The questions based on
analogy, a particular relationship is given and another similar relationship has to be identified from
the alternatives provided. Questions based on analogy are set-up to test a candidate's overall
knowledge, power of reasoning and ability to think.
These types
of questions cover every types of relationships that one can think. There are many ways of
establishing arelationship like quantity and unit, worker and tools, cause and effect, word-synonym,
word-antonym, country and capital, state and capital, country and currency, animal and the young
ones (kid), male and female, animals and their resting places, games and places of playing. occupation
their working place and their work.
Here, some relationships are given, which are useful for solving questions based on analogy
Country Capital Currency Occupation Working Pace Working
Bangladesh — Dhako Toka Lawyer Court Legal Practice
[rag Raghdad Dinar Servant House Service
China Beijing Yuan Beautician Parlour Make up
Inclia New Delhi Rupee
Mechanic Garage Repairing
UK London Pound
Japan lokyo Yen Waiter Restaurant Serving
USA Washington DC Dollar Teacher School Teaching
Russia Moscow Rouble Chef Kitchen Cooking
Greece Athens Euro sailor Ship Sailing

StatesofIndia Capital Male Female

Sikkim Gangtok Dog Bitch
West Bengal Kolkata Horse Mare
Goa - Panaji
Bull Cow
Tamil Nadu Chennai
Cock Hen
Odisha Bhuvaneshwar Son Daughter
Bihar Patna Brother Sister
Practice Exercise
. Major is related Lieutenant in the same way as 11. Prairies is to North America as Downs is to ...... Daisies
Squadron Leader is related to ......7...... a. Europe b. Australia
a. Group Captain b. Flying Attendant c. Africa d. India
c. Flying Officer d. Pilot Officer e. Nepal
e. Driver
Directions (Q. Nos. 12-14) In each of the following
- Kilogram is related to Quintal in the same way as questions, there is certain relationship between two
Paisa is related to ......7 2.22... given words on one side of (::) and one word is givenon
a. Rupee b. Coin another side of (::) while another word is to be selected
c. Wealth d. Money from the given alternatives having the same relationship
e. Dollar with the word, as the words of the given pair bear.
Roentgen is related to X-rays in the same way as Choose the correct alternative.
Becquerel is related
to ...... 7 00... 12. Cougar: South America :: Okapi : ?
a. Uranium b, Radioactivity
a. India b. Central Africa
c. Fission od. Superconductivity
c. North America d. Pakistan
e. None of these e. Australia
Jade is related to Green in the same way as Gamet is 13. Bow : Arrow :: Pistol: ?
>

related to ...... ecceue :

a. Bullet b. Gun
a. Blue b. Orange
c. Shoot d. Rifle
c. Red d. Yellow
e. White e. Revolver
14. Cobbler : Leather :: Carpenter : ?
Victory is related to Happiness in the same way as
a

Failure is related to ......?....... a. Furniture b. Wood

a. Defeat 6. Anger c. Hammer d. Chair
c. Frustration d. Sandness e. Wool

Food is to Fad as Religion is to ...... Poca Directions (Q. Nos.15-19) The following questions consists
=

a. Crucification b. Notion of two words each that have a certain relationship to each
c, Superstition d. Mythology other, followed by four lettered pairs of words. Select the
e, Psychology lettered pair that has the same relationship as the
original pair of words.
7. Glutton is related to Eat in the same way as Garulous
is related to ......?...... 15. War : Destruction
a. Talk b. Walk a. Fire : Burn b. Court : Justice
c. Laugh d. Travel c. Water : Drown d. Food : Hunger
e. Run
16. Banyan tree : Proproots
Vitro is related to Glass in the same way as Ligno is a. Potato : Tuber 6. Climbers : Tendrils
related to ......7...... c. Ginger : Stem d. Spinach : Root
a. Marble b. Metal
17. Vaseline : Petrol
c. Rock d, Wood
a. Tea: Leaves 6. Plant : Tree
e. Gold
c. Butter : Ghee d. Cream : Milk
. Buffalo is to Leather as Llama is to ...... Pasives 18. Preamble : Constitution
a.Wool b.Meat
a. Word: Dictionary b. Contents : Magazine
c. Silk d. Fur
c. Explanation : Poetry d. Preface : Book
e. Linen
19. Garbage : Squalor
10, Cell is related to Tissue in the same way as Tissue is a. Poor Hunger
related to ? b. Diamond Magmticence
a. Object b. Organ c. Colour Brush
c. Limb d. None of these d. Dirtiness Cleanliness
 ANALOGY 1149

Directions (Q. Nos. 20-23) In the following questions, Directions (Q. Nos. 31-42) Find the related words
find the word which holds the same relation with the third analogy from the given altematives.
word as there in between the first two words. 31. Godan : Pramchand : : Guide : ?
20. Doctor; Nurse :: 7 : Follower a. RK Narayan b. KR Narayan
a. Worker b. Employer c. Premehand d. MK Gandhi
ce. Union d. Leader 32. WHO: Geneva: : IMF ; 7
21. Oxygen : Burn :: Carbon dioxide: ? a. New York b. Paris
a. Isolate b, Foam c. Geneva d. Washington DC
c. Extinguishes d. Explode 33. Distance : Scalar quantity: : Velocity : 7
22. Smoke: Pollution :: War: ? a. Scalar quantity
b. Vector quantity
a. Peace b, Victory c. Speed » Time
c. Treaty d. Destruction d. Graph
23. Dress : Tailor :: ? : Carpenter 34. Bihu: Asom : : Garba :?
a. Wood b. Furniture a. Uttar Pradesh b. Rajasthan
c. Leather d. Cloth c. Punjab d. Gujarat
Directions (QO. Nos. 24-30) The following questions 35. National tree : Banyan : : N ational song :?
consists of two words each that have certain relationship a. Jan Gan Man
between each other, followed by four lettered pairs of b. Vande Matram
words. Select the related pair that has the same
relationship as the original pair of words. c¢. Inqulab Zindabad
d. Sare Jaha Se Acha
24. Surgeon: Scalpel ::?
a. Musician : Instrument b. Carpenter : Cabinet 36. Raj Ghat : Mahatma Gandhi : : Shanti Van : ?
c. Sculptor ; Chisel d. Baker : Oven a. Indira Gandhi
b. Subhash Chandra Bose
25. Horse : Hoof :: ?
a. Man : Foot b. Dog: Black c. Rajiv Gandhi
c. Paise : Rupee d. Pen: Pencil d, Jawahar Lal Nehru
26. Sailor : Compass :: ? 37. Japan: Yen:: UK :?
a. Student : Exam b. Doctor : Stethoscope
a. Rial b. Dollar c. Pound d. Yuan
c. Pen: Officer d. Painter ; Artist 38. Bihar: Patna :: Nagaland :?
e. Bricks : Plumber a. Kohima b. Gangtok
c. Lucknow d. Chandigarh
27. Cells: Cytology ::?
a. Worms : Ornithology b. Insects : Entomology 39. Red : Violence :: White: 7
c. Diseases : Physiology d. Tissues : Morphology a. Lotus b. Peace
c. Colour d. Cleanliness
28. Chair : Wood :: ?
a. Book : Print b. Mirror: Glass
40. Wish: Desire :: Refuse : ?
c. Plate ; Food d. Purse ; Money a. Accept b. Rebuft
c. Abuse d. Deny
29. Nuts : Bolts
a. Nitty : Gritty b. Bare: Feet 41. Botany: Plants :: Entomology: ?
a. Snakes b. Germs
c. Naked ; Clothes d. Hard : Soft
c. Birds d. Insects
30. Book : Author 42. virology : virus:: Semantics: ?
a. Rain: Flood b. Light : Switch a. Compilers b. Bacteria
c. Symphony : Composer d. Song : Music c. Greeks d. Language
Answer with Solutions
1. (c) Major and Squadron Leader are equivalent ranks in 24. (c) Scalpel is used by surgeon during operation, in the
Army and Air Force respectively and so are Lieutenant same way, sulptor uses his chisel for crating sculptures.
and Flying Officer.
25. (a) The Hoofs of an animal such as a Horse are the hard
2. (a) Second is bigger unit than the first, though both are lower parts of its feet. In the same way, Foots are the
used lo measure the same quantity, 100 kilograms = 1 lower parts of Man.
quintal and 100 paise = 1rupee.
26. (b) Sailor is judge the direction through Compass same
3. (b) Roentgen discovered X-rays. Similarly, Becquerel as Doctor is judge the breathing and heart beats through
discovered radioactivity. Stethoscope.
4. (c) Jade is a green precious stone and garnet is a red 27. (b) Cytology is the science of study Cells. In the same
precious stone. way, Entomology is the science of study of Insects.
5. (c) Second is the result of the first. 28. (b) As, Chair is made of Wood. Similarly, Mirroris made
of Glass.
6. (c) Second is the name given to wrong notions about the
first. 29. (c) As, Nuts are covered with Bolts. Similarly, naked
7. (a) Glutton is one who eats too much. Garrulous is one covered with cloths.
who talks too much. 30. (Cc) Book is written by Author. Similarly, Symphony is
8. (d) Vitro means ‘related to glass’ and Ligno means composed by composer.
‘related to wood’. 31. (a) Godan is written by Premchand. In the same manner,
9. (a) Second is a product obtained from the first. Guide is the book written by RK rarayan.

10. (b) Tissue is made up of cell and organ is made up of 32. (d) The headquarter of WHO is in Geneva, Similarly, the
Tissue, headquarter of IMF is in Washington DC.

11. (b) The grasslands of North America are known as 33. (b) Distance is a scalar quantity as it has no direction. In
Prairies and those of Australia are called Downs. the same way, velocity is a vector quantity is has unit as
well as direction both.
12. (b) As, Cougar is found in South America.
Similarly, Okapi is found in Central Africa. 34. (d) Bihu is the dance from of Asom. In the same way,
dance from of Gujarat is Garba.
13. (a) As, Arrow is released from Bow.
Similarly, Bullet is released from Pistol. 35. (b) National tree of India is Banyan. In the same way,
National Song of India is Vande Matram.
14. (b) As, Cobbler uses Leather to make shoes.
Similarly, Carpenter uses Wood to make furniture. 36. (d@) Raj Ghat belongs to Mahatma Gandhi. In the same
way, Shanti van belongs to Jawahar Lal Nehru.
15. (a) First causes the second.
37. (c) Yen is the currency of Japan. In the same way, Pound
16. (b) Second provides support to the first.
is the currancy of UK.
17. (d) First is extracted from the second.
38. (a) Patna is the capital of Bihar. In the same way, Kohima
18. (¢) Preamble is the introduction to the Constitution. is the capital of Nagaland.
Similarly, preface is the introduction to a book.
39. (b) Red is the symbol of violence. In the same way, white
19. (b) Second is the property of first. is the symbol of peace.
20. (d) Nurse receives instructions from the doctor and 40. (qd) Wish is the higher intensity of desire. In the same way,
follower receives the instructions from leader. Refuse is the higher intensity of deny.
21. (c) The fire Burns due to presence of Oxygen and the fire 41, (dc) Botany is the study of plants. In the same way,
Extinguishes due to Carbon dioxide. Entomology is the study of Insects.
22. (d) Pollution is the result of Smoke. Similarly, Destruction 42. (d) Virology is the scientific study of virus. In the same
is the result of War. way, semantics |s the study of meanings of words and
phareses
in a language.
23. (b) As, Tailor makes Dress. Similarly, Carpenter makes
Furniture.
Classification

Classification means ‘to assort the items’ of a given group on the basis of a certain common quality
they possess and then spot the stranger or ‘odd one out’.
These questions are based on words, letters and numerals, In these types of problems, we consider the
defining quality of particular things. In these questions, four or five elements are given, out of which
one does not belong to the group. You are required to find the ‘odd one’.
Classification problems are divided into the following types

|. Number Classification
In number classification, there is a similarity among the numbers or groups of numbers.
The number classification is generally based on similarities like
Square and square root of a number
Cube and cube root of a number
Even and odd number
Prime number
Divisibility test of a number etc.

2. Alphabet Classification
Inalphabet classification, there is a similarity or pattern among the alphabets in the group and the candidate
has to identify the pattern and select the one which does not follow the common pattern in the group.
The relationship among the alphabets is based on the following
Position of alphabets
Vowel and consonant
Reverse order of alphabets
Addition or multiplication of position ete.

3. Word Classification
In word classification, the candidate is given a group of words which are related to one another ina
particular manner. The candidate has to identify the odd word that does not belong to the group.
The relationship among the word classification is generally based on the following
Synonym of word
Antonym of word etc.
Practice Exercise
Directions (QO. Nos. 1-8) In each of the following 15. Poland b, Greece

P
questions some groups of letters are given, all of which, Spain d. Italy
except one, share a common feature while one is

9A
Korea
different. Choose the odd one out.
16. Calf b, Cub
1. a. BEH b. CFI

8fo
Piglet d. Duckling
¢. . DGJ d. EHL . Hireling
e. » FIL
17. Sketch b. Diagram
a . AOT b. CPA

298
Poster d. Chart
c . REB d. TIW Paper
e . OUD
18. Metre b. Furlong
a. BDW b, DFU

® 92
Yard d. Mile
c. FHS d, GIQ Acre
e. IKP
19. a.Cheetah b. Lion
a. RSXY b. NOUV c. Bear d, Tiger
c. MNST d. DEJK 12005]
Directions (Q. Nos. 20-25) In each of the following
5. a. ACZX b. BDYW questions, five pairs of words are given, out of which the
c. EGVT d. GITR words in four pairs bear a certain common relationship.
e. CEUS Choose the pair in which the words are differently related.
a » BCYZ b. EFVW 20. a. Shoe: Leather b. lron: Axe
c. . HIUV d. JKQR Table : Wood d. Jewellery : Gold
a9

6. . ABZA Shirt: fabric

a . APoQ b. DxeM 21. . Mason : Wall b. Cobbler : Shoa
. SFIK d. oWpB . Farmer : Crop d. Chef : Cook
aw

€.
é. . CQulL Choreographer : Ballet
8. a -XXYA b. iIMP - Daring : Timid Beautiful : Pretty
d. DBCE [2006]
as

c. .
BoB

HHIR . Clear: Vague Youth : Adult

Native : Alien
Directions (Q. Nos. 9-19) In the following questions,
three / four out of the four / five altematives are same ina 23. See: Eye Hear : Ears
as

certain way and so form a group. Find the odd one that
SOS

Smell: Nose Touch : Skin

does not belong to the group. Tongue : Taste
9. a.Yen Lira [2005] 24. Bottle : Wine b. Cup: Tea
as

Pitcher : Water
29s

c. Dollar Ounce d. Ball : Bal

. Inkpot: Ink
10. a. Litchi Papaya
25. . Stallion : Colt b. Horse : Mare
arar

c. Jacktruit Guava
Dog : Bitch
PAP

11. a. Peak Mountain d. Drake : Duck

. Drone : Bee
c. Valley Hillock
e. Mound Directions (Q. Nos. 26-30) /n each of the following
12. a. Jumping b. Running questions, five numbers are given. Out of these, four are
c. Sprinting d, Exercising alike in a certain way but the rest one is different. Choose
e. Jogging the one which is different from the rest four.
13. a. Mother b. Friend 26. a.17 b. 27 c. 29 d. 37
ec. Brother d. Sister e. 59
e. Father 27. a.6 b. 12 c. 18 a9
14. a. Geometry b. Algebra e.7
c. Trigonometry d. Mathematics 28. a.15 b. 21 c 24 d. 28
e. Arithmetic e. 30
 CLASSIFICATION 1153
29. 4.43 b. 53 32. a.2-8 b.3-27
c. 63 d.73 c.4-32 d.5-125
e. 83
33. a.13-21 b. 19-27
30. a. 488 b. 929 [2007] c. 15-23 d. 16-24
c. 776 d. 667
e. 596 34, a.2:4 b.4:8
e.6:18 d.8:32
Directions (Q. Nos. 31-35) Choose the odd numeral pair
group in each of the following questions. 35. a.3:12
b. 4:20
31. a.34-43 6b. 55-62 c.6:42
c.62-71 d. 83-92 d.7:63

Answer with Solutions

1. (d) In all the groups, there is a gap of two letters between 16. (e) All except Hireling are young ones of animals.
first and second as well as between second and third
17. (e) All others can be drawn on paper.
letters.
18. (e) All except Acre, are units of measuring distance, while
2. (b) In all other grous, the middie letter is a vowel. acre is a unit of area.
3. (d) In all other groups, the first two letters are alternate
19. (c) All except Bear, belong to the cat family.
letters of the alphabet, while second and third letters
occupy the same positions from the beginning and the 20. (b) In other pairs, first is a product made from the second.
end of the alphabet respectively. 21. (d) In other pairs, second is prepared by the first.
4 (b) In all other groups, the first second and third letters 22. (b) In all other pairs, the two words are antonyms of each
are respectively moved one, five and one step forward to
other.
obtain second, third and fourth letters respectively.

5. (e) In all other groups, first and second as wells as fourth

23. (e) In other pairs, first denotes the function performed by
and third letters are alternate. Also, the first and third the second.
letters occupy the same positions from the beginning and 24. (d) In other pairs, first is used to hold the second.
end of the alphabet, respectively.
25. (a) In other pairs, second is the female of the first.
6. (c) In all other groups, first and second as well as third
and fourth letters are consecutive and the third letter 26. (b) Each of the numbers except 27, is a prime number.
occupies the same position from Z backward as the first
27. (e) 7 is the only prime number in the group.
occupies from A onward.
28. (d) Each of the numbers except 28, is divisible by 3.
7. (d) In all other groups, the third letter is small and a vowel.
8. (d) Except (d), all other groups contains only small letter.
29. (ec) Each of the numbers except 63, is a prime number.

9. (d) Except Ounce, others are currencies of different 30. (a) Except 667, sum of digits is 20.
countries. 31. (b) In all other pairs, second number is 9 more than the
10. (c) Jackfruit isa vegetable while others are fruits. first.

11. (c) Except Valley, all other are the elevated features. 32. (c) In all other pairs, second number is the cube of the
first.
12. (c) Except Exercising,
all others are different forms of
exercising. 33. (d) All other pairs consist of odd numbers only.
ist 2
13. (b) Except Friend, all others are denote blood relations.
34. (a) In all other pairs, stoumper™ = 2nd number.
14. (¢) Allexcept Mathematics are branches of Mathematics,
35. (d) In all other pairs, (1st number) «(1st number
15. (e) Allexcept Korea are European countries, while Korea
+ 1) =2nd number.
is an Asian country.
Series Completion

Series is a sequential order of letters, numbers or both arranged in such a way that each term in the
series is obtained according to some specific rules, These rules can be based on mathematical
operations, place of letters in alphabetical order ete.
In questions on series, a specified sequence/order of letters, numbers or a combination of both is
given where one of the term (letter/number/letter and number) of the series is missing either at the
end of the series or in between the series.
The candidate is required to identify the pattern involved in the formation of series and accordingly
find the missing term to complete the series. Also, there may be some questions where one of the
term in the series is incorrect and the candidate is required to find out that term of the series by
identifying the pattern invelved in the formation of series,
There is no set pattern and each question may follow a different pattern or sequential arrangement of
letters or digits, which you have to detect using your common sense and reasoning ability.
Types of series covered in this chapter are as follows

|. Number Series
In number series, the numbers are arranged ina particular pattern based on some mathematical or
logical operations.
The pattern of number series is based on following
Square and square roots of a number
Cube and cube roots of a number
Arithmetic operations (like addition, subtraction, division, multiplication)
Prime number
Even and odd numbers
A combination of above relations
The questions are asked in twa formats
|. Find the missing term
2. Find the wrong term
 series competion | 155

Basic Approach to Number series

The best way/method of approaching the number series question is as follows.
(i) Firstly, analyse the difference between terms.
(ii) If the difference is constant, it is a constant difference series,
(iii) If the difference is increasing or decreasing fastly, then try the square series approach,
(iv) Ifthe increase is very much and it is not a square series, then try the cube series approach.
(v) If there is no constant increasing
or decreasing difference, then try product series approach,
(vi) Ifthe number obtained are same, then it is a product series.

2. Alphabet Series
In alphabet series, letters of english alphabet are arranged in a particular pattern like reverse order of letters, position of
letters, skipping of letters ete.
‘The following problem canbe solved by remembering the position of the letters in the alphabetical order from forward and
backward direction.

Forward J 203 4 8 TB a GT 20 2) 2s 24 25 6
[Letters A |p lc op ie |r Goin |) oy kK iW |M IN jo Pp jo im is ir ww iw x ly jz
|
|Backward = 26 l25 4.3 2 2) 20 19 IR OT 6 1 ld 13 2 th i982

3. Alpha-numeric Series
In alpha-numeric series, the pattern of series is based on the combination of both numbers and letters.
These kind of problems use both mathematical operation and position of letters in the alphabet in both forward, backward
or reverse order,

4. Continuous Pattern Series

Continuous pattern series consist of a series of small letters that follow a certain pattern like repetition of letters.

Method to Solve Continuous Series

Firstly, count the number of blanks and given letters,
Divide the whole sum of blanks and letters by a multiple.
Note down the pattern common to all groups separately.
Practice Exercise
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-7) in each of the following Directions (Q. Nos. 13-19) In each of the following
questions, various terms of alphabet series are given with questions, number series is given with one of the terms
one or more terms missing as shown by (?). Choose the missing. Choose the correct alternative that will continue
missing terms out of the given altervatives. the same pattern and replace the questions (7?) in the given
1. A,C,F,J,? series.
a.K b. O c.M d. N 13. 21,23, 27, 33,7?
eb a. 37 b. 41 c. 43 d. 49
2. A,2,D,Y,G,X, ?,? 14. 68, 67, 64, 59,7
a. W,J b. J, W c. WK d. K, W a. 52 b. 53 c. 54 d. 56
3. NZ, OY, PX, QW, RV, ? 15. 1,8, 27,7, 125, 216 [2014]
a. FS b. SU c. UF da. TU a. 52 b. 58
e. SW c. 64 da. 65

4. AZY, EXW, I'VU, ? 16. 4,7, 13,7, 34,49, 7 {2010}

a. MTS 6b. MOR c. NRQ d. LST a. 20 b. 22
e. JWV c. 24 d.21

5. DKM, FUP, HIS, JHV, ? 17. 5,11, 24, 7, 106, 217, 7 {2010}
a. LGY b. HGY a. 50 b. 50 c, 49 d.51
c. IGZ d. IGY 18. 24, 6, 18, 9, 36, 9, 24, ? [2013]
6. be, cde, de, efg, fg, ? a. 24 b. 12
a. ghi b. fgh c.8 d.6
c. hij d. ijk @. 26
e. gh 19. 83, 82, 81,........,69, 60, 33 [2007|
7. CFL, EIK, GLJ, IOI, ? a.73 b. 80
a. KRH b. KRJ c.77 d. None of these
c. JRU d. KOV
Directions (QO. Nos. 20-24) In each of the following
Directions (Q. Nos. 8-12) These questions are based on questions, one of the terms in the number series is wrong.
the letter series. In each of these series, some letters are Find out the wrong term.
missing. Select the correct altervative.
20. 160, 118, 83, 65, 34, 20
8. ab_d__ b_dm__x__ a. 83 b. 118 c. 34 d. 65
a. xmaxabda b, xmaxabdm e.34
ce. mxaxabdm d. mxaxbadm
21. 1,9, 25, 50, 81 2012]
9. mc_m_a_ca_ca_c_me a. b. 25
a. acmmma . camcam c. 50 d. 81
ac

c. aaacmm acmmc
22. 5, 10, 17, 24, 37 |2011|
10. b_ab_ b_aab_b a. 10 b.24
a. abbb b, abba c.17 d. 37
c. baaa d. aaba
23. 1788, 892, 444, 220, 112, 52, 24 {2010)
11. _beab_cabc_abca _b a. 52 b. 112
a. abca b. aabc c. 220 d. 444
c. bbca d. abac
24. 2,3, 5, 8, 12, 18, 23
12. rttpp os tp 5s _ a.13 b. 15 c. 16 d. 18
a. parssqtpartp b. pastrsqptrst e.23
e. pasqrsqrripg d. None of these
Answer with Solutions
1. (b) The pattern of the series is as follows 15. (c) From the given series,
A

2
G
i_4
+30
pa
G4 O45
fo,
379527,
23-8
4 —[64]
2. (6) The pattern of the series is as follows 5° > 125, 6° — 216
1 1
16. (b) The pattern of the series is as follows
aap ok gi 4 7 13 4449
+3 +3 +3 L_tl__tl__} |4
+3 +6 +9 +12 +15
3. (b) The pattern of the series is as follows
1 1 -1 | 1 17. (d) The pattern of the series is as follows
a 5 1 24 106 0=«O27
NZ OY PX QW. AV
|_ fl 1 on | | {
+1 x2+2 +3 +4 x2+5

4. (a) The pattern of the series is as follows 18. (b) The pattem of the seriesis
at pt. | 4a 246 18 9 a6 9g * OA
z—2_,
y —2_ , y 2/17 PIJtt hit
y—2_,w—2 + —# 415 19. (c) Series is written
in reverse order with a difference of
Ff, 2%.27 329?
5. (a) The pattern of the series is as follows
ie. 1,1,4,8,9,27
o—2, p42 4 72, y 7?
20. (c) The pattern of the series Is as follows
-

nk—L, yt =e | SE td
55

to [tL118 1
w—ts_, pt, 5 13 , y —t3 aly y
aa a4 20
6. (a) As, be, cde, de, efg, tg ahi] fl 4 |
-(Fx & (7 ™ 5) (7 = a (7= 3) «a
In this series, last letter of a term
is started to new term
and next two letter is included in the term. 21. (c) The pattern of the series is
40
7. (a)
8. (b) Here, repeated block |s 'abxdm’.
Now, abxdm abxdm abxdm | | | I |
9. (a) Mca/mca/mca/mcaimca/
mc res 7a
Hence, 50 is the wrong number.
10. (d) ba/ab/ab/ba/ab/ab
22. (c) The pattern of the series Is
11. (a) abc/abb/cab/cca/bea/ab
12. (c) The last letter of each previous block Is moved to the 5 10 17 24 a7

ee
beginning of the successive block.
Now, parst/tpars/stpgr/rstpq
13. (6) The pattern of the series is as follows Far oer aay Set eH
21 23 27 33 Hence, 24 is the wrong number.
L_§fl._fl 4L_+t 23. (b)
+2 +4 +6 4
24. (cd) The pattern of the series is as follows
14. (a) The pattern of the series is as follows
68 67 64 59 : 12
| | t| t| $L | {
a4 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6
Logical Deduction
It is a combination of an information based passage followed by some conclusions based on that,
which are to be checked according toa given set of directions. This section deals with the questions in
which unusual patterns of conclusions are inferred on the basis of a passage. Such conclusions are
unusual as they are different from other type of conclusions which are based on the statements (as in
case of syllogism). Infact, other type of conclusions are definite i.e, they are either definitely true or
definitely false but here in the passage based conclusion, probability factor is also taken into
consideration.
Directions (Examples 1-5) /n each question below is given a passage followed by several
inferences. You have to examine each inference separately in the context of the passage and
decide upon its degree of truth or falsity.
Mark your answer as
(a) If the inference
is ‘definitely true' ie., it directly follows from the facts given in the passage;
(b) Ifthe inferenceis ‘probably true’ though not definitely true in the light of the facts given;
(c) If you think the data are inadequate i.e., from the facts given you cannot may whether the
inference is likely to be true or false;
(d) If you think the inference is ‘probably false’ though not definitely false in the light of the facts given
anc
(e) If you think the inference is ‘definitely false’ ie, it contradicts the given facts.

Passage
The railroads was not the first institution to impose regularity on society or to draw attenion to the
importance of precise time keeping, For as long as merchants have set out their wars at day break and
communal festivities have been celebrated, people have been in rough agreement with their
neighbours as to the time of day. The value of tradition is today more apparent than ever. Were it not
for public acceptance of a single yardstick or time, social life would be unbearably chaotic. The
massive daily transfer of goods. Services and information would proceed in fits and starts, the very
fabrie of modern society would begin to unravel.
I, An accepted way of measuring time is essential for the smooth functioning of society.
2. In modern society we must make more time for our neighbour's.
3. Society judges people by the time at which they conduct certain activities,
Sol. (Examples 1-3)
|. (a) Statement is a major objective in making the decision one of the goals sought by the decision
maker.
2. (e) Statement is a minor factor in making the decision, a less important element bearing on or
affecting a major factor rather than a major objective directly.
4. (c) This statement is minor factor in making the decision.
Practice Exercise
Passage | Passage 3
The smaller pesticide formulation units in India operate The water resources of our country are very much
under heavy constraints such as obsolete technology, underutilised. .The main reason of this underutilisation is the
small scale of operation and dependence on large units lack of capital and technology. A large portion of our water
for raw materials. In view af the loss of expensive material resources is wasted due to floods and unwise use of water
by the smaller units it is important to either eliminate or for irrigation as well as domestic purposes. We can make full
reduce losses to the extent possible through innovative use of our water resources by building dams on rivers and by
and sustainable waste minimisation techniques. adoption policy of awareness among people not to waste
Operating profit margins of the units are very low and water.
small adverse conditions land these companies in trouble. 11. Our country has large areas to be irrigated and much
Maximum losses suffered by these units are through poor water is wasted.
house keeping, sub-optional operating practices, and lack
of proper opportunities for recycling waste. 12. Building of dams is a essential step in the
conservation of water resources.
1. Smaller units should be operationally self-sufficient so
as to minimise losses. 13. Occurrence of floods adds to the water resources.
2. Recycling or wastes through modem techniques can 14. Some people do not use water resources in a
set off large part of the losses incurred by the smaller judicious way,
units, 15. The country does not have enough funds to develop
3. Pesticide units should necessarily be on a large scale water resources.
to make them economically viable. Passage 4
4. Waste management process in India needs A recent survey shows that India has the lowest death rate
modernisation.
for blood cancer. China, Thailand aid Myanmar (countries
5. Lack of funds compels smaller units to ignore house that have taste for spices) also have low rates. Higher rates
keeping. are found in U.S.A. where spices are not used. The typical
American food remains chicken rolls, butter and beef.
Passage 2 16. Americans are unorthodox in their food habits.
The basic thrust of the Government's policy is to provide 17. Americans dislike spices.
price incentives to farmers to make them produce more 18. Spices prevent blood cancer.
food. But is a price-incentive system always efficient in
ensuring incremental yields ? Our contention is that this
19. Spices promote forms of cancer other than blood
incentive works only in persuading farmers to shift cancer.
cultivation from one crop to another depending on which 20. Chicken rolls, butter and beef promote cancer.
crop is more profitable at the given prices. But it would not be
a sufficient condition in ensuring incremental output of all Passage 5
crops which is what is required. More than a decade of erosion in budgetary support from the
Union Government has seriously affected Indian Railways
6. This passage is taken from an article written by an
capacity to finance its plan expenditures. The situation has
expert on agricultural finance.
come to a pass where the railways must now think of
7. The author is advocating for more yield of various innovative ways to get longer mileage from its investments.
crops. Significantly the resource crunch has had grievous impact on
8. The Goverment is not ready to increase the the railways.
procurement price of crops. As a result, it will not be in a position to acquire necessary
equipments and this will seriously affect the railways
9. According to the passage, the farmers are not
income-conscious. Capacity to serve the needs of the economy in future.

10. Recently there was an agitation by farmers for 21. Railways had so far believed in traditional ways in
increase in procurement price of crops. generating income.
1160 © ser STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

22. Govemment has shifted its priority from railways to 31. Though adequate provisions of funds were made but
other areas. they remained unspent.
23. The Union Government has reduced drastically the
budgetory support to railways during the last decade. Passage 7
24. The fiscal position of railways in the earlier plan period The World Health Organisation has called for an improved
was better than the current plan period. surveillance to combat dengue and says the outbreak can be
25. During the current plan period, the railways will not be controlled in two weeks if all necessary steps are taken to stop
able to expand its network. the mosquitoes from breeding and break the transmission cycle.
Dengue is already the most widespread mosquito-borne
disease among humans. In the past 15 years, outbreaks in
Passage 6 South and South-east Asia have been rapidly rising mostly due
Urban services have not expanded fast enough to cope with to falling environmental and public health standards during
urban expansion. Low investment allocations have tended urbanisation. WHO reports that several forms of the disease
to be underspent. Both public (e.g., water and sewage) and such as haemorrhagic fever (DHF) and shock syndrome (DSS)
private (e.g., low-income area housing) infrastructure quality are putting more than 2.5 million people at risk worldwide each
has dectilined. This impact of the environment in which year. Importantly, 95% of the DHF cases are among children
children live and the supporting services available to them less than 15 years, Therefore, the disease has major impacts on
when they fall ill, seems clear. The decline in average food public health and future generations.
availability and the rise in absolute poverty paint in the same 32. If rate of urbanisation in South Asia is controlled,
unsatisfactory direction.
outbreaks of all diseases may be reduced.
26. There is nothing to boast about urban services. 33. World Health Organisation has not collected data of
27. The public transport system is in the hands of private outbreak of dengue in the past.
sector,
34. There was no outbreak of dengue in the European
28. Birth rate is higher in urban areas as compared to countries in the recent past.
fural areas. 35. Over the last decade South Asian countries have not
29. Low-cost urban housing is one of the priorities. successfully stepped up mechanism to combat dengue.
30. The environment around plays an important role on 36. DSS type dengue seems mostly to be affecting the
the health status. adults.
Answer with Solutions
1. (c) The given fact is neither mentioned In norcan be 18. (a) The fact that blood cancer is more prominent in
derived from the given passage. America, where spices are not used while the rate is
2. (a) It is mentioned in the passage that maximum losses much lower in Asian countries where spices are used,
makes the given conclusion valid.
suffered by the smaller units are because of lack of
proper opportunities for recycling waste. This clearly 19. (c) Other forms of cancer have not been talked about in
implies the given fact. the passage.

3. (b) From the first sentence of the passage, itis quite 20. (a) Itis mentioned that blood cancer is more prominent
probable that operating on a large scale might make the in America, where the typical diet comprises of chicken
pesticide units economically viable. rolls, butter and beef.

4. (a) The fact directly follows trom the sentences ‘In view of
21, (a) It is mentioned in the passage that railways now need
to find ‘innovative ways’ to get bigger returns for their
the loss......... waste minimisation techniques’ in the
investments. This clearly implies the given fact.
passage.
22. (b) According to the passage, budgetory support to the
5, (6) Itis mentioned in the passage that the profit margins railways from the Union Government has declined.
of small units are low and so small adverse conditions Perhaps this is because the Government has shifted its
land them in trouble. Thus, it is quite probable that lack of priority to some other areas.
funds compels these units to ignore house keeping. 23. (a) The fact directly follows from the first sentence of the
6. (a) Since the passage analyses the merits and demerits passage.
of the Government's new fiscal policy relating to 24 (a) The fact that railways have now fallen in need of bigger
agriculture, the given conclusion follows. returns from their investment, implies the given fact.
7. (a) lt is mentioned that the new policy will lead to a shift in 25. (a) The given fact directly follows from the last sentence
cultivation and would not fulfill its real objective, which Is of the passage.
to make farmers produce more food. 26. (a) The first sentence of the passage verifies the given
The last sentence of the passage also confirms the fact. conclusion,
8. (e) According to the passage, the Government is 27. (c) Nothing about the public transport system is
providing price incentives to farmers. This contradicts the mentioned in the passage.
fact given in the question. 28. (c) The passage deals with deteriorating living conditions
9. (d) According to the passage, the farmers would shift in urban areas. Nothing about the birth rate is mentioned.
cultivation from the present crop to the more profitable 29. (b) Since the passage condemns the decline in quality of
one. This means that they are income-conscious. low-income area housing, it is probable that itis a vital
10, (c) The fact is neither mentioned in nor can be derived aspect of urban services.
from the passage. 30. (a) The conclusion directly follows from the statement. ‘The
11. (c) No mention of the land to be irrigated in India is there impact of the environment ...... seems clear’ in the passage.
in the passage. 31. (e) The phrase low investment allocations in the passage
12. (a) It is given in the passage that we can make full use of implies that the funds provided were not adequate,
our water resources by building of dams. 32, (b) It is mentioned in the passage that outbreaks in South
13. (b) It is mentioned that much of our water resources are and South-east Asia have been rapidly rising mostly due to
wasted due to floods. falling environmental and public health standards during
urbanisation. Thus, the fact in the question is quite probable.
14. (qd) It is mentioned that wastage of water takes place due
33. (2) The passage talks of outbreak of dengue during the past
to their unwise use for domestic purposes.
15 years. This contradicts the fact given in the question.
15, (a) It is given in the passage that underutilisation of the
34, (c) The passage mentions the outbreak of dengue in
water resources of our country is due to lack of capital or
funds. Asian countries only and not the European countries.
35. (a) It is mentioned in the passage that cases of outbreak
16. (qd) Itis mentioned that Americans have almost the same
of denque are rapidly rising in South Asian countries
diet, with no intake of spices. This means that probably they
since the last 15 years. This means that adequate steps
cannot change diet easily and are orthodox in food habits.
to combat dengue have not been taken.
17. (c) Nothing about the reason for Americans not using
36. (c) Nothing about the effect of DSS type dengue is
spices in their diet is mentioned in the passage.
mentioned in the passage.
Logic Chart
Logie charts is one of the major areas in most of the competitive exams, Any data like daily
production, financial performance or productivity will have to be presented in a concise manner.
Study and manipulation of such data leads us to an important area called logic charts.
Data can be organized in a number of ways so that larger volume of data can be presented in a more
compact and precise form, Data thus presented has to be deciphered correctly by the user of data.
Numerical data can be presented in one or more of the following ways.
(i) Data Table (ii) Pie chart
(iii) Bar chart (iv) Line Graph
Data can also be presented by using a combination of two or more of the above forms.
Let us understand each of the above forms of data representaion with an example.

Data Table
A Data Table isa chart of facts and figures represented in horizontal rows and vertical columns, These
facts and figures can be of imports, exports, income of employees ina factory students applying for
and qualifying a certain field of study.
The amount of data that can be presented on data table is much higher than that which can be
presented on any other type of graph or chart.
e.g. The data table given below shows profit of 3 companies from year 2010 to 2012.

Column Year | 2010 200 2012 Row

— | (Profit%) | (Profit%) | (Profit%)
Company™ _
SATYAM | 30 20 15 1

TCS 15 20 10 2

L&T 15 10 35 3
 LOGIC CHART 1163

Directions (Examples. 1-3) Study the given

carefully and answer the questions that follow.
table Pie Chart
Pie chart is a circular chart divided into sectors in which the
Percentage of marks obtained by five students in five different
are length, its central angle and area are proportional to the
subjects in a school
quantities that it represents,
Subject English Science Mathematics |Social [Hindi Pie chart is called so because of its shape. Each slice of
(100) |(125) (150) Studies |(59) pie is allowed to each category and shows the portion of
Student (75) | the entire pie.
Rahul |67 | 8a 70 lea [oo | In the questions of pie chart, the total quantity is
distributed over a total angle of 360° or 100%, Here, the
Veena 6a 72 TA 88 | $4
data can be plotted with respect to only one parameter.
Soham 66 90 SA 80 76
Uses of pie charts are restricted to represent limited type
Shreya i 66 80 66 | 86 of information,
Varun 63 76 88 68 | 72 Pie chart is also useful for representing proportions or
percentages of various elements with respect to the total
Figures in brackets indicate maximum marks for a
particular subject. quantity.

Ex, 1 What is Varun's overall percentage in the examination? The following pie chart gives the distribution of the
population in different geographical zones.
Sol. ‘Totalmarks of Varun
Distribution of population in geographical zones
= Sum of marks in English + Science + Mathematics
+ Social Studies + Hindi
= 63%
of lOO + 76% 0f125 + BH Of 150 + GRY of 75 East 18%| \
| West 22%
+72% of 50
76=125 88150 G&x« 75 72*50
= 634 —— +——_ + ——— +
100 100 100 100
=03 + 9541324514 36=377
Total marks of Varun
Required percentage = « 100%
Total marks
From the above pie chart, we can calculate the following
= ST «100%= 75.4%
500 Population in any zone when the total population is
Ex 2. [fin order to pass the exam, a minimum of 95 marks are piven.
needed in Science, how them many students pass in the Population of any zone as a percentage
of that of another
exam? zone.
Sol. Let pass percentage in Science bex, Percentage increase in the total population, given that
Then, x% of 25 = 95 percentage increase in the population of one or more
125 xx _95 ye 05 « 100, =76 ZONES.
100 125 Direction (Example. 4) Aefer to the following pie chart and
Only three students will pass, (Rahul, Soham and Varun) answer the questions that follow.

Ex.3 What is the respective ratio of total marks obtained by National budget expenditure in the year 2012
Veena and Shreya together in Mathematies to the marks (Percentage distribution)
obtained by Rahul in the same subject?
Sol. Total marks obtained by Veena and Shreya together in
Mathematics
= 74% of 150 + 80% of 50 / Others
_ 74«150)
74» 150 ‘ BO«IS
Oxl 90 Ils BO .
= 281
[179% | Military 59%
100 10
Intemational,

Marks obtained by Rahul in Mathematies= 70% of 150

= 150 « 70 =105
Loo
a
‘ Ratio = aol Mss
1055
1164 SELF STuDY GUIDE BITSAT

Ex. In year 2012, if India had a total expenditure of % 120 For example Given below chart shows perecentage
billion, then how many billions did it spend on distribution of sales of 4 books in two different year.
interest on debt?
Sol. ‘Total expenditure
= 120 billion 100
a0
“. Expenditure of interest on debt=9% of 120 ao

9 70
= — «120 60 EA BookA
100 60 [2] Book B
ao BB Book C
= t10.8 billion
20 oO Book D
10
Bar Chart O12
‘Total numberof
20 1.
Total number of
Copies Produced Copies Produced
A bar chart is a chart with rectangular bars with lengths = 25000 = 35000
proportional to the values that they represent. Bar charts
are diagramatie representation of discrete data. . Multiple bar chart In this type, two or more bars are
ie
A bar is a thick line whose width is shown merely for constructed adjoining each other to represent either
attention. In this method of data representation, the data is different components of a complete data or to show
plotted on the X and Y-axes as bars. multiple variables,
One of the axes (normally the X-axis) of the bar diagram For example Given below chart show the production of
represents a discrete variable, while the other axis 3 types of car in three different year.
represents the scale for continuous variable.
Each bar diagram has a title indicating the subject matter
represented in the diagram.
@ Honda Clty
Types of Bar Chart (Hyundai Verna
&§ Mahindra Xuv 500
Following are the main bar charts
L Simple bar chart A simple bar chart relates to only
one variable.
For example Given below chart shows the percentage
distribution of total expenditure of a company Line Graph
25 A line graph (cartesian graph) indicates the variation of a
quantity with respect to the two parameters caliberated
52 17.5
(plotted) on X and Y-axes, respectively.
; Ze
A line graph shows the quantitative information or a
relationship between two changing quantities (variables) with
aline or curve that connects a seriesof suceessive data points.
&.*
isement Rs."
Infrastructure §
o

5 2
Types of Line Graph
Transport

Taxes

Salary
Research and
Development

3 8
5
= Different types of line graph are discussed below
Single Line Graph Used for single variable
representation.
2. Sub-divided bar chart A sub-divided bar chart is For example The following single line graph represents
used to represent various parts of total magnitude of a the yearly sales figure of a company in the years
given variable. 2001-2010.
 LOGIC CHART 1 | 65

For example The following multiple line graph

~

represents the maximum and minimum

ows

temperature recorded everyday ina certain week.

(in t crore)
Sales
OOH

« Maximum temperature
Whe

@ Minimum temperature
N
Oe

=~
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
Years

2. Multiple Line Graph Used for more than one Days

variable representation.

Practice Exercise
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-4) Study the following table and Directions (Q. Nos. 5-9) The following pie chart
answer the questions based on it. represents a total expenditure of 7540000 on different
The table given below depicts the export of a commodity items in constructing a flat in a town. Study the pie chart
through four ports in the year 1998 and 1999. and answer the questions.

Port Export in 1998 Export in 1999 / A. Steel

(in = crore) (in = crore) / 459 Labour
57 61 | Bricks SO° <P WOO
&

148 160 "F550 ] 97 —__|

®

229 234 \\Cement / Timber

oo

146 150 /

. The percentage increase in the export of the 5. The expenditure (in 7) on bricks is
_

commodity from the year 1998 to 1999 was the a. 75000 b. 67500
highest from which port? c. 150000 d. 70000
a. A b. B c C d. D 6. The expenditure on bricks is less than the expenditure
. What was the change in the aggregate export of the on timber (in %) by
commodity in the year 1999 as compared to the year a. 10000 b. 12500
1998? c. 60000 d. 65000
a. Nearly 4.3% increase
7. The percentage of the total expenditure spent on steel
b. Nearly 4.3% decrease
c. Nearly 0.04% increase and cement is
d. Nearly 0.04% decrease a. 33.23% b. 25%

. What was the average increase in the export of the c. 33.1% d. 30%
3
commodity from the ports in the year 1999 as
compared the year 1998? 8. Which is the item of maximum expenditure?
a. ? 82500000 b. ? 80000000 a. Cement b. Steel
ce. * 75000000 d. 7 62500000 c. Timber d. Labour
The percentage increase in the export of the 9. The expenditure (in 2) on cement is
commodity from the year 1998 to 1999 was the lowest a. 75000
from which port? b. 90000
aA b. B c. 135000
eC d. D dg. 112500
1166 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

Directions (Q. Nos. 10-13) Study the following graph and Directions (Q. Nos. 14-18) Study the following graph
answer the questions that follow. carefully and answer the questions that follow.
Demand and production of colour TVs of five companies The per cent rise in production from the years 1999 to 2006,
for Jan 2006

3300

é
=
8
5
a

Li Demand Production 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2008
Years

10. What is the ratio of the number of companies having 14. For how many years, the per cent rise was more than
100%?
more demand than production to the number of
companies having more production than demand? a. One b. Two
c. Three d. Five
:3
ft ho

e. None of these
oop

71
toh

:2 15. What was the average of per cent rise over the given
:2 years?
a

11. What is the difference between average demand and a. 110% b. 105%
average production of the five companies taken ce. 100.5% d. 92.5%
together? e. None of these
a. 1400 16. For how many years, the per cent rise was lower than
b. 400 the average of the per cent rise over the given years?
c. 280 a. Two b. One
d. 138 c. Five d. Three
12. Demand of company Dis approximately what per cent e. None of these
of demand of company E? 17. For which of the given years, the percent rise (from
a. 12% the previous year) was the least? [Years 2001 and
2003 are not to be considered.)
b. 20%
c. 24% a. 2000 b. 2004
d. 30% c. 2006 d. Cannot
be determined
e. None of these
13. What is the ratio of average demand to average
18. If the production in year 1998 was 1000 units, then
production of companies B and D?
how much was the production in year 2002?
21:
a. 35280 units b. 64680 units
agge

¢. 46200 units d. Cannot be determined

&GQpfo
oan

e. None of these
wn
Answer with Solutions
1. (b) Percentage increase from port A 10. (G) Companies which have more demand than
61-57 production = A, C and E, i.e. 3 companies.
= x 100% =7.01 %
Compaines which have more production
Percentage increase from port B than demand = B, Di.e. 2 companies
_ 160-148
a * 100%
= 8.10%
. Required ratio =3:2
11. (c) Average demand
Percentage increase from port C
_ 234-229
x 100%
= 2.18%
~ Number of all demands
"Bag _ 3300+ 1200+ 3000+ 600+ 2500
Percentage increase from port D 5
_ 150-146 = 10600 =2120
* 100 =2.74 %
146 5
So, the highest increment is from port 8. Similarly, average production
_ 2200 + 2700 +1500+1800+ 1000 9200 = 1840
2. (a) Total export in year 1998
- 5 a:
=57+ 1484 229 + 146 =580 crore .. Required difference = 2120 — 1840
Total export in year 1999 =280
=61 + 160 + 234 +150 =605 crore 600
12. (c) Required
Required percentage
lage = 2500 « 100%
Required percentage = 605
— 580 . s00%
580 =24%
= 4.3% increase 13. (b) Average demand of Band D
3. (d) Total increase = 605 — 580 =25 crore _ 1200 +600 1800
=900
- 2 ~ 2
.. Average increase = = crore
Average production of 8 and D
= 62500000 _ 2700+ 1800 _ 4500 =2250
4. (c) ttis clear from solution 1 that lowest increment is from 2 2
port C.
Required ratio = SO). 235
5. (a) Angle made by the expenditure on bricks 2250
= 360° —(45° + 100° + 90° + 75°) 14. (e) For4 yr, le. 2002, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the
percentage rise was more than 100%.
= 360° - 310° =50°
Thus, expenditure on bricks 15. (a) Required average
_ 50° 40+ 50+ 40+ 120+ 100
—— x 540000= ? 75000
~ 360° ( 120+ 1390+ 140
}. 70 = 92.5%
6. (c) Required value - 8 8)
_ (90° -50°) 16. (c) The relevant years were 1999, 2000 and 2001.
» 540000= ¢ 60000
"360° 17. (c) Inthe year 2000,
7. (c) Expenditure on steel and cement _ 50-40
* 100% = 25%
=75°+ 45°=120° 40
Required percentage 120-100
In the year 2004, x 100% = 20%
100
= 120° 100% = 109, = 33 1%
360° 3 3 In the year 2006,
140-120
« 100% = 16.87%
8. (d) From the given pie chart, It is clear that ‘Labour has 120
maximum expenditure, Clearly, per cent rise was the least for the year 2006.
9. (d) Expenditure on cement 18, (@) Production in year 2002
75° “540000 =% =8 112500
- 560° = 140
—— x 150x ——
140x 220
= 64
= 1000 +55* 400 “ 100 * 100
 NON-VERBAL

Completion
of Figure

Figure completion is a way or process to find out a missing part of a incomplete figure.
In this chapter, we deal with the questions in which a part of figure is missing, generally 1/ 4th part of
figure and a candidate is asked to find the missing part from the option figure. These type of questions
are designed to test the candidate's ability to correlate missing visual parts.
Here, you are required to understand the general structure of the figure, then choose the correct
alternative.
Different types of questions covered in this chapter are as follows
1. Rotational Symmetry through an Angle of 90°
In this type of questions, the question figure looks the same if it is rotated
by 90° in clockwise (CW)
or anti-clockwise (ACW) direction.

2. Diagonally Opposite Parts are Similar

In this type of questions, the diagonally opposite parts have similar design and if the figure is
rotated through 180° in CW or ACW direction the figure remains the same.
3. Adjacent Parts are Laterally/Vertically Inverted Images
In this type of questions,
the adjacent parts are laterally /vertically inverted images of each other.
4, Based on Certain Design and Pattern
In this type of questions, they do not follow any of the patterns discussed in the previous types.
These questions contain a certain design or pattern with one of its parts missing, A candidate has to
complete the design accordingly.
Practice Exercise
1. Problem Figure 5. Problem Figure

?
Answer Figures
P
Answer Figures

7 A||D
a.
6. Problem Figure
b.

2. problem rigure

ae
MI > Answer Figures
Answer Figures

ap +/ |+/ IN
40 5e ity
a. b. Cc.
a. b.

7. Problem Figure

7S
3. Problem Figure

?
M1
Answer Figures
Answer Figures

ZA\ ZAI
XH 4
a b. G
a. b.
8. Problem Figure
4, Problem Figure

or
o,o
0
‘
NI
?
O f
Answer Figures
Answer Figures

YX0||lo O16

° °
a. b.
1170 © sete stupy cuine BITSAT

9. Problem Figure 13. Problem Figure

Zn ©
oo
AY

\ aN! ?

AA,
Answer Figures

bn la
10. Problem Figure 14. Problem Figure

SOor
11. Problem Figure
co Oo
oa] lisp

tie
a)
=
R

16. Problem Figures

12. Problem Figure

one

yo
?

TAS
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
Vo

a. b.
MAI
c. d,
17. Problem Figure 21. Problem Figure

Answer Figures Answer Figures

NN
a. b. c. d.
cates
a. b. c.

18. Problem Figure 22. Problem Figure

|! UU

? q
(X)

Answer Figures

co| [ ~~
oh WA a. |b
—a. b.
LHc. a. b.

19. Problem Figure 23. Problem Figure

?
PISS
Ee
A
Answer Figures Answer Figures

) | Fe) | GS die
a. b. c d. a. b. ce.

20. Problem Figure 24. Problem Figure

©(2 0
°
mg ?

Answer Figures Answer Figures

e§ a(Bo }|)a o > b>

a. b. c. d. a. b. a
1172 ser stupy gue BITSAT

25. Problem Figure 28. Problem Figure (2010)

o
. ?
o fa

O * Oo

Answer Figures olo

LLa b. C. d.
Answer Figures
7
: oO P o|[o
°
26. Problem Figure 0 ol 6 q 4
a. b. c. d.
29. Problem Figure {2010]

? XU
Answer Figures
9» LJ
Dy ||
a B.
)) =
| we a Answer Figures
C
Directions (Q. Nos. 27-30) In each of the following LAI LJ »
problems, select a figure from the given four altemative, PY fC
which when placed in the blank space of problem figure a. b. c d.
(X) would complete the pattern.
27. Problem Figure 2011] 30. Problem Figure [2009
2006 & 2007]

?
9

(x) (x)
Answer Figures Answer Figures

LAN
a. b. c. d. a. b. c. d.
Answer with Solutions
1. (b) Tha missing figure which will complete the figure (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (b) i.e. pattern is given by option (b) i.e.

f N
(qd) The missing figure which will complete the figure
2. (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (d) Le.
pattern is given by option (b) Le.

% J
3. (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure 11. (c) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (b) i.e. pattern is given by option (c) i.e.

a
12. (qd) The missing figure which will complete the figure
4. (a) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is given by option (d) Le.

ra
pattern is given by option (a) i.e.

YE
o

13. (qd) The missing figure which will complete the figure
5. (0) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern Is given by option (d) Le.
pattern is given by option (d) ie.

A as
6. (Cc) The missing figure which will complete the figure 14. (c) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (c) |.e. pattern is given by option (c) i.e.

al ey
7. (d) The missing figure which will complete the figure 15. (Cc) The missing figure which will complete the fiqure
pattern is given by option (d) Le. pattern is given by option (c) Le.

HY B »
it >

8. (d) The missing figure which w ill complete the figure

16. (d) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (d) Le.
pattern is given by option (d) Le.

U7
1174 © sete stupy guioe BITSAT

17. (c) The missing figure which will complete the figure 24. (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is givan by option (c) Le. pattern is given by option (b) Le

25.
>
(cd) The missing figure which will complete the figure
18. (¢) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (d) Le.
pattern is given by option (d) i.e.

m4 L
26. (a) The missing figure which will complete the figure
19. (d) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is given by option (a) Le.
pattern is given by option (d) i.e.

LS
27. (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure
20. (d) The missing figure which will complete the figure pattern is given by option (b) Le.
pattern is given by option (d) ie.

De
21. (cd) The missing figure which will complete the figure
28. (cd) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by option (d) Le.
pattern is given by option (d) ie.
oO

he D °o

22. (d) The missing figure which will complete the figure 29. (qd) The missing figure which will complete the figure

“J
pattem is given by option (d) i.e. pattern is given by option (d) i.e.

Ky

23. (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure 30. (b) The missing figure which will complete the figure
pattern is given by aption (b) i.e. pattern is given by option (b) i.e.

ri
AN
 Figure Formation

Introduction
The process of formation of a defined geometrical figure with the use of pieces of different designs is
known as formation of figure.
Figure formation deals with the problems related tothe formation of geometrical figures like triangle,
square, circle, etc., by joining some pieces out of a group of pieces of different designs. Besides this,
some questions are asked in which the question figure contains some figures which can be joined
together to obtain one of the alternative answer figures and one has to find out the correct alternative,
Also, there are questions in which one question figure is given and we have to find out the correct
answer figure in which all the pieces which are required to form the question figure are present.
In such questions, a question figure is given followed by four/five answer choices. The candidate is
required to select the correct figure out of the given answer choice figures.
Different types of questions covered in this chapter are as follows

1. Based on Arrangement of the Figures

In this type of questions, a candidate is required to select at figure, out of the answer choice figures,
that can be formed by arranging the pieces given in the question figure.

2. Based on Signs and Symbols

Such problems are just the reverse of type |. In this type of questions’, question figures are to be
formed with the pieces of one of the figures given in the answer choices and the candidate is required
to find out the correct answer figure. Sometimes, pieces of boundary lines of the question figure are
also given in the answer figure, then in this case these pieces are also counted for the formation of
question figure. These questions require deep analysis of the question and answer figures.
1176 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

3. Based on Formation of Triangle element (designs) present to form a figure and spatial analysis
In this type of questions, a triangle (equilateral, isosceles of the figure to be formed.
etc,) is to be formed by joining three figures out ofa group of
figures of different designs. A candidate is required to find 4. Square Formation Using a Set of
out the correct combination of figures from the given Figures
alternative combinations, In this type of questions, a square is to be formed by joining
To solve these type of questions, there is no fixed rule or three figures out of a group of figures of different designs. A
method. These questions requires a deep analysis of various candidate is required to find out the correct combination of
figures from the given sets of figures.

Practice Exercise
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-11) In each of the following questions, find out which of the figures (a), (b), (c) and (d) can be
formed from the pieces given in figure (X).
6 SS

eA YR
Ia LSE GAM
REE
“sd AIAN’
£4 Sele
i sinla ‘el [ele[ole
Te MMIN “Fe! EERE:
 FIGURE FORMATION | | 7 /

Directions (Q. Nos. 12-16) Jn each of the following 14. | —— — =_ —

questions, find out which of the altematives (a), (b), (c) L@H = O|= ©|—O 7
and (d) will exactly make up the key figure (X). - e* =* = O= =

12. 5 : ; 6 a b a
“OHIO OO] = TA OO
(X) a. b. ¢. d.
: § Vv d| |So/2P9
SS lew
|v to Q9
YZ
X) a b. c d.
13. 16. NX KAK _
: ‘ . wt = | KW
~ XO AC/\ nw ARlAAA TS ~ \]
) a. b. c d. ) a b. c. d

Answers
1. (a 2. (a) 3. (b) 4, (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (b) B. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)
Paper Folding and
Cutting
1. Paper Folding
Paper folding is a process in which a piece of paper (with certain embedded design pattern) is folded
along a certain dotted line and it is asked to select the correct folded pattern.
Questions based on ‘Paper Folding’ comprise of a question figure representing a transparent sheet
and four answer figures. The transparent sheet contains some figural pattern and one/more dotted
lines. These dotted lines indicate the axis (axes) along which the paper is folded. A candidate is asked
to choose an option from the given set of options, which would resemble the design that appears on
the transparent sheet after folding.

2. Paper Cutting
Paper cutting is a process in which a piece of paper (of any shape) is folded along a certain direction
and then cuts are made into it.
In paper cutting, questions based on one or more question figures are given showing the manner in
which a piece of paper is folded, where a dotted line is the reference line along which the paper has to
be folded and the arrow indicates the direction of the fold. Then, the paper is punched (cut) from a
particular section. Such cuts may be based on varying patterns. These patterns appear on the paper
when the paper is unfolded after cutting. The candidates are required to see the question figure(s)
carefully and then identify the unfolded paper having correct cutting pattern out of the four answer
choices given in the form of figures.

Types of Questions
1. Selecting Unfolded Pattern ofa Folded Punched Piece of Paper
In this type of questions, the order in which a paper is folded and its punching pattern after folding is
depicted through a series of question figures. The objective is to select from among the four answer
figures, the one which correctly shows the shape of the paper after it is unfolded.
2. Selecting Folded and Punched Pattern Based on Unfolded Pattern
In such type of questions, a question figure is given which represents an unfolded piece of paper with
several punches (cuts) made into it along with it, four alternatives representing differently folded and
punched paper patterns are also given. The candidates is required to analyse the answer figures to
find out the correct folded and punched paper pattern for the given unfolded pattern.
Practice Exercise
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-19) In each of the following questions, a figure marked as trasparent sheet is given and followed by
four answer figures, one out of these four options resembles the figure which is obtained by folding transparent sheet
along the dotted line. Find the answer from these figures.
Transparent sheet Answer figures 9. oy =] —
1.
TW KNTT
=
.
—
Se a.
ec.
b. a.
Zid IY, LAL 00

INN) es LELSLEL
(%) a. b. c. d. 10.

1. ee

E
i)

|
(oG9

HOG
O-O
“Oe

OO

9) a. b. c. d.

12.

‘BG e=es © POGE

14.
>>
>

(x) a,

~ a. b. c. d. () a. b. c. d.
 Tt &
:

Oo

assed 2388s
VV
aa
vv

d.

o
o
ABS) A az
St (Ce E
Favs}
AA

vv
c.
e se se
AA
aa
aA

/loo0o
b

og CG)

3
6.6
Favs
vv

Ad
a.

—j

©
x

in
phy

+
i
j St
{ '
ben eeewentl
N
Pee
| NE
Oo Vo
reo 33 on”
ee ° » oo) | iD * a}
SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

ooo : /
° aie
poo joa,
io N 2 s
ss 2, « o)
Jeo% &
=: * Ls
looo
2 ‘ J"
°
° 09
oq , fd
o oS
o
oo @ ooo
——- eo
Doo
° ooy °
5

1180

18.

19.
 PAPER FOLDING AND PAPER CUTTING | 1 8 1

Directions (Q. Nos. 28-34) In each of the following 31. 2010]

questions, a set of three figures (X), (Y) and (Z) have been
given, showing a sequence in which a paper is folded and
finally cut at a particular section. Below these figures a set
of answer figures marked (a), (b), (c) and (d) showing the
design which the paper actually acquires when it is
unfolded are also given. You have to select the answer
figure which is closest to the unfolded piece of paper.
28. 5 [2014]
|

32. 2010]

4. 6. ¢. d.

29. = [2012]

*, “C ° 33. {2007]

x ¥ Z

og “al lfo> oo 9
°

8 Po ocd] [20 o
a. b c. d.

30. x [2010]
o
12 34. [2006|
Z

Gi
Gy

a c

Practice Exercise
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. {b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (b)
3. (b) 32. (dj 33. (c) 34. (c)
Figure Matrix

Figure matrix is a2 2 or 33 representation of figures following a certain pattern in matrix form.

Inthis chapter, we deal with questions which have either2 x 2or3 x 3 matrix. These matrix are formed
by agroup of figures. Corresponding rows or corresponding columns follow a certain pattern. You are
required to analyse each of the sets to find out the common pattern and on the basis of that, the
missing figure is to be identified from a set of alternatives, so as to complete the matrix.
The common pattern can be on the basis of number of clements, orientation of figure, addition or
deletion of elements etc.
For clear understanding of this chapter, few example are given below
Directions (Examples 1-2) In each of the following questions, find out the answer figure which
completes the problem figure matrix.
Ex. | Problem Figure Answer Figures
aA AA|(AA
Al
aAal?
SMEARS) a. b. c. d.

Sol. (d) The second part of each row is thrice the first part. So, the figure given in option (d) will replace the
question mark.

Ex. 2 Problem Figure Answer Figures

HK] LE] PX} DK} |.©

CB | a. b. c. d.

|?
Sol. (d) In each row, the second figure is obtained by removing the outer most element of the first figure
and the third figure is obtained by removing the outer most element of the second figure.
Practice Exercise
Directions (QO. Nos. 1-24) In each of the following 4. Problem Figure
questions, find out which of the answer figures (a), (b), (¢)

PIO
and (d) completes the figure matrix?
1. Problem Figure

++
Answer Figures
ee. «@

Answer Figures
. eele #8 @
O O
° ° ee a. b. c
e| * * \e e|e @
a. b. c. d. 5. Problem Figure

2. Problem Figure
4 \SN
ZAIN
oO

NT 2 |7>
Answer Figures

VAVAVAA
Answer Figures
AYNKOIANIS
a. b. Cc. d.

6. Problem Figure

| |“[=
3. Problem Figure

V IW

Answer Figures

MI WIN] MW
a b. c. d.
1184 © sete stupy cuine BITSAT

7. Problem Figure Answer Figures

L}_j} | & + x xX
{oq} a. b. c. 86g,

Ely? 11. Problem Figure

Answer Figures O A x

a.
|| b. c.
re
d.
A\E|®
[o] @ 9

\“ Ny Answer Figures
Li
= AI|AIAIA
AES a. b. c. d.
9
Ais 12. Problem Figure
Answer Figures SX p Xv

AWK AL 4\|¥
a. b. c. d. Xe fe 2

9. Problem Figure
Answer Figures

aoc NRRIN
Sg > ? 13. Problem cure |
Answer Figures a a CO

a. b. c. d.
©,
10. Problem Figure ~ Q

A A | Answer Figures

1) 4} + aldo|e}a
LR) ° & pb oc. d.
 FicuremaTex 1165

14. Problem Figure Answer Figures

Bil JI w/lA
* b. c. d.

|? 18. Problem Figure

§ J
Olx|+
Answer Figures

J [o| = x||H+]l| 0
>| all 2
a be @
15. Problem Figure

X< HET] o 1e
=
J\|L_|AN 4 b. c. d.
19. Problem Figure
(2)
Answer Figures

Alias) d BIOS
‘ecrovenrigue GIGI)2

ee
© ’ ©
DOOE
a. b. c. d.

20. Problem Figure

® © py
+ B72 ale
Answer Figu res

Oa
4:
w
’
1

fp |e q
17. Problem Figure sO
Answer Figures
OQ, |} orjo
: — - CEP CER et 19} elo
|? | eee]
L|>|4
1186 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

21. Problem Figure 23. Problem Figure

PD | 73 |
@|A\|Ls
Kle|K A\|L2]|@
Dl? |B []@}?
Answer Figures

PY) aio /\|

<
a. b. c. d.
a. b. c. d,
22. Problem Figure
24 . Problem Figure

D7 /

Vv |@
«|K K ©|o|© ©
L\S
Answer Figures Answer Figures

S| / ClX Ge
"©

a. c d. b. c. d.

Answer with Solutions

1. (d) In each row of figure, the number of dots in the second . (c) In each row, the third figure is a collection of the
tigure is thrice the number of dots in the first figure, common elements.
2. (c) Columnwise, second element is the mirror image of . (6) Figures in each row are rotating clockwise 90°.
first element. (a) In figure, each row consists of a circle and two
3. (a) The pattern is as follows segments or three line segments or four line segments.

/\ — IV
So, in third row only the figure with three line segments is
missing.
10. (a) The third figure in each row comprises of parts which
are not common in the first two figures.

+-$-O
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
4. (cd) The pattern is as follows 11. (c) There is a triangle after circle and square after
triangle. In the last row, we have to find the figure inside
the triangle. In the next segment of circle, there is
triangle and a square will be inside the triangle.
12. (b) The pattern is as follows

ZN
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
5. (b) In clockwise direction, every figure is increasing with
one line. So, it will be 4 lines in figure (b).
6. (d) Each row, the second figure is obtained by rotating the
first figure 135° anti-clockwise. Hence, option (b) is the correct answer,
 FIGURE MATRIX | 1 87

13. (cd) Clearly, there are three types of shadings of circles, 19. (c) Clearly, in each row, the number of elements in the
one is unshaded, another has its right half shaded with third figure is equal to the differance in the number of
vertical lines and yet another and has its upper half elements in the first and second figures. Also, the third
shaded with horizontal line. Also, two of the figures in figure has the same types of elements as that of first
each row have one triangle shaded.
figure.
14, (a) Clearly, there are three types of arrows—one arrow is
with a single head and without any base, other arrow with
20. (b) In each row, the second figure is obtained from the
double head having a circle at its base, last arrow is with first figure by adding two mutually perpendicular line
triple head having a rectangle at its base. segments at the centre and the third figure is obtained
Also, in each row, the arrows point to three from the first figure by adding four circles outside the
directions—upwards, downwards and towards the right. main figure.
15. (co) Clearly, in each row, the second figure forms the 21. (b) In each row, the figure are getting laterally inverted in
innermost which is also at the outermost position and first each step. The number of components or the quantities
figure at middie position. are either increasing or decreasing from left to right
sequentially.
16. (¢) In first and third set, the black portion of middle image
is diagonally opposite to that of first image. Hence, 22. (a) The numberof components in each row either
second image in second set must be option (d). increases or decreases from left to right. In the third row,
17. (d) If we use figure (d) from the alternatives, the given itincreases.
matrix is complete.
23. (d) In each row, there are three types of outer elements
18. (a) Each column has one ‘+’, one 'o’ and one ‘x’. First (circle, triangle and square), three types of inner elements
figure of each column is without boundary and second (circle, triangle and square) and three types of shadings
one is inthe square, Third figure is in two squares, As, in the inner elements (black, white and lines).
there are '+' and ‘o' in third column.
24. (6) The third figure in each row comprises of parts which
are not common to the first two figures.

So, figure ‘x’ will be surrounded by two squares.

10
Rule Detection

In this chapter, we will solve problems in which, a particular rule is given and it is required to select
from the given sets of figures, a set of figures which obeys the rule and thus forms a series.
eg. Which one of the given sets of figures follows the following rule?
Rule Sectors get converted to triangles one by one.

| B|O|S |S
+} O/|P || @

“IDIDID|D

‘|e [t || +
Sol (6) The region of the circle enclosed between two radii is called a sector. In the first figure of set (b),
the circle is divided into sectors and in the subsequent figures of set (b), the arcs are replaced one by
one, by straight lines so that the sectors are converted one by one into triangles. Hence, set (b) is the
answer,
Practice Exercise
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-12) /n each of the following 3. Rule Closed figures become more and more open
questions, choose the set of figures which follows the and open figures become more and more closed,
given rule. (X). |2005]
1. Rule Closed figures become more and more open

A
and open figures become more and more closed.

AAI

> N
D S
ESS
ot || ||

>
HALE
¢| fal} fay |
WIIL

5
\7|
|
a){c>} ic > [>
J

4, Rule Closed figures losing their sides and open

figures gaining their sides.
2. Rule Closed figure becomes more and more open.
3

2 3} |@} |S
©) [-e] FF

OG] (l(a
O }1q>] 3b] |

SHON
3} |B) |Q) |
© |p} | 1]
3
1190 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

5. Rule The series becomes complex as proceeds. 8. Rule As the circle decreases in size, its sectors

LA,
increase in number.

a.
AA Yi V7 a.
Q|@]|e@

QI D/O}
@; 8

D || D || ©
®| ®
4:
oe
{|
=

®|@
6. Rule Any figure can be traced by a single unbroken 9. Rule Closed figures become more and more open
line unbound retracing. [2008] and open figures become more and more closed.

“IZ [Lo IAS a.

| e0 /A\|A\
(6 /|Qe
“I$e|O) AA
8 [O3|[
aiid
"|
“| >|48) S (0) Ko
a x /* /o A

7 el open fue become more en mare goad. 10. Rule The seres becomes complex it proceeds.

“ll l c flo jlo WIFI|S

, 1/22 IE—_1_|O—-4,_ |O—_)

‘AZ [AIA ty 4 ¢éld—al4

G
@
wv

“\O|O|O
WIL |© CIO
O
5
 RULE DETECTION 1191

LLLP
11. Rule Closed figures gradually become open and open
figures gradually become closed.

& D) [her
TOI AIS

aae
WII
QQ ©|@|@
ef Ik |o |e
13. Which of the figures (a), (b), (c) and (d) will be the

(<o/FI
answer figure is the following rule is applied to figure
(x)?
Rule The curves should become straight lines and
the straight lines should become curves.
|

OD) CIS IAI D

12. Rule The series becomes simpler as it proceeds.

) a b. c. d.

Answerss
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. ib) 6. (b) 7. ta) 8. (dj 9. tb) 10. (c)
11. (¢) 12. (c) 13. (a)
PRACTICE SETS
Practice Set 1
BITSAT
Instructions
1 There are 150 questions in all. The number of questions in each partis as follows Subject No. of Questions
Part! Physics 1-40

Part Il Chemistry 41-B0

Part Ill (a) English Proficiency 81-95

(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105

Part IV Mathematics 106-150

2. All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one is correct
3. Each correct answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark.

PART I
Physics
; ar)
4. A body A starts from rest with an acceleration a,. Alter
1. in the relation, p = 7° 1) where p Is pressure, 2 is two seconds, another body 8 starts from rest with an
acceleration a5. If they travel equal distances in Sth
distance, k is Boltzmann constant and 0 is second after the start of A, then the ratio of a,:a, is
temperature, The dimensional formula of i will be equal to
a. (MPLAT") a.5:9 b.1:3
b. [ML°T] e3:14 d.9:1
c. [MPL?T""} . Asmooth block is released at rest on a 45° incline and
a. (MET) then slides distance d. The time taken to slide is n
times as much to slide on rough incline than on a
A cube has a side of length 1.2« 10°°m. Calculate its smooth incline. The coefficient of friction is
volume.
1 1 1 1
a.1.7x10°m aI b. I-35 oF 1 d, tt

b.1.73x10°m
c. 1.70 «10° mi A jong horizontal rod has a bead which can slide
along its length and initially placed ata distance L from
a. 1.732 «10°nm
one end of the rod. The rod is set in angular motion
. Maximum height reached by projectile is 4 m. The about A with constant angular acceleration a. If the
horizontal range Is 12 m. Velocity of projection is coefficient of friction between the rod and the bead is
i and the gravity is neglected, then time after which
a. 24,/— b.5,/—g the bead starts slipping Is
2 2 {
ct g d. | 9 a. fal
usa b.y/
pita >
ope d. yale
4\2 5 V2
1196 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

7. A particle tied to string describes a vertical circular 14. A temperature of equal masses of three different
motion of radius r continually. If it has a velocity liquids AB and C are 12°C,19°C and 28°C,
v(39r) at the highest point, then the ratio of the respectively. The temperature when A and 8 are
respective tensions in the string holding it at the mixed is 16°C, when B and C are mixed is 23°C.
highest and lowest points is What is the temperature when A and C are mixed ?
a.4:3 b.5:4 a. 26.02°C b. 26.60"C
c.1:4 a.4:1 c. 20.26°C d. 21.62°C

- A shell of mass 20kg at rest explodes into two 15. 1mm®* of a gas is compressed at 1 atmospheric
fragments whose masses are in the ratio 2: 3. The pressure and temperature 27° C to 627°C, What is the
smaller fragment moves with a velocity of 6ms'. The pressure under adiabatic condition? (y for gas = 1.5)
kinetic energy of the larger fragment is a. 27 «10° Nm?
a. 96 J b. 216 J b. 36 «10° Nm
c. 144 J d. 360 J ©. 56 «10° Nm=
A wire of length / and mass m Y, d. 80 «10° Nm?
is bent in the form of a
semicircle. The gravitational 16. If one mole of a monoatomic gas} y = =| is mixed with
field intensity at the centre of
semicircle is O ‘ one mole of a diatomic gas| y= Z} the value of y for
a. on along X-axis b. = along Y-axis the mixture is
tt Ty
a.37 b. 1.63
c. et along Y-axis d. aon along X-axis
c. 1,50 d. 1.40
10 A spherical liquid drop of radius A Is divided into eight 17. In the given diagram, S, and S, are identical springs.
equal droplets. If surface tension is T, then work done The frequency of oscillation of mass m is f. If one
in the process will be spring is removed, the frequency will be
a. 2nFrT b. 3nR°T
c. 4nAeT d. 2nAT?
11. A body of density D, and mass M is moving downward
in glycerine of density D,. What is the viscous force
acting on it ?
a. MgD, b. Mg De d. 2f

c. {1 22) d. Mg| 14 22 18. A capacitor of capacitance 1uF is filled with two

ol +5 | dielectrics of dielectric constants 4 and 6. The new
capacitance is
12 A 2 kg copper block is heated to 500°C and then it is
a. 10yF b. 5 F
placed on a large block of ice at O°C. If the specific
c. 4yF a. 7yF
heat capacity of copper is 400 J/kg°C and latent heat
of fusion of water is 3.5 = 10° J/kg, the amount of ice 19 A small oil drop of mass 10 “kg is hanging at rest
that
can melt is between two plales separated by 1 mm having a
7 7 potential difference of 500 V. The charge on the drop is
a a 39 b. —k
5
a.2«10°C b.2%10"'C
7 e2x10%C d,2~10"C
.—k d.=
oa 79 . Three plates of area A each are connected as shown
13. A same force is acting on two wires made of same in figure. The effective capacitance becomes :
material. One wire has length / and diameter d. The
other wire has length (5 and diameter 2d. If the
— +

extensions in the two wires are /, and /, such that

|, + ls =1¢m, then the values of /, and /, are a, BA bp, 3e0A
d d
a. 0.80 cm, 0.20cm b. 0.89 cm, 0.11 cm clbmA og, 2204
c. 0.90 cm, 0.10cm d. 0.95 em, 0.05 cm d
 PRACTICE SET 1 1197
21. Two capacitors C,= 2. F and C, =6,y:F in series are 26. In the diagram 4,/, are the strength of the currents in
connected in parallel to a third capacitor C, =4 wF. the loop and straight conductor respectively.
This arrangement is then connected to a battery of OA=OB=R, The net magnetic field at the centre Ois
emf 2V as shown in figure. How much energy is lost zero. Then, the ratio of the currents in the loop and the
by the battery in charging the capacitors? Straight conductor is
Cc,

4
2V
a. b. 2n Va d. V2n
a. 22x10 J
The magnetic field intensity due to a thin wire carrying
c. 2 «10%) current/ in the figure shown, is

In a circuit, galvanometer G shows zero deflection. If

8

the batteries A and B have negligible resistance,the

ex
value of A will be

bE 1 2V

a, 10000
Lf J b. 5000
a Sol (xa

Hol ing
+ tana) Bb. Ee

Yd
(na)

ea
c. oan ™ a) d. oA ma = tana)
c. 2000 0.1002
. In the given figure, the internal resistance of the 28. Electromagnets are made of soft iron because soft
battery is 1.52 and Vp and Va are potential at P and Q iron has
respectively. What is the potential differance between a. low susceptibility and high retentivity
the points P and Q? b. high permeability and low retentivity
c. low permeability and high coercivity
aie 542
d. low permeability and high retentivity
32
A rere
20
8
. A magnetic dipole of moment 0.72 Am? is placed
Pp horizontally with the north pole pointing south. The
22, 38, magnetic field of earth is 18 nT. The neutral points is at
a. 0.1m on axial line b. 0.2 m on equatorial line
_ OQ
c. 0.2m on axial line d. 0.16 m on equatorial line
a. Zero b. AV (Vp > Vo)
. Two coils have a mutual inductance 0.005 H. The
c.4V (Vo >Vp) d.2.5V(Vp
> Vp)
current changes in the first coil according to equation
24 In the given figure, the potentiometer wire AB has a J=/)sinwt, where /,=10A and w=100crad/s. The
resistance of 5Q and length 10 m. The balancing maximum value of emf in the second coil is
length AJ for the emf of 0.4 V Is a. 2n b. 5x c. Gn d. 12n
BV 450 K 31. In a series LCR circuit, voltage across A is 100V and
PH ree R=1kQ with C=2uF,. The resonant frequency « is
200 rad/s. At resonance the voltage across L is
a.4x10°V b.2.5 x10°V
A a B c. 40V d. 250 V
40.4V . A thin lens of glass (n =1.5) of focal length 10cm is
immersed in water (17 = 1.33). The new focal length is
a.0.4m b.0.8m
a. 12cm 6. 20cm
ec. 152m d4m
c. 400m d. 48cm
A millammeter of range 10 mA has a coil of resistance
a

. Time taken by sunlight to pass through a window of

19. To use it as a voltmeter of range 10V, the
thickness 4mm and refractive index 3/2 is
resistance that must be connected in series with it is
a. 90 b. 990
a.2x10“s b.2 «10's
c. 9991) @. 10000 c.2%10°''s d.2«10"s
1198 set stupy cue BITSAT

34. The size of image of an object, which is at infinity, as 37. The transition from the state n=4 to n=3 in a
formed by a thin convex lens of focal length 30 cm is hydrogen atom results in ultraviolet radiation, Infrared
2m. If a concave lens of focal length 20 cm is placed radiation will be obtained in the transition from
between the convex lens and the image at a distance a3 2 b4—-+2
of 26 cm from the convex lens, calculate the new size c.5 54 d.2-s1
of the image.
38. In a transistor the base is
a.1.25cem b.2.5cm c.105cm d.2cm a. an insulator
35. A slit width a is illuminated by red light of wavelength 6, a conductor of low resistance
6500A. If the first minimum falls at 30°, the value of c. a conductor of high resistance
ais d. an extrinsic semi-conductor
a.6.5 «10mm b.1.3x10%m 39. In a common emitter transistor, the base current
c. 2.6 x10 *m d.1.3%10%m |, =2pA, a = 0.9, then /, is equal to
a. 184 6b. 20nA
36. The energy (E) of a photon is equal to the kinetic c. 22uA d. 24uA
energy of proton. Let )., be the de-Broglie wavelength
of the proton and i, be the wavelength of the photon. 40. The antenna of an AM broadcast transmitter
modulated by 50% is 11A. Find the carrier current.
The ratio of 4, and 1, is proportional to
a. 9.25 A b. 10A
aE? bE" c. E? ae c. 10.354 d.5.5A4

PART II
Chemistry
45. °

cre
“1. (O)-coon Sb, 8 (O)-conn, (i) NaQMe
sna
H,O*
p+ft0H » The product P is
The product D has functional group a. acetone b. a, f-unsaturated ketone
a. amide b. alcoholic c. ether d. ester c. a, [unsaturated acid od. None of these
42. Choose the correct statement from the following. 46. The decreasing order of boiling points of the following is
a. BF, and NF, are covalent compounds and both are |. butanal Il. buttan-1-ol
polar in nature Ill. pentane IV. diethy! ether
b. BF, and NF, are covalent compounds but BF, is a a. IV>IIl> I>! b. IW>ll>ill>|
non-polar, while NF, is polar compound c. ll>l>IV
lll d. |>WV>Il>til
c. BF, and NF, are covalent compounds but BF, is polar 47. Consider the following reaction,
while NF, is a non-polar compound OH
d. BF, and NF, are covalent compounds and both are ON —{C)-c00# Ses, on(O)~
non-polar in nature
43. The freezing point depression of a 1.00™ 10 3m The reagent is
solution of K,[Fe(CN),] is 7.10% 10°K. Calculate the a. LAH b. B,H,/THF

“Oo Q+* O
value of x.(K, =1.86 K kgmol' for H,O) c. Both aandb d. None of these

a. 2 b. 3 c 4 d. 1
44. Given below are several electronic configuration that
may be correct for oxygen atom. Which of the following
represents the ground state configuration for oxygen? i
afl fi th tT —
BTL Th bo Lb bh — The correct decreasing order of basic strengths of
I, hand Ill is
ce TL TL TL TL —-— —
gaTL1 tl TL tT FH a. |>IIl>Il Bb. I> tl>1
1s 25 2p 3s
ec. |>il>lll d. Il>t>ill
 practicesetl 1199

49. Which of the following is/are correct? 54. A mixture of solid SrSO, and solid BaSO, is shaken
|. XeF, has lone pair of electron. up with water until saturated equilibrium is
ll. XeF, has two lone pairs of electrons with established. Given that,
sp"d* hybridisation. K,p(StSO,) = 7.5 x 10°’, K,, (BaSO,)=1.5 x 10°
lll, XeOF, has dsp*-hybridisation, Then, the concentration of SO” is
IV. XeO., has square planar geometry. a. 9.52«10°M
a. Only! b. landll b. 8.67 107M
c. Iland Iv d, Only IV
ce. 1.73«10°°M
. Which one undergoes fastest nucleophilic substitution d. 1.82*107M
reaction?
a. Benzyl chloride 55. The value of E° of some elements are as
b. Allyl chloride l,+2e@ —> 2F; E°=0.54V
c. Formaldehyde
MnO= + 8H" +5e ——» Mn®* + 4H,0;E°=152V
d. Acetaldehyde
51. Match the following columns and choose the correct Fe’* +e —— > Fe**; E°=0.77V
code given below. Sn**+ + 2e° —+ Sn?*; £°=0.1V
Column! Column Il On the basis of values of E°, which of the following
PL Hg)
+ |,(g) == 2Hig) () K, =K (RT) reactions will be spontaneous?
a. Sn** 4 2Fe** —+ Sn** + 2Fe™
Q. Na(g) + SH2(g)
= 2NH,(g} Wi) K, =k (AT)
b. 2Fe?+ +1, —» 2Fe* + 2b
R. PCi.(g)
= PCI,(g) + Clg) (i) Ky=K,(AT) * c. Sn* 4 2F —> Sr +b
S. NH,Cts)
+ NHjig)+HCtg) = (iv) Ky =Ke d. Sn?* 41, —+ Sn** 4 21
Codes
P QRs P QR S§
a. (i) (iii) (iv) (ii) b. (iv) (iii) ) Gi)
ec. (iii) (iv) (i) () a. (i) (iv) (ii) (iil) H" |CH;—C—OCH,
p«—{) Trace of 6
52. OH Grignard
reagent
CO,H (uy H
B19), Product What would be the product D in the above reaction
sequence?
What is the product of the following reaction? a. 1° alcohol
0 b. 2° alcohol

OQ “O
c. 3° alcohol
d. cyclohexene
57. The monomer of the polymer nylon-6, 10 is
°
a. hexamethylene and sebacic acid

-omm eam
b. hexamethylene and adipic acid
c. caprolactum
o- d. None of the above
58. A dye absorbs light ray of wavelength (4) 4530 A and
() CO, re-emits radiation of wavelength 5080 A. If we assume
O (i) HO A that 47% of energy absorbed is emitted, then the ratio
of quanta emitted and absorbed is
Which one of the following statements is true about a. 0.231 b. 0.527
the reaction? c. 0.412 a. 0.612
a. Paraisomer |s major, if PhOK is used
59. On the basis of electronic configuration, if the ion X°
b. Ortho isomer is major, if PhONa is used has 14 electrons, then the number of electrons
c. Product formed is further used for preparation of present in X°* is
drug aspirin
a. 16 b. 14
d. All of the above c. 12 a. 18
1200 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

60 67. The number of electrons exchanged in the reaction

given below
Al+ Fe,0, —-+ Al,O,+ Fe
a. 36 b. 20 c. 24 d. 32
CoH; Br NaNH Chal
Ho=cH
Ethyne
4, 4 SH58 g MM,
NaNH,
6 SD
The correct increasing order of dipole moment of the
following compounds is The product D of the following reaction is
a l|<N<W<illl b. = We<lll<I a. pent-2-yne b. pent-2-ene
c. Il<W=lllel @ Wh=Welell c. but-2-yne d. but-1-yne
61. . The separation of a racemic mixture into the pure
C S—crcr—=cHon, enantiomers is known as
x a. resolution b. racemisation
c. isomersation d. equilibration
The correct IUPAC name of compound X is
NaBH,
a. 1-(3-butenyl) cyclohexene
b, 1-(2-butenyl) cyclohexene
70. Bé Ethanoic anhydride “A
c. 2-(4-butenyl) cyclohexene | H,/ Pt
da. 2-(3-butenyl) cyclohexene
c
. Standard heat of formation (AH%) of PCl; and PCI,
The product A,B and C respectively are
are x, and x, respectively. The AH® for the reaction
a. 2CH,CH,OH, no reaction, 2CH,;CH,QH
PCI5(9)+ Clo(g)—+ PCI,(g) is b. 2CH,CH,OH, no reaction, no reaction
@. XX) +X b. x, =X.
c, 2CH,CH,OH , 2CH,CH,OH, 2CH,CH,OH
C. XX dX, +X2 d. no reaction, no reaction, 2CH,CH,OH
. Aunit cell of sodium chloride has four formula units. 71 Consider the following reaction,
Calculate the density of sodium chloride, if the edge
ye. oC} con® AS ons H.C.
length of the unit cell is 0.564 nm. H,C Hc
a. 2.165 g/cm b. 2.165 g/m
CN
c. 2.165 mg/cm® d. 4.81 g/em* ll
. Which of the following reactions occurs at the anode Which of the following statements via S,,2 is correct?
during the recharging of lead storage battery? a. Formation of (!) and (Il) proceeds via S,,1
a. PbSO,
+ 2e° —» Pb+ SO;- b. Formation of (|) proceeds via S,1while (Il)
b. Pb+ SO; —+ PbSO, + 2e7 c. Formation of (I) and (Il) proceed via S,,2
c. Pb+ PbO, +H,SO, —-+> 2PbSO, + 2H,0 d. Formation of (|) proceed via, S,2 while (I!) va S,1
d. PbSO, + 2H,O —> Pb+ PbO, + 2H,SO, + 2e7 - The equivalent mass of which of the following
. Which of the following acids on heating loses a (underlined) is8 gequiv '?
molecule of H.O to form an «,{+unsaturated acid? a. HsPO, 4+ Ca(OH), —> CaHPO, + 2H,O
a. HOCH,COOH b, CH,CHOHCH,COOH b. H,PO, + 3NaOH—+ Na,PO, + 3H,0
ce. CH,CHOHCOOH d. HOCH,CH,CH,COOH c. H,PO, + NaOH —+ NaH,PO, +H,O
. For a reaction, d. 2H, +O; —>2H,0
2NO(g) + 2H,(g) —-+ N,(g) + 2H,0(g) 73. Analysis of chlorophyll shows that it contains
2.68 per cent magnesium. How many atoms of
es [H,] (mol L-') Rate (mol L 's*') magnesium does 1.00 g of chlorophyll contain?
a. 8.12 «107! b. 5.92 « 107"
1 5x10 2.5510 axto® c. 6.7210" d. 5.21«10™*
2 15*10° 2.5«107 ox10* a
74. The artificial sweetener used In soft drinks is
3 1.107 10.107 36104 a. fructose
b. cellulose
Order of reaction w.r.t NO and H, respectively, are c. glucose
a1,2 b. 1,1 c 1,3 d. 2,2 d. aspartame
 PRACTICE SET 1 1201

75. Silver chloride dissolves in a solution of ammonia but 78. Out of TiF?-,CoFS~.Cu,Cl, and NICIj-, the
not in water because colourless species are (Given atomic number of
. ammonia is a stronger base than water Ti= 22, Co= 27, Cu = 29 and Ni= 28)
. ammonia is a better solvent than water
aora

. silver ion forms a complex ton with ammonia

a. Cofs~ and NiCi b. CusCl. and NiCIZ
|. the dipole moment of water molecule is higher than c. TiF; ~ and CoF; d. TiF2~ and Cu,Cl,
that of ammonia molecule
79. NH, has a net dipole moment but boron trifluoride
76. When NaCl! or KCI is heated with conc. H,SO, and (BrF,) has zero dipole moment, because
solid K2CrmO;, the product is
a. F is more electronegative than H
a. chromous chlonde b. chromic chloride b. Bis less electronegative than N
¢. chromic sulphate d. chromy! chloride c. NH, is pyramidal, while BF, is trigonal planar
77. The IUPAC name of the complex d. BF, is pyramidal, while NH, Is planar
fac —[Co(CH,NH,)3 Clg] is 80. The antibiotic streptomycine is specific against which
fac -trichlorof ris (methylamine) cobalt (V)
of the following disease?
oe

. fac-trichloroft ris (methylamine) cobalt (Ill)

tris (methylamine) trichlorocobalt (II!)
a. Typhoid b. Malaria
c. AIDS d. Tuberculosis
an

tris (methylamine) trichlorocobalt (V)

PART Ill
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81 to 84) Aead the following passage c. there is an unnecessary repetition in the reference to
carefully and choose the most suitable option from the given the old man
ones. d. the figure of the old man is brought under a
sharp focus
An old man steel-rimmed spectacles and very dusty clothes
sat by the side of the road. There was a pontoon bridge Directions (Q. Nos.85to 87) in the following sentences,
across the river and carts, truck and men, women and there is an error. Spot the error and indicate your answer.
children were crossing it. The mule-drawn art staggered up 85. Order has been issued (a)/for his transfer to another
the steep bank from the bridge with soldiers helping to push district (b)/out he has not received them so far. (c)/No
against the spokes of the wheels. The truck wound up the error (d)
away heading out of it all. The peasants plodded along in the
ankle-deep dust. But the old man sat there without moving. 86. Although she has studied (a)/English for almost a year
(b)/she is yet to learn the alphabets. (c)/No error (d)
81. The term ‘pontoon bridge’ means
87. There are two scores of books (a)/which are lying
a. a temporary bridge constructed with the help of ropes
(b)/unused in the library. (c)/No error (d)
b. abridge made by soldiers during a war
c. a bridge supported by floating flat-bottomed boats Directions (Q. Nos. 88 to 90) Find the word from the
d. abridge made with wooden planks options that is synonym to the word written in capital letters.
62. The soldiers were ‘helping to push against the spokes 88. We should not allow ADVERSITY to discourage us.
of the wheels’ because a. Poverty b, Darkness
a. they wanted to stop the carts c. Time of trouble d. Unfriendly criticism
b. the spokes of the wheels were broken
c. the mules refused to draw the carts 89. He is very OBLIGING by nature.
d. there was a steep elevation a. Helpful —b. Nice c. Thankful od. Compelling
83. The mule-drawn carts staggered up because 90. She thought that RUNNING INTO her old friend was a
a, there were too many mule-carts strokes of fate.
b. the mules were undisciplined a. Meeting by chance b. Colliding
c. itwas a steep uphill journey c. Travelling with d. Quarrelling with
d. the carts were blocked by the peasants
Directions (Q. Nos. 91 to 93) Find the word from the
84. The reference to the old man in the beginning and the options thatis antonym to the word written in capital letters.
end of the passage indicates that
91. The COMPLAINANT was not supportive of providing
a. the writer want to compare between the bridge and
motionless old man all facts in the cour.
b. the description that takes place between the first a, Defendant b, Advocate
sentence and the last sentence Is irrelevant c. Indulgence d. Servant
1202 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

92. Living in a SOLITARY place brings in some kind of 100. Select a figure from the given four alternatives which
Satisfaction. when placed in the missing portion (?) of problem
a. Limited 6. Exotic figure (X) would complete the pattern.
c. Healthy d. Populous Problem Figure
93. They spent a DISTURBED night after hearing the o
tragic news.
a. Restless b. Sleepless aw

ele LT)
ojo
c. Mourntul d. Peaceful
Directions (Q.Nos.94 and 95) Find one word for the set

—J
of words given below.
94, One who knows everything.
a. Pedantic 6, Omniscient Answer Figures
c. Knowledgious d. Educated
|_/ 9 Bw ola
95. Aversion from water
a. Hydrophobiac
c. Hydrophilic
6, Aquatic
d, Exaquatic o r\ ° P\

1
a. b. c. d.

b. Logical Reasoning 101. Mohit is 14th from the right end in a row of 40 boys.
What is his position from the left end ?
96. In a certain code, SOBER is written as RNADO. How a. 24th
LOTUS can be written in that code? b. 25th
a. KNSTR 6. MPUWT e. 27th
c. KMSTR d. LMSRT d. None of these
97. Find the missing number in the following figure. 102. The number of triangles in the figure is

63]
[3] a. 24 6.21
c.14 d.11
a.5 6.19 C27 d.9
98. Find the missing number in the following figure. 103. Which of the following is the water image of the given
figure?
rs | 7 | [ie
6 leafs] [o[7[s] [4 [so]
@
3 é [8
a.5 b. 19 c. 27 d. 89 fo © © 8
99. Find the figure will that replace the question mark (?). AVA |VI |V eg
Problem Figures a. b. c d.
A Directions (Q.Nos. 104 and 105) Choose the odd one out.
o | [Al Oo ?
104. a. Home
Oo
(i) (i) (ili) (iv) b. City
c. Town
Answer Figures d. Village

DIC}a
105. a. Parrot
b. Ow
c. Eagle
d. Hawk
a. b. c. d.
 PART IV
Mathematics
106. The sum of order and degree of the differential a. 36
5
b. 36
8
a
4
3 d.
1
3
equation y7* +24 3y,+y,=Ols
a. 2 b.3 a4 d.5 116. If [x] and {x} represent integral and fractional parts of x,
[x+2} ; Fy +r}
then the expression [x] + is equal to
107. The solution of theinequation| = |* Il og 5 2000
a. (2, 4) b. (4,6) c. (2, 6) d. None a. ae b. x+2001 c. x a. [x]+ ~
108. ifz? + z|z| +|zP =0, then the locus of zis 117. The value of lim x™(logx)",m,neN, is
a. acircle b. an ellipse ra
c. apairofstraightlines od. Noneof these a. 0 b. min comn d. nim
109. lf a,B,y are the roots of x° -x* -1=0, then the value 1-lx] vo
(Hea), (1B), (14+) 118. if fx)=) 44x! , where [] represents the
(I-a) (1-f) (1-y) 1 x=-1
a. -2 b. -3 c -4 a. -5 greatest integer function, then f([2x]) is
110. if AM, GM and HM of the first and last terms of the a, continuous atx =-1
series 100, 101, 102, .... 7-1 are the lerms of the b. continuous atx =0
series itself, then the value of n(100 <n =500)is
a. 200 b. 300 c, 400 d. 500
c. discontinuous atx = > 1
11 A train time table must be compiled for various days of d. Allot the above
the week, so that two trains twice a day depart for
three days, one train daily for two days, and three
119. If f(x) =(1—x)", then the value of
trains once a day for two days. How many different (0) + £'(0) + (0) + eet PO).
time table can be compiled ? 2! nl
a. 120 6. 210 ce 133 d. 72 a. 2 b. 0 c. 2"! d. None
112. lf Co, C,, Cs,...,C, are the binomial coefficients, then 120. Let F(x) = f(x) g(x) A(x) for all real x, where f(x), g(x)
2x 0,+2?xC,+2x CG; +... equals and h(x) are differentiable functions. At some point Xp,
3 +(-1)", a -(-1" 9" 41 a-4 if F'(X9) = 21 (X%9), P(X%q) = 4f(XQ), 9" (Xo) = -— 790%) and
a. 2 b. 2 c. 2 d. 2
f(X9)= A(X), then 1 is equal to
113. In AABC, if a. 12 b. -12 c. 24 d. -24

1 1 1 121. if y =4x-5 is a tangent to the curve y® = px® + q at

A B Cc (2, 3), then
cot — cat — cot — a. p=2,q=-7 b. p=-2,q=7
2 2 2 =0,
Cc. p=-2,q=-7 dg. P=2,q=7
tan? 4 tan& tan& + tan 4 tan 4 tan®
2 2 2 2 2 2 122. If f(x) =x" log» and f(0)=0, then the value of a for
then the triangle must be which Rolle's theorem can be applied in [0, 1] is
a. equilateral 6, isosceles a.-2 b. -1 c 0 d. 1/2
c. obtuse d. None of these 123. The minimum value of 27 "=" .g12"** is
114, if Aand 8 are square matrices of the same order and a. 1/243 b. -5
A \s non-singular, then for a positive integer n, c. W/5 d. 3
(A’' BA)” is equal to 124. if fix)=x9 + bx? +ex+d and O<b?<c, then in
a. A“B’A" b. A°B’A” (-2, 00)
c. A'BPA d. n(A“'BA) a. f(x) is strictly Increasing function
115. Consider = f(x)=x° + ax*+bx+c. Parameters b. f(x) has a local maxima
a,b and ¢ are chosen, respectively, by throwing a die c. f(x)is a strictly decreasing function
three times. Then, the probability that f(x) is an d@. f(x) is unbounded
increasing function, is
1204 SELF STubyY GUIDE BITSAT

125. (14 x)" <14+", where 134. If the point (a?,a@ +1) lies in the angle between the
a.n>i b. O<n<tandx>0
lines 3x—y+1=0 and x +2y —5 =0 containing the
origin, then the value of a is
ec. n>landx>0 dx<0
126. if y =f(x) makes positive intercepts of 2 units and aac onl | b. a <(6,0)A(05)
1 unit on x and y-coordinate axes rE encloses an
ca e-3,0)0{ 5,1} d. None
of these
area of 3/4 sq unit with the axes, then | xf"(x)dx is
0
a. 2 6.1 c. S d. = 435. lf a=—-i+ j+k, b=2i+ Oj+k, then a vector x
2 4 4
satisfying the conditions that it is coplanar with a and
127. [ve ~3 {sin“\(Inx) + cos” '(Inx)} dx is equal to b, perpendicular tob and a-x =7, is

a. AG -3f? 46 b. 0 a. -31+5] + 6k b. 3(-Si +5] + 6)

c. Does not exist d. None of these c. 3 (31 +5] ~ 6k) d. 31-5)
+ 6k
128. Let f be a positive function. if 136. Let a=i-2j+ 3k, b=3) + 3j-k and
h=f xf Ox(1-x)) dx, b= [fix (1—x)) dx, where c=di +] + (2d —1)k. If ¢ is parallel to the plane of the
2k —1=0, then 7 is vectors a and b, then 1 id is equal to
a. 2 b. k
2
c. V2 d.1 a. 2 b. 4 ce. -1 d.0
137. If the vectors a=(2, log, x, a) and
129. The equation of the line which is parallel to the line b=(-3, alog, x, log, x) are inclined at an acute angle,
common to the pair of lines given by 6x* ~ xy -12y* =0 then
and 15x*+ 14xy - 8y* =O and at a distance
of 7 units a.a=0 b. a<0 c a>0 d. None
from it, is 138. The coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn
a. Gv -4y =35 b. 5x -2y=7 from the point A(10,3) to the join of the points
c. ax + 4y =35 dg, 2x -3y=7 B(4, 7,1) and C (3,5, 3) are
x? y? a. (5/3, 7/3, 17/3) b. (5, 7, 17)
130. lf ax + by =11s tangent to the hyperbola a et ce. (5/7, -7/3, 17/3) d. (-5/3, 7/3,- 17/3)
then a* — b* is equal to 139. The solution set of the inequality
a. 1/a°e* b. a*e® logy (x + 2)(x + 4)+ logys(x + 2) <(1/2)
log ; 7 is
c. b’e* d. None a. (-2,-1) — b. (-2,3) c. (-13) d. (3,2)
WH. The normal at a variable point P on the ellipse 140. Let A=sin®
0 + cos’* @, then for every real 0,
2
=3 +4 =10f eccentricity e meets the axes of the a. A>1 b. O<A<1
a® pb 1
ec3* Ase 33
ellipse at Q and A. Then, the locus of the mid-point of c. d. LN
None of t these
OR is conic with eccentricity e’ such that
a. e'isindependentofe ob. e'=1
141. Ify =(14 tanA)(1-tanB), where A-B=7, then

ce =e d. e'=-
1 (y +1)" *', is equalto
e
a. 9 b. 4 c. 27 d. None
132. Let y =f(x) be a parabola having its axis parallel to the
142. If 2 sind, cos 0,tan@ are in GP, then 6 is equal to
Y-axis, which is touched by the line y =x at x = 1 then
a. 2f(0)=1-F'(0) b. f(0)+ £(0)+ FO) =1 (neZ)
ec. f()=1 d. f(0) =F) Tt bia
a. 2nn + — b. 2nn+=
133. In AABC,, right-angled at A, on the leg ACas diameter, **3 6
Tt
a semi-circle is described. If a chord joins A with the c. . n+ ( y=
"3 oe + =3mt
d. on
point of intersection D of the hypotenuse and
semi-circle, then the length of AC is equal to 143. sin”'(sin5) > x? - 4x holds, if
a, —AB.AD b AB- AD a. x =2-./9— 25
"as?
+ AD™ AB
+ AD? b. x=24,9-2n
AB-AD ce. x>24 9 -2n
. VAB- AD d.
° AB’
— AD? d. x (2-9
- 2n, 2+ 8 ~2n)
 PRACTICE SET 1 1205
144, In AABC, # a?+b* 4c? =ac+abVJ3, then the 147. lf X is a binomial variate with parameters n and p,
triangle is
where 0 <p <1such that PIX =F) is independent
a. equilateral b. isosceles p(X=n-r)
c. right angled d. None of these
ofnandr, then p equals
145. Let f(x) =x? and g(x) =2*. Then, the solution set of a, 1/2 b. 13
the equation fog(x) = gof(x)is c. 1/4 d. None of these
a. R b. {
148. Fore N,x"*! + (x 41)" ‘is divisible by
c. {0, 2) d. None
a. Xx bx41
146. The negation of the proposition “If a number is ex aK 4 da. x* x +1
divisible by 15, then it is divisible by 5 or 3", is
a. If a number js divisible by 15, then it is not divisible 149. if mode of a data exceeds its mean by 12, then mode
by Sand3 exceeds the median by
b. Anumber is divisible by 15 and it is not divisible by 5 a. 4 b. 8 c. 6 d. 10
and 3
150. In a series of 2n observations, half of them equal a
c. Anumber is divisible by 15 and itis not divisible by 5 and remaining half equal —a. If the standard deviation
ora of the observations is 2, then |a| equals
d. Anumber is not divisible by 15 or it is not divisible by
5and3 a 22 b. J2 c. 2 a1
fn n

Answers
Physics
1, (a) 2. (a) 3, (b) 4, (a) 5. (a) 6, (a) 7. (c) 8, (a) 9. (c) 10, (c)
11. (c) 12. (4) 13, (b) 14, (¢) 15. (a) 16. (0) 17. (a) 18, (b) 19.0) 20, @)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (c} 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33, (c) 34, (b) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (¢) 3a. (b) 39. (a) 40. (c)
Chemistry
41. () 42, (b) 43, (b) 44, (d) 45. (b) 46, (b) 47. (b) 48, (a) 49. (0) 50. (a)
51. (b) §2. (a) 53, (d) 54, (b) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (b) 62. (b) 63. (a) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (b) 67. (0) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (a)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73, (c) 74, (od) 75. (c) 76. (d) 77. (b) 78. (d) 79. (0) 80. (d)
English Proficiency
81. (c) 82, (d) 83. (c) a4. (4) 85. (a) 86. (a) 87. (a) 8B. (c) 89. (b) 90. (a)
91. (a) a2. (d) 93. (d) 94. (b) 95. (a)
Logical Reasoning
96. (a) 97. (d) 98. (d) 99. (c) 100. (°c) 101. (c) 102. (a) 103. (c) 104. (a) 105. (a)

Mathematics
106. (4) 107. (c) 108, (c) 109, (4) 110. (c) 111, (b) 112, (b) 113. (b) 114. (c) 115. (c)
116. (c) 117. (a) 118, (d) 119, (b) 120. (c) 121, (a) 122, (c) 123. (a) 124. (a) 125, (b)
126. (0) 127, (c) 128, (c) 129, (c) 130. (a) 131, (c) 132. (a) 133. (4) 1H, (Cc) 135, (b)
136. (c) 137. (d) 138, (a) 139. (b) 140. (b) 144. (c) 142. (a) 143. (d) 144, (c) 145. (c)
146. (b) 147. (a) 148. (c) 149. (b) 150. (c)
Practice Set 2
BITSAT
Instructions
1 There are 150 questions in all. The number of questions in each part is. as follows Subject No. of Questions
Part!l Physics 1-40
Part Il Chemistry 41-80
Part Ill (a) English Proficiency 81-95
(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
2. All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one Is correct
3. Each correct answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark

PART I
Physics
1. Frequency f of oscillations of a mass m suspended 4. Abody of mass m is accelerated uniformly trom rest to
from a spring of force constant k is given by f =cm*k” a speed v in a time 7. The instantaneous power
where, c is a dimensionless constant. The values ofx delivered to the body as function of time is given by
and y are a 1 mv" 2 pb im,
a.x= - 4 b.
x = 4 “2 7? ‘2 T?
Nyl—-ni—

i ¥
2 2
Mla)

2 2
mv" > mv
GCx=- ye 2 d.x=-—,y=-
1
3
cst d.—,t

- A ball of mass (nm) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a

. Given X=(Gh/c*)"*, where Gh and ec are string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a
gravitational constant, Planck's constant and the horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The
velocity of light, respectively. Dimensions of X are the maximum tension, the string can bear is 324 N. The
same as those of maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball
a. mass b. time (in rad/s) is
ce. length d. acceleration ag b. 18 c. 27 d. 36
. A projectile can have same range F for two angles of . A sphere of mass 1 kg is connected to a spring of
projection. If t, and f be the time of flights in the two spring constant 5.0 Nm”! as shown in figure. A force
cases, then the product of time of flight is proportional of 0.5 N is applied on the sphere along X-axis. What is
to the velocity of the sphere when it is displaced through
1 1 a distance of 10cm along X-axis ?
Si b. —
a R R a. 0.11 ms! b. 0.22 ms-'
c.R dR? c. 0.11 cms"! d. 0.22 cms"
 PRACTICE SET 2 1207
7. Two identical balls A and B, collide head on elastically. 14. A vessel contains 1 mole of O, gas (molar mass = 32)
if velocities of A and B, before collision are + 0.5ms' at a temperature T. The pressure of the gas is p. An
and — 0.3 ms~' respectively, then their velocities after identical vessel containing one mole of helium as
the collision, are respactively 27 has a pressure of
(molar mass = 4) at a temperature
a.-0.5ms-'and+0.3ms' a. é bp c. 2p d. 8p
b, + 0.5 ms"! and -0.3ms°'
c.+0.3ms 'and-0.5ms"' 15. A refrigerator works between 2°C and 27°C. To keep
d. -0.3ms"'and+ 0.5ms"' the temperature of the refrigerated space constant,
660 calories of heat are to be removed every second.
A rod PQ of mass M and length L is hinged at end P. The power required is
The rod is kept horizontal by a massless string tied to a. BOW 6. 55W
point Q as shown in figure. When string is cut, the c. 252 W d. 231 W
initial angular acceleration of the rod is 16. In an isothermal process, the pressure of a gas is
ELLIE LEME
decreased by 20%. The percentage change in the
volume
a. increase by 20% b. decrease by 20%
c. increase by 25% d. decrease by 25%
PEM ZZZO. 17. An object suspended from a spring exhibits
——_— | —_ oscillations of period T. Now, the spring is cut in two
halves and the same object is suspended with two
39
aol ar 9 c. 29r 4.229 halves as shown in figure. The new period of
oscillation will become
9. A satellite is moving with a constant speed v in a
circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is
ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from
the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its
ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is
a mv b. mv? c 3 my? d. 2mv*
2
10. A solid sphere of volume (V) and density (p) floats at T T T
the interface of two immiscible liquids of densities p, a. .2Jo b =3 c. s eB d. .T

and p», respectively. If p,<p <pz, then the ratio of the

volume of the parts of the sphere in upper and lower 18 Four particles each having charge q are placed on the
liquids is four vertices of a regular pentagon as shown in figure.
pam pb PoP c, £278 g ftbe The distance of each corner from the centre is a. The
P+P2 Po -Pp P=Py P+Py electric field at the centre of the pentagon is

11. Two rods of same material having same length and

area. If heat AQ flows through them for 12 min when 2\\ ||] >
they are jointed side by side and now both rods are
joined in, then the same amount of heat AQ will flow in (i (i) (il) ()
a. 24min b. 18 min c. 6min d. 3 min 1 oq 1 @q
. — along OE b. —— — alongEO
12. A hole of area 1mm? opens in the pipe near the lower “ 4ne, a® a 4ntg a* "a
end of a large water storage tank and a stream of c. 1 4 d. None of these
water shoots from it. If the top of the water in the tank 4me, a
is 20 m above the point of the leak, then the amount of 19. Two equal charges q are kept fixed ata and + a along
water escapes in 1s is
a.87.5cem 6.43.1cm' ¢.27.5cm d.19.8cm X-axis. A particles of mass m and charge (<) is
13. The pressure of a medium is changed from brought to the origin and given a small displacement
1.01x 10° Pa to 1.165 Pa and change in volume is along the X-axis, then
10% keeping temperature constant. The bulk modulus a. the particle executes oscillatory motion
of the medium is b. the particle remains stationary
a. 204.8 «10° Pa b. 102.4 «10° Pa c. the particle executes, SHM along A-axis
d. the particle executes SHM along Y-axis
c.51.2 «10° Pa d. 1.55 x 10° Pa
1208 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

20. Consider a non-spherical conductor shown in the 26. A conducting loop carrying a current / js placed in
figure which is given a certain amount of positive xy-plane. A uniform magnetic field pointing into
charge. The charge distributes itself on the surface 2-direction is switched on. The loop will have a
such that the charge densities are o,,c, and oy at tendency to
regions 1, 2 and 3 respectively.

Then,
&. G, > 05 > Oy b, a3 > G3 >a,
GC. Og > > Gy d. a3 > 0, > Gy
a. contract
21. Two batteries A and 8 each of em! 2 are connected 5, expand
in series to an extemal resistance A =19. If the c. move towards + ve X-axis
internal resistance of battery Ais 1.9.9 and that ofB is d. move towards -ve X-axis
09. What is the potential difference between the
The magnetic susceptibility of a paramagnetic
terminals of battery 4? material at -73° Cis 0.0075, its value at —173°Cwill
A 8 be
—_|H—_jt—
a. 0.0045 b. 0.0030
c. 0.015 d. 0.0075
Two similar poles of 60 Am and 240 Am are 12 cm
apart. The magnetic field is zero at a position on the
a2V b.3.8V line joining them at
c. Zero d. None of these a. 4. cm from 60 Am b. 6 cm from 240 Am
. 32 cells each of emf 3 V are connected c. 3.cm froom60 Am d. 8 cm from 240 Am
in series and
kept in a box. Externally, the combination shows 84 V. » A conducting circular loop is placed in a uniform
The number of cells reversed in the connection is magnetic field 0.04 T with its plane perpendicular to
a.0 b. 2 c. 8 d. 16 the magnetic field. The radius of the loop starts
shrinking at 2mm/s. The induced emf in the loop
. In the circuit, the voltmeter resistance is 100009 and when the radius is 2 cmis
the ammeter resistance is 20. The voltmeter reads 4.4.82 uV 6.0.8 ryV
12v and ammeter reads 0.1 A. The value of Ais
c.1.6 0 yV dg.3.2 ruV
— Pie 9 An AC voltage, @ = 200sin100t is applied to a series
combination of R = 300 and an inductor of 400 mH.
® The power factor of the circuit is
a. 1180 b. 1220 c. 100220 4.100180 a. 0.01 6.0.2 c. 0.5 d. 0.6
24. In the circuit shown in figure, the heat produced in 50 31. The network shown in figure is a part of a circuit. What
resistor due to a current flowing in itis 10 cals". The is the potential difference Vz —V,, when current /is 5A
heat produced in 4 2 resistor is and is decreasing at a rate of 10° As~'?
40) 60 5 mH
ANA Aamir
—ol F-TTI 08
1 45v
a.10V b5V
a. 1 cal/s b. 2 cals c. 3cal/s d. 4 cal/s c.15V d.20V
Force per unit length between parallel wires in the In a two slit experiment, with monochromatic light,
circuit is 3.6 x 10°° N’m. Resistance of the circuit is fringes are obtained on a screen placed at some
distance from the slits. If the screen is moved by
l 12m + 5 x 10° *m towards the slits, the change in fringe width
‘aver
&mm
is 10m. Then, the wavelength of light used when
r=0 distance between slits is 0.3 mm will be
a. 4000 A b. 6000 A
a3 6.1.50 c. 4.50 0.60 ce. 5000 A d. 7000 A
 PRACTICE SET 2 1209

33. The intensity of the central fringe due to the . If the wavelength of the first line of the Balmer series
interference of light from two similar, slits is /, When of hydrogen is 6561A, the wavelength of the second
one of the slit is closed, the intensity is /). What is the line of the series should be
relation between / and |, ? a.1312A ».39280A oc, 4860A d.2187A
a. |= Aly b, | = 2,
37. Half-life of radioactive substance is 140 days. Initially,
c.l =I, d.f=I/2
the mass of radiactive substance Is 16g. Calculate the
. Which one the following
of showing correct time for this substance when it reduces to 1g.
relationship between power of a lens and wavelength a. 140 days b. 280 days
of incident light? c. 420 days d, 560 days

AL
. When a hydrogen atom emits a photon in going from
n=5 ton=‘1 its recoil speed is almost
a. 10°* ms"! b. 8 «10° ms” 1

c.2 «10-2 ms"! d.4ms"'

. In the ratio of the concentration of electrons and of
eA aa holes in a semiconductor is 7/5 and the ratio of current
is 7/4, then what is the ratio of their drift velocities ?
i 4
a. + b. S c.— d. §
7 8 5 4
. The surface of a metal is illuminated with the light of
400 nm. The kinetic energy of the ejected photo An 80 MHz carrier is modulated by 400 Hz sine wave.
electrons was found to be 1.68 eV. The carrier voltage is 5V and the frequency deviation
The work function of the metal is is 20 kHz. Find modulation index.
a.141eV b.151eV ¢168eV d.3.09eV a. 25 b. 50 c. 400 d.5

PART II
Chemistry
41. On heating 1.7639 hydrated BaCl,, 1.5059 44. Determine the enthalpy change thal occurs in the
following isomerisation reaction,
anhydrous salt is obtained. The number of water
molecules in BaCl, is Propene (g) ——» Cyclopropane (g)
a.3 b2 c5 d.1 if BE (C—C)
= 348 kJ/mol and BE (C=C)
42. The electron represented by the following sets of =615 kJ/mol
quantum numbers:
a. 81kJ/mol b, - 81kJ/mol
I. n=4,1=0,m, =0,m, =+V2
c. 75 kJ/mol d. — 75 kJ/mol
NW. n=3/=14m,
=m, =-V2
ill. 9=3,/=2,m, =0,m, =+ V2 . Inthe sequence of reaction,
IV. n=3,1=0,m =0,m, =-V2 F () CHaMgl

The correct increasing order of energy is (CH,)>CHOH —““, x -——+ y,Yis

Oxidation [O} (i) Hydroyss
a. IV>l>Il> Ill b.Il>l>tl>iWv
a. tertiary butyl alcohol b. n-butyl alcohol
e.Il>l>IV > Ill d.l> Welle c. lsobutylene d. isobuty! alcohol
43. The phenol is not obtained in which of the follawing?
. The (—COOH) group is not present in which of the
MgBr following?
H,O°
a. Benzoic acid b. Picric acid
a c. Aspirin d, All have (—COOH) group
47 Ethanamine is treated with nitrous acid at ordinary
temperature, then the product will be
a. only ethanol
c. =0 d. on Maorycad,
NaOH/CaO b. acetic acid, ethane and H,O
¢. ethanol, ethene, N, and H,O
COOH d. ethanol, acetic acid, N, and H;O
1210 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

48. Choose the correct statement from the following. 55. The emf of the following cell Is 0.81 V.
a. HS and SO, both act as oxidising and reducing
agent M|M™ [JH JH (Pt) Eo an =0.76V
OotM 1M jam
b. HS acts only as reducing agent while SO, acts both
Then, the value of n for metal ion is
as oxidising and reducing agent
e. H,S acts only as oxidising agent while SO, acts as a. b.4 c.2 d.3
reducing agent 56. Consider the reaction given below,
d. SO, acts only as oxidising agent while H»S acts both
as oxidising and reducing agent A +Nh—“>B™23¢ + NH,
Alkali metal 4 HC! [Her
49 The weight of CaO required to remove hardness of
NH, Cl
10°Lof water containing 1.62 g of Ca(HCO, ), in 1L, is White tumes
(My of Ca(HCO,). =162 and My of CaO= 56) The alkali metal A is
a.K bL c. Na d. Cs
a. 5.6 «10°mg b. 5.6 «10°
c. 4.2 x 10°mg d.4.2 10% 57. In the following reaction,
xZn+ y HNO, (dil.)—> aZn(NO, )o+ bHLO + ¢ NH,NO,
50. For concentration of sulphide ores, froth floatation
the sum of the coefficients (a + b + c)is
process |s used which is based on
a.6 b. 8 c. 4 a.5
a. specific gravity of ore particles
b. electrical properties of ore particles 58. Arrange the following three chlorides in decreasing
¢. wetting properties of ore particles order of reactivity towards S,,1 reaction,
d. magnetic properties of ore particles
51. Which of the following will show optical activity?
I NAY “i Il ay Ul. oT
a. trans -[Co(NH, )4Cl2}° cl
b. trans-[Co(NH,).(en),]** all>il>! bil>i>t cleo adil>t>ill
e. [Cr(H,0),]*° §9. The % CaSO, in the sample containing 0.455 g
d. cis- [Co(NH, ).(en),}°*
sample of plaster of Paris [ caso, 1,0} when
§2. °
treated with excess of Ba(NO,), gave 0.617 g of

OL O
anhy, BaSO, is
a. 87% b. 92% c. BO% d. 75%
Br
60. Choose the incorrect statement from the following.
The reagent Ais a. Chlorine is less selective and more reactive
a. NaBH, + PtCl, . Vinyl free radical is more stable than allyl free radical
c. Bromine is more selective and less reactive
b. (i) N,H,
/ H* (ii) C,H O°Na* d. Benzyl tree radical is more stable than ally! free
ec. Zn— Hg/ HCI radical
d. LAH + AICI,
53. The geometry of [Ni(CN),]*~,[NiCl,J*~ and [Ni(CO),] |
61. CH, —C—O—
CH,
are
a. (Ni(Cl),]*~ is square planar and The relation between bond lengths a and b is
[Ni(CN),}° ~, [Ni(GO),] are tetrahedral a.a=b b.b<a
b. [Ni(GN),]*~ is square planar, cb>a d. impossible to predict
[NiCl,]*~ and{Ni(CO),] are tetrahedral 62. The maximum number of emission lines when the
ce. [Ni(CO),] is square planar, (Ni(CN),J*~ and [NICI),]*~ excited electron of a H-atom in n=6 drops to the
are tetrahedral ground state is
a. None of the above a.14 b. 36 c. 15 d. 10
54. The volume of 3,7 g of a gas at 25°C and volume of 63. Choose the correct option from the following in case of
0.184 g of H, gas at 17°C are same at same pressure. van der Waals’ adsorption.
The molecular mass of gas is a. High temperature, low pressure
a. 52 b. 44 b. High temperature, high pressure
¢.45 d. 55 c. Low temperature, low pressure
d. Low temperature, high pressure
 PRACTICE SET 2 1211

64. If the solubility of calcium carbonate in water is 73. Which one of the following order is not in accordance
0.0305 g/L, then its solubility product is with the property stated against it?
a. 8.40 «10° ® b.9.30 x10°® a. F,>Cl,> Br, >I, : Oxidising power
c.7.21«x107° d.9.21x10°7 b. F,> Cla> Br > : Electronegativity
c. Fo > Clo > Bry >I) : Bond dissociation energy
9 (l) GH, Mgr
II (excess)
d. Hl > HBr > HCl > HF : Acidic property in water
» CsH;s—O—C—O—CH, ——-> 74. In corundum, oxide ions are arranged in hcp array and
ti) FyO* the aluminium ions occupy two-thirds of octahedral
The product
P is voids. The formula of corundum is
a. AlzOs b, Al,O:
| c. AIO, d. Al,O,

e r
a. CH; -C—CH, b. CH, —CH, —CH,
75. The freezing point depression of 0.1 molar solution of
acetic acid in benzene is 0.256 K. K; for benzene is
c.CH,—C—O—C,H, — d. CH,— ? —CH, 5.12 K kg mol™'. What conclusion can you find about
the molecular state of acetic acid in benzene?
CH,
a. Benzene is doubly associated
. On applying pressure to the equilibrium, b. Acetic acid is doubly associated
c. Both are equally associated
Ice —— Water
d. None of the above
Which phenomenon will happen?
a. More ice will be formed 76. Which of the following is not an _ addition
homopolymer?
b. More water will be formed
c. Water will evaporate a. PVC b. Teflon
d. Equilibrium will not be disturbed c. SBR d. Natural rubber
. From the reaction, Choose the correct structure of the drug paracetamol.
Piwhtey ——> Phoa)i 4H =~ 18.4 kd cl OH

which of the following statements is correct?

a. Red P is readily formed from white P a b.
b. White P Is readily formed from red P
c. White P cannot be converted to red P CONH, CONH,
d. White P can be converted into red P and red P
Cl OH
is more stable
. From which of the following mixtures, buffer solution
can be prepared? c d,
a. NaH»PO, + NazHPO, —b. NH,OH + NH,
ce. HCI + NaCl d, CH,COOH+ NaCl COCH, NHCOCH,,
69. Which of the following has regular tetrahedral structure? 78. The same osazone is formed by which of the following
a. SF, b. XaF, pairs?
c. [NI(CN),]?~ d. BF; a. Glucose and fructose = b. Glucose and galactose
c. Glucose and arabinose d. Lactose and maltose
70 lf the reaction rate at a given temperature becomes
slower, then 79. The rate of change of rms speed of a gas Is twice the
a. the entropy changes rate of change of absolute temperature. Then, the rms
b. the initial concentration of the reactants remains speed of Ne is (Atomic mass of Ne = 20)
constant a.344ms-"' b. 302ms"! ¢. 381ms' d.312ms'
c. the free energy of activation is lower
d. the free energy of activation is higher
80. The absolute configurations of the centres (1 and 2) in
the molecule given below are
71. The number of sigma and pi-bonds in
1 COOH
peroxydisulphuric acid respectively are
a.10and4 b.iland4 e.13and2 d.11and2 — Br
. Calculate the resonance energy of benzene, if the
enthalpy of hydrogenation of benzene is AH, and for H—3}_ cn
cyclohexene, it is AH.
a. AH, - 3AH, b. SAM, - AW, OH
e. 3AH, - AH, d. SAH, + AH a.2A,3S b.25,3S 6425,3R d.2R,3R
1212 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

PART III
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81 to 84) Aad the passage and 86. A series of shocks
choose the most suitable option from the given options. : is known as earthquake

Dov
When vegetation sprouts in the desert, it is a good sign but : which can be recognised through seismic waves.
when the ice in the Arctic and Antarctic begins to turn green, ‘that result from sudden Earth movements or
there is something terribly wrong. Reports say that an tremors
iceberg, approximately the size of New York city, has broken : causing widespread destruction of life and property

o
off from the icy continent. An Argentine term discovered The proper sequence should be
huge cracks in the polar ice caps. These developments can PORS b. RPQS c. RSPQ d. RQSP

s
have serious implications. If polar ice fields melt, our coastal 87. : in this world
cities might be submerged and sea levels across the world

ODOV
: aman has
could rise between 3.65 m and 6.09 m in different parts of : it is possible that the best friend
the Earth. This is probably due to global warming. : may turn against him
81. What can be considered as a ‘Good sign’ in the desert ? The proper sequence should be
a. When shrubs and trees grow there a. QPRS b, PORS c. ROPS d. QRSP
b. When it shows in the desert
88. P : in estimating the size of the earth but they were
c. When ice caps melt and there is water
Q: hampered by the lack of instruments of precision
d. When there is vegetation found in the desert
FR: ancient astronomers
82. The melting of ice fields in the Arctic and Antarctic S$: used method which were theoretically valid
regions is dangerous because
The proper sequence should be
a. the ice will tum green and poisonous a. RPQS b. PROS
b. it will cause huge floods which will destroy coastal
c. RSOP d. RPSO
regions
c. it will create global warming and will badly affect our Directions (Q. Nos. 89 to 91) Spot the error in the given
climate sentence and indicate your answer.
d. huge cracks will develop all over the world
89. Children are prone (a)/ to making mischiefs (b)/ if they
83. Polar ice caps develop huge cracks because have nothing to do. (c)/ No error (d)
a. of the movement of the Earth 90. Sheeps are economically useful(a)/ and so they are
b. of the breaking off of Earth reared (b)/ in the hills. (c)/ No error (d)
c. of the crowding of cities like New York
d. of rising temperatures 91. | have not gone through (a)/ the letter and so | am not
aware (b)/ of its content. (c)/ No error (d)
84. What do you think about the intention of the author?
a. To describe strange phenomena in nature Directions (Q. Nos. 92 and 93) Find the synonym of the
b, To report findings of research teams working in the word written in capital letters.
polar regions 92. The convict's INGENUOUS explanation brought tears
c. To make us aware of the dangers of global warming in every eye.
d. To compare development in deserts and Arctic
a. Candid _—b. Secret c. Insincere d. Consistent
regions caused by global warming
93. The ENORMITY of the population problem is irksome.
Directions (Q. Nos. 85 to 88) Rearrange the jumbled up
parts of the sentence to make it meaningful and then choose a. intensity 6. Vastness c. Cruelty — d. Fragility
the most suitable option. Directions (Q. Nos. 94 and 95) Find the antonym of the
85. It seemed to him word written in capital letters.
P : like seeing one's reflection 94. We have CREATED a beautiful new house from out of
Q: an endless quest the old ruin.
R : two mirrors a. Destroyed b. Built
S$: while standing between c. Constructed d, Planned
The proper sequence should be 95. A large number designer clothes are REVOLTING.
a. PRSQ b. SPQR a. Inviting 6. Beautiful
c. RSPO d. QPSAR c. Fashionable d. Delightful
 PRACTICE SET 2 1213

b. Logical Reasoning
96. Choose the odd one out. 102. Which figure from the given alternatives will replace
a. BDFH b, MOQS the question mark (?)
c. SUWY Problem Figures
97. Find the missing number.
v ?

(i) (ii) (til) tiv)

Answer Figures

Find the figure that would replace the question mark (?)
Problem Figures a. b.
}|
c d.

bt “Le 103. How many different triangles are there in the figures
shown below ?

i) tid) il) (iv)

Answer Figures

Tor
a. 28 b. 24 c. 20 d. 16
104. Find the wrong number in the series.
1,9, 36, 81,99, 121
a. b. c. d. al b. 121
c.99 d. 36
lf KASHMIR written as 8142753, how RIMSHAK can 105. In the following question, select a figure from amongst
be written in that code? the four alternatives, which when placed in the blank
a. 3574218 b. 3571842 space of figure (X) would complete the pattern.
c. 3521478 d. 3574812
Problem Figure
100. if ‘PAPER’ is written as ‘OZODQ' how ‘PENCIL’ can
be written in that code?
a.QFODJM 6b. OFOBHM c. ODMDJM d. ODMBHK

101. Which one of the following diagram best depicts the

relationship among elephants, wolves, and animals?

Answer Figures
69 6 CLD)

-(@)) £000
 PART IV
Mathematics
106. The integrating factor of the differential equation 113. A bag contains n balls out of which some balls are
white. If probability that a bag contains exactly / white
ba +y= tt Is
ball is proportional to /*. A ball is drawn at random
from the bag and found to be white, then find the
a. ~ b. “ probability that bag contains exactly 2 white balls.
e x
c. xe” d. e* 6 [=| 2
107. Let a and ibe the roots of x* - 6x -2=Owith a >fi If 4. mine Be, b. - 3(n + 1)

a, = a" —f" forn 21, then the value of S19 “— “Ap is

9
an +1) laos || | =)

Ges
a. b, 2
c. 3 d. 4 n/ | a(n
¢. ——5—— d. None
of these
108. Let 2,,25,43,...,@)99 be an arithmetic progression with
an
a,=3 and S,= Sa, 1sp<100. For any integer n
fel
114. The domain of definition of f(x) =cos "(x + [x]) is
Sn does not depend on n, a. [0,1) b. R-Z
with 1<.n< 20, letm=5n. If
nv
c. (0, ») d. None
then a» equals 115. Let f:RoA be given by
a. 6 b. 5 f(x + y)=f(x) — fy)+ 2xy + 1for all x,y eA. It f(x) is
c. 7 d.4
everywhere differentiable and f(0)=1 then f(x) is
109. If r,s,t are prime numbers and p,q are the positive equal to
integers such that the LCM of p,q is r? t4s®, then the a, 2x +1 b. 2x -1
number of ordered pair(p,q)is cx d.x-1
a. 252 b, 254 d’y
c. 225 d, 224 116. — is equal to
dx* 4
110. The expression [x +(x? —1)"2]5 =[x— (x9 —1)"7]5 is a
polynomial of degree
a. 5 b. 6
«(5 (2e)(u)°
c.7
111. Let a,b and c be three
d. 8
real numbers satisfying a (zy -(S)(4)
[19 7 117. The equation of a curve is y =f(x} The tangents at
la bcl/8 2 7\)=[00OQ. (4#(1)), (2, f(2)) and (3, (3)) makes angles eg and 7
737
respectively with the positive direction of the X-axis.
If the point (a,b,c) with reference to (E) lies on the
plane 2x + y +z =1, then the value of 7a + b +cis Then, the value of [°F (x)f" (x)dx + [° f" (x) dx is equal
a. 0 b. 12 to
c. 7 d. 6
a. - , b. !
xp+y x y Ws “V3
112. The determinant] yp +z y z |=O,it c. 0 d. 1
0 DP+y yore
118. If Kx) =" dt; x2Ox-1, then f(x) is
a. x,y, zZare in AP i tyr
b. x,y, Z are in GP monotonically
c. X,y, Z are in HP a. increasing on (2, «) b. increasing on (1, 2)
d. xy, yz, zx are in AP c. decreasing on (2, ») d. decreasing on (0, 3)
 PRACTICE SET 2 1215
119. it [log (f1—x + 1+ x) de =x (x + B sin”x +C, then 128. If S={x EN: 24 log,
Jx +1>1-logy> {a - x*}, then
a. F(x) =log(/1—x + fl+x) a. § ={1) b. S=Z
b. A=13 ce S=N d. None
ce. B=2/3
129. The area of the parallelogram contained by the lines
d. B=-12
4y-3x-a =0, 3y-4x+a=0, 4y-3x-3a=0
1 1
120. =f, Tee then and 3y —4x + 2a =Ois
a. <a? 8q units b. Sa? sq units
a. In2<1<4 b. 1 <in®
c. 2a* sq units d. sa sq units
rt
c. I>> d. None
of these
130. The two circles which pass through (0,4) and (0,-a)
121, The area between the curve y =2x* —x*, the X-axis touch the line y = mx +c, will intersect each other at
right angle, If
and the ordinates of two minima of the curve is
a. a® =c*(2m +1) b. a® =c*(2 +m?)
a. 7/120 sq unit b. 9/120 sq nuit
c. 11/120 sq unit d. 13/120
sq unit c. c* =a*(2 + m*) d. c® =a*(2m+1)
122. Let a=i+j+kandr bea variable such that r-i, r-j 131. Two mutually perpendicular tangents of the parabola
andr -k are positive integers. Ifr-a<12, then the total y? = 4ax meet the axis at P, and P,. If S is the focus of
number of such vectors 1 1.
the parabola, then —— + ——is equal to
a. "Cc, b. "oc, c. "C, -1 d. "Cy P sp,’ SP,"
4da
1 2

123 Given, |a|=|b|=1 and |a+b|=/3. If ¢ is a vector a2 a; 2 c. d.

a a 4
such that ¢ - a—2b=3(a~ b), then c bis equal to 2 2
a 1 b i c 3 a. 5
132. Tangents are drawn to the ellipse ~ + ot (a>b)
“2 “2 2 “2 a
and the circle x*+y*=a* at the points, where a
124. If the plane s+ * + = =1 cuts the coordinate axes at
common ordinate cuts them (on the same side of
A,B, C, then the area of AABC is X-axis). Then, the greatest acute angle between these
a. 29 sq units b. J41sq units tangents |s given by
c. V61
sq units d. J71 sq units a. tan S| b. tan-'{ 3 |
125. lf 2Jab \2yab
d.d.,d, denote the distance of the plane
.{ 2ab | _{_2ab -
2x-3y+4z7+2=0
2x—Sy + 4z+6 =0,
from the
4x—6y +82+3=0
planes
and cn] a an 2
2x — 3y + 42 -6 =O respectively, then
133. The chords of contact of a point p with respect to a
a. d, + 8d, +d,=0 b. d, + 16d,=0
hyperbola and its auxiliary circle are at right angle.
c. 8d, = d, d. d, ~2d, + 3d, = /29 Then, the point P lies on
126. The median of the series 8, 12, 15, 7, x, 19, 22 lies in a. conjugate hyperbola
the interval b. one of the directrix
c. one of the asymptotes
a. [12,15] b. (7,15) d. None of these
ce. [15,17] d. [9,12]
134. Through a point A on the X-axis, a straight line is
127. The variable X takes two values x, and x with drawn parallel to the Y-axis, so as to meet the pair of
frequencies f and /, respectively. If o denotes the straight lines ax? + 2hxy + by?=0 at B and C, If
standard deviation of X, then c* is equal to AB = BC, then
a. AXE + BB {8% + be) a. h° =4ab b. 8h? =9ab
heh het c. 9h? = Bab d. 4h? = ab
ft
b, (f—h(x, - Xo) 2
. 6) (x, 135. lf a and b are positive quantities such thata > b, then
the minimum value of a sec 6 — b tan dis
c. (f Nfa
~4yF (x, —= %)
2
a. 2ab b. Ja*—b?
d. None of the above c.a-b d. Ja? +b?
1216 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

136. Let x=sin1®’, then the value of expression 143. if S is the set of all real x such that =2x—1
Is
1 1 1 2x” + ON" + x
+ +
cos 0°-cos1° cos1°-cos2° cos 2°-cos3° positive, then S contains
1 a. (—2, + 3/2) b, (- 3/2, -1/4)
+ ..+ ————— js equal to
cos 44°. cos 45° c. (- V4, 1/2) d. (1/2,3)
a. x b. Wx 144. For any three sets AB and C, the set
c. V2/x d. x/./2 (ALBUC)A(ANB AC) AC’ ts equal to
137. if tanx =n tan y,ne A’, then the maximum value of a Boc' b BA
sec*(x — y)is equal to «Bac d. ANBac

a. (n+on 1° b, (n+
A
145. Let w denotes words in the English dictionary. Define
the relation A by A ={(x, y) ew «w: the wordsx and y
YJ 2
o, er @, er have atleast one letter in common} then, Fis
2 4n a. not reflexive, symmetric and transitive
13
sin’ 0 —cos” 6
a cos 0 .
b. not transitive, reflexive and symmetric
138Se -2tan6
cot 6 ——1 if c. not symmetric, reflexive and transitive
sin —cos 6 hh + cot? 6 1 d. reflexive, transitive and symmetric

a oe(o,2) b. oe(= x 146. Let f :[2, 0) + x be defined by f(x) = 4x —x*, then f is

. 2) - (5 invertible, if x is equal to
Sn an '
e. b= | d. O<| >. 2n| a, [2,2) b. (=~,2)
c. (-2,4j d. [4,~)
139. It sin'x4sin'y+sin'!z=x, then 147. Which of the following is always true?
xt yt 424 4 axty2z? —k (x?y? + y*z* + z*x?),
a.(p>qgj=(~-q>-p) b.~(pvq)s(- py~q)
where k is equal to
ce. ~(p>q)=(py-q) — d. ~(paq)=(~ pa-q)
a. 1 b. 2 «3 d4
148. If 49” 4. 1674 is divisible by 64 for all n = N, then the
140. Two medians drawn from the acute angles of a right
angled triangle intersect at an angle »/6. If the length least negative integral value of } is
af the hypotenuse of the triangle is 3 units, then the a. -2 b. 1
area of triangle (in sq units) is e.-3 d. -4
a. V3 b. 3 e. 42 d.9
149. Between any two real roots of the equation
141. The minimum value of the sum of real numbers e* sin
x —1=0, the equation e” cos x + 1=Ohas
a‘,a“*3a*,1a% anda” witha > 0, is
a. atleast one root
a. 7 b. 8 c 6 d. 10 b. no root
142. A man walks a distance of 3 units from the origin c. atmost one root
towards the North-East (N 45° £) direction. From d. exactly one root
there, he walks a distance of 4 units towards the lf the mean and variance of a binomial variablex are 2
North-West (N 45° W) direction to reach a point P. and 1 respectively, then the probability that x takes a
Then, the position of P in the argand plane is
value greater than or equal to 1 is
a. 3e'"*4 aj b. (3- 4ie ** 4
@)~ico|n

h—
c. (44 Fe'™4 d. (34 4ije’™4 5
15
c. d. —
16
Answers
Physics
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) » (d) . (d) (b) . (a) . (b) 10.

am

BR se
11. (@) 12, (9) 13. (d) 15. . (a) 18, 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (a) » (b) 25. (b) (b) . (a) 29, (d) 30. (d)

BR
31. (0) 32. (b) 33. (a) . (c) 35. (a) (c) (d) 39. (d) . (b)

Chemistry
41. (b) 42. (b) 43 (b) . (a) (b) (b) 49. (b) 50.

BS%
9&
51. (d) 52. (b) 53. . (b) 55. . (d) (a) 59. (c) 60. (b)

a2
61. (c) 62. (c) 63

TQ9
. (b) 65. (d) (b) (a) 69. (qd) 70. (a)
71. (b) 72. (b) 73 . (a) 75. (b) 79. (dq) 80. (a)

English Proficiency
81. (d) 82. (b) 83. . (c) 85. (d) (d) (c) (ic) (b) . (a)

s
£2

91. (c) 92. (a) 93. . (a) 95. (a)

Logical Reasoning
96. (d) 97. (b) 98, (b) 99. (a) 100. (qd) 101. 102. (a) 103. (a) 104, (c) 105. (b)

Mathematics
106. (b) 107. (¢) 108. (a) 109. (co) 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. (a) 115. (b)
116. (0) 117. (a) 118. (a) 119. (a) 120, (a) 121. 122. 123, 124. 125.
126. (a) 127. (b) 128. (a) 129. (a) 130. (c) 131. 132. 133. 134. (b) 135. (b)
136. (b) 137. (d) 138. (b) 139. (b) 140, (a) 141, 142, 143, 144, (a) 145. (b)
146. (c) 147. (a) 148. (b) 149, (a) 150. (d)
Practice Set 3
BITSAT
Instructions
There are 150 questions in all. The number of questions in eachpart is.as follows Subject No. of Questions
Part! Physics 1-40
Part ll Chemistry 41-80
Part Ill (a) English Proficiency 81-95
(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one is correct
Each correct answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark

PART I
Physics
1. The velocity of water waves may depend on their 4. A train accelerates from rest at a constant rate a for
wavelength 4, the density of water p and the distance x, and time 4. After that is retards to rest at
acceleration due to gravity g. The method of constant rate fi for distance x, and time f,. Then, it is
dimensional analysis gives the relation between these found that
quantities as a 94 pwubi4k
a.v? =ki'g py ' b.v?=kig x fh te x a tb
c.v* =Kipg d. v= kg \y ‘ o MB Lb gM h_b
XM a & X. a
. Aparticle located at x = O and f = 0 starts moving along
the positive x-direction with a velocity v thal varies as . An ant crawls up a hemispherical surface very slowly
v =ax, the displacement of the particle varies with as shown in figure. The coefficient of friction between
time as the ant and the surface is 1/3. If the line joining the
ax «Jf b.x«t axel? dx centre of hemispherical surface to ant makes an angle
a. with the vertical, the maximum possible value of a is
. From an elevated point P, a stone is projected
vertically upwards. When the stone reaches a
distance h below P, its velocity is double of its velocity
at a height 4 above P. The greatest height attained by
the stone from the point of projection P is
a. 3 b. 5,
3 a. sec Ya) b. cot '(3)
nj

c.-h d. Sh c. tan”(3) d. cosec” ‘(3)

7
 PRACTICE SET 3 1219
6. A block of weight 5 N is pushed against a vertical wall 12. Assume that a drop of liquid evaporates by decrease
by a force 12 N. The coefficient of friction between the in its surface energy, so that its temperature remains
wall and block is 0.6. The magnitude of the force unchanged. What should be the minimum radius of
exerted by wall on the block is the drop for this to be possible ? The surface tension
is T, density of liquid is p and L Is its latent heat of
vaporisation.
12N a. ff ipl b. Tip ©. 2T/pk a. pL/T
13. A liquid is kept in a cylindrical vessel which is rotated
along its axis. The liquid rises at the sides (figure). If
a.12N 6. 5N c.7.2N d. 13N the radius of the vessel is 0.05 m and the speed of
. A vertical spring with force constant k is fixed on a rotation is 2 rad/s, then find the difference in the height
table. A ball of mass m at a height h above the free of liquid at centre and sides.
upper end of spring falls vertically on the springs, so
i+ a
that the spring is compressed by a distance d. The net
work done in this process is

a. 20cm b. 44cm c.2cm d.0.2cm

a.mg(h +d) + > ka® b.mg(h+ d)~ kd
14. An ideal gas is expanding such that pT* =constant.
c.mg(h — d) ~ 2 ka® d.mg(h-—d)4 ik The coefficient of volume expansion of the gas is
1 2 3 4
= = = d.—
. Athin uniform rod of length / and mass m is swinging ar oF oF T
freely about a horizontal axis passing through its end. 15. The ratio of the speed of sound in nitrogen gas to that
Its maximum angular velocity is Its centre of mass in helium gas at 300 K is
rises to a maximum height of
ae yp Pot Pog a. [2 o. 2 8 a8
6g 39 29 69 16. A point mass oscillates ‘along X-axis according to the
. Two long metallic strips are joined together by two
rivets each of radius 0.1cm (see figure). Each rivet can law xX =Xp cod oft - +} If the acceleration of the
with stand a maximum shearing stress of 4 x 10° Nm *. particle is written as a = Acos(wf + 6), then
The maximum tangential force which a strip can a. A=xy0",6=n/4 b. A=xgu’,6=- 1/4
exert is
C. A= xp", 8=3n/4 d. A= Xo,5=n/4
17. The fundamental frequency of a closed end pipe is
480 Hz. What is the fundamental frequency when
oe
; | length is filled with water?
a. 185N b.1885N ¢. 855N d. 1555 N \, }

10. Two rods P and Q of same length and same diameter a.120Hz 6. 240Hz~ c. BAD HZ d. 960 Hz
having thermal conductivity ratio 2:3 joined end to 18. The electric flux for Gaussian surface A that enclose
end. If temperature at one end of P is 100°C and at the charged particles in free space is
one end of Qis O°C, then temperature of interface is
(given, q, =-14nC, g. = 78.85nC,q, =—56 nC)
WL:LA_°_| q5
A

a. 60°C b. 70°C
c. 50°C d. 40°C
11. A square wire frame of size Lis dipped ina liquid. On
taking out, a membrane is formed. If the surface
tension of liquid is T, force acting on the frame will be a. 10° CN? b.10° Nez Co
a. 2TL b. ATL ce. BTL d. 10TL ¢. 6.32 «10° Nor Cc! d. 6.32 «10° CN 'm*
1220 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

19. A sphere of 4 cm radius is suspended with in a hollow 25. The oscillating frequency of a cyclotron is 10 MHz. If
sphere of 6 cm radius. The inner sphere is charged to the radius of its dees is 0.5 m, the kinetic energy of a
a potential of 3 esu. When the outer sphere is earthed, proton, which is accelerated by the cyclotron is
then the charge on the inner sphere is a. 10.2 MeV b. 2.55 MeV
c. 20.4 MeV dg. 5.1 MeV
» Two particles A and B of masses my and mg
respectively and having the same charge are moving
In a plane. A uniform magnetic field exists
perpendicular to this plane. The speeds of particles
are V, and Vg respectively and the trajectories are as
shown in figure, then
a. 54 esu 6.0.25 esu oc. 30 esu d. 36 esu

ee
. Six identical capacitors are joined in parallel, charged

8 ene
to a potential difference of 10 V, separated and then

ee
see
connected in series, i.e. the positive plate of one is

see
connected to negative plate of other, Then, potential
difference between free plates is
a. 10V b. 30V c. 60V a. Oy a. V4 < MMe
b. MV 4 > My,
21. Kirchhoft's first law (=i =0) and second law (SiR =ZE),
Cc. Mg < My ANd Vy < Vg
where symbols have their usual meanings, are
d. Mg =p and v4 =Vp
respectively on
a. conservation of charge, conservation of energy 27. A magnetic needle suspended by a silk thread is
b. conservation of charge, conservation of momentum vibrating in the earth's magnetic field. If the
c. conservation of energy, conservation of charge temperature of the needle is increased by 500° C, then
d. conservation of momentum, conservation of energy a. the time period decreases
. In the given figure, find the resistance between A and b. tha time period remains unchanged
B. Both the circle and the diameter are made of c. the time period increases
uniform wire of resistance 1x 10 70/m. The length AB d. the needle stops vibrating
is 2m. . Acircular disc of radius 0.2 m is placed in a uniform
magnetic field of induction ( “| Wb/m? in such a way
that its axis makes an angle of 60° with B . The
magnetic flux linked with the disc is
a. 210-40 a. 0.01 Wb b. 0.02 Wb
3 c. 0.06 Wb d. 0.08 Wb
b.2n«1070 . A wire of length 50 cm moves with velocity of
6.14.56 «107° 300 m/min perpendicular to a magnetic field. If the
a. 0.88x10%O emf induced in the wire is 2V, magnitude of field in
tesla Is
. The resistance of series combination of 2 resistors is
a.2 b.5
S. When they are joined in parallel, the total
c.0.4 4.0.8
resistance is P. If S=nP, then minimum possible
value of nis . In an LCA series AC circuit, the voltage across each
a.4 b.3 of the components L,C and A is 50 V. The voltage
c.2 d.4 across LC combination will be
24, Find A, if power dissipated in the circuitis 150 W. a. 50V b.50/2V¢. 100V d.0V
20 31. The refractive index of air is 1.0003. The thickness of
A air column which has one more wavelength of yellow
light (A=600nm), then the same thickness of
15V
vacuum is
a. 20 b. 62 a. 0.02 mm b. 0.2mm
c.70 d.59 c.2mm d,2cm
 PRACTICE SET 3 1221
. In an interference experiment, third bright fringe is 37. The radioactivity of a sample is A, at time t, and A, at
obtained at a point on the screen with a light of 700 nm.
time f. If the mean life of the specimen isT, then the
What should be the wavelength of the light source in
number of atoms that have disintegrated in the time
order to obtain 5th bright fringe at the same point ?
interval of (fp —4)is
a.420nm 6.750nm ¢.630nm 4. 500nm
. Two coherent light beams of intensity / and 4/ are
a. (A, - A,) a AA)
superposed. The maximum and minimum possible c. (A, — A,)T d. (Ait, — Aj)
intensities in the resulting beam are
38. The radioactive isotope X with a half-life of 10° year
a.Sland3/ b.9/and/ c.9fanda d.5land/
decays to Y which is stable. A sample of rocks was
+ Two convex lenses of focal lengths 0.3 m and 0.05 m found to contain both the elements X and Y in the ratio
are used to make a telescope. Distance kept between 1: 7. What is the age of the rocks ?
the two in order to obtain image at infinity is a. 2 «10° yr b.3 «10% yr
a.0.25m b. 0.3 m c. 0.35 m d. 0.20 m c. 6 = 10° yr d.7 «10° yr
. The number of photons of wavelength 660 nm emitted
per second by an electric bulb of 60 W is 39. A common emitter amplifier has a voltage gain of 50,
(Take, 6.6 » 10 Js) an input impedance of 1009 and an output
impedance of 200. The power gain of the amplifier is
a.2 «107 b.2x10% a. 500 b. 1000
c.3 «107 1.510 c. 1250 d. 100
When aha decays in a series by emission of 40. A 600 W carrier is modulated to a depth of 75% by a
3a-particles and one fi-particle, isotopeX formed as 400 Hz sine wave. Find the total power of antenna.
aX ob X71 gg , go X73 a. 769W b. 796 W c. 679W d. 637.5 W

PART II
Chemistry
41. Choose the correct statement from the following reaction. 44. A binary solid (A°8” ) has a zinc blende structure with
cl 8° \ons constituting the lattice and A* ions occupying
C+ sle.NaOH Hxc* ag, NaOH | ps
25% tetrahedral holes, then the formula of solid is
A a. AB b. A,B c. AB, d. AB,
a. Bis obtained by elimination reaction 45. Which of the following reactions will not give propane?
b. Bis an isomer of ethyl methyl ether, while C is the
cl
dehydrated compound of 8
c. C is obtained by substitution reaction
d. The molecular formula of Bis CyHy and that of
B,H,, ether PH
a. HC GH,COOH” b, H,C cH, =".
CisC,H,O 0 c1 Ma, ether
. An inorganic halide P reacts with water to form two CH, Mg x d.H.C H,0
acids Q and A, P also reacts with NaOH to form two c.H.C” CH3 HG —
salts S and T which remain in solution. The solution
gives white precipitate with both AgNO, and BaCl, 46. The molecular formula of certain compound has
solutions respectively. P isa useful reagent. What is P X4O,-1f 10 g of X,O, has 5.72 g X, then the atomic
in the reaction? mass of X is
a. AgCl b. NaCl c.S0,Cl, dd. HCl a. 42 b. 30
c. 24 d. 32
The vapour density of completely dissociated NH,Cl
47. 3.15 g oxalic acid [(COOH)..x HO] was dissolved to
would be
a. half of that of ammonium chloride make 500 mL solution. On titration, 33.36 mL of this
solution were neutralised by 50 mL N/15 NaOH. The
b. double that of ammonium chloride
c. slightly less than half of that of ammonium chloride value ofx will be
d. determined by the amount of solid ammonium a.3 b.2
chloride used c.1 d.4
12 22 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

48. Which of the following represent the given mode of 56. Toluene is nitrated and the resulting product is
hybridisation sp-sp-sp* sp* from right to reduced with tin and HCl. The product so obtained is
a. H,C=CH—C==CH diazotised and then heated with cuprous bromide. The
b, H,C=C=C—CH, final product is
c. CH, a. mixture of o-and p-dibromobenzene
07 ~~ 6, mixture of o-and p-bromotoluene
c. mixture of o-and p-bromoaniline
d. HC=C—CH,—C=CH
d. mixture of o-and m-bromotoluene
49 Which of the following statements is incorrect? 57. In which of the following compounds, the size of cation
a. The degree of dissociation of a weak electrolyte and anion ratio is minimum?
decreases as its concentration decreases a. Lil b. LIF
b. The freezing point of water is depressed by the c. CsF d. Csi
addition of glucose
c. If two liquids that form an ideal solution, are . Which of the following is not an antipyretic drug?
mixed, the change in entropy is positive a. Paracetamol b. Aspirin
d. Energy is released when a substance dissolves in c. Phenacetin d. Marijuane
water provided that the hydration energy of the
59. Which of the following represent the heat of formation
substance is more than its lattice energy
of CO,(g)?
The hardness of water sample which contains
a. CO (g) + 502 (9) —» CO, (g)
0.001 mole of MgSO, dissolved per litre of water, is
a. 150 ppm
c. 120 ppm
b. 100 ppm
d. 180 ppm
b. Cy (I) + 72 Op (g) —+ 6 CO, (g) + 3H,0(/)
c. C (graphite) + 0: (g) —+ CO, (g)
51. Density of a gas is found to be 5.46 g/dm® at 27°C
and 2 bar pressure. At STP, its density will be
d. CH, (g)+ 20, (9) —» CO, (g)+ 2H,0(/)
a. 39/ cm? b. 0.3g/dm - Which of the following factors is of no significance for
c. 3g/dm* d. 4g/dnt" roasting sulphide ores to the oxides and not
subjecting the sulphide ores to carbon reduction
On the basis of intermolecular forces, predict the correct directly?
decreasing order of boiling points of the compounds. a. Metal sulphides are thermodynamically more stable
a. CH,OH> H.> CH, b. CH,OH> CH, > He than CS,
c. CH, > CH,OH> H, d. H, > CH, > CH,OH b. Metal sulphides are less stable than the
corresponding oxides
Which of the following options does not have isoelectronic c. CO, is more volatile than CS,
species? @. CO, is thermodynamically more stable than CS,
a. CN”, Nj, C2 b. SO2-, COR, NO;
¢. BO}, CO}, NO; d. PO}, SO2, CIO; 61. The reaction of acetaldehyde with excess of ethanol in
the presence of H,SO, gives the product
Actinoids exhibit more number of oxidation states than a. CH,CH(OC,H.).
z

lanthanoids. The main reason for this is b, CH,CH(OH)s

a. more active nature of the actinoids c. Ketal
b, more energy difference between 5f and 6c-orbitals d. C,H,OCH, CH,OC,H,
than between 4f and 5d-orbitals
c. lesser energy difference between 5f and 6¢-orbitals . When mercuric iodide is added to the aqueous
than thal between 4/ and 5q-orbitals solution of Kl, the
d. greater metallic character of the lanthanoids than that a. freezing point is raised
of the corresponding actinoids b. freezing point does not change
Among the elements Li, K, Ca, S and Kr, which one is c. freezing point is lowered
expected to have the lowest first ionisation enthalpy d. boiling point does not change
and which have the highest first ionisation enthalpy? KMnO, oxidises NO; to NO; in basic medium, the
The increasing order of first ionisation enthalpy of the
number of moles of NO; oxidised by 1 mole of KMnO, is
elements Li, K, Ca, S and Kr, is
wo |r| oo

a. Lic Ke CGa<S
<Kr a. b2
b. K<Li<Ca<S<Kr
ce. Kr<Ca<S<Lli<K c. d. None of these
d. Ca<Li< S<K<Kr
 PRACTICE SET 3 1223
64. The correct decreasing order of reactivity of the 72. The hydrogen electrode is dipped in a solution of
following alkenes, is pH=3 at 25°C. The potential of the cell would be
|. 2-butene Il. 2-methyl-2-butene {the value of 250 T = 0.059 |
Ill, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene IV. elhane
a.lil>leN>IV b.IV > t> I> Ill a. -0.732V b. 0.059 V
c.IVeil> I> Ill d.|>Ill>IV
>Il c.-O177V d.- 0.059 V

- The equilibrium constant for the reaction given below 73. During the test of nitrogen by Lassaigne’s method, the
is 2.0 x 10’ at 300K. Prussian blue colour is obtained due to the formation of
PCI3(g) == PCl(g) + Cla(g) a. Fe,[Fe (CN),] b. Na,[Fe (CN),]
The standard entropy change, if AH°= 28.40 kJmot' c. Fe, [Fe (CN),], d. Fe.[Fe (CN)g],
is 74. On the excess addition of NaoH solution to a solution
a. 33.6 JK“ b.- 33.6 JK" of ZnCl. produces
¢.412JK" d.—41.2JK" a. Na,ZnO, b. Zn(OH),
c. ZnO d. None
. The compound obtained when copper nitrate is
strongly heated, is 75. Which of the following is a 3° amine?
a. copper b. copper nitride a. Allyl amine
c. copper nitrite d. copper oxide b, Propan-2-amine
c. N,N-diethyl butan-1-amine
67. If the half-life of a first order reaction is 60 min, then d. N-methyl ethanamine
how long will it take to consume 90% of the reactant?
76. The geometry of XeF, is
a.250min b.200min c180min ad. 300min
a. square planar b. tetrahedral
68. The decreasing order of stability of the following c. trigonal d. trigonal bipyramidal
compound is
77 The vapour density of a mixture containing NO, and
CH, CH, CH, CH, N.O, is 38.3 at 27°C. In 100 g mixture, the mole of
NO, is
a. 0,921 b. 0.437
c. 0,812 d. 0.617
78. The chief ores of Sn, Fe, Al and Ag and methods for
2CH NO, CH, NH, the purification of their ores respectively are given
(i) (ti) (IN) (IV) below. Choose the incorrect match from the following.
a. Sn-Cassiterite-Gravity separation
a.IWV>l> Il >I b.ll>Ill>l>IV
b. Fe-Haematite-Magnetic separation
e.1Velil>!>1l d.\lIl> Vell
c. Al-Bauxite-Leaching
. Which of the following yield alkanes, alkenes and d. Ag-Cinnabar-Thermal decomposition
alkynes? . Which of the following reactions is non-spontaneous?
a. Kolbe’s reaction a. NO, + CH,COOH—> CH,COO + HNO,
6b. Wurtz reaction
(in aqueous medium)
c. Sandmeyer's reaction
d. Williamson's synthesis b. HCl + CH,COOH —+ CH,COOH, + CI
(in non-aqueous medium)
. Sodium aluminium silicate (zeolite) is used for
softening of hard water. This causes
c. HNO, + CH,COO” —+ CH,COOH+ NO;
{in aqueous medium)
a. adsorption of Ca* and Mg” ions of hard water d. HF + HC} —-+ H;Cl+ F (in non-aqueous medium)
replacing Al> ions
b. adsorption of Ca** and Mg** ions of hard water Choose the correct answer from the following.
replacing Na* ions a. Ni(PPh,), Cl, has tetrahedral geometry with
c. Both (a) and (b) are true magnetic moment 2.82 M
d. None of the above is true b.(FeCl,}* is an inner orbital complex with zero
magnetic moment
. The molar conductivity for 0.01M acetic acid is 3.9075 c. The magnetic moment of [Fe(CN),|* is zero
cm* mol” and at infinite dilution, it is 390.7, the pH of
d. Wavelength of absorption in the visible region for
the solution is
a.2 6.3 c6 d.4
[Ni(H.O)_}**
1224 SELF STubY GUIDE BITSAT

Part III
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81 to 84) Spot the error in the 88. P : was suspended
following sentences and indicate your answer. Q: the officer being corrupt
81. It is a pity (a)/ that even five years old boys (b)/ are R : before his dismissal
engaged in hazardous factories. (c)/ No error (d) S$: from serivce

82. | gave him(a)/ two hundred rupees notes (b)/ for

The proper sequence should be
a. QPSA b. OPRS
depositing. (c)/ No error (d)
c. RSQP d. RSQP
83. It is not my business (a)/ to give an advice to those
Directions (Q. Nos. 89 to 92) Find the synonym of the
(b)/ who are not sensible enough to deal with their
word written in capital letters in the given sentences.
own problems. (c)/ No error (d)
89. EXAGGERATION of facts would always lead to
84. | don't think(a)/ it is your house, (b)/ it is someboy's confusion
else. (c)/ No error (d)
a. Simplification b. Negation
Directions (Q. Nos. 85 to 88) Rearrange the jumbled c. Emancipation d. Amplification
parts of the sentence and then indicate the correct option.
90. After his father’s death,he became INSOLVENT.
85. P: itis apity that a. Rich b. Poor
Q: by offering a handsome dowry c. Bankrupt d. Nonchalant
R:a number of parents think that 91. He INDUCES human beings to want things they don't
§: they will able to ensure the happiness of their want.
daughters.
a. Influences b. Dictates
The proper sequence should be c. Persuades d. Appreciates
a. SQRP b. PRSQ c. PSRO d. PROS
92. His information is not AUTHENTIC.
86. The common man a. Real b. Reliable c. Believable ¢. Genuine
P : in nuturing
Directions (Q. Nos. 93 to 95) Find the antonym of the
Q: a more active role
word written in the capital letters.
R: communal harmony
S : should play 93. He finally CONCEDED that he was involved in
The proper sequence should be smuggling
a. Admitted b. Accepted c. Denied d. Concealed
a. PRSO b. SOPR c. SORP d. PROS
87. The doctor 94. The accused emphatically DENIED the charge in the
court.
P : able to find out
Q: what had caused a. Accepted b. Agreed
c. Asserted d. Affirmed
R : the food poisoning
S : had not been 95. The cloth is COARSE of touch.
The proper sequence should be a. Delicate b, Rough c. Painful d. Harsh
a. SPRO b. PROS c. PRSO d. SPOR

b. Logical Reasoning
96. ‘Doctor’ is related to ‘Patient’, in the same way 98. Which figure will best represent the relationship
‘Lawyer is related to amongst the three classes doctor, teacher, women ?
a. Customer
b, Criminal
c. Magistrate
d. Client
97. Find the odd one out.
a. 8-11 b. 1-4 c. 7-10 dg. 3-5
 PRACTICE SET 3 1225

99. Find the missing number. 102. In the question below, figure (X) is embedded in one of
the following. Then, find out the correct alternative.

a. 26 b. 36
ce. 32 @.117 (X)
100. Find the odd one out. raZ
I ZAANWA
CBICBIEDRB
a. b. c. d.
written as
a.

103. If LOFTY is coded as LPFUY,

b. c. d.

then DWARF will be

101. Count the number of squares in the following figure. a.DXASF b.DXBSG c.DXATF 4d. DWBSG
104. If the day before yesterday was Thursday, when will
Sunday be ?
a. Today b. Two days after today
c. Tomorrow d. Day after Tomorrow
105. Find the next term in the series 5, 16, 51, 158.
a. 1452 b. 483 c. 481 d. 1454

PART IV
Mathematics
x!
106. If the median of 25 observations is 45 and if the
observations greater than the median are increased
110. t f x= f(x) +C, then the value of | dx
x+ x4
by 4, then the median of the new data is
is
a. 49 b. Al c. 45 d. 40
a.logx -f(x)+C b. f(x) +logx + C
107. The differential equation of rectangular hyperbolas c. f(x) -—logx + C d. None of these
whose axes are asymptotes of the hyperbola
x -y? =a’ is 111. If f(x)=alog|x|+ bx? +x has its extremum values at
x=- and x =2, then
ayXax bxXa-y
a.a=2,b=-1

oxt ay d.xdy+ydx=C b.a=2b=-1V/2

c.a=-2,b=1/2
d. None of the above
It fix)=max | sinx,cosx, then the area of the
112. Let f(x)=tan-(g(x)}, where g(x) is monotonically
region bounded by the curves y =f(x), X-axis, Y-axis
increasing for 0 <x < 3 Then, f(x) is
andx = 2% is
3 a. increasing on (0, /2)
5x 43 5r
a. ¥2- 3 += b V2+ + b. decreasing on (0, 1/2)

c. increasing on (0, 7/4) and decreasing on|

e/a
Nia

0. 12+ a+ d. None of these \

d. None of these
109. The value
of f°"og2 *) ais 113. The equation sinx +x cos x =O has atleast one root in
the interval
a. [x] log 2 b aL a. (=n/2,0)
“jog2 b. (0, x)
¢ 1 bd d. None
of these e. (-1/2, n/2)
“2 log2
1226 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

d. None
of the above _|p:p-& 4 2) (2x° + Bx 4 + 4x” 3 + 5x" eye, 46
114. lf the tangent at (1, 1) on y?=x(2-x)* meets the 124. IA x? + 2x :
curve again at P, then P is
x, pez”
a.(4, 4) b.(-1,2)
c. (9/4, 3/8) d. None of these then the number of elements in the set A, is
a.2 b.3 c. 4 d.6
115. ify =|x —x*| then Y at x =1is
ax 125. i.f (21.4)" = (0.00214) = 100, then the value of 1-1
a.-1
a b
bo
c. Does not exist a.0 b.1 c2 a4
d. None of the above
126. If sin 6 + cos 0= sand 0<0<rn, then tané equals
116. If f(x) = |x = 2Jand (x)= A{f(x)}, then g'(x)for x > 20is
a. 1 b2 a. = b. 2 c. : d.
| d. None these
117. if a and Bare the roots of the equation ax* + bx + c=0 127. lt a,b,c are the sides of AABC, right angled at C, then
r 2
then lim (1+ ax® + bx + ¢)"*"" is the minimum value ot ove is
Xo
a b
a. efle it b. gtlll —)
a.0 b4 G6 dé
ec. d. None
of these
128. The equation sin’ x - 2cos*x + a? =0 can be solved, if
118. ff f(x)=ax?+bx+e — satisfies the — identity
a.-J/3<a<./3 b. —/2
<a <./2
f(x + 1) —f(x)=8x + 3 for allx = A. Then,
(a, 5) equals
c-1lsas1 d. None
of these
a. (2, 1) b. (4, =1)
c. (-1,4) d.(-1,1) 129. Complete solution set of [cot™'x] + 2[tan”' x] =0,
119. The number of times a die must be tossed to obtain a where [] denotes the greatest integer function, Is
equal to
6 atleast once with probability exceeding 0.9 is atleast
a.13 6.19
a.(0,cot1) 6. (0, tan4) c. (tan 1) d. (cot, tan)
c. 25 d. None of these 130. In AABC, base BC and area of triangle are fixed. The
120. For all =N, 3°" - 26" —1is divisible by locus of the centroid of AABC is a straight line that is
a. parallel to side BC
a. 24 b. 64
b. right bisector of side BC
c.17 d. 676 c. right angle of BC
121. Ix =5 and y =~ 2, thenx —-2y =9. The contrapositive d. inclined at an angle sin”'(/A/BC) to side BC
of this proposition is
131. A triangle is formed by the lines x + y=0,x-y=0
a. ifx —2y #9, thenx «5ory #-2
and Ix + my =1 If / and m vary subject to the condition
b. if — 2y =9, thenx +5 andy #2
f° + m® =1, then the locus of its circumcentre is
c. x —2y =9 it and only ifx =5and y =-2 a. (x? -y?)? =x? + b. (x? + yy? =x? - y?
d. None of the above ox? 4 y® = ay2y? oh. (x? — y2y2 = (x? 4 yy?
122. The inverse of the function f:R-—»A given by
132. if the pairs of lines x*+2xy+ay*=0 and
f(x) =log, (x + yx? + 1); (a >0,a
#1, is
ax® 4 2xy + y*® = 0 have exactly one line in common,
1 1
a.—(a"+a™~
3! ) b. —(a*
3! -a* ) then the joint equation of the other two lines is given
by
d. Not defined a. 3x" + axy
- 3y? =0 b. 3x" + 10xy + 3y* =0
2\a* -a™*
c.y? + 2xy -3x* =0 d. x? + 2xy - 3y? =0
123. The relation A defined on the set A={1 2,3, 4,5} by 133. If the line xcos@+ y sin@=2 Is the equation of a
R={(a,b):|a® - b*|
< 16) is given by transverse common tangent to the circles x* + y* =4
a. {(1, 1), (2, 1), (3, 1), (4, 1), (2, 3)} and x? + y? -6./3x —6y + 20=0, then the value of 0
b, ((2, 2), (3,2), (4, 2), (2, 4)} is
c. {(3, 3), (4, 3), (5, 4), (3, 4)} a.5n/6 b. 2n/3 c. n/3 d. 2/6
d. None of the above
 PRACTICE SET 3 1227

134. If the parabola y =ax* -6x + b passes through (0, 2) 143. in the quadratic equation ax* + bx +c, if A=b* - 4ac
and has its tangent at x = 3/2 parallel to X-axis, then and a +f, a7 +(?,a° +p° are in GP, where a,fi are
a.a=2,b=- b.a=2,b=2 the roots of ax* + bx + ¢ =0, then
¢.a=-2b=2 d.a=-2,b=-3 4.Az0 Db. bA=0
135. An ellipse is sliding along the coordinate axes. If the e.cA=0 d.\=0
foci of the ellipse are (1, 1) and (3, 3), then the area of
the director circle of the ellipse (in sq units) is 144. Let z=x+/y be a complex number, where x and y
a.2n b. 4n c. Gn d. Bn are integers, Then, the area of the rectangle whose
ey? vertices are the roots of the equation Zz° + z?° = 350,
136. A normal to the hyperbola a TT has equal is
a. 48 sq units
intercepts on the positive X-axis and Y-axis. If this
b. 32 sq units
normal touches the ellipse x 4 FO
be <4 then a? + b? is c. 40 sq units
a d. 80 sq units
equal to
145. The largest Interval for which x'? —x°+x«* -x +1>0,
a.5 b. 25
c. 16 d. None of these is
a -4ex<0 bO0<x<1
137. India plays two matches each with West Indies and
ec. -100<x <100 d.-w<x<m
Australia. In any match, the probabilities of India
getting points 0, 1 and 2 are 0.45, 0.05 and 0.50, 146. The set of all real numbers x for which
respectively. Assuming that the outcomes are x? -|x + 2|4+x>0,is
independent, the probability of India getting atleast
7 points is
a. (— 2,
— 2)
a. 0.8750 b. 0.0875 ec. 0.0625 d. 0.0250 b. (- 9, - V2) U( V2, »)

138. The number of 3x 3 matrices A whose entries are

c. (- 2, - Nl)
x 1
d. (2,0)
either or 1 and for which the system A| y |=/0| has 147. Let ab, c be three vectors of magnitude V3, 1,2 such

Zz 0 thata= (ax c)+ 3b=0. If Gis the angle betweena and

¢, then cos" 6 is equal to
exactly two distinct solutions, Is
a.0 b.2°-1 a. $ b. i
4 2
c. 168 d.2 c. - d. None these
139. A determinant is chosen at random from the set of all
determinants of order 2 with elaments 0 or 1 only. 148. lf resolved part of vector a along the vector b is a, and
What is the probability that the value of determinant that perpendicular to bis ay, then a, » a, is equal to
chosen is positive?
a. 3/16 b. 3/6 a, (axb)b (axb)a
c. 13/16 d. 5/16 [bi jal?
140. The coefficient of #24 in (1+ t7)'2(14 ¢'7) (14 F4)is ce (a-b)(b~ a) (a-b)(b x a)
a.*0,+3 b. "0, +1 “I bF |bxal
c. "Cy d. "°C, +2 149. The graph of the equation x*+ y*=0 in the three
141. How many different nine-digit numbers can be formed dimensional space, |s
from the number 223355888 by rearranging its digits a. X-axis b. Y-axis
so that the odd digits occupy even positions? c, Z-axis d. xy-plane
a. 16 b. 36
c. 60 d. 180 150. it the straight lines X—1-¥-2_2-3
k 2 3
ang
142. lf a,b,¢,d are positive real numbers such that x-2_y~-3_2-1 intersect at a point, then integer k
a+b+c+d=2, then M =(a + b)(c +d) satisfies the 3 k 2
relation is equal to
a.O<Me<1 boiscM<2 a2 b.-2
e2<6<M<3 a3<M<4 e-5 d,
Answers
Physics
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (6) 5, (b) 6. (0) 7. (b) 8. (3) 9. (b) 10. (cd)
41. (ce) 12. (¢) 13, (c) 14, (c) 15, (c) 16, (c) 17. (¢) 18, (b) 19, (d) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24, (b) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (0)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 3%, (c) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (¢) 36, (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)

Chemistry
41. (b) 42, (c) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (3) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49, (0) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54, (c) 55, (b) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (qd) 59. (c) 60. (a)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64, (b) 65. (b) 66. (d) 67. (b) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (a) 72. (c) 73. (c) 74, (a) 75. (©) 76. (a) 77. (b) 78. (d) 79, (a) 80. (c)
English Proficiency
Bt. (b) 82. (b) 83. (b) 84. (c) 85. (b) 86. (b) 87. (9) 88. (a) 89. (0) 90. (c)
91. (c) 92. (3) 93. (c) 94. (a) 95. (a)
Logical Reasoning
96. (a) 97. (0) 98. (d) 99. (b) 100.) 101. (b) 102. (¢) ~—-103. (a) 104. (c) 105. (c)
Mathematics
106. (c) 107. (b) 108, (b) 109. (b) 110. (a) 111, (b) 112. (a) 113, (b) 114. (c) 115, (c)
116. (a) 117. (a) 118. (b) 119. (a) 120. (d) 121. (a) 122. (b) 123. (d) 124. (c) 125. (c)
126. (a) 127. (d) 128, (b) 129. (d) 130. (a) 131. (a) 132. (b) 133. (0) 134. (b) 135. (4)
136. (a) 137. (b) 138. (a) 139. (a) 140. (d) 141, (c) 142. (a) 143, (c) 144, (2) 145. (d)
146. (b) 147. (a) 148. (¢) 149. (¢) 150. (c)
Practice Set 4
BITSAT
Instructions
There are 150 questions in all, The number of questions In each partis as follows Subject No. of Questions
Partl Physics 1-40
Part ll Chemistry 41-80
Part Ill (a) Enalish Proficiency 81-95
(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one is correct
Each correct answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark

PART I
Physics
1. The coordinates of a moving particle at any time ft are 4. A mass m is attached to the end of a rod of length /.
given by x =at* and y =pr*. The speed of the particle The mass goes along a vertical circular path with the
at time tis given by other end hinged at its centre. What should be the
minimum velocity of the mass at the bottom of the
a. Ju® + p* circle, so that the mass completes the circle?
b. ta? + p* a. 5 gi b. 2 9f
c.f Ja? + c. /3gi d, ,/4gi
)

d. 3 Ja? + i . The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination ¢ is

perfectly smooth, while the lower half is rough. A body
. lf power(P), surface tension (7) and Planck's constant
starting from rest at the top will again come to rest at
(h) are arranged so that the dimensions of time in their the bottom, if the coefficient of friction for the lower
dimensional formula are in ascending order, then half is
which of the following is correct ? a. 2cosé b.2 sing
a.P,T,h b. PLAT
c.2 tang d. tanb
cT,P.h d.T,h,P
. A tennis ball of mass m is floating in air by a jet of
3. Agirl runs at a speed of 4 m/s to overtake a standing water emerging out of a nozzle. If the water strikes the
bus. When she Is 6m behind the door at f= 0, the bus tennis ball with a speedv and just after collision water
moves forward and continues this with an acceleration falls dead, the rate of mass flow of water in the nozzle
of 1.2ms~*. The girl reaches the door in time ¢, then is equal to
a.4f=64 068 b.121 =4t
a, 7V b, 7 ¢ 2M == g, 2mv
c. 4° =1.2t d.644t=02f v v g
1230 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

7. Which of the following is not an example of perfectly 14. A Camot's engine operates with source at 127°C and
inelastic collision? sink at 27°C, If the source supplies 40 kJ of heat
a. A bullet fired into a block, if bullet gets embedded in energy, the work done by the energy is
block a@tkJ b.4 ks
b. Capture of an electron by an atom © 10kJ @. 30kJ
c. A man jumping onto a moving boat
d. A ball bearing striking another ball bearing 15. The mass of 1 mole of air is 29= 10° * kg, then the
speed of sound in air at standard temperature and
. Consider a uniform square plate of side a and mass m. pressure is
The moment of inertia of this plate about an axis
perpendicular to its plane and passing through one of
a. 332.5ms"' b. 300 ms"'
its comers is c. 280 ms" d, 250 ms"!
5 na? ma 16. The
ro

a. —ma equation of wave on a string of linear mass

nN

b. c , nh
n

2 12 12 3 density 0.04 kg/m? is given by

A bimetallic strip consists of metal X and Y. It is t x
mounted rigidly at the base as shown in figure. y =0.02(m) sin ( doe) 050m) ]
Metal X has higher coefficient of expansion as
compared to metal Y. When the bimetallic strip is The tension in the string is
placed in a cold bath @.6.25N b.4.0N
c.125N d.0.5N
17. Two bodies M and N of equal to masses are
suspended from two separate massless springs
of spring constants k, and k;, respectively. If the
two bodies oscillate vertically such that their
maximum velocities are equal, the ratio of the
amplitude of vibration of M to that of Nis
a. it will bend towards left @. KyKs DB. ko /ky
b. it will bend towards right c. kK, do. k/k,
c. it will neither bend nor shrink
a. it will not bend but shrink 18. Two identical capacitors, have the same
capacitance C. One of them is charged to potential
10. The excess pressure inside one soap bubble is V, and the other to V2. The negative end of the
3 times that inside a second bubble, then the ratio of
capacitors are connected together. When the
their surface area is
positive ends are also connected, the decrease in
a9: b.1:27 e1:3 d.1:9 the energy of the combined system is
11. Two equal drops are falling through air with terminal
velocity 5 cm/s. If the drop gets combines, the new
a. 1 c(v -v2) b. LC(ve + v8)
terminal velocity will be
a.5«2cms b.5«4cnv/s
cL o(y—vei d. 0M +My
c.5 «(4)"* cm/s d.5 »(4)"? cm/s 19. A parallel plate capacitor has its capacitance of
100 pF, when the plates of the capacitor are
12. A wire of length L and cross-sectional area Ais made
separated by a distance of ft. Then, a metallic foil of
of a material of Young's modulus Y. If the wire is thickness t/3 is introduced between the plates. The
streched by the amount x, the work done is Capacitance will then become
a. = x? b. YAy2 a.100 pF b. 150 pF
200 100
YAL AL c. —3 pl pF d. | —3 pi pF
Coe ay
x? 2x"
Two charges, each equal to gq, are kept at x ——a and
13. A lead bullet of initial temperature 27°C and speed
x=+a on X-axis. A particle of mass m and charge
v km/hpenetrates into a solid object and melts. If 50%
of the kinetic energy is used to heat it, the value ofv in FQ -¢ is placed at the origin. If charge qy is given a
km/h Is (for lead, melting point =600 K, latent heat of
small displacement (y <<a) along Y-axis, the net
fusion = 2.5 x 10* J/kg and specific heat = 125 J/kg K) force acting on the particle is proportional to
@. 1000 6. 1800
c. 3600 d. 1200 ay b.-y
1
c= d.- =
¥ y
 PRACTICE SET 4 1231
at. An electric cell of emf£ is connected across a copper 28. A cylindrical magnet has a length of 5 cm and a
wire of diameter d and length /. The drift velocity of diameter of 1 cm. It has a uniform magnetisation of
electrons in the wire is v,. If the length of the wire is 5.30» 10° A/m®. What is its magnetic dipole moment ?
changed to 2/, the new drift velocity of electrons in the a.1x10°7 J/T b, 2.08 x10°* J/T
copper wire will be
c. 3.08 «10°? J/T d. 1.52 «10-* J/T
a. Vy b. Quy
ce,
v, v,
d, -2
A coil of wire of certain radius has 600 turns and a
2 4 self-inductance of 108 mH. The self-inductance of a
second similar coil of 500 turns will be
. The resistance of a wire is 5 Q at 50°C and 6 at
a.74 mH b. 75mH c. 76 mH d. 77 mH
100°C, the resistance of the wire at 0°C will be
a.4Q b30 Two inductors L, and L, are connected in parallel and
e290 0.10 a time varying current flows as shown in figure. The
ratio of currents /, :/, at any time fis
An electric current is passed through a circuit
containing two wires of same material connected in
parallell. If the lengths and radii of the wires are in the
ratio of 3 and z then the ratio of the currents passing

through the wire will be 2 2

a a d. —
a.3 b.
(4+) (4+)
wl

c. 8 d.
31. The intensity at a point where the path difference is = (
hol]

9
24. A battery of 10V and internal resistance 0.5 is = wavelength of light) is /. If J, is the maximum
connected in parallel with a battery of 12V and intensity, then ///, is equal to
internal resistance 0.8 ©. The terminals are connected V3 1 3 1
2 b. > c a d. BR
by an external resistance of 202. The current flowing
through the 200 resistance is
a.0.75A b.1.74A lf a thin prism of glass is dipped into water, then
c.0.53 A g121A minimum deviation (w.r.t. air) of light produced by
prism will be [(?, =3/2) and("p, =4/3)]
A magnetic field of (4x 10°? k)T exerts a force of
(41 + 3j)«10°'N on a particle having charge of a,—
2
! b+4 2 d+5
1x 10° °C and moving in xy-plane. Find the velocity of
. A ray of light passes from vacuum into a medium of
the particle. refractive index yp, the angle of incidence is found to
a.(751+ 100j)ms"! be twice the angle of refraction.
b.(75 1-100 j) ms"! Then, angle of incidence is
c.(~ 75 i+ 100 ])ms"' a. cos*| E b. sin” (u)
d.(-75 1-100 j)ms"'
. A voltmeter has resistance G ohm and range of V ce. sin”! | e) d.2cos {E)
volt. The value of resistance used in series to convert
into a voltmeter of range nV volt is For an optical arrangement shown in figure. Find the
a.nG b.(n-1)G position of image.

a—
G |, ——
G
n n-1

27. The earth's magnetic field at a certain place has a

horizontal component of 0.3G and total strength
0.5 G. Find angle of dip.
stan
a.$=tan (5(4) etnnt(?(3)
b.8=tan
e.5=tan-'{>] d.8 =tan-'(2)
3 5
1232 © set stupy cue BITSAT

35. The energy flux of sunlight reaching the surface of the The effactive decay constant of the nuclide is 4, where
earth is 1.39 10° Wm *. If the average wavelength a=; +e bk =2 (2,44)
of sunlight is 550 nm, then the number of photons per etatyt 0.2 = Jia
square metre incident on the earth par second are
a. 2 «10 b. 3 = 10*"
39. A junction diode Is connected to a 10 V source and
c. 4 «1077 d.4~10'° 10° rheostat figure. The slope of load line on the
36. If radius of the *’Al,, nucleus is estimated to be characteristics curve of diode will be
3.6 fermi, then the radius of "®Te., nucleus will be Py.
et

nearly zi0'n
a. 5 fermi b. 4 fermi c. 8 fermi d. 6 fermi dh r
1

37. The binding energy of an electron in the ground state 10V

of He is equal to 24.6 eV. The energy required to
remove both the electrons is a0? Av"! b.10
7 av"!
a. 49.2 eV b. 24.6 eV c.10* AV"! aio5 av"!
c. 38.2 eV d. 79.0 eV
40. If minimum voltage in an AM wave was found to be 2V
38. A radioactive nucleus can decay simultaneously by and maximum voltage 10V. Find % modulation index.
two different processes which have decay constant 3, a. 80% b. 66.67% cc. 64.25% d. 76.25%
and is.

PART Il
Chemistry
41. For the reaction, 2A(g)+ Big) = 3C(g)+ Dig) 2 46. The compounds which are functional isomers from the
moles each of A and 8 were taken into a flask. The following, are
following must always be true when the system
attained equilibrium,
a.[A]<[8] 6.[A]=[B] © [B)=[C] [A]> [6] midi 0» Nhe ws ye
42. The pH at which an acid indicator with K, =1~ 10 .
changes colour when the indicator is 1» 10° ° M is OH Oo
c. and “~o” d. CN and ~~~
a.4 b.3 c.5 d.6
43. Which of the following reactions does not involve OH
oxidation-reduction? 47. At which of the following four conditions will the
1, 2Cs + 2H,O —+ 2CsOH +H, density of nitrogen be the largest?
i, 2Cul, —+ 2Cul+b a. 273K and 2 atm 6. 546 K and 1 atm
Il, NH,Br + KOH ——> KBr + NH, +H,O c. 546 K and 2 atm d. STP
IV. 4KCN+ Fe(CN); —> K,[Fe(CN),] CH,—CH—CH,—CH,
a. | and Il 6.1, Wl and IV 48. The IUPAC name of | | | is
c. | and Ill d. Illand Iv NH, CH, NH,
44, 1 LofN/2 HCI solution was heated in a beaker. When a. 3-methylbutane-1,4-diamine
the volume was reduced to 600 mL, 9.125 g of HCI b. 3-(aminomethy!) butanamine
was lost out. The new normality of solution is c. 2-(aminomethyl) butan-4-amine
approximately d. 2-methylbutane-1, 4-diamine
a. 0.2 6. 0.4 c. 0.8 od. 0.7 49. The vapour pressure of pure water at 25°C is 23 torr.
45. Which of the following is the strongest Bronsted acid? Then, the vapour pressure of 100 g of water to which
NH, NH, OH OH 100 g of C;H,.O, has been added, is

O00 «0
a.15.6 torr
b. 21.3 torr
c. 26.7 torr
a. 24.8 torr
 PRACTICE SET 4 1233
50. The correct order of magnetic moment (in BM) of the 56. The gold numbers of protective colloids A,B,C and D
following is are 0.04, 0.002, 10 and 25, respectively. The
a. [Fe(CN),)* ~ > ([MnCl,]?~ > [CoCl,]?- protective powers of A.8,C and D are in the order
b. [MnCl,]°~ > [Fe(CN),]*~ > [Coci,]*~ a.D>C>A>B bB>C>A>D
c.[MnCl,]?~ > [CoCl,]*~ > [Fe(CN),}*~ c.D>C>B8>A a.B>A>C>D
d. [Fe(CN)g}*~ > [CoCl,]?~ > [MnCi,}*- 57. Ammonia, manufactured by the Haber’s process is
51. What is the product of the following reaction? usually carried out at about 500°C. If a temperature of
about 250 °C was used instead of 500°C, then
+ 2CH,MgBr Deity!
U(i) HO" eet areduct a. no ammonia would be formed at all
5 b. the percentage
of ammonia In the equilibrium mixture
oO would be too low
c. a catalyst would be of no use at all at this
a CH:OCH,CH,CH.CH: CHCH temperature
d. the rate of formation of ammonia would be too slow
OH
CH; 58. The edge langth of a body-centred cubic unit cell is
| 390 pm. If the radius of the cation is 150 pm, then, the
b. HOCH:CH:CH:CHs—°—OH radius of the anion is
a. 180.3 pm 6. 187.7 pm
CH, c. 193.4 pm d. 162.4 pm
c. HO—CHCH, CH.CH.G HOH
59. For the reaction 2NO, ——> 2NO+ On,
CH, CH, activation energy is 110 kJ/mol. At 400°C, the rate
d. HOCH,CH,CH,CH, CHOCH, constant is 7.8 mol-' Ls~'. The value of rate constant
at 430°C is
CH, a. 16 mol-' Ls~' b.18 mol! Ls"
52. Which of the following alkyl! halide undergo ¢.13mol'Ls! @.19mol'Ls'

“ .o
rearrangement in Sy Ireaction?
60. Choose the correct statement from the following.
Cl a. Both CH, land CF, | reacts with Na* [Mn(CO),]- and
forms I* [Mn(CO),]
CH, b. Both CH;
! and CF, | reacts with Na~ [Mn(CO),]" and
i" for [CH,]* [Mn(CO),]-
c. CH, lreacts with Na* [Mn(CO),]) forms
c. Cy G—GH —CH, d. Allof these
[GH,]* [Mn(CO),} while CF,lforms I [Mn(CO);]
CH, | d. CH, I reacts with Na* [Mn(CO),)- forms
I” [Mn(CO)s]” while CF, | forms [(CF,]° [Mn(CO);)
53. The ionic equivalent conductivity of C,02-,K* and
Na* ions are x,y,z Som" eq’! respectively. Then, 61.610" atoms of an element weigh 200 g. If this
element form hamodiatomic gas, then the molar mass
N° qq of (NaOOC— COOK) is of gas is
axeysez b.x 442 4.30 b. 40
z 2 c. 20 dg. 45
c. -+—¥ 2 d. y
Se 2z
X+5+3 K+ 2
62. The correct decreasing order of the following towards
nucleophilic addition reaction is

Slomoule
54. The decreasing order of basic character of the
transition metal monoxides is CHO CHO CHO CHO
a. VO>CrO> TiO> FeO b. TIO> FeO> VO> Cro
c.CrO> VO>FeO> TiO d. TIO> VO> CrO>
Fed
cl
55. At 25°C in the saturated solution of Ag,CrO,, if
concentration of Ag* ion is 1.0« 10 5 mol/L, then the Cl
solubility product of AgsCrO, at 25°C, is 1 ll tu Iv
a.5 «104 mo L? b.5 «10° moF LS a. IV > Ill> I> | b. i> I> IV>1
c.5 «10° mo L* @.5 «10° moF L3 c.1> I> Ill>IV d.l>IV > I> Il
1234 SELF sTuby GUIDE BITSAT

63. D-glucose and D-fructose can be differentiated by 71. The correct decreasing order of melting points of
a. Tollens reagent b. Benedict's test calcium halides is
c. Br,/H,O0 d, Febling’s solution a. CaF, > CaBr, > CaCl, > Cal,
64. MnO, is pink in colour, though Mn is in +7 oxidation b. CaF, > CaCl, > CaBr, > Cal,
state, It is due to c. CaCl, > CaBr, > Cal, > CaF,
a. colour given by oxygen to it d, CaBr, > CaF, > CaCl, > Cal,
b. charge transfer when oxygen gives its electron to Mn . The product(s) of the following reaction can be best
making it Mn (VI) coloured
described as
c. charge transfer when Mn gives its electron to oxygen
d. None of the above is correct
|
65. Which of the following will mot give Hofmann
bromamide reaction? | |
1 1
(*) a. b. Cc. d.
a. a single enantiomer
a. Ph—C—NH, b. CH, —C—NH— Br
b. a pair of diastereomers

c. CH; —C—NH,
r Tt
d. Ph—C—NH—Ph
c. a racemic mixture
d. an achiral molecule
When 1 mole of 1,2-dibromopropane is treated with
66. The first IP of lithium is 5.41 eV and electron gain x moles of NaNH, followed by ethyl bromide gives a
enthalpy of Cl is -3.61eV. AH in kJmot ' for the pentyne. The value of x is
reaction Li(g)+ Cl(g) ——> Li*(g)+ CI'(g), is a. one b. three
a. 173.7 J b. 173.7 kJ c. four d. six
c. 185.4) d. 185.4 kJ 74 Calculate AH, — AH, of the following two reactions:
67. Two longest wavelengths (in nanometre) in the Lyman (i) Propene + Hy ——+ Propane ; AH,
series of the hydrogen spectrum, are (i) Cyclopropane + H, ——» Propane ; AH,
a. 121.5 and 102.6 b, 201.5 and 202.6 a. 2BE,_ -BEcp_¢ b.2BE,_¢ - BE, _¢
c. 140.0 and 150 dg. 6 and0 c. BE,_¢ a.0
68. Two liquids A and 8 made up of same atoms and both 75 Choose the correct statement from the following.
are diamagnetic. A turns blue litmus to red but B does
.

a. CIF; |s linear but CIF; is V-shaped

not. Also
Starch 6. Both CIF, and CIF, are linear
A+ Ki+ H’ —=*“> Blue colour
c. Both CIF, and CIF; are V-shaped
B+Kl+ HH —S2_, No colour d. CIF5 Is linear but CIF; is V-shaped
The liquids A and 8 respectively are Excess of KI and dil. HSO, were mixed in 50 mL
a. H,0, HO, b. H,0,, HO H.O.. The Is liberated requires 20 mL of 0.1 N
c. NazSO,, Na.S30, d. Na,S.0,, Na,SO, Na,S,O,. The strength of H,O, in g/L is
69. Which of the following is not an aromatic compound? a. 0.42 g
b. 0.42 mg
« (o) (0) «(o) a \e/ c. 0.68 g
d. 0.68 mg
Light of wavelength 1. shines on a metal surface with
x

70. Consider the following reaction, intensity E, and the metal emits X electrons per
CHaMgl H30" second of average energy Y. What will happen to X
CH, —C=N Ets
> A => 8 and Y, if E is doubled?
a. X will be doubled and Y will become half
What is the major product 8? b, X will remain same andy will be doubled
Oo c. Both X and Y will be doubled
I d. X willbe doubled but ¥ will remain same
a. CH, —C—CH, b. CH, —CH, —NH—CH, In P,O,, the number of oxygen atoms bonded to each
N—H Oo P-atom is
| a. b.2
c. CH,—C —Ch, d. CH; —CH, —C—OH c.3 d.4
 PRACTICE SET 4 1235
79. The correct increasing order of acidic character of the 80. Which of the following contains greatest number of
following Is N-atoms?
o 9 a. 1.0 mole of NH,Cl
I b, 6.02 x 107? molecules of NO,
Ph—C—NH, NH PhNH3
c, 22.4 Lnitrogen gas at STP

I i oO t
d. 500 mL of 2.0 M NH,
alllel<Il Bll<l<Il alelleI a ile ie!

PART Ill
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81 to 84) Aead the passage and 86. P : she gave her old coat
then choose the most suitable option from the given ones. Q: toa begger
It was a very cold evening and so few people were seen out A: the one with the brown fur on it
on the streets. | did not go out myself although it was my S: shivering with cold
habit not to keep indoors after sunset. So, | closed all the The proper sequence should be
doors and windows of my room, took the book which had a. SQRP b, SPROQ
been lying opened on the table and tried to read it. The cold c. PROS d. PSOR
was getting so severe that | started shivering, so | wrapped
myself up with a bigger blanket. But | could not continue 87. S1: | last visited Kandy almost 10 years ago.
reading the book because | was nearly rendered incapable S6 : Set around low, forested hills. with the Mahavelli
of turning the pages. river flowing nearby, the landscape has an
81. The author's habit was to instance yet tranquil beauty.
a. read in the evening b. sleep in the evening P : The bomb blasts and ugly face of ethnic conflict
c. go out in the evening d. play in the evening have not robbed the place of its gracious pace
of life
82. If it was not so cold the author would have
Q: Theartificial lake, which dominates the landscape
a. liked to work
of the city, was built by its last king in 1806
b. liked to sit and look out to the streets
c. liked to read
A: Located in central Sri Lanka, at an elevation of
d. liked to have a stroll about 1600 ft, Kandy was the last Sinhala outpost
of autonomy, resisting both Protuguese and Dutch
83. The author could not continue reading the book rule before it succumbed to the British in 1818
because
S: Most famous for its Temple of the Tooth, a
a. he did not like to b. he was feeling tired golden pagoda, elegant and imperaturable city
c. he was feeling very cold d. the lights had gone off
The proper sequence should be
84. There were not many people outside because
a. RPQS b. SPRO c. OSPR d. PSQR
a. it was a rainy evening
b. it was a cold evening 88. S1:The status of women in our country is, on the
c. It was a dark evening whole, far frorn high.
d. there was heavy show outside $6 : Education can lift these moment out of the depths
of misery and ignorance into which they have sunk.
Directions (Q. Nos. 85 to 88) Rearrange the jumbled up
parts of the sentence and choose the appropriate option. P : But the plight of women in village is still miserable
Q: The educated women in cities enjoy equality with
85. With an unsteady hand
the men folk.
P ; on my desk
A: The moment for the freedom and rights of women
Q: from his pocket
has certainly been steadily gaining momentum
Ri: he took an envelope
S: Their education has been throughly neglected.
S : and threw it
The proper sequence should be The proper sequence should be
a. APQS b. RQPS c. SQPR d. SPQR
a. QRPS b. QRSP c. ROSP d. RQSP
1236 SELF STubY GUIDE BITSAT

Directions (Q. Nos. 89-92) In the sentences given 93. Five year ago today, |sitting
am in a small Japanese
below there is an error is one of the parts. Choose that part car driving across Poland toward Berlin.
as your answer. a. was sitting b. sat
89. She misplaced her spectacle (a)/ is now feeling (b)/ c. have been sitting d. No improvement
great difficulty in studying. (c)/ No error (d) 94. Sumit had told me that he hasn't done it yet.
90. Arabian Nights are (a)/a collection of (b)/ very a. told
interesting episodes of adventure. (c)/No error (d) b. tells
91. | hope to visit (a)/my uncle only next year (b)/during c. was telling
d. No improvement
summer vacations. (c)/No error (d)
92. Ration has run out (a)/and the District Magistrate (b)/ 95. The record for the biggest tiger hunt has not bean met
has been informed. (c)/No error (d) since 1911 when Lord Hardinge, then Viceroy of India,
shot a tiger measured 11 feet and 6 inches,
Directions (O. Nos. 93 to 95) The underlined part of the
a. improved b. broken
sentence may need an improvement. Choose the option that
suits the improvement in best way. c. bettered d. No improvement

b. Logical Reasoning
96. In aclass, boy stand in a single line. One of the boys in 102. Find out which of the answer figures (a), (b), (c) and
nineteenth in order from both the ends. How many (d) completes the figures matrix.
boys are there in the class?
Problem Figure
a. 27 b. 37 c. 38 d. 39
97. Find out the odd figure A\7|7
Fialaye
a. b. c. d.
C\ALX
S\S\?
98. Find out next term in the series.
Answer Figures
5, 6,9, 14, 21, ?

J | JS |e]C
a. 28 b. 30 ce 31 d. 29

99. How many triangles are there in the given figure?

a. b. c. d.

103. The missing In the figure shown below is

a5 b.6 c7 d.8
100. If the day before yesterday was Friday, what day will
two days after the day after tomorrow be ?
a. Saturday 6. Thursday c. Friday d. Sunday
c.72 d. 90
101. In the problem figure, which figure will replace the
question mark (?) from the answer figures ? 104. Figure (X) is embedded in one of the four alternative
figures (a), (b), (c) and (d).
Problem Figures
Find the alternative which contains figures (X) as its part.

|
| |
(x) a. b. c. d.
Answer Figures
105. Find the water image of the word given below
TOP
a. Lob 6 .tog
c. tob d. Lop
 PART IV
Mathematics
2
106. The set of all values of x satisfying x°**""" “)" =9, is 114. If the circle having radii r, and r. intersect orthogonally,
a. a subset of A containingN then the length of their common chord is
b. a subset of A containing Z (set of all integers) 2p yp WH | ete
c. a finite set containing atleast two elements
Ree 2nfe In? + 2 Ne
d. a finite set
107. If f(x) =sin®x + cos®x, then range of /(x) is 115. AB is double ordinate of the parabola y? =4ax.
afta4a | »[4.3]
4'4|
Tangents drawn to the parabola at A and 8 meet
Y-axis at A, and B,, respectively. If the area of
trapezium AA,B,8 is equal to 12a*, then the angle
o.| 3.4] d, None of these subtended by 4,8, at the focus of the parabola is equal
4 J
to
108. If asinx +bcos(x +6)+bcos(x-—6)=d, then the a.2tan'3 b, tan''S ce 2tan'2 d.tan'2
minimum value of |cos O|is 2 »2
-—
1
ya" -
ar 1
b. —— Jd
2
-
2 y =mx - ( a” — 5")
116. The line is normal to the ellipse
* 2p 8 2jal x y?
a®+b*m?
| Ig? a? d. None of the above = + iz = Ilo all values of m belonging to
2\d| a ob
109. The set of values of x in (0, x) satisfying the equation a. (0, 1) b. (0,2) cA d. None
1+log, sinx + log, sin3x > 0, is 117. Let E° denotes the complement of an event E. Ii
f2n 3n m 20 €,F, Gare pairwise independent events with P(G)> 0
(FF tay and P(E mF m G)=0, then P(E* - F°/G) equals

ofasj[Fn} (5.2)
mn) (2x mn 2n a. P(E°) + P(F®) b. P(E*) - P(FS)
c. P(E)
— P(F) d. P(E)
- P(F°)
110. If cot (cos a )—tan”'(V/cosa)=~x, then sinx equals 118. Let M and N be two 3x3 non-singular and
a. . tan? tan &2 b. cot?
cot 3 skew-symmetric matrices such that MN =NM. If PT
denotes the transpose of P, then
¢. tana d. cot= M®N2(M™N) (MN!) is equal to
2
a. M* b. -N? c. -M* d. MN
111. In AABC, if P,Q,A divides sides BC,AC and AB
. : : areaof APQR 1 119. Consider the set A of all determinants of order 3 with
respectively
i in the ratio
ratio k:1 an a F
and ————_——__ 3
= _,
entries 0 or 1 only. Let B be the subset of A consisting
then
k is equal to of all determinants with values -1. Then,
a. Cis empty
a. 1/3 b.2
e.3 d. None
of these b. Bhas as many elements as C
c.A=BUC
112. A line is drawn perpendicular to line y =5x, meeting d. Bhas twice as many elements as C
the coordinate axes at Aand B. If the area of AOAB is
10 sq units, where Ois the origin, then the equation of
drawn line is
a.3x-y=9 b. x +5y =10
va0. me wat of (IU T0)-(7 la) *{2 Ilsa}
~~-*{aa]{ao}ven (7)-"0* |
c.x + 4y=10 d. x —4y =10
113. If the slope of one
ax* + 2hxy +by*=0 is the square of other, then
a+b bh
of the lines represented by
“(ro) Lis) (a0) La
+ — 121. Let S ={1,2,3, 4}, then the total number of unordered
h ab equals
4 pairs of disjoint subsets of S is equal to
a4
a. 25 b. 34 c. 42 0.41
aoc
zo

c.8 lone of these

1238 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

122. If €,,4s,...,@), are positive real numbers whose 132. The critical points of f(x)= ee
[2 re
product is a fixed numberc, then the minimum value
Ofa,+a.4+...+4,_,+2a, is
a.x=0,2 bx =2,4
a.n(2e)"" b. (n+ te
Cx =2,-4 d. None of these
c. 2nc”” d. (n + 1)(20)""
133. The length of the longest interval in which the function
123. For a positive integer A, let
1 $1 3sinx —4 sin’ x is increasing, is
a(n)=14—-+—4+—4 +—.Then,
23 4 (2")-1 a.n/3 b. n/2 c. 3n/2 ar

a. a(200)< 100 6. a(200)= 100 134. If 27a +9b+3ce+d=0, the equation

c, a(200)< 100 d. a(200)> 100 4ax* + 3bx* + 2cex 4d =0 has atleast one real root
124. Let z be a complex number such that the imaginary lying between
part of zis non-zero anda =z* +z + 1is real. Then,a a.0and1 b.1and3
cannot take the value c.0and3 d. None
a.-1 b. 1/3 e. 1/2 d. 3/4 135. If the parabolas y =x*+ ax + 6 and y =x(c¢ —x) touch
125. If a andfi are the foots of x* 4 px +q=0 and «* pt each other at the point (1, 0), then a +b +c equals
ate the roots of x*~rx +s =0, then the equation of a. b. 1 c0 d. None
x® ~4qx +2q7 —r=Ohas always 136. Let f be a differentiable function satisfying
a. one positive and one negative root [f(x)]” =f (nx) for all x = A. Then, f(x) f(nx) equals
b. two positive roots
a. F(x) b.0
c. two negative roots
c. f(x) f'(nx) d. None of these
d. can't say anything
126. If x satisfies |x —1|+ |x —2|+|x —3|>6, then 137 It f(x —y), f(x) fly) and f(x+y) are in A.P. for all
a,0<x<4 bx <s-20rxK24 x,¥ eA and f(0) =0, then
cx<sOorx>4 d, None
of these
a. f(- 2) =1(2) b. f(-3)= -—f'(3)
c. f'(-2) + F(2)=0 d. None of these
127. The standard deviation of some temperature data
(in°C) is 5. If the data were converted into °F, then 138. lf fix)= Exe Q, where [] denotes the greatest
the variance would be
a. 81 b. 57 c. 36 0.25 integer function, then f(1)equals
128. The solution of the differential equation a.~1 b.1
c. Does not exist d. None of these
xdy — ydx= yx? + y"dx,is
139. The value of lim Ln? —m +n,is
ax +x? +y? =Cx? b.y—,x® +y® =Cx ns

ce. x - x? +y® =Cx dy +x? sy? =cx? 1 -1 2

A 3 b. a c. 3 IS

129. Let the straight line x =b divide the area enclosed by

140. The domain of definition of
=(1~—x)?, y=0 and x =0 into two parts A,(O<x <b)
f(x)= sin” {log,(x® + 3x + 4)} is
and R,(b <x <1) such that R, — Ap = > Then, b equals
a. (4, -1/4] b.[-3,- V9]
3
= b=
1
—
1
d.-
1 c. [-2,-1] d. None of these
& 4 2 . 3 4
141. If the range of a random variable X is 0, 1, 2, 3,... with
130. The value of ('0 ftan-’ xjax is
P(X =k)=-( i Jatork 20, then
a equals
a. 100 b. 100 —tan'4
c. 100 - tant d. None of these a. 2/3 b. 4/9 c. 8/27 d. 16/81
142. LetS(k) =1+ 345 +... +(2k —1)=3 + k* Then, which
131. f a7 dx equals
(x4 aed 4 xe 4x one of the following is true?
6s . hous a. Principle of mathematical induction can be used to
a. tan! Xtc b.2tan{X+X*1) 4 ¢ prove the formula
* } \ x b. S{k)=> S(k + 1)
c. S(k) = S(k + 1)
ce. 3tan- (He }+¢ d. None
of these
d. S(1) is correct
 practiceseT4 1239

143. The false statement in the following is 147. A vector which makes equal angles with the vectors
a. p »(~ p)is a contradiction Te o ed, et pe
3!
—(l— 2]| + 2k),
) 5! —(—41 —3k), J,I is
b. (p—> q) «+ (~q— ~ p)is a contradiction
c. ~ (= p)> pls tautology a.5l+j + 5k b. -Si+
J+ 5k
@. p»(~ p)isa tautology c.5i- | -5k d.5i+j —5k
144, Let f:R FR be given by f(x) =[x"] + [x+1] -3, 148. The vectors a=xi4(x + tj +(x + 2k,
where [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or b=(x + 3)i + (x4 4)j +(x + 5)k and
equal to x. Then, f(x) is
c=(x +6)i +(x + 7)j +(x +8)kare coplanar for
a. many-one and onto b. many-one and into
c. one-one and into d. one-one and onto a. all values of x bx <0

145. The relation on the set A={x:|x|<3,xeZ) is

cx>0 d. None of the above
defined by A={(x,y):y=|x|,x 2-1}. Then, the 149. If the direction cosines of a straight line are k,k,k, then
number of elements in the power set of Ais ak>0O bO<k<1
a. 32 b. 16 c.8 1 -1
ck =1 d. k = —_or
—
146. lf A=(6:cos
0 >-72,0<6 <n} and /3 V3
B =(0:sin0
> V/2,2/3<0<7, then
150. Let the line of-ttt +2 te in the plane
a. ANB ={0: 0/9 <0< 2n/3)
b. ANB={0:-n/3s Os 2n/79 x+y — az +fi=0. Then, (a, f) equals
c. AUB ={0:—-5n/6< 0 < 5n/6} a. (6,-17) b. (-6, 7)
¢@. AUB ={0:0<0<,n/6) c. (5,—15) d. (—5, 5)

Answers
Physics
1. (4) 2. (a) 3, (a) 4, () 5. (c) . (b) 7. (qd) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. {a)
11. ©) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14, (¢) 15. (a) . (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21, (c) 22. (a) 23, (b) 24, (c) 25. (c) . 4b) 27, (a) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30, (a)
31. (c) 32, (b) 33. (d) 34, (a) 35. (0) . (dh) 37. (d) 38. (a) a9. (b) 40. (b)
Chemistry
41. (a) 42, (c) 43, (0) 44, (b) 45, (0) . (a) 47, (a) 48, (0) 49, (b) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (c) . id) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (b) 62, (b) 63, (0) 64, (b) 65. (o) . (b) 67, (a) 68. (b) 69, (a) 70, (a)
71, (b) 72. (b) 73, (b) 74, (a) 75, (2) j. Mc) 77. (d) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80, (c)
English Proficiency
81, (c) 82, (d) 83, ic) 84, (b) 85. (d) . (o) 87, (d) 8, (b) 89, (a) 90. (a)
91. (c) 92. (a) 93. (a) 94. (b) 95. (b)
Logical Reasoning
96. (b) 97, (d) 98. (b) 99. (c} 100. {b) 101, (qd) 102. (a) 103. (c) 104, (d) 105. (a)

Mathematics
106. (cd) 107. (a) 108. (a) 109. (a) 110. (a) 111 . (b) 112. (b) 113. (b) 114. (a) 115. (c)
116. (c) 117. (c) 118. (c) 119. (b) 120. (a) 121. (gd) 122, (a) 123. (d) 124. (¢) 125. (a)
126. (c) 127. (a) 128. (d) 129. (b) 130. (c) 131. (b) 132. (d) 133. (a) 134. (c) 135. {c)
136. (c) 137. @) = 138. (c) =: 139. (a) ~— ‘140. (c 141, (b) 142, (b) 143. (b) 144, (b) 145. (b)
146. (a) 147. (b) 148. (a) 149. (qd) 150. (b)
Practice Set 5
BITSAT
Instructions
|. There are 150 questionsin all. The number of questions in each partis as follows Subject No, of Questions
Part! Physics 1-40
Part Il Chemistry 41-80
Part Ill (a) English Proficiency 81-95
(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
2. All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one is correct
3. Each corect answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark

PART I
Physics
1. Charges +q and ~q are placed at points A and B 3. The wavelength of the first line of Lyman series for
respectively, which are a distance 2L apart. C is the hydrogen atom is equal to that of the second line of
mid-point between the points A and B. The work done Balmer series of hydrogen like ion. The atomic
in moving a charge + Q along the semi-circle CRD is number Z of hydrogen like atom is
a 2499 5 92 a. 2 b.3 c. 4 d.1
Grepl Anegl 4. Ina Young's double slit experiment, the angular position
oc. 42 gd, 24 (0) of a bright fringe having Intensity one forth of the
* Bitegl 2mgl maximum intensity is given by
2. In the given figures, which one of the diode shown is '
reverse biased? + /max

a. sin-*{ 2} b. sin { 7]
c.-10V = d. A 4d ) 3d
= c. sin*| =| d. sin | =]
5V \ 2d \d,
 PRACTICE SET 5 1241
5. A tank of height 33.25 cm is completely filled with a 11. Figure shows an arrangement known as a Helmholtz
liquid of index of refraction 1.33, A concave mirror of coil. It consists of two circular coaxial coils each of 200
focal length 15.0 cm is placed above the tank as turns and radius A = 25.0 cm separated by a distance
shown in figure, An object is placed at the bottom of S =A. The two coils carry equal currents / =122mA in
the tank on the axis of concave mirror and its image is the same direction. Find the magnitude of the net
formed at a distance 25.0 cm below the surface of the magnetic field atP, mid-way between the coils.
liquid. The focal length of the mirror is y,

'
'
i
4
150m
+
7 | 7
| fa -—*
2siem 93.25 cm R
j
Ls Sx t
a. 87x10°T b. 67x 10°T
a. 10cm 6. 18.3¢0em ¢. 203cm dd. 250cm ©. 5.7x10°T d.107x105T
6. In a series resonant LCA circuit, the voltage across A 12. A material B has twice the specific resistance of
is 100V and A=1kO with C=2uF. The resonant another material A. A circular wire made of 8 has
frequency w is 200 rad/s. At resonance the voltage twice the diameter of a wire made of A. Then for the
across L is two wires to have the same resistance the ratio 4 of
a. 4x10°V b, 2.5*107V 'B

c. 40V d. 250V their respective length must be

7. A 2700 resistor and a 11\:\F capacitor are connected a2 bo 4 ce 1 a+
2 4
in series across a generator (60 Hz,120V) Determine
the average power consumed in the circuit. 13. In a potentiometer experiment, the balancing with a
a. 3W b. 9W c. 10 W d.7W cell is at length 240cm on shunting the cell with a
resistance of 20 the balancing length 120cm. The
8. Needles N,, N2 and N, are made of ferromagnetic, a internal resistance of the cell is
paramagnetic and a _ diamagnetic substance, a. 19 6.0.60 c 42 d. 29
respectively. A magnet when brought close to them will
a. attract all three of them 14. At timef =0, a battery of 10 Vis connected across pointsA
b. attract N, and N, strongly but repel Ny and 8 shown in figure. If the capacitors have no change
c. attract N, strongly, Nz weakly and repel NV, weakly initially at what time does the voltage across becomes 4V?
d. attract N, strongly, but repel NV, and N, weakly 2M 2 uF

A long straight wire of radius a carries a steady —

current /. The current is uniformly distributed across its A A

2MaQ 2 uF
cross-section, the ratio of the magnetic field at : and
a. 2s b. 3s
2a is c. 4s d. 5s
1 1
a. — b. 4 c. 1 d. — 15. A thin semicircular ring of radius ras shown in figure as a
4 2
positive charge q distributed uniformly over it. The net field
10. A current carrying closed loop in the form of a right angle E atthe centre Ois
.
isosceles AABC is placed In a uniform magnetic field acting J
along AB. If the magnetic force on the arm 8&C is F, then
force on arm AC is
A

0
a. qj b. q_ ;
Ontegr | ata!
B c qs: qs:
ac - d. —
a. J2F b.-J2F oc -F dF Imag?! Brag?!
| 242 © ser STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

16. The decreasing order of wavelength of infrared, 23. A ballis thrown from a field with a speed of 12.0m/s at
microwaves, ultraviolet and gamma rays is an angle of 45° with the horizontal. At what distance
a. infrared, microwaves, ultraviolet, gamma rays will it hit the field again? (Take, g = 10.0 m/s*)
b. microwaves, infrared, ultraviolet, gamma rays a. 10m b. 144m
¢. gamma rays, ultraviolet, infrared, microwaves c. 164m d. 184m
d. microwaves, gamma rays, infrared, ultraviolet
17. Light with an energy flux of 18W/cm? on 24. With what acceleration a should the box of figure descend,
a So that the block of mass
non-reflecting surface at normal incidence. If the M exerts a force mg/4 on the
surface has an area of 20 cm’. Find the average force floor of the box?
exerted on the surface during a 30 min time span le
a.12«10°N b. 24x10°N
ce. 48x10°N d. 62x10°N
18. An anatomist is viewing heart muscles cells with a
microscope that has two selectable objectives with
refracting powers of 100 and 300 D. When she uses
the 100 D objective, the image of a cell subtends an
angle of 3x 10 rad with the eye. What angle is a, 29
5
b. 39
5
a Z
2
d. 39
4
subtended when she uses the 300 D objective?
25. A block slides down and inclined of 30° with an
a. 9 «107 rad b. 3x10" rad
acceleration of g/4. Find the kinetic friction coefficient.
c. 2x107 rad d. 10107 rad 1 1 1 1
a. b. Cc. d.
19. A sheet of silver is illuminate by monochromatic 23 4/3 5V3 6V3
ultraviolet radiations of wavelength 1810 A. What is 26. A small block of mass 100 g moves with uniform
the maximum energy of the emitted electron? speed in a horizontal circular groove, with vertical side
The threshold wavelength of silver is 2640 A. walles of radius 25cm. If the block takes 2.0s to
a. 9 16 eV b. 216 eV complete one round, then find the normal contact
c. 316eV d@. 416 eV force by the side wall of the groove.
@. 1N b. 0.25N
20. Two radioactive materials X, and X, have decay c. 0.4N d. 2N
constants 5 2 and 4, respectively. If initially they have
the same number of nuclei, then the ratio of the 27. A body dropped from_a height H reaches the ground
number of nuclei of X, to that of X, willbe 1/e after a with a speed of 1. 2,/gH. Calculate the work done by
time
air friction.
a2 b. A a 1h a. + a. —0.28mgh b. 0.28 mgh
A 2 4).
c. 0.56 mgh d. —0.56 mgh
21. The period of oscillation of simple pendulum is
28. A body of mass 2.5kgis subjected to the force as shown
T= 2: Ls measured value of Lis 20.0 cm known to
g in figure. Find the acceleration of the centre of mass.
1 mm accuracy and time for 100 oscillations of the
pendulum is found to be 90s using a wrist watch of 1s
resolution, What Is the accuracy in the determination
of g?
a. 3% b. 1% c. 5% d. 2%

22. Find the resultant of three vectors OA OB and OC as

shown in figure. Radius of the circle is A.
c
a. 2 m/s* b. 1.6 ms?
c. 3.2 ms* d. None of these

Xe, 29. A parallel beam of

passes through
green light of wavelength 546 nm
a slit of width 0.40mm. the
transmitted light is collected on a screen 40 cm away.
What will be the distance between two first order
minima?
a. R(1+ V2) b. A(2+ 4/2) a. 2.6mm b. 1.8mm
ce. A(3+./2) d. A(4+ J2) c. 1.7mm d. 1.1mm
 PRACTICE SET 5 1243
30. A50 cmiong wire of mass 20 g supports a mass of 1.6 kg 35. The speed of transverse wave giving on a wire having
as shown in figure. Find the fundamental frequency of the a length 50cm and mass 5.0g is 80m/s. The area of
position of the string between the wall and the pulley. cross-section of the wire is 1.0mm? and its Young's
modulus is 16 x 10'' N/ m® . Find the extension of the
yb eeieee,

wire over its natural length.

40cm + a. 0.04mm 6. 0.02mm
10cm c. 0.06 mm d. imm
15kg $
. Asound wave of wavelength 40 cm travels in air. If the
a. 25Hz b. 50 Hz difference between the maximum and minimum
c. 75 Hz d. 100 Hz pressures at a given point is 1x 10° N/m*. What will
be the amplitude of vibration of the particle of the
31. A cylinder is released from rest from the top of an
incline of inclination 6 and length / If the cylinder rolls medium, the bulk modulus of air is 1.4 x 10° N/m??
without slipping, then what will be its speed when it
a. 4.4x107°m
reaches the bottom? b. 3.3%10°%m
2 4... c. 11*10'?m
a. ,/—gisin 0 b. jJ—gisin 0
v3? va" dad 2.2.10 'm

c. Bo sin 6 d. None of these A particle of mass 40 g executes a simple harmonic

motion of amplitude 2.0 cm. If the time period is 0.20 s,
The gravitational field in a region is g given by find the total mechanical energy of the system.
F=10N(i+j)kg™. What will be work done by an a. 7.9 ~107 J
external agent to slowly shift a particle of mass 2kg b. 8.9 x10U
from the point (0,0), to a point (5,4) ? c. 9.9 «1085
a. -180J b. +100J d. 6.9 «107 U
c. +180J d. -100J
The sound level at a point is increased by 30 dB. By
The liquids shown In figure in the two arms are what factor is the pressure amplitude increased?
8

mercury (specific gravity = 13.6) and water. If the a. 30 b. 25

difference of heights of the mercury columns is 2 cm. c. 32 da. 27
What will be the height 4 of the water column?
White light is mixture of light of wavelength between
on0c00s0000
Neseecoecons

400nm to 700nm, If this light goes through water

(u =133) what will be the limits of the wavelength
there?
a. (300 to525)nm
>

b. (600 to 700) nm
c. (800 to 1000) nm
d. (1200 to 1400) nm

» What will be the moment of inertia ofa solid cylinder of

a. 27 cm b. 30 cm ec. 40cm d. 47cm
mass M and radius A about a line parallel to the axis
. Awater drop of radius 10m is broken into 1000 equal of the cylinder and on the surface of the cylinder?
droplets, Calculate the gain in surface energy. Surface
a. - MR b. 2 mR?
tension of water is 0.075 N/m. 2 2
a. 8.5%107J b.9.5x107J
c. LMR? d. 2 MRP
c. 10x10 J d. None of these 5 3
| 244 © sete stuny cuine BITSAT

PART II
Chemistry
41. In which of the following pairs, the two species are not 47. Which of the following dissolves in water but does not
iso-structural? give any oxyacid solution?
a. COZ” and NO; b. PCIz and SiCl, a. SO, b. OF,
c. PF, and BrF, d. AIF’ and SF, c. SCl, d. SO,
42. Which of the following statements regarding dacron is 48. Heat capacity (C,) is an extensive property but
correct? specific heat (C) is an intensive property.
|, Dacron is an example of polyester. The relation between Cc, and C for 1 mole of water is
ll. In. the manufacturing of dacron zinc acetate a. + 5.18 Jo! b. -5.18 JK"!
antimonytrioxide used as a catalyst. c.- 75.3 JK"! d.
ll. Dacron fibres is increases resistant. + 75.3 JK"!
IV. Itisa polymer of natural rubber.
a. Only IV b. Both IV and | 49. Select the correct statement regarding the compound.
e. 1, land Ill d. None of these
43. Bombardment of aluminium by a-particde leads to its
artificial disintegration in two ways as shown. Products
X,Y and 2 respectively are

27, .H4 (i) + 30 |. The IUPAC name of this compound is 1, 3-epoxy

is! 2 . is FY
propane.
ll. The functional group of this compound is ether.
(i)
Ill, Root word in the IUPAC name of this compound is
prop.
14
si 4x ®14 si+z IV. Thisis a saturated open chain structure.
a.Only | b. 1, land tl
@. proton, neutron, positron c. Only IV d. IV and Ill
b. neutron, proton, positiron
c. proton, positron, neutron 50. Aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction due to
d. positron, neutron, proton a. lone pair nitrogen atoms activate the benzene ring
b. salt formation with aluminium chloride
Predict Kroll process in the following reaction, c. meta derivative formation
$

a. TiCl,(@)+ 2Mg —+ Ti(s)+ 2MgCl,(/) d. None of the above

b. Fe,0, + 3C —+ 3CO+ 2Fe
51. The edges length of a face-centred cubic cell of an
c. Al,OyxH,0(s) “2°; Al,0, + xH,0(g) ionic substance is 508 pm. If the radius of the cation is
110 pm, the radius of the anion is
d. Cr,0, + 241 —+ 2Cr + Al,O,
a. 618 pm b. 144 pm
45. The complementary strand of DNA for the given single c. 288 pm d. 398 pm
stranded DNA sequence 52. What is the sweeteners value of the structure in

coe
5 —A—T—C—A—T—G—C— 3' is comparison to cane sugar?
a. 5'—A—T—C—A—T—G—C— 3'
€
b, 5'—T—A—G—T—A—C—G— 3
ce. 5 —-G—C—A—T—G—A—T— 3’ SO,
d. 5'—C—G—T—A—C—T—A— 3’ a. 100 b. 500 c. 200 d. 550
46. The IUPAC name of the compound 53. Interstitial compounds are formed when small atoms
or F~e ' are.......
a. 2, 8-cimethy|-3,6-decadiene a. trapped inside the crystal lattice of metals
6. 2, 2-dimethylpropane b. chemically vary reactive
c. 2,4, 6, 8 octatetraene c. decomposes in inner orbitals
da 1, 3, 5, 7 octatetraene d. progressively filled
 PRACTICE SET 5 1245

54. CoH.NH, CH; NHCH, 61. Fora sparingly soluble salt A,B, solubility product (L, )
1 i}
with its solubility (S) is best represented by
(C2H; )2NHand CeH;NH, a.ls =§F* 9. pP.g®
b. Ls =g?* 9. pt q’

Above the following which forms H-bonding faster in cls = GPT. pP .gt
aqueous medium? d.L, =s".(pqyP*4
a. Only|
b. Only Ill . Sodium has body-centred cubic structure having
c. 1, land Ill nearest neighbour distance 365.9pm. The
d. None of these density......... :
55. Identify the reaction upto P and product Q. a.2ger* 6.1.01 gc"
NH, NaNO.+HX N, x c.5gcm’ d. 3.02
g cnr
“B78
- 278K 63 . RNA contains four bases, the first three bases are
same as in DNA but the fourth one is...... .
p_tt on a. adenine b. cytosine
c, thymine d. uracil
Q
. Identify A in the reaction,
a. Sandmeyer reaction, benzoic acid C,H Oo
b, Fittig reaction, benzoidal chloride CHC eH (90, aa
c. Friedel-Craft's reaction benzaldehyde (i) ZH,
d. Reimer-Tiemann reaction, benzaldehyde
a. CgH;CHO b. CgH.CH.CH,
. Now a days, the pesticide industry has shifted its
attention to herbicide such as...... i ce. CH,COCI d. CgH,COCH,
a. sodium chlorate . Dihydrogen is used in the manufacturing of
b. sodium arsenite a. antiseptic b. disinfectant
c. Both (a) and (b) c. vanaspati fat d. antigens
d. aldrin
. Thyroxine produced in the thyroid gland is an
Ampicillin and amoxycillin are synthetic modification iodinated derivatives of
of
a. acetic acid ®. lactic acid
a. amino glycosides b, ofloxacin c. amino acid d. picric acid
c. tetracycline d, penicillins
67 [Fe(CO),(PPhs ).)* [CO(CO),(PnO),}°*
. Asample of wustite is Feygq O o9- The percentage of
iron present in form of Fe (III) is......... ‘
[V(CO),(PF3)o}°* — [Mn(CO),(PCl)o}**
a. 15.05% b. 17.5% Il WV
c. 19,05% d, 8%
Arrange the following in the decreasing order of
59. An alcohol Ais treated with “Lucas reagent” to predict C—O bond length.
whether the alcohol is primary, secondary or tertiary. a.l>Il>Ill>IV bls Il>I>IV
Which reacts fastest? c.Ill>V>ll>1 d.Wl>I>Il>IV
a. Tertiary alcohol
b. Secondary alcohol
68. Dahydrobromination (—HBr) of the following in increasing
c. Primary alcohol order is
d. None of the above Br

. Fullerenes are the only pure form of carbon because L. oN i.AK

a. layered structured held by van der Waals’ forces
6. they have smocth structure without having ‘dangling’
bonds
".—\__
c. it has 3-dimensional structure
d. extremely hard refractory solid of high melting point al<Il<I bile Wel cll=Me<t) a@ill<l<il
1246 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

69. If a thin slice of sugar beet is placed in concentrated cl cl

solution of NaCl, then
a. sugar beet will lose water from its cells a b,
b. sugar beet will absorb water from solution
c. sugar beet will neither absorb nor lose water
d. sugar beet will dissolve in solution CH; oO” cH,
70. 0.02 molar solution of NaCl having degree of
cl cl
dissociation of 90% at 27°C has osmotic pressure
equal to cl
a. 0.94 bar 6.9.4 bar c. d.
c. 0.94 bar d.9.4 «10°* bar
71. Which of the following statements is correct? NO,
a. (nm —1)d subshell has lower energy than ns subshell
76. AU° of combustion of methane is -xkJ mol!
6. (n— 1) d subshell has higher energy than ns subshell
The value of of AH°is
ce. (n + 1) d subshell has lower energy than nf subshell
a.= AU" b. > AU®
d._ nf subshell has lower energy than(n + $)s subshell
c.< AU* d. Equal
to zero
72 ; i z, then the correct expression for the . At 500K, equilibrium constant K_ for the following
nome
calculation of the circumference of the first orbit of reaction is 5.
hydrogen atom is 1 1
phhlg)+>l(g) == Hig)
a. /4 nha b. 2nr
c. V4h*na d. (a) and (c) are correct What would be the equilibrium constant K, for the
reaction?
73 By the addition of 0.035 g of starch the coagulation of
10 cm® of gald sol is completely prevented. The gold 2H! (9) H,(g)+ be (g)
number of starch is a. 0.04 b.0.4
a. 0.00035
c. 25 d.25
5.0.35
ce. 55 da. 35 78. The reaction,
74. In chain growth polymerisation addition takes place 3ClO (aq) —> ClO; (aq) + 2CI (aq) is an example
head-to-tail when monomer is of
a. oxidation reaction
a. cnc) 6. reduction reaction
c. disproportionation reaction
b. CH, =CH—CH=CH, d. decomposition reaction
c. CH, a fi OCH, . Gaseous nitric acid has the structure
CH, O a.planar b. square planar
c. pyramidal
d. CH, =CH—C=N d. trigonal! bipyramidal
. p-nitrophenol is less volatile due to
75. The major product (s) of the following reaction is (are)
a. intermolecular hydrogen bonding
Cl 6. intramolecular hydrogen bonding
oO c. picric acid
CO H,C —cC
ll —cCl
Anhyd. AIC
Anhyd ACL d. van der Waals’ force
 PRACTICE SET 5 1247

PART III
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81 to 84) Jn the sentences that are 89. Some people enjoy saving money because
given below, a part of ithas been underlined, That part may a. they are able to live a happy life
be improved by one of the options. The part with the best b. saving is a passion for them
improving ability will be your answer. In case, no c. they are able to enjoy the pleasures of life
improvement is needed then "No improvement” is your d. they can entenain others
answer.
90. If a money-box is given to a child, what should
81. If he would have tried, he would have succeeded. accompany it?
a. is tried b. was tried a. Tips on the advantages of saving money
c. had tried d. No improvement b, Guidelines to preserve it
82. | will not go to school, if it:shall rain tomorrow. c. instructions on when and how to open it
d. A box of tools to open it
a. it would rain tomorrow __b. it will rain tomorrow
c. it rains tomorrow d. No improvement 91. A miserly man of forty does not go to the theatre
83. Why the dinosaurs died out is not known. because
a. he has no liking for plays
a. itis not known b, the reason is not known
c. that is not known d. No improvement
b. he does not want to waste his valuable time
c. he persuades himself that he is very poor
84. He is quite well now, except a slight cold. d. he is frightened by the darkness of the theatre hall
a. except witha slight cold b. excepting a slight cold Directions (O. Nos. 92 and 93) Find the synonym of the
c. except fora slightcold d. No improvement
word given in capital letters.
Directions (Q. Nos. 85 to 88) /n the sentences given
92. The vehicle slowed down as they moved up the
below there is an error in one of the parts which will be your
GRADIENT.
answer. If there is no error then ‘No error’ is your answer.
a. Road with sharp bends
85. The table's wood (a)/ Is infested with mite (b)/ and | b. Bumpy, uneven path
am likely to dispose it off. (c)/ No error (d) c. Slope or incline
86. The morale of the army (a) was high because the d. Mountainous area
news (b)/ coming from the front are very encouraging. 93. It is DEPLORABLE that millions of people in India are
(c)/ No error (d) below the poverty line.
87. | can't come to you now (a)/ because a lot of works a. Hateful b. Regretable
(b)/ remains to be done. (c)/ No error (d) c. Undesirable d. Unpleasant
88. A farmer was leading oxes (a)/ to his field for Directions (Q. Nos. 94 and 95) Aearrange the jumbled
ploughing (b)/ early in the morning. (c)/ No error (d) part of the sentence and then choose the correct option.
Directions (Q.Nos.891095) Aead the passage carefully 94. He was a man
and then choose the most suitable option from the given P : even if he had to starve
ones. Q: who would not beg
There are eccentric people who enjoy saving money for no A: borrow or steal
other reason than the pleasure of saving money. It is a S: from anyone
passion like drinking and a hobby like collecting of China.
The proper sequence should be
Does it usually begin with a money-box ? Imagine a painter
drawing the miser 's progress in a number of scenes, with a. PORS b. PROS
the first scene showing a benevolent grandfather holding out ec. ORSP d. OPRS
a harmless |ooking tin money-box to and infant scarcely able 95. P: inthe progress of
to walk . Q: universities play a crucial role
The gift should always be accompanied by a box of tools. As Fi: our civilisation
a young man the infant has grown intoa miser. By the age of S: in the present age
forty he has substantial bank account. But he persuades
himself that he is so poor that he never goes to the theater, The proper sequence should be
never invites a friend to dinner. Buy by sixty, he is a rich man a. SQPR b. QRSP
and is convinced that he is all but a pauper. c. QAPS d. SQRP
|} 248 sete stupy quince BITSAT

b. Logical Reasoning
96. If STUDENT Is coded as RUTEDOS, which word oOo. oO
would be coded as RDGPKBQ ?
a | oO a8 oO |S, oO|g?2

db
a. SHERBET b. SHINGLE
c. SHACKLE d. SCHOLAR O
a. b. c d.
97. Find the next term in the series.
1, 2,2,4,8,? 101. Examine the following figure.
a.8 b.9 c. 32 d. 16
98. Which
district, state 7

a. O
of the following figures

b. ©
represents village,

)
Which one of the following figures has the above
<9 4(0)O figure embedded in it ?

. Which of the following diagrams represents humans,

females and girls ?
moxke a. b. c d,

Oo
©
b. OGD 102 ‘Flower’ is related to ‘Petal’ in the same way as ‘Book’

©
is related to
a. Pages b. Content
ce. Author d. Library
100. From amongst the four altemative figures (a), (b), (c) 103 Find the odd one out.
and (d), select the one shawing the unfolded position a.Cheese ob. Wine c. Milk d. Curd
of Z. _
| ia 104. Find the edd one out.

Py 1!
oh 105.
a. Moon
Find the odd one out.
b. Planet c. Sky d. Star

a. 42-4 b. 36-6 c. 32-2 d. 15-5

x Y Zz

PART IV
Mathematics
106. It { f(x) dx = 2{f(x)}* + C, then f(x) is 109. The abscissae of the point on the curve xy =(a + x)*,
x a
the normal at which cuts off numerically equal
a. =3 b. x
intercepts from the axes of coordinates, is

ce.
i 1
d.
8 ba
./— a. 5 b.a

110. If4x+3|y|=5y, then y as a function

of x is
c. 2a d. >

107. The interval in which 2x* +65 increase less rapidly

than 9x" — 12x, is a. differentiable at x = 0 b. continuous atx = 0

a. (—,1) b. (1, 2) c oY or all x d. None of these

ce. (2,0) d. None of these
afin
108. The number of real roots of the equation 411. Ifa: lim x! * +b=e 'a>1b=0, then
x
e's x-2=O,is
a.1 b.2 a.a=1b=e ' b.a=2,b=e"
c.3 d4 c.a=-1b=e' d.a=1b=0
 PRACTICE SET 5 1249
112. if e* + a) =e, then the domain of definition of f(x) is 124. In AABC, medians AD and CE are drawn. If
a, (= ©, 1) b.(-0%,0) a (4%) d. None AD =5, DAC =n/8 and “ACE =7/4, then the area
of AABC (in sq units) is equal to
113. A coin is tossed rn times. The probability that head will
a. —
25
—
10
c. —
25
d. —
25
turn up an odd number of times, is 9 3 18 3
al x41 x-1 ort 4 125. The locus of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from
“2 2x ” ax “9 either focus on a variable tangent to the hyperbola
114, For ne N, 3°"*? -2°n—9 is divisible by 16y* -~9x* =tLis
a.3 b.9 c. 64 d. 81 ax? yy? =9 bix*+y?=19

115. If p,q,r have truth values T,F,T respectively, then

ox? + y? =7/144 dx? 4 y? 116
which of the following is true? 126. The length of the sides of the square which can be
a.(pog)ar b.(pog)a-r made by four perpendicular tangents to the ellipse
2
c.(paqg)al(pvr) d.q—-(par) x" ey"
7°48
116. Let A=(xcA:x <1} and f:A—A be defined as
a. 10units 6. 8 units c. 6 units @. 5units
f(x) =x (2 —x). Then, f-"(x)is
127. The set of points on the axis of the parabola
a. 14+ /1-x b.1- 1x e. Ji-x d.1+fi-x (x -1)° =8(y +2) from where three distinct normals
117. The relation A ={(1,3),(3,
5)} is defined on the set with can be drawn to the parabola, is the set(h,k) of points
minimum number of elements of natural numbers. The satisfying
minimum number of elements to be included in A, so ah>2 bn>d
that A is an equivalence relation, is ck>2 d. None
of these
a.5 b.6 c.g d.8
128 If the chords of contact of tangents from three points
118. If S is the set of squares and A is the set of rectangles, A,B and C to the circle x* + y? =a? are concurrent,
then(S VA) -(SOR)is
then A, B and C will
a.S
a. be concyclic
b.R
b, be collinear
c. set of squares but not rectangles
c. form the vertices of triangle
d, set of rectangles but not squares
d. None of the above
3
119. If x, and x, are the roots of the equation e* - x'"* =x
129. The condition that one of the straight lines given by
with x; > Xp, then the equation ax? 4 2hxy + by? =0 may coincide with
€.X,=2X, DX, =X5 c.2x,=x 9 0.x; =x
one of those given by the equation
120. if 2sec? A~sect A-2cosec*A +cosec*A=15/4, a'x® + 2h'xy + bly* =0, is
then tan Ais equal to a. (ab’ - a'b)? =4(ha' —h'a)(bh’ — b'h)
1 1 1
wt b. to e+2 d.+—2 b. (ab' - a'b)® =(ha' — h'a)(bh' — b‘h)
ar} 2 2
c. (ha’— h'a)’ = 4(ab' — a’b) (bh - b'h)
121. The range of A for which the inequality d. (bi' - b'h)* = 4{ab' — a'b) (ha’ - h'a)
k cos®
x ~ kcos x +120, x €(—<, «), is
130. lf P(14+ t2,24 tV2) is any point on the line, then the
ak<-1 b.-tek<dek>4 astekes range of the value of f for which the point P lies
2 2 2
between the parallel lines x + 2y =1 and 2x + 4y =15
122. The number of ordered pairs which satisfy the is
equation x*
+ 2x sin(xy)+1=0, y <[0, 2n], are a. ~ 4,/2/3 <t <5 2/3 b.0<t<5 2/6
a.1 6.2 c.3 d.0 c. 4/2 <t<0 d. None
of these
123. The value
of 2tan-| |2—8 tan ® lis 131. One Indian and four American men and their wives
a+b 2 are to be seated randomly around a circular table.
Then, the conditional probability that the Indian man is
a cos-'| 2.008 0+b i a" Be
seated adjacent to his wife, given that each American
, |a+bcos0 : acos0+b man is seated adjacent to his wife, is
aeee il acos0 | d.cos"*| bcos 0 a. 1/2 b. 1/3
, \a+bcosti! . acos0+b c. 2/5 0.1/5
1250 SELF sTubyY GUIDE BITSAT

132. Let p be an odd prime number and T,, be the following 141. Let a=xi+x*]4+2k, b=-3i+j+k and the
set of 2= 2 matrices: c=(3x + 11)i +(x —9)j —3k be three vectors. Then,
the angle between aand bis acute angle and between
,-{a-|2 a b
2 abe €(0,1,,.p—1} cand ais obtuse, if x lies in
a. (~ 1) U (2,3) b.(-,1]
The number of A in 7, such that A is either symmetric ¢. [2,3] d. None of these
or skew-symmetric or both and det(A) is divisible by p,
is 142. The mean of the numbers a,b, 8,5,10 is 6 and the
a(p-lP baAp-1) «(p-1+1d.2p-1 variance is 6.80. Then, which one of the following
gives possible values ofa and b?
133. Let a,b,c be the real numbers. Then, the system of aa=1b=6 ba=3,b=4¢c.a=0,b=7d.a=5,b=2
Zz
equations ii =—=+->= =|-S ++== 143. The degree of the differential equation
c dy 1 ay
: 2 =14 24 —[ | + tl
and - = é ne * 144 (ary +a{&) ’
a® b® oc
a.3 b.1
a. no solution b. unique solution
c. Not defined d. None of these
c. infinitely many solutions d. finitely many solutions
144. The area bounded by y =xe!*! and lines |x|=1 y =O,
134. If the coefficients of three consecutive terms of
is
(14x)"°° are in the ratio 5:10:14, then
n equals a.4squnits b. 6squnits c. 1squnits d. 2 sq units
a.3 b. 4 e5 dg. 6
145. If [sin x dx =sin20, then the value of 0 satistying
135. Consider the set of eight vectors
O<O<zxis
V ={(ai + bj +c k;a,b,ce {-11}). if three
non-coplanar vectors can be chosen from V in 2° a. Sn/2 b. n/6 c. 5n/6 d. n/2
ways, then pis 4n ke(e oH)

a.4 6.5 c6 d.7 146. Let S, => (-1) ? k?. Then, S, can take value(s)
kel
136. ta clO z\ then Jx* +x + tan? a is always greater a. 1056 b. 1088 c. 1120 d. 1333
\"2 vx +X
147. if the function f(x) = (4 sin?x —1)"(x* —x +1), m= N, has
than or equal to
a local maximum at x = 7/6, thenn
a.2tana 6.1 c.2 d. sec* a a. can be any odd natural number
1 ; b. can only be an odd prime number
137. Let complex numbers a and — lie on circles c. can be any even natural number
a
d. can only be a multiple of 4
(x =x)?+ (y — Yo)? =? and (x x9)?
+ (y —yo)?=4r,
respectively. If Z) =X +/¥, satisfies the equation 148. In three dimensional space, the equation x* —x —2=0
2\z,
PP =r* +2, then|«
| equals represents
a. a pair of straight lines
a. V2 b. 1/2 c. V7 d. /3
b. a set containing two distinct points
138. Let a,b,c be real numbers and a = 0. If « is the root of c. a pair of parallel planes
d. None of the above
a®x? + bx + c=Oand fis the root of a2x* — bx —c=0
O0<a<f, then the equation a°x? + 2bx + 2c=O has a 149. If the sum of the slopes of the normal from a point P to
foot that always satisfies the hyperbola xy =c* is equal to <A", then the
ya ttt3
a.y= -ab
b.y=ats cy “i d.a<y<f locus of pointP is
ax*=ic? b.y>=h07 co xy=Ac* d.None
139. if a* + b® + c? =1 then ab + be +a lies in the interval
150. Consider the lines A= =2 Vand
a.| 3.2) b.[- 12] o.|- 3.1] a|-13|
x-2 y+2 2-3 \
Ly : ; = ; 3
=——. Th e unit vector
140. f ab,c are non-coplanar vectors, then
perpendicular to both L, and L, is
a: (bx c)
©), _b:
b(ax)
(cx a): bc. (ax b)
is equal to
4
1+| ~147
Be ls
oe
j + Sk) Legg1,%
b= 5! io
i 7i+
j
4 5k)
o3
a.0 b.1
& aa
ae:
l+ 7j + 5k) 0.
1
Ee (71- 7]
stoi -k)
-e
c.2 d. None of these
Answers
Physics
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) . (b) . (d) . (a) (c) 10. (c)

RRR oe

82S »
11. (a) 12, (c) 13. (d) SEE o (a) 15, (d) (b) ~ (a) . (a) 19, 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (b) . (d) 25. (a) (b) (b) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32, (a) 33. (a) (a) 35. (b) (d) . (a) (c) 39. 40. (c)

Chemistry
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (a) (a) 45. (a) (b) (od) 49. (b) 50.

a8 8%

86
51. (6) 52. (d) 53. (a)
£25

IS28
(a) 55. (a) (c) (a) 59. (a)

88
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (d) (a) 65. (ce) (ce) (a) 69. 70.
71. (0) 72. (a) 73. (4) . (d) 75. (b) (c) (a) (c) 79. (a)

English Proficiency
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (d) 85. (c) (b) (a) (b) . (d)
s £

at. (c) 92. (c) 93. (b) (c) 95. (a) g

Logical Reasoning
96. (d) 97. (d) 98, (b) (d) 100. (b) 101. (c) 102. (a) 103. (b) 104. 105. (a)

Mathematics
tos. (4) = 107. (0) 108. (2) 109, (a) 110, 111. (0) 112. 113. 114. (ec) 115,
116. (b) 117. (c) 118. (d) 119. (b) 120. 121. (b) 122. (b) 123. (a) 124. 125.
126. (¢) 127, (c) 128. (b) 129. (a) 130, 131. (c) 132. (d) 133. (b) 134, (qd) 135.
136. (a) 137, (c) 138. (d) 139. (c) 140. 141, 142. (b) 143. (b) 144, (d) 145.
146. (a) 147. (c) 148. (c) 149, (a) 150.
Solved Paper 2017
BITSAT
Instructions
1. There are 150 questions in all. The number of questions in each part is as given below. No. of Questions
Part| Physics 1-40
Part Il Chemistry 41-80
Part Il (a) English Proficiency 81-95
(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
2. All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one is correct
3. Each correct answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark,

PART I
Physics
1. If temperature of a black body increases from 300 K to 5. At what angle 6 to the horizontal should an object is
900 K, then the rate of energy radiation increases by projected so that the maximum height reached is equal
a. 81 b.3 c.9 ad.2 to the horizontal range?

2. A whistle of frequency 500 Hz tied to the end of a string

a. tan’ ' (2) b. tan”’ (4)
of length 1.2 m revolves at 400 rev/min. A listener c. tan (2) d. tan”' (3)
standing some distance away in the plane of rotation of \3
Vatane tamed einen the range. 6. A body of mass 1 kg is executing simple harmonic
(Speed of sound = mis) motion. Its displacement
y (cm) att seconds is given by
a. 436 to 574 b, 426 to 586 t |
c. 426 to 574 d. 436 to 586 y=6 sin{ 100¢+ =}
3. The focal length of a thin convex lens for red and blue Its maximum kinetic energy is
rays are 100 cm and 96.8 cm respectively. Then, the a BJ b. 184
dispersive power of the material of the lens is c. 24d d. 36 J
a. 0.968 b. 0.98 ; . - ;
c. 0.0325 d. 0.325 7. A positive charge q is projected in magnetic field of
; mv . :
4. Two metal plates having a potential difference of B00V width [5 qB with velocity v. Then, the time taken by
are 2 cm apart. It is found that a particle of mass
1.96 10° '5 kg remains suspended in the region charged particle to emerge from the magnetic field is
between the plates. The charge on the particle must be a _ m.
(e = elementary charge). V2 qB 498
a. 2e b. 3e e am aan
c. Be d. Be 2qB V2-qB
2 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT
In Young's double slit experiment, the slits are 2 mm 14. The de-Brogiie wavelength of a proton (charge
apart and are illuminated by photons of two =1.6x 10 1
C, m=1.6« 10” kg) accelerated
wavelengths 2,=12000 A and A» = 10000 A. At what through a potential difference of 1 kV is
minimum distance from the common central bright a. 600A b. 0.9x 10° "2m
fringe on the screen 2m from the slit will a bright fringe
from one interference pattern coincide with a bright
c7A d.0.9 nm
fringe trom the other? 15. An ice-berg of density 900 kgm” * is floating in water of
a.8mm 6.6mm c.4mm ad. 3mm density 1000 kgn ~. The percentage of volume of
ice-berg outside the water is
. Two blocks A and B are placed one over the other ona
smooth horizontal surface. The maximum horizontal @. 20% b. 35%
force that can be applied on lower black 8, so that Aand c. 10% d. 11%
B move without separation is 49 N. 16. The total energy of an electron in the first excited state
The coefficient of friction between A and B is of hydrogen is about — 3.4 eV. Its kinetic energy in this
state is
@-3.4eV b. -6.8 eV
c. 6.8 eV d. 3.4 eV
a.0.2
17. Acommon emitter amplifier has a voltage gain of 50, an
c.0.5 d. 0.8 input impedance of 1000 and an output impedance of
10. An aeroplane is flying in a horizontal direction with a 2002. The power gain of the amplifier is
velocity u and at a heightof 2000 m. When itis vertically a. 500 b. 1000
below a point Aon the ground a food packet is released c. 1250 d. 50
trom it. The packet strikes the ground at point B.
18. The horizontal range and maximum height attained by
If AB =3 km and g =10 m/s*, then the value of u Is a projectile are A and H respectively. If a constant
a. 54 knvh b. 540 km/h
horizontal acceleration a=2 is imparted to the
c. 150 km/h d. 300 kmv/h
projectile due to wind, then its horizontal range and
11. A conducting circular loop is placed in a uniform
maximum height will be
magnetic field, B = 0.025 T with its plane perpendicular
to the loop. The radius of the loop is made to shrinkata a.(R+H).S
constant rate of 1 mm/s. The induced emf when the
radius is 2 cm, is b.{ A+ =) ,2H
a.2 mV b. mV
rt c.(R
+ 2H),H
c. —yV
2 H d. 21V
I
d.(R+H),H
12. A mild steel wire of length 21 and cross-sectional area A 19 . Abalioon is filled at 27° C and 1 atm pressure by500m*
is stretched, well with in the elastic limit, horizontally He. At — 3° C and 0.5 atm pressure, the volume of He
between two pillars as shown in figure. A mass m is will be
suspended from the mid-point of the wire strain in the a. 700m? b. 900 m?
wire is
e. 1000 m3 d. 500 m?

. The ratio of intensity at the centre of a bright fringe to

the intensity at a point distance one-fourth of the
distance between two successive bright fringes will be
aa 6.3
c.2 d.1
21. A rectangular block of mass m and area of
cross-section A floats in a liquid of density p. If it is given
c. —
a vertical displacement from equilibrium, it undergoes
oscillation with a time period T. Then
13. The resistance of a wire at 20° C is 200 and 500 °C is aT «vp b.T Te1
60 ©. At which temperature, its resistance will be 250?
1 1
a. 50°C b. 60 °C e.T« d.T«
ec. 70°C d. 80 °C vb “In
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 3
22. Three charges are placed at the three vertices of an 26. In the given circuit diagram,
equilateral triangle of side ‘a' as shown in the figure.
The force experienced by the charge placed at the
E=5V,r=10, AR, =40, A, =R, =1N and C =3yF
vertex A in a direction normal to BC is pth gn
A
+Q
a0
[kf —
C Ry Cc
-() +O t[t
Er=1)
8 c
2 2
ens bo Then, what will be the numerical value of charge on
4nrga Arta each plates of the capacitor.
a a 24uC b. 120
c. zero d. 3
2reya c.6yC d.3uC

23. A load of mass ™ falls from a height h on the scale pan 27. A block A of mass 100 kg rests on another block B of
hung from a spring as shown. If the spring constant isk mass 200 kg andis tied to a wall as shown in the figure.
and the mass of the scale pan is zero and the mass m The coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.2 and
does not bounce relative to the pan, then the amplitude that between 8 and ground is 0.3. The minimum force
of vibration is required to move the block B is(g=10ms *)

A
4 =100kg
Waill B 1 F
=200kg

“Ss
a mg 2hk
a. 900N 5. 200 N
k mg
c. 1100N d. 700 N
ce. 9, md 4+ 2h d. None
of these
k k mg 28. A uniform rod of length/ and mass mis free to rotate ina
vertical plane about A. The rod initially in horizontal
24. The activity of a radioactive sample is measured as N, position is released. The initial angular none of
counts per minute at f=0 and a counts per minute at the rod is (Moment of inertia of rod about Aiis mi
@3
t=5 min. The time (in minutes) at which the activity
reduces to half its value is
5
a. log, = b. ——
log,2
c. Slogy, 2 d. Slog,2 a. 3g b. al

2! 39
25. A plano-convex lens fits exactly into a plano-concave
c. 3g
oF d. Ir f
lens. Their plane surfaces are parallel to each other. If
lenses are made of different materials of refractive
indices 1, and yz, A is the radius of curvature of the 29. Monochromatic radiation of wavelength 4is incident on
curved surface of the lenses, then the focal length of a hydrogen sample in ground state. Hydrogen atom
combination is absorbs a friction of light and subsequently emits
FR R radiations of six differant wavelengths. The wavelength
2 (uy +2) 2 (Hy M2) is
R d. 2A a. 97.5 nm b. 121.6 nm
c.
(Hy -M2) Hy-Hs ec. 110.31nm d. 45.2 nm
A setr stupy GuineE BITSAT
30. A coil in the shape of an equilateral triangle of side /is 35. Two simple pendulums of lengths 5m and 20m
suspended between the pole pieces of a permanent respectively are given small displacement in one
magnet such that B is in plane of the coll. If due to a direction at the same time they will again be in the same
current /in the triangle, a torque rrests on it, the side/ of sense when the pendulum of shorter length has
the triangle is completed n oscillations. Then, nis
3 2/¢ a5 bo c.2 da.3

22{ 25 ola 36. A parallel plate capacitor with air between the plates
has a capacitance of 9 pF. The separation between the

(i + (a) plates is d. The space between the plates is now filled

with two dielectrics constant K,=3 and thickness :
31. Work done in increasing the size of a soap bubble from while the other one has dielectric constant K, =6 and
radius of (3 to 5) cm is nearly (surface tension of soap
solution = 0.03 Nm!) thickness 2. Capacitance of the capacitor is now
a.02nmW b.2nmJ c.0.4mJ d. 4n mJ a. 1.8 pF b. 45 pF
c. 40.5 pF d. 20.25 pF
32. The velocity of a projectile at the initial point A is
(2i + 3j) m/s. Its velocity (in m/s) at point Bis 37. A particle moving along X-axis has acceleration f, at
time ft given by t=6{1-+} where f, and T are

constants. The particle at f=0 and the instant when

f =O, the particle's velocity v, is
1
a. &T b. zlor®
1
c. f,T* d. tT
38. A geostationary satellite orbits around the earth In a
circular orbit of radius 36000 km. Then, the time period
of a sky satellite orbiting a few 100 km above the earth's
a. —2i- 3j b. - 21+ 3] surface (A =64000 km) will approximately be
c. 21 - 3j d. 21+3] ath bth e.2h d.4h

33. In the circuit shown, the heat produced in5Q resistor is 39. A transverse wave propagating on a stretched string of
10 cals” '. The heat produced per sec in 40 resistor
linear density 3«10°* kgn’ ' is represented by the
will be
equation
40 60
y =0.2 sin(1.5x + 601f)

|, where, x in metres and ft is in seconds. The tension in

the string (in Newton) is
a. 0.24 b. 0.48
50) ce. 1.20 d. 1.80
a. 1 cal b. 2 cal c. 3 cal d. 4cal 40. What is the magnetic field at the centre of arc in the
34. An a-particle after passing through potential difference figure below?
of V vait collides with a nucleus. If the atomic number of
the nucleus is Z , then distance of closest approach is
Zz Form *y : To w
4. 14.414.4-—V
3
b. 14.42 m
V
V
c. 14.4—m a Ho.
4n
21.
or
a bp Ho4x 2or va+ J
Z
Vv
d. 14.4— 0. Ho. LE + ay ata. t) 242)
z 4n-r 4n fr 4
 PART II
Chemistry
41. 4g of copper was dissalved in conc. HNO,. The copper 48. Which of the following reactions does not involved
nitrate thus obtained gave 5g of its oxide on strong absorption energy?
heating the equivalent weight of copper is |. O(g)+e —+0 (g)
a.293 b, 32 lI. S(g)+e —+S (g)
ec. 12 d. 20
IILO° (g) +e —» O* (g)
42. Choose the incorrect statement.
IV. Cl{(g)+e —+ Cl (g)
a. Sodium borohydride reacts very slowly with cold water
a. Only Il b. | and Ill
6. Sodium borohydride reacts violently with cold water to c. |, hand Ill d. |, land IV
give H.(g)
49. The most reactive amine towards reactions withdil. HCI
c. Solubility of sodium borohydride in water at 25°C is
10.05 g/ml is
NH
d. Melting point of sodium borohydride is 500°C
Hac
43. The orbital angular momentum of an electron is 2S a. CHy—NH, b oH ©. (CH,)5:N “O
orbital Is Hac
a. fh
4n
b. zero 50. Blocks of magnesium are fixed to the bottom of a
ship to
c. —h d. J2.—h a. block hole in the ship
2n az an
b. acidity of sea water
44. Which of the following are isoelectronic species? c. make the ship lighter
d. prevent the action of water and salt
1. CH, NHS
51. On electrolysis of water, a total of 1 mole of gases is
Il. NHj IV. NH, evolved. The amount of water decomposed is
a. |, Hand tl b. Il, iihand IV a. 1 mol b. 2 mol c mol d. = mol
c. |, land IV d. land |

45. Two elements A and B have electronegativities 1.2 and 52. How many moles of Fe* ions are formed when excess
3.0 respectively. The nature of bond between A and B of iron react with 500 mL O. 4NHCI, under inert
atmosphere?
would be
(assume no change in volume)
a. ionic b. covalent
a 04 60.1 c.0.2 d.0.8
c. co-ordinate d. metallic

46. In the compound,

53. Sodium sulphate is soluble in water but barium
sulphate is insoluble because
CH, = CH—C =CH a. hydration energy of Na,SO, is more than of its lattice
() (1!) (II!) energy
The most acidic hydrogen atom is b. lattice energy of BaSO, is more than \ts hydration
a. Only! b. Only Il energy

c. Only Ill d, All are equally acidic c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of the above
47. Reductive ozonolysis of (CH, ), C = C(CH, )»
followed by hydrolysis gives 54. |n the reaction,
a. only one type of ketone KCN LiAIHy
b. only one type of aldehyde CH, - CH) -Cl —+ (A) » (P) end product (P) is
c. two types of ketone a. CH,CH,. NO, b. CH,CH,CH,NO,
d. two types of aldehyde
c. CH,CH,NH, d. CH, CH, «CH,NH,
55. Which of the following reactions is an example of
calcination process?
6 SELF stupy Guibe BITSAT
a. 2Ag + 2HC| + [O] —+ 2AgCl + H,0 65. Which of the following is an incorrect set of quantum
b, 2Zn + O, —+ 2Zn0 members?
c. 22ZnS + 3O, —+ 2Zn0 + 280, an=2/=OQm=0 bon=1l=Om=0
cn=3/=3m=0 d.n=2,l=1m=1
d. MgCO, —*> MgO + CO,
66. The most acidic oxide for nitrogen is
56. For an endothermic reaction, where AH represent the
a. NO, b. N,O
enthalpy of reaction in kJ/mol, the minimum value for
energy of activation (for forward reaction) will be c. NO d. N,O;
a. less than AH b. zero
67. Which of the following show maximum bond-order?
c. more than AH d. equal to AH a. O2 6.05
57. Which of the following metal is leached by cyanide c. 0; d. OF
process
a. Ag b. Na c. Al d. Cu 68. Which of the following show an increase in entropy?

58. Which of the following is a diamagnetic complex |. Boiling of water

ll. Melting of ice
a. [Co(NH, ),]** b. (NiCI,}* Ill. Freezing of water
¢. [CuCl] d. (Fe(H20)_)°* IV. Formation of hydrogen gas from water
59. Neoprene isa a. (I) and (II) b. Only (It!)
@. monomer of rubber b. synthetic rubber c. (I), (II) and (IV) d. (Ill) and (IV)
c. a natural rubber d. vuleanised rubber 69. BF, is an acid, according to
60. Among the following, which have highest melting point? a. Lewis
a. lonic solids b. Pseudo solids b. Arrhenius
c. Molecular solids d. Amorphous solids c. Bronsted and Lowery
d. All of the above
61. The night-blindness is developed due to deficiency of
vitamin 70. For the reaction
a. Bg b.c C. By aA N,O,(g) —+ 2NO,(g)
62. The transfer RNA anticodon for the messenger RNA a. AH > AE b, AH< AE
codonG -C-Als ¢. AH =AE d. AH=0
a.C-G-U b. C-C-U
c. U-C-C d.G-U-C 71. Which of the following elements mostly form covalent
compounds?
63. 0.765 g of an acid gives 0.535 g of CO, and 0.138 g of a, Cs b. Rb
H,O, Then, the ratio of percentage of carbon and c.K d. Li
hydrogen is
72. When aqueous solutions of borax is acidified with HCl,
a.19:2 b. 18:11 we get
c. 20:17 ad1:7
a. BH, b. H,80,
64. Maximum pk, value is of c. B,0, d, All of these

NH-CH, 73. Which of the following compound does not follow

A
Huckel’s rule?
a. b. (CHgCH2)NH

©
c. (CHg)gNH d.(O)-™1-{O)

0
 SOLVED PAPER 2007 /
74. A graph is ploted between log K virsus © for calculation 77. Consider the following radioactive decays

of activation energy (E, ) The correct plot is . ep U-—» pp Thand

I. goTh —“> ggRa
In which case group of parent and daughter elements
remains unchanged.
@. In (i)
Wo
b. In (il)
c. Both in (I) and (II)
d. None of the above
t . Chlorobenzene —*22"-(%)_, Phenol
b. logk
Reaction-{¥) _. Salicylaidehyde.

wt The reactions(s) x’ and ‘Y' respectively are

a. Fries rearrangement and Kolbe
b. Cumene and Reimer-Tiemann
t c. Dow and Reimer-Tiemann
c. log k d. Dow and Sandmeyer.
. Which of the following has largest number of moles?
vWr— a. 8g of oxygen atoms
b. 16g of oxygen gas
c. 14g of nitrogen gas (N,)
a tefe
log k
d. All have same number of moles
60. One moles each of four ideal gases are kept as follows.
|. 5 Lof gas (A) at 2 atm pressure
WT Il. 2.5 L of gas (8) at 2 atm pressure
75. The hybridisation of Fe is K,Fe(CN), is lll. 1.25 L of gas (C) at 2 atm pressure
a. sp" b, dsp® c. sp?d* d.d*sp* IV, 2.5 L of gas (D) at 2.5 atm pressure
Which of the above gases is kept at highest
76. Which of the following shows maximum magnetic temperature.
moment?
a. Gas (A) b. Gas (B)
a. Mg?* b. TR* c.v* d. Fe**
c. Gas (C) d. Gas (D)
 Part Ill
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81-83) /n the following questions the a. dilemma 6. deadlock c. exhaustion d. settlement
sentences mayor may not be grammatically correct. Find out
Directions (Q. Nos. 91-95) Read the passage given below
which part ofa sentence has an error and mark that part. If
and answer the questions that follow.
there is no error mark part ‘d' as your answer.
A pioneering scheme has been started recently in
81. Along the northern frontier of India is seen Southampton of England's south coast to educate tourists who
a 5 have been convicted of drunken driving.
the Himal. in their The penalty for drunken driving might be the loss of the
c driving licence and a heavy fine. But under the new scheme,
convicted drivers do not pay the fine. Instead they have to
82. The
father
with the son were mysteriously missing attend eight training sessions; one a week organised by the
a b local authority probation service.
from the house. No error Designed to demonstrate the damage alcoho! can do, the
c d scheme was devised by senior probation officer John Cook. He
said that about a quarter of the people who came to him had a
83. Itadvisable
is not to take heavy luggages drinking problem, and had not realised how much they were
a b drinking, One way of getting the message across was to make
while on journey these days. No error the drivers pour out their usual ration of alcohol and then
measure it. Almost everyone poured out not asingle measure,
c d
but a double atleast, an example of how easy it is to have more
Directions (Q. Nos. 84-85) Fill in the blanks with suitable than just one drink and to encourage other people to do the
preposition from the alternatives given under each sentence. same. The instructors on the course are giving clinical
evidence of the effects of alcohol on the body and brain. The
84. The problem of communal harmony cannot be glossed sober truth is that drinking badly affects driving skills,
cenerereee DY the government.
although the drinker might like to believe otherwise,
a.at b.on c. over d. for
91. The Southampton scheme requires convicted drivers
85. She could not muster 0.0... courage to stand
a. to pay a heavy fine
against the maltreatment. b. to attend eight driving sessions-one a week
a. to b. up c. about d. on c, to undergo a probation service
Directions (Q. Nos. 86-88) The following sentences d. to surrender their driving licence
consist of a word or a phrase which is written in italicised 92. John Cook devised the scheme
letters. Each sentence is followed by four words or phrases. a. as a demonstration technique for driving
Select the word or the phrase which is closestto the opposite b. to deny the harmful effects of alcohol
in meaning of the italicised word or phrase.
c. toshow that Southampton was concerned about drivers
86. Philosophers say that the world is an illusion. d. to prove that alcohol does influence driving
a. a fact b.areality c.anactuality § d. a truth 93. The problem with a quarter of the people who went to
87. She used to disparage her neighbours every now and John Cook was that they
then. a. did not want to stop drinking
a.please b., praise c. belittle d. denigrate b. were unaware of the fact that they could get drunk
c. would not admit that they had a drinking problem
88. The momentum of the movement slackened in course d. did not know how much they were drinking
of time.
a@. stopped 6. quickened c. multiplied d. recovered 94. Most drivers start off with atleast
a. adouble measure b. asingle measure
Directions (Q. Nos. 89-90) /n the following sentences, a c. alittle less than a single measure
word or a phrase is written in italicised letters. For each d. two doubles
italicised part four words/phrases are listed below each
sentence. Choose the word nearest in meaning to the 95. The truth is that alcohol
italicised word/phrase. a. does not affect the body but only the brain
6. affects only the brain
89. The opposition criticised the ruling party for the
detenorating |aw and order situation in the state. c. affects the body and the brain
d. has no effect on the body or the brain
a. disrupting 6. worsening c. crumbling — d. eroding
90. The two opposing parties have reached stalemate.
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 9
b. Logical Reasoning

ald &
‘Shoes’ is related to ‘Leather’, in the same way as Question Figures
‘Rubber Is related to
a. Plastic b. Polythene
c. Latex d. Chappal
x Y z
97. Find the odd one from the following options
Answer Figures
a.81:243 b. 25:75
c.64: 192
. Complete the series by replacing '?' mark.
d. 16:64
8 8 SY(bi
|g 8}
(c)
[2°
(d)
4,11, 30, 67, 128, ?
a. 219 b. 228 103. Choose the answer figure which completes the
c. 237 d. 240 problem figure matrix.
. Lakshmi is elder than Meenu. Leela is elder than Question Figures

+|+|=
Meenu but younger than Lakshmi. Latha is younger
than both Meenu and Hari but Hari is younger than
Meenu. Who is the youngest?
a. Lakshmi b. Meenu
Th)
c. Leela d. Latha Tr) FR] 21) #] +] Bye
100. In the following question a part of problem figure is fa) (b 6c) 6
missing. Find out from the given answer figures a,b,c
and d that can replace the question mark (7?) to 104. In the following question, one or more dots are place in
complete the figure. the figure marked as (A). This figure is followed by four
altematives marked as a,b,c and d. One out of these
Question Figure Answer Figure four options contains region(s) common to circle,
square and triangles, similar to that marked by the dot
in figures (A). Find that figure
Question Figure

(a) () (c) (d) vy

101. In the following question, five figures are given. Out of (A)
them find the three figures that can be joined to forma Answer Figures

gs]QI ts. Fp
square.

oIATA
(A) (B) (c) (D) (E) (b) (c) (dc)

a. ACD b. BCD 105. How many different triangles are there in the figures
c. BDE d. CDE shown below?
102. The three problem figures marked x, Y and Z show the
manner in which a piece of paper is folded step by step
and then cut. From the answer figures a,b,c and d
select the one showing the unfolded pattern of the a. 28 b. 24
paper after the cut. c. 20 da. 16
 Part IV
Mathematics
106. The coefficient of x° in the expansion of 115. The number of times the digit 5 will be written when
(14 x)Pl 4 (14
x) 4 + (14 x)? is listing the integers from 1 to 1000, is
a. "'C. b. °C, a. 271 b. 272
c. tc. ~*¢, d. eo. + ar. c. 300 d. None of these
116. Let A and B be two sets such that AN X =B AX =
107. Ifz =a + ib satisfies arg (z — 1)=arg(z + 3/), then
and AUX =B8 UX for same set X. Then,
(a-N:b=
a A=B8 b. A=X
a.2:1 b.1:3
c.B=xX d. AUB=X
c.-1:3 d. None of these
117. Let A =[-1, Jandf: A> Abe defined as (x) =x|x | for
108. If p and p' denote the lengths of the perpendicular from
all x <A, then f(x) is
a focus and the centre of an ellipse with semi-major axis
of length a, respectively, on a tangentto the ellipse and a. Many-one and into function
r denotes the focal distance of the point, then b. one-one and into function
c. many-one and Into function
a. ap=rp' b. rp =ap'
d. one-one and onto function
c.ap=rp'+1 d. ap'+
mp =1
10 "oO 118. The general solution of sinx — 3sin2x + sin3x =cosx
109. The value of S’r. ‘is equal to —3cos 2x + cos 3x is
r=| °C, -4
ame &1 pe,mm2 * 3
ox
a.5(2n -9) b.10n
c.9(n—-4) d. None of these c. (-1y" my = d. 2nn + cos? 3
2 8 2
110. The numbers 3°°"°*~', 14 and 3*~*5"*" form first 119. Two equal sides of an isosceles triangle are
three terms of an A.P., its fifth term is 7x—y+3=0 and x+ y—3=0 and its third side
a.- 25 b. - 12 c. 40 d. 53 passes through the point (1,— 10). Find the equation of
111. For the equation 3x* + px + 3=0, p > 0, if one of the the third side
a. x-38y=-31 box -3y=31
roots is Square of the other, then p is equal to
c.x+ 3y=31 Ox+3=-31
at2 bt c.3 a2 3
120. If two distinct chords drawn from the point (p,q) on the
112. If a =log,3,b =log,5 and c=log,2, then log,,, 63 in circle x* + y* = px +q y (where pq + 0) are bisected
terms of a,b,c is by the X-axis, then
2ac +1 2ac +1
a. p> =q b. p® =8q*
“e+ abe +1 "Ra+e+a c. p® < &q* d. p* > 8q"
2ac +1
-> d. None
of these
2c+ab+a 121. The length of perpendicular drawn from the point
_ 4-x y -z,
113. If cos (x-— y),cosx and cos(x +y) are in HP, then (2, 2, 3,3, 4)4)to line
tol 2 =4=—,
6 3
cosx sec(y / 2)is equal to
a.=3 Vi01 b. =2 Vio
a.+ J/2 b.+1/J2
c.i2 d. None of these o. 2 083 a. 5 03
114. Let A={1, 2,3, 4,5} and A be a relation defined by
122. The image of the point (1,6,3) in the line
R=((x,y)ix,y eAx + y =5}. Then, Ais
a. reflexive and symmetric but not transitive x _y-1_2-2;
1 2 3
b. an equivalence relation
a. (-1,0,7) b.(— 1.0,-7)
c. symmetric but neither reflexive nor transitive
d. neither reflexive nor symmetric but transitive ce. (14,0,7) d.(2, 0,7)
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 11
123. The distances of the point (1,—5,9) from the plane a a-—b loga —log b
xX + y +z =5 measured along a straight line x = y =zis 1+ab 1+ logalogb
2/3 k, then the value of kis 6 +b loga+logb
a5 b.6 1-ab 1-log alogb
c. V3 d.4
132. The expression =,
[ bax x
where [x] and {x} are integral
124. lim sin[x rn? + fis equal to
n--@ {x} dx
a. © b.0 and fractional part ofx and n &N, is equal to
c. does not exist
x
d. None of these
ae bt
125. 1tf(x)=) ©: *5° then
n-1 fn

|1-x|, x>0 cn d.n-1

a. f(x) is differentiable at x —0 133. The maximum value of f(x) =x + sin 2x,x <[0, 2n]is
6. f(x) is continuous atx = 0,1
a= b. 2n c. ox d. Ss
c. f(x) Is differentiable atx =1 2 4 2
d. None of the above
134. The area under the curve y =|cosx —sinx|, O<x<7
126. If a function f:A—A_ satisfy the equation
and above X-axis, is
f(x + y)=f(x)+ fy) vx,y and the function f(x) is
continuous at x =0, then a. 2/2 b, 2/2 -2
a. f(x) is continuous for all positive real values of x ce. 2/2 +2 d.0
6. f(x) is continuous for allx
c. f(x) =O for all x
135. The solution of ¥ cos (x + ¥) + sin(x + y), is
d. None of the above
a.'og|1+ tan (*=¥)) + c=0
2x —sin’ x
127. The value of f(0),so that the function f(x) = ;
2x + tan” x b.iog| 1+ tan (= J-x+e
is continuous at each point in its domain, is
b.-—
1 ¢-1og| 1~tan (*2¥))| xc
w/o]

3 2
cc. a2 d. None of the above
3
136. The area enclosed by the curves y =x" andy = 4x is
128. Consider the greatest integer function, defined by
f(x) =[x], O< x <2 Then, a. 3 8q units b. = sq units
a. f is derivable atx = 1 b. fis not derivable
atx =1
c. = squnits d. = sq units
c.f is derivable atx =2 d. None of these

129. Let f(x) =— 2x? + 21%? — 60% 4 44, then 137. Hm {an ~ eno, wherea is finite number, then
a. f(x) Is decreasing in (- =, 1)
5. f(x) is decreasing In(- =, 2) a.a=2 b.a=0
c. f(x) is increasing in (- =, 1) c.b=1 db=-1
d. f(x) is increasing In (— =, 2)
138. I{the papers of 4 students can be checked by anyone of
130. Rolle’s theorem is not applicable for the function the 7 teachers, then the probability that all the 4 papers
f(x)=|x| in the interval [-1, 1] because are checked by exactly 2 teachers, is equal to
12 6
a. f'(1) does not exist a. — b, —
49 49
5. f'(- 1) does not exist 9 15
¢. f(x) is discontinuous at x =0 * 49 “49
d. f'(0) does not exist
131. Ifthe curve y =a* and y = b* intersect at angle a, then
tana Is equal to
12 seur stupy Guine BITSAT
139. If equation (10x —5)* + (10y — 4)* =72 (3x+ 4y - 1)? 145. Ifsin”'x + sin’ y + sin "z= and f(1) =2,
represents a hyperbola, then
a-2<h<2 BA>2 (ip + q)=t(p). fq), ¥ p,q A, then
c.h<-2ork>2 d.0<A’A<2 xe
1 4 4. Al2) 447°" H9) —~ xO
(x2+ ¥ +2)
—*___ is equal to
fA a
140. Let a and b be two non-collinear unit vectors. If a0 b.1
u =a-~-(a-b)bandv
=4a~ b, then|v |is equal to c.2 d.3
a.|u|
146. The value of 2 4 2+4 + 2t4+8 | wl
b.|ul+|v.a| 1! 2! 3!
c.2|v] ae b. 28
d.|v|+u.(a+b) c. Je d. None of these
147. If z,, 2, and z, represent the vertices of an equilateral
141. If the variance of the observations x,,x>,......., Xp iS 0°,
then the variance of ax, aX,...... , OX, a= Ois triangle such that |z,| =|z5| =|2Z,}, then
@. 2,423 =23 b. 2,+ 2) + 2, =0
ac b. cecr*
©. z,22=— a. 2, - 29 = Z4-Z2
¢. 707 dé. =. 2a
a?

142. Coefficient of variation of two distributions are 50 and (vxPdx

148. If | ——-——.
. x? | ;
=A lo + C, thena + 4 equal to
60 and their arithmetic means are 30 and 25, Vie ox® Sead 4
respectively. Difference of their standard deviation is
a2 b. >2
a.0 b.1
c.<2 d.>3
¢.13 dg. 2.5

143. The maximum value of z=9x+13y subject to 149. Line joining the points (0,3) and (5,- 2)is a tangent to
constraints 2x + Sy <18, 2x + y <10,x>0,y > Ois the curve
y =——, then
+X
a. 130 b. 81
c.79 d. 99 aa=1:43 baed
c.a=-14,/3 d.a=-2+2J/3
144. A coin is tossed 7 times. Each time a man calls head.
The probability that he wins the toss atleast 4 occasions 150. The shortest distance between the parabolas y* = 4x
Is
and y* =2x -6is
~1 b.=5 a2 b. V5
a4 8
c+2 qd. 16 c.3 d. None of these
Answers
Physics
1. (a) 2. (0) 3. (c) . (b) » (b) . (b) . (d) . ic) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. 14, (b) 15. 16. (d) . (6) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21, (b) 22. (c) 23. 24. (d) 25. 26. (c) . (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. . (a) 35. 36. . (d) 38. 39. (b) 40. (b)

Chemistry
41. (0) 42. (b) 43. 44. (b) 45, (c) 47, (a) 48, (9) 49, (b) 50. (0)
51. (d) 52. (b) 53. .( 55. 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (a)
61. (0) 62. (a) 63. 64. (d) 65. 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70, (a)
71. @) 72. (0) 73. 74, (b) 75, 76, . (8) 78. 79, (d) 80, (¢)

English Proficiency
81. (0) 82. (b) 83. 84, (c) » (b) 87. + (D) 90. (b)
a1. (b) a2. (d) 93. 94. (a) 95.

Logical Reasoning
96. (c) 97. (d) 98. . (d) 100. 101. 102. 103. 104, 105. (a)

Mathematics
106. (c) 107. (b) 108. 109. (a) 111. 112. 113. (a) 114. 115. (c)
116. (a) 117. (d) 118. 119. (b) 121. 122. 123. (a) 124, 125. (b)
126, (b) 127. (a) 128. 129. (b) 132. 133. (b) 134, 135. (b)
136, (c) 137, (c) 138. 139. (c) 141, 142. 143. (c) 2 (Cc) 145. (c)
146, (c) 147. (b) 148. . (b)
SOLUTIONS
Physics

4. (a) According to Stefan's law p = < = cAeT* gE

= mg
=> mg
q=—
So, we can write as
4 1.96« 10 * x98
#-(2] =——_—_,
4x10
coulomb
EAT
— 1.9610 5x98
elementary charges
E, _(900)" = Fe «gy ~ 4x 10°~ 1.6%10 8
E, \300 E,
= 8e
&, = B1E, 1 => Fe gy
E, 5. (b) Givan, H=FA
or u* sin? 0 _ u* sin 20
2. (d)jv, =ro= 1.2 « 2nf fm =2nf]
2g g
- 12%2x3.14x{ 20) = 50 ms 2u" sin 0. cos 0
- g
or taniis4
=> Os tan ‘(4)
6. (b) Given, a =6cm=6 «10° m
«= 100 rad/s,
m= 1kg
1
Kmax = 3 mura®

= 3 x1 x(1007 «(6x 10° 2)?

- 340-50 “9?
=586 Hz =18d

3. (c) We have,f, — 4, = mf, 7. (b) From triangle ABC

A

=98cm
.. Dispersive power
al=
sa

wn bok
o

sin d= t

ly Ho mw
_100~ 96.8 q8
98 4
V2
- 32
98
_ 9.0325 = sin0=sin45°
4. (b)V = 800V ,
= sin—
4
_¥ __ 800 Vim
d 2x10? Time period for angle 2x is T = oe
=4 «10° Vim
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 15
.. Time by charged particle to emerge from magnetic field Magnetic flux 6=B8-A=8-2r
is win. db
4qB Induced
nduced emf
emf|| e|
@ | =%—

8. (b) Given, 4, = 12000A =Bn2r-

and 25=10000A at
D=2cm =0.025*nx2x2«10?x1x10°%
d=2mm=2«10%m =nmV

We have, 12. (a) Increase in length

dyhe _ Mpmn, _ 12000 _6
10000 5 a | ie

as PAP
x=5 ”, = 5)
_ 5 «12000 x10" x2
7 2104 AL=BO + OC -(BG)
= §x1.2*104« 10°"«109 =6mm = 280- 28D
9. (c) Equation of motion of lower block is = AL=2B0-2L
1
F =y(M, + Ma)-g =2(2 +x]? -2L
_ F
1
(M, + Mg)g 22
or AL= au + | -2L [-- using Bionomial theorem
494
=—~_=_=05
10x98 2 2
=> <Abz=2b 114)

10. (b) Given R = 3km = 3000 m

2B |
-|%o

u [ex << L]

. AL
.. Strain = —
2L
200 cm

nm

— 4
b~|>

= =~

2L 2b
+—3 km —+ 13. (d) We have, A, = Ag(1+ at)
Here, 20 = Ay(1+ 20a)
Range, A= u@
60 = Ay(1+ 500 x)
60 Ag(1+ 500)
= u-R |Z o u=3000x |—12 20 Fy(l* 20a)
2h 2 x 2000
14 500a
= 3000 x
20 ~ 1+ 20a
= 150 m/s => 1+ 20a)=1+ 500a
=> 34 60a =1+ 500
=150 «43 kein
=> 4400 =2
=540knvh 2 1
=> a=—=—/"C
440 220
11. (b) Here, magnetic field, B = 0.025 T
16. ser stupy Guine BITSAT
Also givenFR, = 25°C,t=7 Also power gain =/)* = impedance gain

20 Pat : 226) = (25)? x 200. 1250

Now, 100
25 a(t | 18.
au
(d)T=—%
a(t. a5} 75(1 20
220) H=—
On solving,
29
t=80°C and R=U, *T
When a horizontal acceleration is also given to the projectile
14. (b) de-Broglie —
U, , T and H will remains unchanged while range will
become
a) =p “fe a

a
6.610™
sa
2% 1.6 1077 «1,610° x 1000
~ 34
=> 4. = 88410-0910 ®m 24 9° 4
7.16% 107
15. (c) Let the volume of ice-berg is V and its density is p. If this 19. (b) We have,
PM+ _ PeVe
Te
ice-berg floats in water with volume V,,, inside it, then
V,,0g =Vpg or V; = Pu
2a"
o= density of walter
_1x 500 (273-3) _ 1500x270
=> vel) Vv 0.5x (273+ 27) 0.5 x 300
a
V, = 900 mi
=> V-V,
west]. _ 1000
1000-900
-900 |, 20. (c) Intensity at centre of bright fringe,
o ~~4000 In =1 +14 2,1
cos 0
_Vv Io = 2) + 2)
[. cos 0° = 1

10 = 4/
=> Vou, (MV= 0.1 = 10%
Similarly Intansity at point *
16. (d) We have, Kinetic energy of electron,

K= Ze* (with phase difference = 2 5)

also, Potential energy of electron, ['=14

14 2Ni cos =
2
___1_ 2 = 2+ 2 x0
4ne oF
= 2/
Total energy Ig_ Al
E=K4U rat
Ze* Ze*
21. (b) Let block is displaced through x m, then weight of
- Ortry 6 - 4ntg: 6
displaced water or upthrust (upwards)
E=- Ze" or K =-E=-(-3.4) =—Axpg
Where, A |s area of a cross-section of the block and p Is
=3.4eV density, This must be equal to force (= ma) applied where m
17. (c) Voltage gain= [} x impedance gain is mass of the block and a is acceleration.

=> 50= |} x200

ma = — Axpg
100 or a= APDy - wre
=> p=25 m
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 1/7
This is equation of SHM. Taking log on both sides, we get
The time period of oscillation, log 1-loge =
5,4
log >

= -1=2(-log2)
T= 2x =21 im
© Apg ;
=> Tae = T =5loq,2
Now, let t' be the time after which activity reduces to half

(3) -(2)""™"
. (c) Resultant force

Fi =F? +F* + 2FF cos 120° =F cos 120° = 3]

=> t=5log,2

25. (c) Focal length of combination

11°74
a7h
Rhee he aehh voll(I)

Using lens maker's formula

1 1 1 __ (He-9)
pots Wf |. ee
B c
,1g p(4-1)
al omit
-O
of2 A
Now, from figure
F =F? +F*? + 2F'F" cosg0°
or 1_(u-1)
("AR
Now, the force normal to BC at vertex A is
F"=,F*-F* =0 te Fl=F) 1_ 2-4
fy R
23, (b) From the conservation principle,

mah = © KXS ~ moXy

where, X, is maximum elongation in spring. 45
> 5 kX§ ~ mgX, ~mgh = 0
2mg 2mg
xz- Xy-—=h=0
TF BOT OTE
2 Putting these values in Eq (i), we get
2m 4 {22 44x29 p
X= 2 kK. k 1_(y- 1 tea-?
* 2 f R R
= IJ_(y)-t-n2+1)
Amplitude = elongation in spring for lowest extreme position f R
— elongation in spring for equilibrium position
oy 1 —Hi-H2
| 2hk r f R
=Xp -x,= 3 \* one [-x= 3]
_ A

24, (d) Fraction remains after n half-lives (414 —He)

t
26. (c) Current will flaw only through the branch containing
#-(3) -(3)" resistance A,
=_F 5 -1A
Ao+r 441

Potential difference across AR,

=1x4=4V
If qbe the charge on each plate of capacitor, then
q + q =4
e¢ ¢
18 seLr stupy cuine BITSAT
or 4 Substituting the given values in expression for torque, we
¢ get
or
2q
————= ff
3x10°° c= ix 13.6 singoe
g=6yC
t="
V3 PB (-: sin 90° = 1)
27. (c) Friction force between A and
8 and between block
B and
1
surface S will oppose F
F =Fas + Fag = pt apMag + pas(Ms, + Melo Here, /= als)
= 0.2= 100 10+ 0.3(100+ 200) 10
= 200 + 900 =1100N 31. (d) Work done = Change in surface energy
m=5em
28. (a) The moment of inertia of the uniform rod about an axis
_=3cm
through one end and perpendicular to its length is
mr => W = 27 = 4niry
-F)
3 =2 0.03 x 4n [(5)* - (3)*] x 10° *
where, mis the mass and / its length. =0.4nmJ
Torque (t =/+ a) acting on centre of gravity of rod is 32. (c) From the figure, the X-component remains unchanged
given by while the Y-component ls reverse. Then, the velocity at point
! Bis (21 — 3j) mis.
t=mg 5

33. (b) H=P Rt

also, wa acting
2 F(t]
, 2

(8
/

-¥ Hy \tp) \ A,
ai
nn-)_¢
29, (a) As H-atom emits 6 spectral lines or = 20_/_1 |, 5
2 Hy (3) 4
n=4 2
AE =E, - E, = 13.6- 0.85 H, =2 cal
= 12.75 eV
34. (a) Given KE of a-particle= 2eV
;— 1242 nm
12.75 -(Zede)
4ney
« (KE)
=97.5nm
_ 2Ze «9 «10°
30. (a) Torque acting on equilateral triangle in a magnetic field
av
Bis
t=/ ABsin 6
pa 2X2 x16 x10 x9 x10"
2v
4
=144-5A
Vv
. (c) According
to question
mT = nT
>= n- 2/8 =(n-92x a
g g
i» =>n=2
n-1
Normal
36, (c) The two capacitors formed are in parallel, hence
Area of triangle LMN, capacitance of the combination
A= ai and 0=90° o- GOG+O, wll(i)
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 19
where, C, = Ke (. “C= as Ail) Simiarly Te x1;
q3 \ T, «(36000)°
Kae,A Tz « (6400 +h)"
C,= 2d ...{iii)
Therefore,
3
T.\* =T?|>(6400+h)*
|
:
BKyA x KytgA-3 ( 2) ri 36000 }

Cog SKA | IKze9A 64007”

>T?|
d 2d 3600|
_ OK Kae A* d
>(24)| 8)
2d° fA x18 45 |
tis given Th > 24 x8x/B

2q/3 dja
“45x85
Ky Ka >1.8h
So, T, 22h
yA
2a = 9pFp 39, (b) Equation of wave,
y =0.2sin[1.5x + 60f]
Using given values Comparing with standard equation, we get
C., = 40.5pF y =Asin[kx + wf]

37. (d) Acceleration k=1.5-2%

A

f=-™aah ply =|t)

and
20
oo = 60 =—7

ey
or dv=h|1-=| at e(i) “Velocity
of wave, v = ;
Integrating Eq. (i) on both sides, we get
- © _s0ms
1.5
...(ii)
Velocity of wave in stretched string, v= iE.
After applying boundary conditions m
v=Oatt=0 where, mis the linear density, T is tension in the string.
Weget, C=0 So,T =v* m=(40)? x 3x10“
= vet 2.
fh. ~All) = 0.48N
40. (b) Distance of straight path from O
Asf =f (,_t
1 z|
When f = 0,1 =T
Substituting tf = T In Eq. (iii), then velocity

vy 40 — 24 T? = ST
4

38. (c) By Kepler's law of planetary motion,

T? xr3, hence 7,2 «43
20 seu stupy cuipe BITSAT
Chemistry
41. (b)~ 4g of copper gave 5g of its oxide means, 48. (d) Reaction (1), (Il) and (IV) are of exothermic nature, thus
1g of oxygen combine with 4g of copper. do not involve absorption energy.
~- Eq, wt of oxygen =8, 49. (b) More be the ability of N-atom of —NH, group to donate
Therefore, lone pair of electrons to HCI (dil.), more be the reactivity of
8g of oxygen combine with =4 = 8g of copper = 32g amine.

Hence, In (b) two alkyl groups are attached to the —NH, (having
Equivalent weight of copper =32 electron releasing nature) which increases the electron
donating ability of N-atom of —NH,.
42. (b) Option (b) is the incorrect statement as reaction of Hence is most reactive.
NaBH, with cold water is very slow. It is not violent. All other
are correct statements. Note (CH,),N

43. (b)~ fors-subshell.

/=0
Hence, orbital angular momentum of an electron is 2s
orbital = zero, 50. (d) Block of magnesium prevents the action of water and
* orbital angular momentum = ,//(/ + 1). z | salt of jron (of ship) by sacrificing itself.
L. 19
This is method of protection of ship (i.e. of iron), known as
44. (b) |. Number
of electrons in CH, = 6+ 3-1=8 sacrificial protection,

Il. Number
of electrons in NH, = 7+ 2+ 1=10 §1. (d) . Only one mole of total gases are evolved and H,O
ltl. Number
of electrons in NH) =7+4-1=10 decomposes as
IV. Number
of electrons in NH, =7 + 3=10 H,0 —Secomposition, yy + 0.
Since, species with same number of electrons are called
1
isoelectronic species, Hence, IInd, Illrd and IVth are L@, total moles =1+ —= = moles by one mole of H,O
2
isoelectronic.
Now,
45. (a) - Difference of electronegativity between (A) and (B)
=3.0-1.2=1.8 and, a bond having electronegativity . 3 moles of gases are evolved by = 1mole of H,O
difference greater than 1.65 Is of ionic nature. 1 2
*. 1 moleof gases are evolved by = —— =—
Hence, bond between (A) and (8) would be of ionic nature. * by 3/2 3

46. (c) The hydrogen, attached with sp-hybrid C-atom is most Hence, 1 mole of total gases are evolved by 5 mole of H,0,
acidic because of highest electronegativity of sp hybrid
carbon atom, H atom becomes relatively more acidic. 52. (b)-- Reaction between Fe and HCl is as follows

47. (a) Reductive ozonolysis of (CH, ), < CH(CH, ), followed by Fe + 2HC| —+ FeCl, + H, on reaction
+a

hydrolysis gives only one type of ketones because of n (moles of Fe) = n (moles of HCI)
symmetry across the C = C and bonding of two same alkyl
n{Fe) = Normality (HCI) x Volume of HCI
groups (CH, ) with both the carbons bonded through double
bond. 0.4 «500
n(Fe)= = 0.2 moles
cmc 1000
CHs (i) Ozonolysis
As each Fe consumers 2 electrons to change to Fe*’ ion.
CHS cH, amiss
.. Number of Fe*" ions produced = a = 0.1mole

53. (c) For dissolution hydration energy must be more higher

(-ve) value than of lattice energy. Thus, (c) is the correct
answer.
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 21
54. (d) In the given reaction the end product is (d). It is obtained 12 70
-. 70 g of CO, gives, C =
as follows. 44
CH, CH, Cl ———>
cy
SACHIN eaaien®
LAH, =19.09 g
. % of carbon =19.00
CH, CH,CH, -NH, Similarly,
55. (d) Conversion of carbonate are into its oxide (by heating in (i) for hydrogen
absence of air) is known as calcination. % of H.O
~.(d) is the correct answer i.e. 0138 «100
0.765
MgCO, —*+ MgO + CO.(g) = 18.03 = 18.00

56. (c) We know that, AH= E - E, % of Hydrogen

2x18
= = 200
where, £&, &£ = activation energy for backward and forward 18
respectively.
Hence ratio
of carbon and hydrogen is 19 :2
Thus,& = AH+&,, means& > AH.
. (d) Least basic has maximum value of pK,,.
57. (a) Ag is leached by cyanide process by making the
Since, in (d), lone pair of electrons over N-atom are
complex using NaCN/KCN as follows
delocalised to two benzene rings, thus is least basic.
Ag,S + 4NaCN—- 2Na[Ag(CN),] + NaS
Bokutle
(c)~~ for (/) It can be upto (n - 1) and
58. (a) Among the given option (a) is a diamagnetic complex. Thus, m=+/,i.e. +/,0,-1
(a) [Co(NH,),)"* => Co(27)=> Co” = 3d"4s°, Thus, has no
for (a) n =2,/=0, m= O(correct),
unpaired electrons and is a diamagnetic complex.
for (b) n =1,/=0,
m=0 (correct),
(b) [NICI,]* = Ni (28)—> Ni*t = 3d"45°
(c)n =3,/=4, (not correct),
Thus, has two unpaired electrons is paramagnetic.
(d) n= 2,/=1,m =1(Correct),
(c) [Cucl,]> = Cu (29)=> Cu* = 3a°4s°
. (d) More higher be the (+) ve oxidation number of N-atorm in
Thus, has one unpaired electrons and is paramagnetic.
its oxide more acidic be the nature of oxide, Thus N,Q, is
(d) [Fe(H,0),]**= Fe (26)= Fe** = 3a 4s°
most acidic oxide.
Thus, has five unpaired electrons and is paramagnetic.
N,
— N,
59. (b) Neoprene is a synthetic rubber. It is a polymer of + (¢)» Bond order (BO) = —*—*
chloroprene (2-chlorobuta,1, 3 diene).
Thus,
60. (a) lonic solids have highest melting point due to strong
electrostatic force of attraction.
1010, 80-19=8..9
61. (d) Night blindness is developed due to deficiency of foro;, Bo=- "=, 15
vitamin-A.
for0;,BO= "= -25
62. (a) The transfer RNA anticodon for messanger RNA codon
G-C-Ajis
foror, BO- "2-819
C -G ~ U, because in anticodon of RNA,
G replaced by C Hence maximum value for BOis for 0; .
C replaced by G . (c) Option (c) is the correct option as In (i), (ii) and (iv) the
A replaced by U state changes towards more random state, thus entropy
63. (a) % for CO, increases.

‘: 0.765g of acid gives CO, = 05359 . (a) BF, is a Lewis acid, as it accepts lone pair of electrons.

. 100g of acid gives CO, = eerie It is not an Arrhenius acid because it does notfurnish H’ jon
in its aqueous solution.
% of CO, = 70.00
It is also nota Bronsted Lowry acid as if does not give H™
% for carbon ions in any solvent.
“2 44 of CO, gives,
C= 12g
22 SELF sTuDY GUIDE BITSAT
70. (a) AH =AE + AngRT Number of unpaired electrons in V** = 2
and An (for the given reaction)= 2-1=+ 1 Number of unpaired electrons in Fe** = 4

« AH> AE
Thus, Fe"' show maximum value of magnetic moment (j).
also, yp =.j/A(n+2).BM(n= Number of unpaired
71. (d) First member of 1st group i.e. lithium, mostly form electrons).
covalent compounds due to Its small size and comparatively
high LE. (with respectto other members of its group). » (a) *° Elements with atomic Number 90 to 103 belongs to
same group, |.@. III-B 3rd group (i.e. actinoids)
72. (b) When aqueous solution of borax (Na,B,O,) is acidified
with HCl, we get HBO, and NaCl as follows
- (c)
cl
Na.B,O, + 2HCl + 5H.0 —> 2NaCl + 4H,BO, (i) NaOH (ii)H*
Borax Borie acid (X)=Dows process

73. (d) An aromatic compound can follow Huckel's rule if it has OH

(i) CHCI,+NaQHCal (il) He /
(4n + 2)r-electrons
(¥)=Reimer tiemann Salicylaldehyde
where, n = integerQ, 1, 2, 3, ... etc. Phenol
Thus,
fajo=0;4%04 2=2n (d)-n= ® (actual mass) (molar mass)
.. follow Huckel's rule
for
(b) n =1; Number of 1-electrons= 6
.. follows Huckels rules.
(c) 9 =1; Number of n-electrons =6
~. follows Huckel's rule.
(d) 7 =1, Number of n-electrons = 8
(4n + 2=4% 14 2=6)
but this compound has 8 electrons which distorts the plane (d) Thus, all have same number of moles.
and hence does not follows Huckel’s rule,
. (0) For ideals gas
74. (b) According to Arrhenius equation's pV =nAT

“9 “s
E.
log K =log A - ——*— —
2303 T
1
or
ar
_pv
n=1=constant
on comparing it with the equation of st. line y= mx + c plot
(b) is the correct answer. R= 0,083 = constant
Ta«pVv
75. (d)* GN is a strong ligand and from six Coordinats bonds
Thus,
with Fe-elements. Thus Fe show d’sp° hybrisation in
K,Fe(CN),. The gas that shows highest product of p x V, has highest
temperature.
76. (d) More be the number of unpaired electrons + more be for (A) p x*V=1*5=5
the magnetic moment. (B) p xV=2 "2.525
and (C)pxV=2«1.25=25
Number of unpaired electrons in Mg* = 0
(D) pxV=2.5 «2.5 =6.25
Number of unpaired electrons in Ti?’ = 1
Hence gas (D) show highest temperature.
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 23
89. (b) Deteriorating means becoming progressively worse
English Proficiency worsening.

81. (b) ‘Are’ should be used in place of ‘is’. 90. (b) Stalemate means a situation in which neither group
involved in an argument or an act can win or get an
82. (b) ‘Was’ should be used in place of were.
advantage and no action can be taken.
83. (b) Luggage should be used in place of luggages.
91. (b) The answer is clear from the second paragraph of the
84. (c) Gloss over somethingis used. passage.
85. (b) Preposition up is used with muster. 92. (d) The answer is clear from the sentence Designed to

belief; a deceptive
demonstrate the damage alcohol can do ......
86. (b) Illusion means a false idea or
appearance or impression. Its antonym will be reality 93. (d) The answer is clear from the sentence ...... who came to
him ...... had not realised how much they were drinking
87. (b) Disparage means to criticise someone in a way that
shows that you do not respect or value him. Its antonym will 94. (a) The answer is clear from the sentence ‘Almost everyone
be praise poured out nota single measure, but a double atleast ...... .
88. (b) Slackened means reduce or decrease in speed or 95. (c) The answer is clear from the first sentence of the last
intensity. Its antonym will be quickened. paragraph.

Logical Reasoning
96. (c) ‘Leather’ is a raw material used to make ‘Shoes. Same Meenu > Hari > Latha (iii)
as, ‘Rubber’ is made using ‘Latex’ which is a raw material. After arranging the equations,
Lakshmi > Leela > Meenu >Hari > Latha
97. (d) Here, 81x3=243
.. Latha is the youngest.
25*3=75
64 «3 =192 100. (a) Here, all the three equal parts have same design. So, we
but 16 «4=64 can obtain the answer figure for the missing portion by
We can see that in all options second number is three rotating question figure by 90° clockwise.
times the first number except 16 : 64.
Hence, option(a) is the right answer.
Hence, 16 : 64 /s odd one,
101. (a) Out of five given figures, we can take figure (A), (C) and
98. (a) The sequence to given series is as follows (D) to make a square.
4 11 30 67 128
|__t 102. (b) After falding, paper step, by step and then cut as shown
+7 +19 +37 +61 +91 in the question, it will show as an option (b).
LL tL__tl__ftt_t
12 +18 +24 103.(c) Moving row wise the number of horizontal lines
+6 +6 +6
increases by one in each step continuing the process, we
will get figure of option (c) which will replace the question
Hence, 219 will come in place of question mark'?’. mark'?’,
99. (d) From given information, we have 104. (c) Required figure given in option (c).
Lakshmi > Meenu i)
105, (a) There are 28 triangles in the given figure.
Lakshmi > Leela> Meenu --(li)

Mathematics
106.
(c) (14 x)" + (14 x)? 4 oo. +(14 x)" .. Coefficient of x* in the given expression
=(14 x)?" [14 (14 x) 4.4 (14 x) = Coefficient of x* in 2 [(1+ x)" - (14 x}"]
x
=(14 xy" wandx =|
(1-x)—1 = Coefficient of x° in[(1+ x)" -— (14 x)*"]
n mn
=", -"C,
=i [(1+x)" =(14 297)
1 at 2
24 ser stupy cuine BITSAT
107. (b) We have, = sin 2a =+ = 2a = 90° [sin 30° = 1/2]
arg(z-1)=arg(z+ 3A 2
= arg((a— 1) + ib) =arg(a +(b+ 3) Thus, the first three terms
of the AP are 1, 14, 27.
f Hence,
its fifth term a, = a, + (5-1)d
= tant |—9-) < tant (24+3 nt ( i
a-1 a =1+ 4«19=1+ 52=53

_ b _5+3 111. (c) Let a, a? be the roots of x? + px + 3

a-1 a -. Product of the roots,
=> ab =(a -1)(b + 3) a-a?=t1 => a =1
=> 3(a-N=b => a=lo,@
=> (a-1):b=1:3 Again, evertenk
3
x* 2

108. (a) Let the ellipse be ~_+ “= 1

ab => 1+1=-8p ifa=t
xcos0 ysiné .
and let —eeeet ---(i) => p=-6

be a tangent to it at point (a cos 0,b sin 0). Then, p = length But p >0
of the perpendicular from S(ae, 0) on Eq. (i) .. a@ = 1) not possible.
Ifa =o, thena + a? =0+ w =-14
ecosti-1 é
oe
7-8
= => p==3
=> p=
cos*0 sin’0 3
a 7 be Again, ifa = w, then
2_wa a2 _
p’ = length of the perpendicular
from O(0, 0) on Eq. (i) ovo a ile ial aca
4.
1 3
=> = =3
P cos’) sin?0 ~ °
a UB 112. (d) We have,
and r=aecosi-a
log.
63 =log. . (3 x3 x7)
_log.(3x3x7)_ log, 3+ log, 3+ log, 7
Clearly, rp’
= ap “log, (2° x5%7) log, 2 + 10g, 5 + log, 7
109. (a) We have, bas 1

$1. rat B= ote Sear

ret f+b+— es TsOCF
* Yr. ee
ae = L{ln+ Sines )-7} 113. (a) Given that, cos (x — y), cos.x, cos (x + y) are in HP.
* 2cos (x —y) cos(x+ y)
C, Then, = see
= Yr.
ral 4
=t0(ns 9- ralSr ory COS GOS (x —y) + 008 (x + y)
. _ 2(cos
x = sin’
’y)
=> ort =10 (n+ 1)-—55 = One® 2cosx cosy
ret r-1
=> cos’x cosy = cos’x — sin’y
=10n ~45=5 (2n-9) => cos*x (cos y ~ 1) =~sin®y
110. (d) Since, F ** "14. and3' *** are in AP. Therefore, => cos’ x(1-cosy)=1-
cos’ y
2x14a Ger) 4 gt ee => cos’ x (1-cos y) =(1- cosy) (1+ cosy)
_a, 3 ose => cos’x=1+ cosy= cos’ x= 2cos*y/2
~ = 7+> wherea =o => cos’x sec (y/2)=2
> a ~84a + 249=0 => cosx sec(y/2)=+/2
= (a-81(a-3)=0 114. (c) We first write the elements of the set F.
- gun ppm g Le. R= (1, 4), (4, 1), (2,3), (3, 2))
= =o or = Since, (1, 1) € A => Ris not reflexive.
> 2sin 2a =1 [v 2sin
2a = 4]
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 25
Now as, (1, 4)€A => (4,1) eA and(2 3) cA = (sin 2x —cos 2x)(2
cosx -3)=0
=> (3,2) eR => sin 2x = cos 2x [. cosx #3/2]
So, Ais symmetric
Now, (1, 4) eRand(4, l)beR
=> ax= den {5 2x
+ (eR
=> x= $ ' . [-: neglect - ve sign]
Thus, Fis not transitive.
Hence, Ais symmetric but neither reflexive nor transitive,
119. (b) The third side is parallel to a bisector of the angle
115. (c) Any number between 1 to 999 is of the form abe when between equal sides.
0<4,b,¢ <9. Let us first count the number in which 5 The bisactors
are 7x - y+ 3=+5(x+ y -3)
occurs exactly once. => 2v-6y+18=0
Since, 5 can occur at one place in 1«°C, «9 «9 =243 or 12x + 4y-12=0
ways, next 5 can occur in exactly two places in *C, «9 = 27. => x-3y+9=0
Lastly, 5 can occur in all three digits in only one way. or 3x4+y-3=0
Hence, the number of times 5 occurs Let the third side be x — 3y =k or 3x +y=L
=1«2434+ 27x241«3 It passes through (1,- 10).
= 243 + 54+
3= 300 k=314L=-7
116. (a) Given,
that, AUX =BUX Hence, required lines are x -3y =31,3* + y=-7

=> AN(ALX)=An(BULX) 120. (d) Let (f, m) be the other end of the chord drawn from the
=> (An A) L(A nX)=(AB) U(AMX) point (p,q) on the circle
[Using distributive law] x? +? = px + ay
= Avé=(ANB)
Ud: AAX=4 7 _..
Their mid-point is}
(f+p m+q
—— , ——
=> A=AnB (i) pe 2 2

Again, consider A UX =BuX Since, mid-point lies on X-axis ie. y =0

=> BnA(AVX)=B8a(Bux) m+q=0 mm ())
=> (BOA) L(B OX) =(BOB)L(B
aX) Also, (f, m) lias on the circle.
= (BOA)L6=BuUdb [BOX=G 4 nf - pt-qm=0 - All)
=> AnB=8 ewa(li) From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we getf — pt + 2q*=0
Thus from Eq. (i) and (li), we get Which is quadratic in t such that, Discriminant > 0
A=B — p’-8q°>0 = p*>8q"

_ _[x?, x20 121. (a) Let P be the foot of the perpendicular drawn from
117. (d) f(x) =x |x 4 ye, ved
A (2, 3, 4) to the given line /.
y

Now, any point on the line / is given by

x=4-2), y=6),2=1- 92

The coordinates of P are (4 - 2), 6), 1-32)

The direction ratios of AP are
(4 -214- 2,64 -3,1-34-4)
Le.(2- 2), 64-3,-3 - 3a)
Since, —1<.x <1, therefore —1<f(x) <1
And the direction ratios of / are — 2, 6 and - 3.
~. Function is one-one and onto. Given, AP 1!
118. (b) We have, '. -2(2-2))+ 6(64-3)-3(-3- 3)=0
sinx - 3sin2x + sin 3x =cosx- 3cos 2x + cos ax => a
13
=> sinx + sin3x -3sin2x =cosx+ cos 3x — 3cos 2x 49
=> 2sin2x cosx - 3sin2x -2cos2x cosx + 3cos2x=0 AP? =(4— 2) ~2)? + (62 - 3)? + (1- 32-4)?

= sin 2x (2 cosx — 3) — cos 2x (2cosx -3)=0 = 22 ~ 26). + 499°

26 SELF stupy Guine BITSAT
13
Put a
L=—, we get e", x<0
125. (b) f(x)= , —-x, O<w<1
AP* _ 909
49
AP = 3 Jini X= x>1

122. (c) Let P(1, 6, 3)be

the given point andL P(1, 6,3)
Rf"(Q) = m 10+ ee (0) _ tn | P=) =
be the foot of perpendicular from P to
the given line. The coordinates of a Lf'(0)= lim 10-010),
h)- 0) ino
general point on the given line are
x-0 y-1 z-2 . So, it is not differentiable atx =0.
, 2 3 ~* ey) Similarly, itis not differentiable atx = 1 butit is continuous at
iex=) Q x =Oand 1.
Y=2h4+14 Z2=H4+2 126. (b) ~~ lim, f(x) = (0)
If the coordinates of L are (A, 2+ 13% +2), then the
direction ratios of PL are (i. — 1, 2). -5, 3% — 1),
Let a be any point
Now, atx =a, lim, f(x) = lim f(a + A)
Since, the direction ratios of given line which Is
perpendicular to Pl, are 142 and 3. Therefore, = lim f(a) + im f(h)
(2. — 1) 14 (22 —5)2 + (32 - 1)3 =0, which givesA =1 =f(a)+ f(0)=f(a + 0) =f(a)
Hence, coordinates of L are (1, 3,5). ~. f(x) is continuous atx = a, wherea is any arbitrary
Let Q (x,,y,,Z,) be the image of P(1, 6, 3) in the given line. point.
Then, Lis the vs -point of PQ. Hence, f(x) is continuous for all x.
¥, +8 _
Therefore, 12" =1 3 =3 z+5 =5
127. (a) Since, x, sin' x, tan'x are continuous functions, so the
=> xM=1¥=0,2=7 function f is clearly continuous at each point of its domain
Hence, the image of (1, 6, 3) in the given line is (1, 0, 7). except possibly at x = 0.
So, forf to be continuous at x =0
123. (a) Given equation of plane isx + y + z=5
sin’! x
The distance measured along the line x =y = z.
Direction ratios of the given line is (1, 1, 1).
(0)= = limlim f(x) f(x) == jim
#(0) ——2— = 1 =
lim x=
2 +——
So, the equation
of line PQ Is
x-1 y+5 2-9
— == =k
1 1 1
=> xX=h+1yp=2-52=149
128. (b) The given function is
lies on the plane x4 y+2=5
<1
2+ = (-245)4+ (249) =5 tx) =
ly isx<2
=> A=-10
Now, LHD= lim fix) ~F) _ lim
-1
The coordinate
of Q is(—9, — 15, — 1) and the coordinate
of P x1 sata
_

is(1,-5,9)
Which does not exist
PQ= (10) + (10)" + (10)? = 10V3 . Fis not derivable atx =1
2/3k =10-/3=> k=5
129. (b) Given, f(x) = - 2x? + 2%? -GOx + 41 (i)

124. (b) lim sin | on | 1+ | "| On differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t.x, we get
f'(x)
= - 6x" + 42x - 60
= — G(x" — 7x+ 10) =- 6 (x — 2)(x -—5)
lim sin nn eet + nn ||
| an? 8n Ifx <2. f(x) <0, Le., f(x) is decreasing, then

= lim | + —Lan
sinjnn | f(x) <0 for x <2
ore | DB 130. (d) Rolle’s theorem is not applicable for the function
sim (190 sim | + oe f(x) =|x |in[-19
* f'(0) does not exist.
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 2/
131. (b) Clearly, the point of intersection of curves
is (0, 1) =[sin x + cos.x]5'‘ +[- cosx — sin.x]°?,
Now, slope of tangent of first curve =(V2 -1)-(1-
V2) =2/2-2
m= Wo
3 a’ loga 135. (b) Putx + y =vand1+ o
(ay
=> | SY =m, =loga Therefore, the differential equation reduces to

wv 44 cosv) + sinv =2cos*” +2 sin“ cos %

ax 1)

Slope of tangent of second curve, dx 2 2 2

Mm,=—=b" logb =? cos" < (1+)

&|\= g|<

2 2

=> m,=( =logb sec%

\ (a4) > [- 2 dv
= [dx
“tana =
m,-m, _ loga-—logb
=
2| 14tan(¥|
l+mm, 1+ logalogb L 2 J

x+y)]_y,
og] 1+ an/ 3 Jj-x+e
132. (d) We have, [ce dx
=[Odx+[* tox +['2de+..+f" (n-tae 136. (c) Since, the Intersection of two curves
y =x° and y =J¥ arex =Oand x=1
=1(2-1)4 2(3-2)+3(4-3)+......4 (9-1 {n-(n- 1}
=14 2434..... o(n-9 -2 ad
: , n
dx = 2
and[ (x) de = ["(x ~[x)
[ea ox
n-1
['b9 ax
133. (b) Given, f(x) =x + sin 2x
=> f(x)=14 2co0s2x
For maximum or minimum value, f'(x) =O t x? ayn]!
A=||(x° - vx) dx - || —-
= 142008 2x=0 = cos 2x =~ JO? ~ ay HIS 3 |
= 2x = 2m
20
+ — -|[3-3]
(4 3
= ©12 sq units
1 7 2
x =o —3
=> 1
137.(c) lim
ave
22t+n)
len
(1+ a")
7 x adn,
2m Sx 3°3 «93 = jim (=D
a* an=1_,
nove nel °
Find 1(0),1{ 2 (tye St), A2
2a) .{4n)\ ,( Sn
(0) 3 3 (2n) If a— 10 limit does not exist and if a— 1=0, then
2n\ 2
=> £0) a=
f(0)= 0, ] —|
= —-08 ; lim 2221
noe ned
a<pb

> #{42)-
8. 00,82} -8 -08
.3 3 3 3
=> a=b=1

=> f2n)=2n+ 0=2n 138. (b) Total ways in which papers can be checked is equal to
-. Maximum value of f(x) = 2r. 7 *. Now, two teachers who have to check all the papers can
be selected in 'C, ways and papers can be checked by
134. (b) Required area= fl cos.x ~ sin
x | dx them is(2* — 2) favourable ways.
o
Thus, required probability
aa nit
7C,(2°-2) 6
a)
= J (cos x — sin x) dx + [(sinx — cos x) dx
o aid
28 ELF stupy GuiDE BITSAT
139. (c) Given, equation of hyperbola is Also, z= 9x +13y
(10x —5)* + (1Oy - 4)? = 3? (8 + 4y ~ 1)? can be rewritten
as

. PS
This is of the form ofoO ——=e

Where, P Is any point on the hyperbola andS is a focus and AtO(0,0),2 =0

Mis the point of directrix, At A(5, 0), z= 45
Here, |*|>1|2.]>2(¢-e>1) ALB (3,4), z= 27 +52=79
2 AtC (0,6), z=78
=> i<-2o0ri>? -. Maximum value of zis 79.
140. (a)v =a b=|a||b|sinOa=sinda 144.
(c) The man has to win atleast
4 times.
Where, Gis the angle betweenaandb. = [--Ja|=1=| bi] -. Required probability
= oat
Now, u=a-—(a.b) b =a -(cos0)b (3) (3) al Gl al )a(g)
2)
4

\2
a S>

2
= |u[’=(a 0) b).(a@—cos
-(cos 6)b) =("C,+ "Co
+ Cs + G)xpaS ad
=a’ + cos’ 0b° -2cosOab [Jaf ={b) =|aljb)=1] - seg :
=1+ cos? @-2 cos’ 0 145. (c)» >< sin" x <5, >-ssin'y <5
=1-cos 0=sin’@
juj=sin6 and sin" z <>
Thus |v] =[u] Given that,
141. (c) Variance = +»(x -xPo sin’x + sin’ y+ sin’ z= =

New variance= *3(ax ax)" Which is possible only when

fn
2 — . om Tt
1 _ sin'x =sin'y=sin'
z=—
= 0? —¥(x
—¥)P = a7? 2
n
=> x=y=z=1
142, (a) Given, coefficient of variationC, = 50 Putp=q=1
and coefficient of variation C, = 60. Then, f(2)=f(1) (j= 2x2=4
We have, x, = 30 and x, = 25 and put p=1q=2
co then, (3)
= f(1) #(2)
C== 1
x 00 =2.97-8
a) K+ Vez
50 = 35 «100 RM yO 20) — xl ye ital

- a= =14141-—3 <3-122
and 60==2 100 T4141
25
= o, =15 146. (c) Here, a4) n=r9i ,
+ — T+ .
“, Required difference a, - o,=15-15=0 T, = ni aT “@-DI* Woo
2x + 3y <18, 2x 4 y < 10,
are s
143. (c) Given, constraint ; ‘ 4
i s=7,-2— +2)
x20y20. aa 2)1 ao(n-Dl
The feasible region
is OABCO. =@+2e=30
 SOLVED PAPER 2017 29
147. (b) Since,
| z,| =|2z,]=| Z,] => 1 =? anda =2
5 2
-, Ols the circumcentre of an equilateral AABC.
a+ih=2.132
4 ** +X gh + ¥2+¥s
3 3 149. (b) Equation of line joining the points (0, 3) and (5,— 2) Is
where, 2, = x, + iy, y=9-x.
. ax
X, +X t+ My : {hi
|
+ ¥o+¥s
=0
If this line is tangent toy =axid then
3 \ 3
(3 —x)(x —11) =a» should have equal roots.
=> (x, + I) + (Xy+ 2) + yt iy)
=0
Z+2Z,+2;=0 Thus, (a -2)° +12=0

logs dx cE
= Novalueofa = aed
148. . (b) Let f=|————
150. (b) Shortest distance between two curves occured along
ax the common normal.
J r{ 1 ) -. Normal to y’ = 4x at (m’, 2m) is
y+mx -2m-m =0
m
1
Put 1+ Gx! Normal to y? = 2x a)at{
- 4 3,m|is
5 1 3
-=.———dx=dl yam(x-3)-m-“=0
2° (vx) 2
2-at -2 Both normals are same, if
=-—|—=—logt+C
sly -2m — mm? =~ dm — mn? = m=0,2
-2, [ 1 |
5 b9) het.cay|* ©
=_— 1+
So, points will be (4, 4) and (5, 2) or (4, — 4) and (5, — 2),
4
_ 216 x s|+c Hence, shortest distance will be
5 x) J(t+
4) =.5
Solved Paper 2018
BITSAT
Instructions
There are 150 questions in all. The numberof questions in each partis as given below No, of Questions
Part! Physics 1-40
Part ll Chemistry 41-80
Part Ill (a) English Proficiency 81-95
(b) Logical Reasoning 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
2. All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one is correct.
3. Each correct answer fetches 3 marks while Incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark.

PART I
Physics
1. Two inductors L, and L, are connected in parallel anda 3. Steam at 100°C is passed into 1.1 kg of water
time varying current flows as shown in figure. The ratio contained ina calorimeter of water equivalent to 0.2 kg
i . ; at 15°C till the temperature of the calorimeter and its
of current —- at any time tis contents rises to 80°C. The mass of steam condensed
'2
(in kg) is
iy Ly a. 0.130 b. 0.065 c. 0.260 d,0.135

! | 4. Dimension of which base quantity corresponds to that

of a =?
c
‘2 Ls a. Time b. Length
c. Mass d. Temperature
a. Ly b4L ee& g_4
u
rs L “Gear “Gro 5. A reservoir Is at 827°C and Carnot's engine takes a
thousand kilocalories of heat from it and exhausts it to a
2. A parallel plate capacitor sink at 27°C. What is the amount of work and the
C with plates of unit area efficiency of the engine?
and separation d is filled a. 2.7 «10° cal,70.70% b. 272 «10° cal, 72.72%
with a liquid of dielectric %t-"--~iua zn
constant K = 2, the level , c. 270 = 10° cal, 80.70% d. 370 «10° cal, 70.70%

of liquid is q. initially. if 6. A train moves towards stationary observer with speed

34 m/s. The train blows whistle and its frequency is
Suppose, the liquid level decreases at a constant registered by the observer as f. If the train's speed is
speed v, the time constant
as a function of time is reduced to 17 mvs, the frequency registered is 4. If the
6A p, [15d+ 9vt) % R
speed of sound is 340 m/s, then the ratio 7 is
5d + 3ut 20° — 3avt — gv*t? 2
6uA (15d —9vt)e, R
2 2 p, —
18 -2 d. 1/2
"5d ~ vt * 2d" 4 Sdut ovr 18 19 °
2 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT
7. An object of mass 5 kg is projected with a velocity 6. always constant and is equal to twice the ratio of mass
20ms ‘atan angle 60°, to the horizontal. Atthe highest to the charge of electron to the principal quantum
point of its path, the projectile explodes and breaks up numbern
into two fragments of masses 1 kg and 4 kg. The ¢. proportional to the principal quantum numbern
fragments separate horizontally after the explosion,
which releases internal energy such that the KE of the d. proportional to ay
system at the highest point is doubled. The separation
between the two fragments when they reach the 13. Three rods of identical A(T)
ground is cross-sectional area and made
a. 62.25 m b. 44.25 m from the same metal, form the
c. 65.32 m d. 78.76 m sides of an isosceles triangle
ABC right angled atB as shown
. An automobile moving with a speed of 36 km/h reaches in figure. The point A and B are
an upward inclined road of angle 30°, its engine
OD
maintained at temperature T 6 (27) ©
becomes switch off. If the coefficient of friction is 0.1, and J2T respectively, in the
then how much distance will automobile move before
coming to rest? steady state. Now, assuming that only heat conduction
takes place. The temperature of point C will be
a. 12.53 m b. 21.42 m
c. 15.43 m
a o— oa d J3aT
¢d. 853m
W241 V2 -1 “Ve+1 “(V2 +1)
. In the circuit given below, the value of resistance X,
when the potential difference between the points 8 and 14. A resistor A, an inductor
Dis zero, will be L, @ capacitor C and
voltmeters V,,V. and V5
are connected to an
{i}
oscillator in the circuit as
shown in the adjoining {-)
diagram. When the a
frequency of the ozone
oscillation is increased, then al the resonant frequency,
the voltmeter reading is zero in the case of
a. voltmeter 4 only b. voltmeter V, only
c. voltmeter V, only d. All (he three voltmeters
15. In Young's double slit experiment, intensity at a point is
a9 6.80
z| of the maximum intensity. Angular position of this
6.40 d.62

10. A block of wood floats in water with (4/5) th of its point is

volume submerged. If the same block just floats in a af =hk af &
b. sin-') —
liquid, the density of liquid in (kg m™)is ee (3) (a
a. 1250 b. 600 c. 400 d, 800 c. sin
1
(+
a .
d. sin
A
(3)
11. As current / flowing through the;
loop as shown in figure. The 16 . The bob of simple pendulum is a spherical hollow ball
magnetic field at the centre Ois 2r filled with water. A plugged hole near the bottom of the
a. we acting downwards oscillating bob get suddenly unplugged. During
r observation, till water is coming out, the time period of
oscillation would
b. —— acting upwards
12r @. first increase and then decrease to the original value
b. first decrease and then increase to the original value
c. Zee acting upwards c. remain unchanged
d. increase towards a saturation value
d. Suu acting downwards
17. At a certain temperature, the number density of charge
carriers in a semiconductor is n. When an electric field is
12. The ratio of angular momentum L to the atomic dipole applied to it, the charge carriers drift with an average
moment u, for hydrogen like atoms and ions Is speed v. If the temperature of the semiconductor is
a. always constant and |s equal to the ratio of mass to the raised.
charge of electron
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 3
a.n will increase butv will decrease 25. Helium gas goes through a cycle ABCDA (consisting of
b. nwill decrease but vwill increase two isochoric and two isobaric lines) as shown in figure.
c. Bothn andv will increase The efficiency of this cycle is approximately
d. Both nand v will decrease

18. Consider the acceleration, velocity and displacement of

a@ tennis ball as its falls to the ground and bounces back,
Directions of which of these change in the process?
a. Velocity only
b. Displacement and velocity Dabe<2--0- 1D
c. Acceleration, velocity and displacement
d. Displacement and acceleration

19. A convex lens shown in the figure is made up of Vy WV,

two types of transparent materials. A point a 15.4% Bb 9.1% c. 10.5% d. 12.5%
sources of light is placed on its principal axis. If
reflections from the boundaries between layers 26. The frequency and the intensity of incident beam of light
are ignored, the lens will form falling on the surface of a photoelectric material is
@. only one image increased by a factor of two. This will
b. two images a. increase the maximum kinetic energy of the ejected
c. infinite images photoelectrons by a factor of more than two and would
d. no image at all increase the photoelectric current by a factor of two.
b. increase the maximum kinetic energy of the phato
20. If the time period is doubled, then the angular electrons and would increase the photoelectric current
momentum of the body will (provided the moment of both by a factor of two.
inertia of the body is constant)
c. increase the maximum kinetic energy of the
a. remain constant b. quadruple photoelectrons by a factor of two and will have no effect
c. become halt d. double on the magnitude of the photoelectric current produced,
21 Breaking stress of a steel wire is p and the density of d, not produce any effect on the kinetic energy of the
.

steel is p. The greatest length of steel wire that can emitted photoelectrons but will increase the
hang vertically without breaking is photoelectric current by a factor of two.

a2 b, 27. A copper rod of mass m slides

pg 2pg under gravity on two smooth
c. 2 d. None of these parallel rails / distance apart
pg and set an angle @ to the
horizontal. At the bottom, the
22. A stone is projected with velocity 2Jgh , SO that it just rails are joined by a resistance
clears two walls of equal heighth, at distance of 2h from FA in figure. There is a uniform
each other. The time interval of passing between the magnetic field B prependicular
two walls is to the plane of the rails. The terminal velocity of rod is
a mg Filan 0 b mgFicoto
c. 2 d. a
g g BP ‘BP
c mgA sind d. mg Ficos6
23. An object takes n times as much time to slide down a ar “BF
45° rough inclined plane as it takes to slide down a
perfectly smooth 45° inclined plane. The coefficient of 28. An asteroid of mass mis approaching earth, initially ata
kinetic friction between the rough plane and the distance 10 A, with speedv,. Ithits earth witha speedy,
object is (AR, and M, are radius and mass of earth), then
a.n*-1 bis ce. 4 d+ 1 av; ay? + 26m 1+ =]
AR \& 10

24. Some amount of a radioactive substance (half-life

=10 days) is spread inside a room and consequently
bv avt + 250i
A,
(44 2)10)
the level of radiation becomes 50 times the permissible
c.vp =v) at
4 1- =|
level for normal occupancy of the room. After how many A, 10
days will the room be safe for occupation?
2Gm/
a. 20 days b. 34.8 days dv? =v24 i = 1-3]1
c. 56.4 days d. 62.9 days
wate ( 10.
4 ser stupy cuine BITSAT
29. When photon of energy 4.0 eV strikes the surface of a 33. In the given circuit,
metal A, the ejected photoelectrons have maximum
D3
kinetic energy 7, eV and de-Broglie wavelength A,. The Sms
eT
maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons liberated
from another metal B by photon of energy 4.50 eV is OD;
Tz =(T, -1.50) eV. If the de-Broglie wavelength of
these photoelectrons 4, = 24.4, then choose the correct
statement(s).
a. The work function ofA is 1.50 eV
b. The work function of Bis 4.0 eV
C.T,=32 eV 10V
d. All of the above The current through battery is
&05A4 BTA c.1.5A dg.2.54
30. A pulley of radius 2 mis rotated about its axis by a force
=(20t — 5t*) newton (where t is measured in seconds) 34. A trolley having mass of 200 kg moves with uniform
applied tangentially. If the moment of inertia of the speed of 36 kmh"' on a frictionless track. A child of
pulley about its axis of rotation is 10 kg m’, the number mass 20 kg runs on the trolley from one end to the other
of rotation made by the pulley before its direction of (10 m away) with a speed of 4 ms ' relative to the trolley
motion is reversed is in a direction opposite to its motion and ultimately jumps
a. more than 3 but less than 6 out of the trolley. With how much velocity has the trolley
5. more than 6 but less than 9
moved from the time the child begins to run?
c. more than 9
a. 10.36ms"' b. 11.36ms"'
d. less than 3 c. 12.36 ms‘ d. 14.40ms'
35. A gas has molar heat capacity C =37.55J mol'K~', in
31. A planoconvex lens has thickness of 4 cm. When
this process pT = constant. The number of degree of
placed on a horizontal table, with the curved surface in
contact with it, the apparent depth of the bottom most freedom of the molecule of gas is
point of the lens is found to be 3 cm. If the lens is a2 b3 e.5 a7
inverted such that the plane face is in contact with the 36. If x,v and a denote the displacement, the velocity and
lable, the apparent depth of the centre of the plane face the acceleration of a particle executing SHM of time
is found to be > cm. The focal length of the lens is period T. Then, which of the following does not change
with time?
(assume thickness of lens to be negligible)
a.at baT+e2nv c. a d, a°T* + 4n°v*
a.85cm 6. 590m ec. 75cm d. 7.5 cm

32.A spherically symmetric gravitational system of 37. To increase the current sensitivity of a moving coil
particles has mass density galvanometer by 50%, its resistance is increased, so
that new resistance becomes twice its initial resistance,
_ [Po forr<=A
by what factor does its voltage sensitivity change?
| Oforr>R a. Increases by 15% b. Decreases by 15%
c. Increases by 25% d. Decreases by 25%
where, p, is a constant. A test mass can undergo
circular motion under the influence of the gravitational 38. A ball is dropped vertically from a height d above the
field of particles. Its speed v as a function of distance ground. It hits the ground and bounces up vertically toa
r(Q<r<m) from the centre of the system is height d/2. Neglecting subsequent motion and air
represented by resistance, its velocity v varies with height h above the
ground as
¥ a Vv

a. b. g
A h

v v

c. \ d. a
d A h
—

~
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 5
39. In the given circuit, it is observe that the current / is b. RyRy = RoR,
independent of the value of resistance A. Then, the
resistance value must satisty C. PA DAy = FoPicPe
. FyRy = RoR, = PsP
40. If a drop of liquid breaks into smaller droplets, it results
in lowering of temperature of the droplets. Let a drop of
radius A, break into N small droplets each of radius r,
then decrease (drop) in temperature G' (given, specific
heat of liquid drop =S and surface tension =T)
3T);1 1 er;/1 1
a—|/--— 6. -=—| --—
sss al 15 Al
1 1 1 1 0. 28/41) a, T) 41)
Ry Ry Rye Pe y+, pS|A r pSlRA_ rl

PART II
Chemistry
41. A metallic element has a cubic lattice. Each edge of the b. Al,O, is mixed with CaF, which lowers the melting point
unit cell is 2A and the density of metal is 25 g cm”, The of the mixture and brings conductivity.
unit cell in 200 g of metal are c. Al® is reduced at the cathode to form Al.
a. 1x10 b. 1x10” d. Na, Alf, serves as the electrolyte.
ce. 1x10*° d. 1x10"
47. Which test among the following is not used for the
42, Four gases P, O, Rand Shave almost same values of distinction among 1°, 2° and 3° aliphatic amine.
‘b’ but their ‘a’ values (a and b are van der Waals’ a. Hinsberg's reagent test b. Carbylamine reaction
constant) are in the order Q<A<S <P. At a particular c. Azo dye test d. Action with nitrous acid
temperature, among the four gases, the most easily
liquifiable one is 48. The incorrect statement about carbonate(CO2 ) ion is,
a. P b.Q cA dS a. Ithas planar structure
e -107 b. It has one coordinate bond
43. If caren metre is the radius of smallest electron c. It has three resonating structure
d. Hydrolysis of COZ" ion gives basic solution
orbit in hydrogen like atom, then the atom is
a. hydrogen atom b. He* 49. Under the same _ reaction conditions, _ initial
ce. LP* d. Be** concentration of 1.386moldm~ of a substance
becomes half in 40 s and 20 s through first order and
44. Which of the following is the correct order for the _({k
wavelength if absorption in the visible region. zero order kinetics, respectively. Ratio{ ¢ of the rate
a. [Ni(NQ, ).J* <[Ni(NH,),]°° <[INi(H,0),}** 0

of constants for first order (k,) and zero order (K,) of the
, [Ni(NOQ,)g}* <[Ni(HsO),]°* < [Ni(NH, ),]°*
reaction is
c. [Ni(H,0),]°" <[Ni(NHy)y]°° < [Ni(NO.),J* a. 0.5 mol ‘dn b. 1.0 mol dmv"
d. [Ni(NH,),]** < [Ni(H,O),]** <[Ni(NO)e]* ¢. 1.5 mol dm* d. 2.0 mol dm!
45. The empirical formula and molecular mass of a 50. Which substance has a dipole moment?
compound are CH,O and 180g respectively. The a. CCl, b. GH,Cl,
molecular formula of the compound will be
ec. CoClo d. CoC,
a. CoO, b. CHO
c. CoH,0, d. C,H,O, 51. Enthalpy of combustion of methane and ethane are
-210 kcal/mol and —368 kcal/mol respectively, The
46. In the context of the Hall-Heroult process for the enthalpy of combustion of decane is
extraction of Al, which of the following statement is a. —1582kcal b. -1632kcal
incorrect.
ce. -1700kcal d. -1480kcal
a. CO and CO, are produced in the process.
6 SELF stuby GUIDE BITSAT
52. The correct sequence of reagents for the following a. The equivalent weight of MeCHO is 22.
conversion will be
b. Three moles of OHare required in the reaction.

Onn On
0 c. MeCHO acts as an oxidising agent.
d.(Ag(NH,).]° gets reduced.

. Which of the following graph is correctly represented

according to Freundlich isotherm.
a. Q, / Red P, AIC|,, MeCOOH
b. H,SO, + HgSO,, H;O/ Heat
c. O, / Zn- ACOH, H,SO, + HgSO, / H,0/ Heat

\
log x/m

log x/m
d. CH,COOH, H,0, + OH / H,0
53. In an atom, an electron is moving with a speed of
600 m/s with an accuracy of 0.005%. Certainly with
which the position of the electron can be located is
(h=6.6 = 10™ kg m*s~', mass of electron,

log adm

log am
@,, =9.1« 10 - 31kg)
a.1.52x1074m b. 5.10x10%m
c. 1.92%109m d. 3.8410 m
lagp logp
54. Which of the following diatomic molecules would be
stabilised by the removal of an electron?
61. pH of a saturated solution of Ba(OH), is 12. The value
a. Cz b. CN of its K,, is
c. N, d. O5 a.33x107M b.50.107 M
55. 0.5F of electricity is through 500 mL of copper sulphate c.40x10°M ¢.50x10°M
solution. The amount of copper which can be deposited
. An unsaturated hydrocarbon ‘X” gives white precipitate
will be
with Tollen's reagent. If X is gaseous in nature, the
a. 63.59 b. 31.759 molecular formula ofX |s
c. 15.80g d. unpredictable a. C,H, b. CoH,
56. Consider the following sequence of reactions. c. CoH d. Cat
zy A OH oy om 7 . The rate of a reaction triples when temperature
2H3,0'A
changes from 20°C to50°C. The energy of activation for
‘Z'is the reaction is (@=8.314 JK~' mol!"')
a. CH,CH,CH,OH b. (CH), COH a. 181327J mor!
c. CH, —GH— GH d. None of these b, 428.1410 mor!
c. 32.4321kJ mol
OH d. 28.8118 kJ mol?
57. An equilibrium mixture at 300K contains N,O, and NO,
at 0.28 and 1.1 atm pressure, respectively. If the Which of the following compound will give blood red
volume of the container is doubled, the new equilibrium colour while doing the Lassaigne's test for N.
pressure of these two gases are respectively. a. (NH,)JC—O b. H,N (C,H, )SO,H
a. 0.064 atm and 0.095 atm c. CsH,;SOj3H d. CHCl,
b. 0.64 atm and 0.095 atm
c. 0,095 atm and 0.632 atm Fora reaction, A+ 87° —+B + A**, at 25°C
d. 0.095 atm and 0.64 atm E°=02955 V. The value of K,,, is

58. Which among the following actinoids does not have a. 10 b.10°°
stable electronic configuration c.-10 d.10°"°
a. Protactinium b, Nobelium . Which of the following is the correct order of stability of
c. Americium d. Lawrencium conformations for NH,—CH,—CH,—OH.
59. Which of the following statement is incorrect regarding a. gauche > eclipsed > anti
the equation b. gauche > anti > eclipsed
c. eclipsed > gauche > anti
MeCHO+ [Ag(NH; )>]* + OH—> MeCOO™ + Ag d. antl > eclipsed > gauche
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 /
67. When H,S gas is passed into a mixture of Mn®*, Ni**, a. chromate lons reduced
Cu? and Hg?" ion in an acidified aqueous solution, the b. chromate ions are oxidised
precipitates formed are c. monocentric complex is converted into dicentric
a. CuS and HgS
b. Mn$ and CuS
complex hom
d. oxygen gets removed from chromate
chromate lo ions
c. MnS and NiS 74. Valence electrons in the element A are 3 and that in
d. NiS and HgS element 8 and 6. Most probable compound formed
from A and B is
68. A mixture of bromo trichloride and hydrogen is 2 AB b. AB, ©. AB, d
subjected to silent electric discharge to form x and HCI. » Al . } AgB,
xis mixed with NH, and heated to200°C toformy.The = 75, In non-reducing disaccharide, the reducing group of
formula of y is monosaccharides |.e. aldehydic or ketonic group are
a. B,O, b, ByNgH, bounded.
¢. H,BO, d. BoH, Which of the following disaccharide is a non-reducing
sugar?
69. Which of the following reactions increases the 9
production of dihydrogen from synthesis gas? CH2OH CH,OH
a. CH,(g) + H2O) "s CO(g)+ 3H2(9)
a.
b. Cis)+ H,0@) "5 Co(g)+H,(9)
€. CO(g) + #0) —==*-» CO, (9) + H.(9)
d. CoH, + 2H,O =“, 2CO+ 5H,

70. When the heat of a reaction at constant pressure is b.

-25 x 10° cal and entropy change for the reaction is
7.4.cal
deg ', itis predicted that the reaction at 25°C is
a. revesible b. spontaneous
c. non-spontaneous d, |rreversible

71. The addition of HBr to 1-butene gives a mixture of

products x, y and z.
c.

a
i a
[* CHy—CHs—CHs—CHBr
Hee” Dou. Ho Dor
H Br
®) ”) (2)
The mixture consists of d.
a. x and y as major and z as minor products
b. yas major, x and z as minor products
c. y as minor, x and 2 as major products
d. x and
y as minor and z as major products 76. Which of the following 0.1 M aqueous solution will have
lowest freezing point?
72. The correct statement about silicone is a, Potassium sulphate b. Sodium chloride
a. They are ketones with silyl group (SiH,) similar to alkyl, c. Urea d. Glucose
(SiH; )2CO. ; / 77. A penicillin is a member of a family of drugs that have a
b. They are synthetic polymer containing repeated A,SiO, a. four membered cyclic amide fused to a five membered
units. thiazole ring.
c. They are formed by hydrolysis of A,SiCI,. b. three membered cyclic amide fused to a five-membered
d. All of the above thiazole ring
c. four-membered
73. When dil. sulphuric acid reacts with aqueous solution of membered thiazoe cyclic
ting ide fused
SS to ha fi
potassium chromate, the colour changes from yellow to d. five-membered cyclic amide fused to have a five
orange. This shows that ” mambered thiazole ring
8 SELF stupy GUIDE BITSAT
78. Which of the following property of alkaline earth metal 80. Match the polymer given in column | with correct
increases with their atomic number? monomer of column || and choose the correct option.
a. electronegativity Column | Column il
6. solubility of their hydroxides in water
c. solubility of their sulphate in water A Neoprene |. Isoprene ;
d. ionisation energy
8. _Naturalrubber__—_—iil._—Tetrafluoro ethane
79. Which of the following expression is correct for the rate C._ Teflon I. Chloroprene
of reaction given below ? D. Acrilan \V. Acrylnitrite
5Br (aq) + BrO3(aq)+ 6H" (aq) —» 3Br,(aq) + 3H,O(/)
a MBr]_
At
Sat]
6 At
=, afBr]
At
_ 65 AH)Af Codes
A B COD A B ¢C D

¢ MBH] sal] = g AB) _ 6H)At

a iW i ouot b. 1 om Ww
cil | ot oW ai Widsu
Al Al Al

Part Ill
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos. 81-83) /n the following questions, the Directions (Q. Nos. 89-90) Choose the word nearest in
sentences mayor may not be grammatically correct. Find out meaning to the underlined word.
which part of a sentence has an error and mark that part. If
there is no error mark part 'd' as your answer. 89. Before | could make out anything
he had spoken again.
a. find out b. apprehend
81. The captain along with his team (a)/are practising very c. explain d. reveal
hard (b)/ for the forthcoming match. (¢)/ No error (d).
90. He wrote a scathing review of the prize winning novel.
82. | am going (a)/o have this certificate (b)/attest by the
director. (c)/No error (dq). a. biased b. scormtul
c. unbalanced d. subjective
83. He is (a)/ having many (b)/riends here.(c)/No errar...(d).
Directions (Q. Nos. 91-95) Read the passage given below
Directions (Q. Nos. 84-85) Fill in the blanks with suitable and answer the questions that follow.
preposition from the altematives given under each sentence. The megalomaniac differs from the narcissist by the fact that he
84. Is not leaming SUPETIOF .......0...000 Wealth? wishes to be powerful rather than charming and seeks to be
feared rather than loved. To this type belong many lunatics and
a. than b. from
most of the great men in history. Love of power, like vanity, is
c. by d. to
a strong element in normal human nature and as such is to be
85. He could not cope ................... the heavy workload. accepted; it becomes deplorable only when it is excessive or
a. in with b. up with associated with an insufficient sense of reality, Where this
c. up d. with occurs, it makes a man unhappy or foolish, if not both. The
lunatic who thinks he is crowned head may be, in a sense,
Directions (Q. Nos. 86-88) Select the word or the phrase
happy, but his happiness is not of a kind that any sane person
which is closest to the opposite in meaning of the italicized
word or phrase.
would envy, Alexander the Great was psychologically of the
same type as the lunatic, though he possessed the talent to
86. He was in a dejected mood. achieve the lunatic's dream.
a. jubiliant b. rejected He could not, however, achieve his own dream, which
c. irritable d. romantic enlarged his scope as his achievement grew. When it became
87. The attack on the freedom of the press is a retrograde clear that he was the greatest conqueror known to fame, he
step. decided that he was a God. Was he a happy man ? His
a. progressive b. stubborn drunkenness, his furious rages, his indifference to women and
c. punitive d. aggressive
his claim to divinity, suggest that he was not. There is no
ultimate satisfaction in the cultivation of one element of
88. We should not belittle the value of small things. human nature at the expense of all the others, nor in viewing
a. extal b. praise all the worldas raw material for the magnificence of one's own
c. inflate d. expand ego.
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 9
91. What is the difference between an ordinary . In “Where this occurs it makes a man..... if not both,”
megalomaniac and a megalomaniac like Alexander the ‘this’ refers to
Great? a. vanity b. lunacy
a. The ordinary megalomaniac does not have excessive c. love of power d. excessive lover of power
desire for power which Alexander the Great had
. Which among the following is the reason for
6. The ordinary megalomaniac does not have the talent to unhappiness?
realise his wish which Alexander the Great had
a. Dealing with the raw material of the world
c. The ordinary megalomaniac |s a |unatic while Alexander b. Realising one's dream as a megalomaniac
the Great was nota lunatic c. The nurturing of only one element in human nature
dg. The ordinary megalomaniac is not great while d. Being indifferent towards women
Alexander the Great was great
. Why has love of power to be accepted?
92. How does a megalomaniac differfrom a narcissist? a. Because it can become unreal
a. By wishing to be chaning and feared b. Because itis an excess in human nature
b. By wishing to be loved and not feared c. Because it is a part of human nature
c. By wishing to be powerful and not feared d. Because it is vanity in human nature
d. By wishing to be powerful and feared

b. Logical Reasoning
96. ‘Umpire’ is related to ‘Match’ in the same way as ‘Judge’ 101. Find out which of the figure (a), (b), (c) and (d) can be
is related to formed from the pieces given in question figures.
a. Bar council b. Lawyer
ce. Judgement d. Lawsuit
97. Find the odd one from the following options.
a. 9,49 b. 13, 124
c. 10,61 d. 7, 25

98. Complete the series by replacing question mark ‘?'. Answer figures
10, 9, 16, 45, 176, ?
a. 815 b, 222
c. 555 d. 875

99. In a cricket team, Dhoni is taller than Virat but not as tall
a. b. c. d.
as Raina, Rohit is shorter than Dhoni but taller than
Shikhar. Who among them is the shortest? 102. In this question, a piece of paper is folded and then cut
a. Dhoni as shown below. The dotted lines shown are the portion
b. Virat which have been folded.
c. Shikhar The curve arrow shows the directions of folding. And
d. Cannot be determined the number of scissors beneath the figure show the
number of portions cut. From the given responses,
100. Identify the missing part of the question figure and indicate how it willappear when opened. The opening is
select it from given answer figures. in the same order as folding.
Question figures Question figures

Answer figures Answer figures

10 sete stupy Guipbe BITSAT
103. Which of the answer figures (a), (b), (c) or(d) completes Question figure
the figure matrix ?
Questions figures

A\| AY |
Answer figures

S AN
a. b.

x | X c. a D/ d.

a. b. c. d.
105. How many triangles are there in the following figure?
104. In the following question, one or more dots are place in
the question figure.

This figure is followed by four altematives marked as

(a), (b), (c) and (d). One out of these four options
contains region(s) common to circle, square and
triangles, similar to that marked by the dot in question
figure. Find that figure. a. 16 6, 20 c. 12 d. 22

Part IV
Mathematics
i nA
| sind cose 0|
106. The coefficient of x" in (1+ xy 1+ | is 110.1f x*=|-cos® sind 1 ; then the value of
x
a.0 b41 ce. 2" d. 2n sin@ cosa 2|
' \20 4x? + xsin 5 + 5 is
107. The greatest termin the expansion of /3 1+ 7) is
a. 13-2 b.134 /2
a, 26840 p: eA c. /2 -13 d. Both (a) and (b)

c. ae d. None of these
111. Ifa,b,¢ are in GP and loga —log2bJog2b —log 3c and
log 3e - loga are in AP, then a,b and ¢ are the lengths
of the sides of a triangle, which is
108. The nth roots of unity are in
a. equilateral b. right angled
a. AP b. GP
c. acute-angled d. obtuse angled
c. HP d. None of these
n
abe 112. if yt = mer ate where f, denotes the rth
109. If P=|b c aj), abe=P'P=1, then the value of 5
ne
c ab term of a series, then lim 15s
ne
atabiachis rat
1
a2 b.4 c.0 d.5
ao|—

a. b. c.— d.1
+/—

2
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 1 1
113. Which of the following statement is a tautology? 121. The area of the triangle formed by joining the origin to
a. (pv q)v(~ p) the point of intersection of the line xJ5 + 2y= 35 and
b.(~qap)v (py ~ Pp) circle x? + y? =10is
c. Both (a) and (b) a3 b.4
d. None of the above c.5 0.6
114. If a parallelogram is cut by two sets of mlines parallel to 122. Radius of the largest circle which passes through the
its sides, then the number of parallelogram thus focus of the parabola y? = 4x and contained in it, is
formed,
a. "C. x "Cy b. Pl * 26) a8 b4
c2 a5
c. (@* 20," d. None of these
xy? Tt
123.A tangent drawn to hyperbola a pF at o(Z)
115. The inverse of the function f(x) =log,(x + yx? + 1) a 6
(where, a <0,a21)is forms a triangle of area 3a* square units, with
a. sa" ed) b. not defined for all x coordinate axes. If the eccentricity of hyperbola is e,
then the value of e* —9is
c. defined forx > 0 d. None of these ago b. 10
c.11 d.8
116. The value of S= ¥‘tan 1___*"' __is equal to
2 nan? +2 124. If the sum of squares of distances of a point from the
planes x + y + 2=0, x-z=Oandx -2y +z =Ois p?,
a= bor
2 then locus of the point is
ax?4 27 =p"
c. : d. None of these
b,x?+ 2xy +y?
+ 27 =p*
117. Equation sinx +cos(t+x)+cos(t—x)=2 has real C.x+y+z=p°
solution, then sintcan be d. x? + y? + 2% =p?
se b.1 125. tine Xt) _4- as is perpendicular to
S/arn

wo
)

c. 2x+ 2y -82 +5 =O, thendis

ad b. 4
118. A line makes angles «, fi, y with the coordinate axes. If c.-5 d.-3
a+f =5 then (cos « + cosfi + cosy)" is equal to 126. OPOA is asquare and M,N are the middle points of the
sides PQ and QR respectively, then the ratio of the
a. 14 cos2a b. 1-sin2a
areas of the square and A OMN is
c.1+ sin2a d. None of these a.4:4 b. 2:1
119. Straight lines 3x + 4y =5 and 4x ~ 3y =15 intersect at e.8:3 dg<.4:3

the point A. If point 8 and C are chosen on these two 127. The line passing through the extremity A of the major
lines such that AB = AC, then the possible equation of axis and extremity B of the minor axis of the ellipse
the line 8C passing through the point (1, 2) is x* 4+ 9y? =9 meets its auxiliary circle at the point M.
ax4+7y+139=00r7v+y4+9=0 Then, the area of the triangle with vertices at A.M and
b.x4+ 7y+13=Oo0r7x+2y+7=0 the origin Ois
c.x-7y+139=O0r7x+y-9=0 a2! b. 22
10 10
d. None
of the above
o. 21 a. 22
120. Normals drawn to y* =4ax at the points where it is 10 10
intersected by the line y=mx +c intersected at P. 128. If e, and e, are the eccentricities of a hyperbola
Coordinates of foot of the another normal drawn to the
parabola from the point 'P ' is
3x* — 3y? = 25 and its conjugate, then

(4-22)om
a. “le! » “m'2, &om ae? +es =2
b. e + e =4
c.8,+6,=4
c. (am?, - 2am) d. (S. _
nm" m d.e, +e, =/2
12> seu stupy cuive BITSAT
129.Let f:R-—A be a_ function satisfying _ cos 3x eet +t4 oy
f(x+ y) =F(x)+ 2y? + kxy for all x, y © A. If (1) =2and 9 1 3
f(2)=8, then f(x) is equal to d. None of the above
a. 2x? b, 6x —4 137. For which interval the given function
c.x®43x-2 d, -x® 49x -6 f(x) =— 2x" — 9x? — 12x + 1is decreasing?
a. (-2,0),
130. If the planes r(2i —4j+ 3k) =O and r-(A1+5] -k)=5 b. (-2,—1)
are perpendicular
to each other, then the value of © + i.
c.(—»,-1)
is
a.0 b.2
d.(~2, —2)or(-1, ©)
c.1 a.3 138. lf 8 is the angle between the vectors 4(/-—k) and
131. Solution of the differential equation i+ j4k, then(sin6@ + cos6) equals to
1
¥ =sin(x + y) + cos(x + y)is equal to a. 0 6. —> c1 d.2
ix
x+y)
a. log 24 sec |==x+C 139. Ina AABC, D, E,F are the mid-points of the sides BC,
\,

b. log(1+ tan(x + y))=x+C CA and AB respectively, the vector AD is equal to

x+y oi
c. log 1 tan—— y+c a. BE + CF b. BE -CF
c. OF ~ BE d. ~BE ~ CF
d. logl 14 tan2=¥) = x4 c
140, The arithmetic mean of a set of observation is.X. If each
observation is divided by a and increased by 10, then
132. The value of «, so that ma 1 (eo —e* —x)= <. is the mean of the new series is
x X +10
a. ‘ 0 a.
c.4 d.2
a a
¢ Xt Wa
10a,
133. An inverted conical flask is being filled with water at the d. aX +10
rate of 3 cm*/sec. The height of the flask is 10 cm and
a

the radius of the base is 5 cm. How fast is the water 141. If his the altitude of a parallelopiped determined by the
level rising when the level is 4 cm? vectors a,b,c and the base is taken to be the
a. £ nm cm/sec b. a cm/sec parallelogram determined by a and b where
3 4n a=i+j+k,b=2i + 4]-kandc=i+j + 3k, then the
c. —
Sn cm/sec d. 3. cm/sec value of 19h? is
Sn
a. 19 b. 16
134. The equation of the curve whose slope at any point is c.8 d. None of these
equal to y + 2x and which passes through the origin is
142, The mean and variance of a Binomial distribution (BD)
a. y =2(x — 1) b. y= Ae" -x -1)
c.y = 2(e* — 1) d. y = He*x-—1) for 3 trials is 2.7, then the BD is given by
a. (0.2 + 08)8 b. (0.3+ 07)
135. Let f(x)= |x P sin =. * 0 then f(x) is continuous but c. (0.4 + 0.6)" d. None of these
0 x=0 ax
143. Let P(x)=[ = “az
not differentiable at x = 0, if +8e" + de
a.p<0 b. p=0
Q(x) =f dx and A(x) =P(x)- 20(x).
c.0<pst d.p21
e°* + Be" + de™
136. ty solution of the differential equation
Bi2e*
CY _singx +e" +x® when y, (0) =1and y(0) =O, is
If A(x) = $4) +K, then the value of (A,B,C)
Cc
dx*
Sine ox AY
9 12 #3 b. (tan, e*, 2)
b. -
sindx 40% , x*424+ ox1 (tant, oF'3
d. {tan 1 5|
9 *72°3
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 13
144. The value of [cot Vex +x? )0n is 147. Ina test an examiner either guesses or copies or knows
9 the answer to a multiple choice question with 4 choices.
& ma? The probability that he/she makes a guess Is x The
b. — -log2
2 probability that he/she copies the answer is x If the
c= 2
at probability that the answer is correct, given that he/she
d, -g2 copied, it is x then the probability that he/she knows
145. The area of the region included between the curves the answer to a question given that he/she correctly
x? + y? =a? and 4x] + [| = Va (a > 0) is answered it, is
r 2 27 b 26
a.{ - =a sq units @ 39 : 30
25 24
2 2 / cc. — d, —
6. 3" x |a® sq units 29 29
2 > 148. If p: 4 is an even prime number, q :6 is a divisor of 12
xa eq unks and r: the HCF of 4 and 6 is 2, then which of the
2” following is correct’?
d.{x+ Fla
> ;
8g units a. (p Aq) b.(pyq)a~r

: ¢.-(qar)v p d.- py(qar)

146. Let A and B are two independent events. If the
» Th i | f =4x +42 j
probability that both Aand B occur togetheris and the 140. The: Inaxienun valle! ‘of Zn An+ 2)" subject 6
constraints 2x + 3y <18,x+ y =10andx, y 2O0is
probability that neither of them occurs is —, then the a. 20 b. 36
3 c. 40 d. None of these

Probability of occurr oA 150. The coordinates of the point at which minimum value of
a.0or4 b. Sore Z =7x By subject to constraintsx + y -20<0,y 25,
4 : x20, y 2 Ois attained,is
e._—or—
dor? @. | —or—
Zor a. (20, (20, 0) (15, 5)
b. (15,
c. (0, 5) d. (0, 20)
Answers
Physics
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. . (b) . (d) . (2) 10, (d)
11. (4) 12. (a) 13. 14, 15. 16. 17. 18. (5) 19. (>) 20. (c)
21, (a) 22. (c) 23. 24, (c) 25. 26. 28. (c) . (b) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. . (a) 35. 37. 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (d)

Chemistry
41. 42. (a) 43. . (a) 45. (c) . (d) 47. (c} . (b) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. 54. 55. 56, 57. (d) 58. 59. 60. (2)
61. (b) 62. (c) 63. 64, (b) 65. (b) 66, (b) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (c) 70, (b)
71. (a) 72. (c) 73. 74. (d) 75. (b) 76. (a) » (a) 78. (b) » ha) 80. (c)

English Proficiency
81. (a) 82. (c) 83. . (d) 85. (qd) . (a) a7. » (a) (b) 90, (b)
91. (b) 92. (d) 93. 94. 95. (e)

Logical Reasoning
96. (0) 97. (c) 98. . (d) . (c) 101. (b) 102. 103. (c) 104. 105. (b)

Mathematics
106. (b) = 107. (c) ~— 108. (b) 109. 110. 111, 112. 113. 114, (c) 115. (a)
116. (Cc) =—«-117. (a) 198. (c) 119. 120. 121. 123. (d) 124. (d) 125. (a)
126. (c) = 127. (¢) 128. (b) 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. (b) 134. (b) 135. (c)
136. (a) 137. (d) 138. (c) 139. 140. 141. 142. 143. 144. (b) 145. (a)
146, (b) 147. (d) 148. (d) 149. 150,
SOLUTIONS
Physics
1. (a) As the inductors are in parallel, induced emf across the 4. (b) As, gravitational constant,
two inductors is the same, l.e.
[q=[M LT 4}
@, = 8, Planck's constant, [A] =[ML°T~‘]
ah) _ (te) Hence, [G) [h) =(M LT] [MLE T~}
u at - ul at
On integrating both sides, we get = ([ML°T*)
di, diy Velocity of light, [ec] =[LT']
bapa bl at Now,
bij = Lola
[Sl -te
Gh v2 (Let-3y"2

_ hb
b
= [L)* =[L]
2. (a) We have, the time constant, = AC’ --(i) Hence, [L]= length
Now,w, C’ CC,
Cc’ = ——=—
G+G, 5. (b) Given, Q = 10° cal
T, = 827°C
= (827 + 273)=1100K
{ “ [KA &5
Ta =27°C =(27 + 273)=300K
_\d-x)\ x
7 Ato | KAs As, Q _Q.
d-x x 13
Ts 300 6
»___ Arp Qs 7a
=—Q,= a700 "1°1
x+K(d-x)
Putting the value of C'in Eq. (i), we get
= 2.72 «10° cal
_ RK Ary [x-% u| Efficiency of the angine,
a,
ad d 3
—-Wak|d-—4ut 4 - 1-2 | «100
a ttk(d-5+ n=| Tt,
Given, A=landK=2
_{,_ 300|
t=
3x2 *R _ GR n=(1 1100) “'
d-Wt+6d-2d+6t 5S5d+M = 72.72%
3. (a) According to principle of calorimetry, 6. (a) According to Dopplers effect, the approximate
heat gained = heat lost frequency heard by the stationary observer,
Heat is lost by steam in two stages
(i) Change of state from steam at 100°C to water at 100°C is
m ~540, Case (I) v, = 34 mvs
(ii) To change water at 100°C to water at 80°C is where, v = speed of sound in air,
m x1~(100- 80), where mis the mass of the steam u, = speed of source
condensed.
and Vp = frequency of the source.
Total heat lost by steam is
vy = ow,
mx540 +m «20 =m(540+ 20) =560m 340 - 34
Heat gained by calorimeter and its contents is
(11+ 0.2) «(80 -15)=1.12« 65 cal = 506° (i)
=> 560m=1.12 «65 Case (ii)v, = 17 ms
1.12 x65 340
_ 340
~
m =———-=
560
0.130k
° "2" 340-17" goa ° ht
16 seur stupy cuine BITSAT
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
(mgsinO+ pA) xs = imu?
v4 _ 340/306
340/306 _. 923 s 19
vo 340/323 306 18 (mgsin0+ uy mgcos) xs = Smut
7. (b) Given, m =5 kg,v = 20ms *, 8 = 60° {
s- amu . u2
Vertical component of velocity,v, =v sin 60°
mg(sinO + cos0) 29 (sinO+ p cos0)
= 20 x8 - 108 ms"!
10*10
=853m
Time taken to reach the highest point = Time taken to reach ~ 210 =(sind0° + 0.1c0s30°)
the ground from highest point.
8x
. (FP =16 + 6=219,0= +3
t =177s B+X
g g9 98 6«6 4x4
R=15+ =189, S=4+—=690
If the highest point, m splits up into two parts of masses 6+6 4 444
m, =1kg and m, = 4kg. PoR PS 216
If their velocities v, andv, respectively, then applying the As, —=—, s9Q =—- =——_— =FQ
Qos A 18
principle of conservation of linear momentum, we get 34 8x
=7 => X=60
My, + Mv = mv cosd 84x
Vy +¥2=5%20%>1 [= 0= 60°) 10. (co) Let V be the volume of the block. When block floats in

Vv, + 4vy =5 «10 =50 « (i) water, then Viayicck9 = sv PwatorJ

Initial KE = mv cos 6)" 4 .

or Poiock = & Poator fi)
= ; «5 (10)? =250J When block floats in liquid.
Final KE = 2 (initial KE) = 2 x 250 =500J VP block I = MPiiquia
1 1 Poiock = Priquia
sm 4 ae =500 4 .
Piiquia = 5 Pwator [trom Eq. (i)]
or ot xtxv? + 2x 4xv3 =500
2 4
=—xi10"k
3 -3
5 gm
or vi + 4vs = 1000 » (ii)
= 800 kgm®
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
v, = 30 mvs, vs =5 m/s 11. (c) The angle, subtended by arc DE at Ois . and FC at
Hence, the separation between the two fragments
= (Vy -Va) xt =(90 -5)
x 177 m=44.25m O= = the effective magnetic field at O Is
8. (a) Given, initial speed,u = 36 km/h
B= Boe
+ Bre
_ 36 «1000
=10ms"'
60 « 60

Hof pol (=)

= x— + ™
4n3r 2 4nr \ \ 2)

6=30°,n =Q1s =? -td)

8r
29]
3
Here, work done in moving up the inclined road
= KE of the vehicle = Sid! acting downwards
12r
(mg sin 0+ F)s = 3 mu?
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 1/7
12. (a) The electron moving with a speed v in the circular Bohr Putting the value of Ax in Eq. (i), we get
orbit of radius r constitutes a current of magnitude,
sind= A
3d

o= sin
(aa
16. (a) The bob filled completely with water has its centre of
mass at its centre. The time period of oscillation is

r= an
by, g
As the water starts coming out of the bob, its centre of mass
iz = where T is the orbital period of the electron.
shifts vertically downward as a result effective length of the
Te=2nriv pendulum increases and hence its period also increases.
When the bob is empty, again its centre of mass appears at
jae
2nr its centre and as a result, the period of oscillation again
reaches to |ts original value.
By definition of atomic dipole moment 11, its magnitude is
given by 17. (a) On raising the temperature of the semiconductor,
covalent bonds start breaking up and thus more charge
py =iA= 2". gp? = 2 carriers release. This will increase the value of n and as a
2nr 2
result the rate of collision of charge carriers will increase.
.. Angular momentum, L = mvr This will decrease the drift speed v.
L 2mvr 2m
—= =— =constant 18, (6) When a tennis ball falls on the ground and bounces
BH) evr e
back, its velocity and displacement changes in reverse
13. (c) LetT, be the temperature of point C and x be the length direction while acceleration remains unchanged.
of rod AB or BC.
19. (b) Since, the lens is made up of two kinds of transparent
Then, CA= fr? + x? = J2 x material, it has two refractive indices for the incident beam
of light. Hence, there will be two focal lengths
of the lens and
At steady state, the rate of heat flowing from B to C =rate of
therefore two images will be observed.
heat flowing from C to A,
20. (c) As we know,
KA(J2T
ese -T,) _ KA (T -T )
So, x V2x L=ho

V2 (J2 T -T))
= -T => bat x 2%

: 3T 1
By solving, T, = W2>) La
“T
Given,
T, = 2T
14. (b) Atresonance, X, =X, or al = me
oo
Hence, paZ
Voltage across the series L-C combination,
Vz =1(X, =X_) =0 => =-4

15. (0) = Ing, COS?(3) 21, (a) Maximum stress =

Maximum weight
Cross- sectional area
Now, maximum weight of steel wire
= Volume » Density x g
= Alpg
where, / is the maximum length of steel wire that can hang
vertically without breaking, pis the density of steel and A is
the cross-sectional area of steel wire.
=>
., Maximum stress, p =ae =Ipg
where, Ax =d sing
\-f
pg
18 sete stupy guioe BITSAT
22. (c) 2h=ut and r= 2s | Bs
NEE
2h V a gsin- 1,9 cos0
uy = At
[se u=u,,f=Ag
“ ‘i gsing
Now, =n = |————_-
h=ul-> 4 gt? ” t gsin1,90—
0080
sin 45°
~ -¥sin45° —n, cos 45°
;
T= He
1 _ 1
=> ae tie = He = 1-73
Ua

. (c) Since, the initial activity is 50 times the activity for safe
gt® - 2u,t+ 2h=0 occupancy, therefore R, =50A, where A = ).N.
2uy + au; - 8gh Since, A x N
i= 2g

b 2u,y ~./4uy - Bah

er (a) -w
1 1
29
4u, ~ 8gh
At=l-b= t
g (2/"°=50 = 7 Odo 2 =lOdi0 50

=> t
_ 10logig50 _ 10x 1699 = 56.4 days
logia 0.301
ui + up =u? =(2/gn)* . (a) Helium is monoatomic gas, for which
ant LIAM 5 agh= agh 3 5
(aty® 4
Cy=5A.Cp=5R
g
= (at) 4 ~2gh (At)®2 + 4h? 2_=0 Work done by the gas in one complete cycle W = area

4g*h* ~ 49*h? ; 4h
ABCDA = p,V,
(an? = 29" From Ato 8,
gl2 g Heat given to gas = nC AT

ar=2/P =1 (5A]
3
«AT = 53 Vo(4p)=> 3 Vopo
g
From 8 to C, heat given to gas =nC,AT
23. (b)s = ut+ zat", a=gsindu=0 5
- 1x(3A] «AT = 55 (2po)AV =5 pM
Then. s=0+ za
Work done by the gas/cycle
Efficiency of cycle =
Total heat given to gas/cycle
_ PoVo _2
3
2 Pq + 5PM,
13

Efficiency (%) = 4 ~100 = 154%

. (a) Using Einstein's photoelectric equations,

hv = + ev,
av, =hv- 6 - (i)
Thus, when the frequency of incident light radiation
For the rough plane, the effective value of acceleration
(photons) v increases to 2v, the stopping potential V,
along the incline is
changes to V,.
a'=gsin0-u,gcos0
eV, = h(2v)- v= fil)
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 19
On dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (ii), we get A
Similarly, 4, =
ye omTa

_Alv-+o_4, 8 ha. [To Tat -(,_18)"

Ag VT Ts Tas
hv—¢ v- 2
(3| -1-15
>2 > V>2V, 2 Ts
<i

On solving, T, = 2.0 eV
27. (c) Terminal velocity of the rod is attained when magnetic So, oy, =4-T, =4-2=20eV
force on the rod (i) balances the component of weight of
dp = 6-T,=6-2=40eV
the rod (mg sin 0), as in figure.
30, (a) We have,
mg 09 Torque =rxF =la
So, 2(20t
— 5°) =10a
a=4t-f
But a =, so

do
So, Bil= mg sind —=4-P
at
ale
A) /=mgsin0 cho =(4t — 1°) att
p
Integrating, w = 2f* - 3
oe
Rgmg sin 0
BI(Biv;) <mgand wo willbe zero att =6s,
3
R So, o=-P-2e ©
¥en mg siniA at 3
BP or do={ar- =| ar
28. (¢) Initial energy of the asteroid is 3,

6 =K, +U,-Lan?- GM,m

10A,
Again, Integrating both sides
a 4
p22
Final energy of the asteroid, 3. «12
1 ge GM,m Since, =6s
E, =—mv;
3™ - FR, 2x6 6°
50, ) =———-— =
According
to law of conservation of energy, & = & 3 12
Sav
2
— Mat
10R,
yp BaA, Number of turns, n= o = 36 = 5.73
2n 2n
v2 2GM, _2_ 26M, So, option (a) is right.

aea
Re * —10R, 31. (c) ey, “aan

(a) (b)
29. (b) From Einstein photoelectric equation,
In first case refraction of the rays, takes place from a plane
E= by + KE nas surface, so we can Use Gy, = =
d
For metal A 4=6,+T, - (i) H
For metal B 4.5
= by + (Ty— 1.5) (iD 3$=— 4
> p=—4
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get u "3
where, dap. ANd docu = apparent and real depth,
ty -O4=2
respectively.
Now, according to de-Broglie hypothesis,
Now, insecond case, as from Fig. (b), refraction takes place
a,2- ff from a spherical surface, so
“A inv 2mT,
20 sete stupy cuine BITSAT
2 bi
_ Ha —Hy Now, the equivalent resistance of the circuit is
4
u~=~=COR
or
1 s| 4/3 1-4/3
rp
a
-(5+5)x20
(545)+20
20
—n
3
(-25/8) (4) —-A
10v
Current through battery, / = -—— =15A
or Jit 81 20
3A 3 25 «75 —
3
R=25cem 34 . (a) Since, no extemal force is acting on the system, we
can
Now, using Lens’ Makers formula, to calculate focal length apply conservation of linear momentum.
1
-=(p (1
-1))—-—1 |
Speed
36 « 1000
of 200 kgkg trolley= trolley ———_~—~
f1
Pp 80 x60 ~ 4 Oms
; | R, Pe
;
“(g-I2- (- 35) 7 75
itu be the initial velocity of trolley, y,, be the absolute velocity
of the boy after the beginning of journey of the boy, their
f=75cm relative velocity is 4.
So, vi-vy,=4 => wy =(v'- 4)
32. (c) When r <F, then force on the test mass
mat the surface
of the sphere = mg Now, applying law of conservation of momentum,
Momentum before the boy begins to run
Force on the test mass at distance r from the centre of
= Momentum after the beginning of boy's running
sphere is
=> 220 x10 = 200v' + 2Q(v'- 4)
2200 = 220v'-80 = 220v'=2280
2280 1
v ‘= ——=1
220 0.36 ms
; ro
(5
35. (c) Given, C = 37.55J mol"! K"!
Also, pT = constant (K) ve ()
According to ideal gas equation, pV = AT

ifr<FA, then GMm r

F=—--—= _GMm ‘ 2 p=ArV ns (i)
RR RP
mv*® GMm Putting the value of p in Eq. (i), we get
=e r
2
r RA
AT. xT=K => V=LLU
. Ver Vv
GMm On differentiating above equation both sides, we get
ifr >A, then F=——
r dV
———— 2AT ,
.. (lll)
Mv? _GMm ar «K
r OF But TA [from Eq. (i)]
Kp
Vx
F4
Hence, Eq. (iii) becomes
Hence, option (c) is corect. av _2R
ar op
33. (c) In the given circuit, diode D, is reverse biased, so it will
not conduct but D., D, are forward biased, so they will So, =C,4 oT
C=C, PM
conduct, hence corresponding equivalent circuit. For the
given circuit is or c-6,+P*2 co, +an
or C,=C-2R eve (iv)
As Cy = where n=number of degrees of freedom.

Putting the value of C, in Eq. (iv), we get

nR2 _c-orR
n= 2(C- 2A)
_ 2(37.55 ~2*83) _-o4g_=5
AR a3
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 21
36. (a) We know, instantaneous displacement, Initially, velocity is downwards (~ ve), after collision, it
x=rsinwt reverses the direction with smaller magnitude and velocity
is upwards (+ ve). So, graph (a) satisfies these conditions.
Instantaneous velocity,v = : =f COS wt
Also,
Instantaneous acceleration, Whent=0.h=d
a=W <_ po sin wt = - ax Velocity increases downwards (0— A)
dt
When t = |, velocity reverses its direction (A'—> B)
aT _ ~w?x xT - wT = ~ 4x7
So, ¢ = xT 39, (b) From the given circuit, we can say that / is independent
x x T
of resistance A,, so no current flows through A. This
~4n? required that the junction of A, and A, is at the same
=— =constant
potential as the junction of A, and A, |. Wheatstone bridge
aT -~rsinwt xT condition)
=> =< - _oe s- eT taneT
Vv wrcos wt
So, R = Ra

moa
2n
eT tan ent = nol conetant
FR, Ag
or R.A, =R3Re
Similarly, aT + 2nv and a°T° + 4n°v" is also not constant, 40. (cd) Since, volume remains unchanged, during this
i.e. both are function of ¢. phenomenon,
so
sc tg jt 50 4 oP aNx soe
37. (d) New, current sensitivity, |, =/, + 700 I,
3 3
R
150
ot aoe) ee om3 N=—>r
100° 2°
New resistance, A'=2R Now, change In surface area = 4nR* — N4nr*
initial voltage sensitivity, V, = 5 = 4n (R® - Nr*)
Energy released (AU) = T xchange in surface area
Now, new voltage sensitivity,
=T » 4x [R? —Nr?]

Here, all this energy released is at the cost of lowering the

temperature and mass of the big drop of liquid= 3 np,
% decrease in voltage sensitivity
Vi, — Vy «100
= ——# Now, change in temperature,
\, ve ao=4¥ ms
-(1-#] 100 _T x 4n(RP
- Nr?)
{=nA%|s
-(1- 3) «100 = 25%
4
-7 (3-55
. (a) For the uniformly accelerated/decelerated motion, p \A ge

v? =u" + 2gh
-T(i Fc
So, from this equation, we can say v-h graph is parabola. —pS\R xR
1 al At t=0 22t(i_f
h=d pS\AR 7}
d
oO
| 7 A

4
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 21
36. (a) We know, instantaneous displacement, Initially, velocity is downwards (~ ve), after collision, it
x=rsinwt reverses the direction with smaller magnitude and velocity
is upwards (+ ve). So, graph (a) satisfies these conditions.
Instantaneous velocity,v = : =f COS wt
Also,
Instantaneous acceleration, Whent=0.h=d
a=W <_ po sin wt = - ax Velocity increases downwards (0— A)
dt
When t = |, velocity reverses its direction (A'—> B)
aT _ ~w?x xT - wT = ~ 4x7
So, ¢ = xT 39, (b) From the given circuit, we can say that / is independent
x x T
of resistance A,, so no current flows through A. This
~4n? required that the junction of A, and A, is at the same
=— =constant
potential as the junction of A, and A, |. Wheatstone bridge
aT -~rsinwt xT condition)
=> =< - _oe s- eT taneT
Vv wrcos wt
So, R = Ra

moa
2n
eT tan ent = nol conetant
FR, Ag
or R.A, =R3Re
Similarly, aT + 2nv and a°T° + 4n°v" is also not constant, 40. (cd) Since, volume remains unchanged, during this
i.e. both are function of ¢. phenomenon,
so
sc tg jt 50 4 oP aNx soe
37. (d) New, current sensitivity, |, =/, + 700 I,
3 3
R
150
ot aoe) ee om3 N=—>r
100° 2°
New resistance, A'=2R Now, change In surface area = 4nR* — N4nr*
initial voltage sensitivity, V, = 5 = 4n (R® - Nr*)
Energy released (AU) = T xchange in surface area
Now, new voltage sensitivity,
=T » 4x [R? —Nr?]

Here, all this energy released is at the cost of lowering the

temperature and mass of the big drop of liquid= 3 np,
% decrease in voltage sensitivity
Vi, — Vy «100
= ——# Now, change in temperature,
\, ve ao=4¥ ms
-(1-#] 100 _T x 4n(RP
- Nr?)
{=nA%|s
-(1- 3) «100 = 25%
4
-7 (3-55
. (a) For the uniformly accelerated/decelerated motion, p \A ge

v? =u" + 2gh
-T(i Fc
So, from this equation, we can say v-h graph is parabola. —pS\R xR
1 al At t=0 22t(i_f
h=d pS\AR 7}
d
oO
| 7 A

4
22 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT
Chemistry
41. (d) Edge length of the unit cell = 2A=2=10%cem 47. (c) Azodye test is not used for the distinction
in 1°, 2° and 3°
Volume of unit call =(2 x10)? =8 x10 *cm3 aliphatic amines. The other tests can be easily used to
Mass of one unit cell = volume x density distinguish between 1°, 2° and 3° amines.
= 8x10 x25 Test Primary amine Secondary amine Tertiary
amine
Number of unit cell in 200g of metal
i Hinsberg's Forms a Forms a No reaction
__ mass of the metal feagent test sulphonamide sulphonamide
~ mass of one unit cell soluble in alkali insoluble in alkali

- 2004498 ii Carbylamine Forms a No reaction No reaction

8x10 «25 reaction carbylamine with
unpleasant smell
42. (a) Higher the values of ‘a’ more will be the tendency to get
iii Reaction Forms primary Forms nitrosamine Forms nitrite
liquefy. Value of a is highest for gas P. Thus, it is the most
with nitrous alcohol and evolves which gives sal
liquefiable gas among the given gases. acid nitrogen gas with Libermann’s
43. (d) Radius of hydrogen like atom, effervescence nitroso amine
reaction
n2
n-z%
48, (b) Resonating structure of carbonate coy ion are
Where,
¢, =0.51=10°'°m oO o-
-10, I |
o” van “o
and pero
oo” No oo So
At ground state,n=1 | ll ‘il
Hence, the atom Is Be** [- Z=4] Thus, there is no coordinate bond present in COs~.
Hence, the second statement is incorrect.
44. (a) When central metal ion is same (here Ni-*), the
absorption of colour depends on the ligand. According to 49. (a) For first order reaction,
spectrochemical series, various ligands are as follows
he=_|ny =40s veel)i
<Br <Cl <NO, <F <H,O
< NH, <NO;
<CN <CO For zero order reaction, to -Ws_20s woul)
‘0
Thus, H,Ois the weakest ligand among these, therefore the
Divide eqn. (i) by (ii), we get
absorbed energy will be lowest in [Ni(H,Q),]>", so it will
absorb highest wavelength (red light). 1 _ Alo
1
2 2k Ins
Ear
A k,1, TeIn SS
0.693 os
ky [Alp 1386
-. The order of increasing wavelength is
[Ni(NO, ),]*" < [Ni(NHG),]**< [Ni(H,O),}** 50. (b) CH,Cl, Is similar to CH, (tetrahedral) but it has three
different bond angles.
45. (c) Empirical formula mass= CH,O=12+ 2+1«16=30
HCH, HCCI, CICCI, which are close to but not equal to
Molecular mass = 180 109.5°. Since, electronegativity of Cl>C>H the bond
_ Molecular Mass _ 180_ dipole moments do not cancel and the molecule has a
~ Empirical formulamass 30 — dipole moment.
“ Molecular formula =n « empirical formula
cl
*. Molecular formula = 6 x CH,O= C,H,,O, i
H7 If Sa
Cc
46. (0) (i) In Hall-Heroult process for extraction of Al, carbon
anode is oxidised to CO and CO,. H
(ii) When Al,O, is mixed with CaF,, it lowers the melting
point of the mixture and brings conductivity. 51. (b) Given, CH, +20, —> CO, + 2,0:
(ii) AI®* is reduced at cathode to form Al. AH =~ 210kcal/ mol ...(i)
(iv) Al,O, serves as the electrolyte, undergoing the redox CoH, + 20 2C0,+ 3H,0;
process. Na, AIF, although isan electrolyte but serves as
a solvent, not electrolyte. AH =- 368kcal/mol — ...(ii)
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 23
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq (ii), we get
56. (2) CH GH Hy POs, CH,—
CH Ch me On
CH, + 30,— CO,+ H,0;
OH cl
AH=-158kcal / mol 2-propano! 2-chloropropane
(z) (x)
*. Enthalpy of combustion of one CH, unit H,S04/ 4
=~ 158 kcal / mol CH,—CH— C CH,—CH=C
% Me conc. H,SO0, Ms Propene re
AA gots CygHos = AH somme( CH) #9 AA oene(CHs) OH (iy)
2-propanal
=-210+ (9 x-158) (2)
=~1632 kcal
57. (d) N,O,(g) = 2NO.(9)
52. (b) R—C=CH Js converted to ketone by catalytic 028 4
hydration with reagents. Pressure at equilibrium
2 2
° = PNo, —U-N" _ 4 39 atm
WW HSO4Hg8O,
= paella ar
C)< =n 9) H.0.Hoa Yon If volume of the container is doubled, the pressure will
reduced to half
53. (c) By Haisenberg's uncertainty principle, N,O, —= 2N,0
h 0.028 Fs)
AmAv =— New pressure, > P 3 2P

as
4n
2
Av= 0,005%or 600 ms
_ 600 «0,005
0.03 2 = 492
100
fd

Ax *9.1«10™" «0.03 <ae On solving, we get

4x314
p=0.045
Hence Pu,o, =0.14— 0.045 = 0.095 atm
' =
4x314«0.03x91«10°"
esto
Pro, = 0.55 + (2 «0.045)= 0.64 atm
=192 «10° m 58. (a) Protoactinium (Pa) is the element that does not have
54. (d) In O. molecule, two electrons are present in antibonding stable electronic configuration.
orbitals. Protoactinium (Pa) = [Rn] 5f* 6d'7s > (Atomic number = 91)
O, (84 8=16)=a1s*?,0
7187, 02s 70" 2s", Nobelium (No) =[Rn]5/"*6d°7s* (Atomic number = 102)
o” 2pz*, n2px* =n2py”, n*2px =n" 2py' Lawrencium (Lr) = [Rn] 5f'* 6d*7s? (Atomic number= 103)

Removal of one electron from the O2 molecule gives Os in Amercium (Am) = [Rn] 5f’ 6d°7s* (Atomic number = 95)
which the number of antibonding electrons is one less and 59. (c) Oxidation :
hence, BO increases. Thus, removal of one electron from
Q, stabilises the molecule. CH,COO + 30H—+ CH,COO + 2e + 2H,0
55. (c) Cu?* +2e—+ Cu (i) Reduction : [Ag(NH,).]" +@ > Ag+ NH] 2
According to Faraday’s first law, when an electric current is
passed through an electrolyte, amount of substance
CH,CHO + 2[Ag(NH,),]" + 30H—+> CH,OO0+ 2H,0
deposited is directly proportional to the quantity of electric Molecular mass (M) of CH,CO= 44 g mot!
charge passed through the electrolyte,
Equivalent weight (Ec) =
M44 4
~ 1 mol of 63.59 of Cu is obtained by passing 2F of n-factor 2 = 22g mal
electricity.
(a) According to Freundlich adsorption isotherm,
M ‘ . .. 6a5 1
ass of Cu obtained by passing 1F of electricity = 39
x/m=Kyn
-. Mass of Cu ontained by passing 0.5F of electricity where, x = mass of gas adsorbed on mass ‘m’ of the
8s x 05 = 15.809 absorbent at pressure p.
k and n= constants.
24 seu stupy cuipe BITSAT
Taking logarithm on both sides, we get =00591 og k,, (at 25°C)
logx/m=logk + “log p
n

0.0591
=> 02955 = —. log Koa

This is equation of a straight line with slope of | and Kon = 1 go

n

intercept
of log k.
(b) NH» Haye N NH
61. (b) Given, pH of Ba(OH), =12
H HoH on" H
pH+pOH=14
pOH = 14- pH=14-12=2 H
H HOH 4 Hi nH
Now, pOH =- log [OH]
OH H OH
=> 2=- log[OH] Anti Gauche Eclipsed
[OH ]=10*
Since, gauche formis stabilised by intermolecular hydrogen
Ba(OH),(s)= Ba®* + 20H” bonding, hence it is more stable than anti.
Smo"! s 28
67. (a) In acidic medium, H,S is very feebly ionised giving very
[OH] = 2S=107
small concentration of sulphide jon for precipitation.
S=10"' Therefore, the most insoluble salts CuS and HgS are
Ky =[Ba**] [OH]? precipitated,

=> (to) (107)? =05 «10° =5~107M (b) When a mixture of BCI, and H, is subjected to silent
electric discharge, diborane and HC! are formed. Diborane
62. (c) With Tollen's reagent (ammoniacal AgNO,), a white
reacts with NH, at 200°C to give borazine (inorganic
precipitate of silver salt is obtained benzene),
H— C= C—H-+ 2AgNO, + 2NH,OH
—+ Ag—C=C— Ag+ 2NH,NO,+ H,0
2BCI, + 6H, See Bal + 6HCI
)
Silver aootylide (white ppt.)

63. (d) Arrhenius equation Is given by, 3B,H, +6NH, —°"> 2B,N,H, + 12H,
boy Ke-—fr_[a=T]
1 2 Boarzine (y)

K, 2303~R| Ts (b) The process of producing syngas or synthesis gas from

coal |s called ‘coal gasification’?
Given, *2- 3A =~ 8314 JK-mot-*
1 Cs) +H,0(g) “2%
Coal Steam
CO(g) + H,(9)
T, =204 273=293K Synthesis gas

and Tp =50 + 273=323K The production of hydrogen can be increased by reaching

Substituting the given values in Arrhenius equation, carbon monoxide of the syn gas with steam in the presence
= E, 323 - 293 of iron chromate as a catalyst at 673 K.
log.) 3
83914 *2.303| 323x293
CO(g) + HO(g) = ***5 co, (9) + Hag)
2.303 «6.314 = 323 «293 = O0.477
E, -
30 CO, is removed by scrubbing with a solution of sodium
= 28811.8. J mol arsenite.
= 28.8118 kJ mol"! 70. (b) Heat at constant pressure means enthalpy. i.e.
64. (b) Compounds containing both N and S give blood red AH =2.5x10* cal
colourin Lassaigne’s test due to the formation of Fe(SCN)3. AS =7A4caldeg™*
Thus, H,N(C,H,)SO,H gives blood red colour in
Lassaigne's test of nitrogen. T=298K
AG =AH-TAS
65. (b) Given that,
A+8*—+ 8+ A®*,E°=02955V = 25 x10" -298 «7.4
Using Nernst equation, =4705 cal
, . 2903nAT Hence, the process is spontaneous.
& = ————| 09 Ko
nF
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 25
71. (a) The alkene is unsymmetrical, hence will follow 75.
Markownikoff's rule to give major product.
CH, —CH, CH=CH, +H—Br—> CH,OH H
—a-¢ ‘a o
But -t-ene Br

|
CH,—CH,—CHBr—CH, + CH, — CCH, HsOH
(x) H Glycosicic
a-D-glucose OH H
H fi-D-fructase
vy)
This structure represents sucrose in which a-D-glucose and
+ CH,—CH, —CH, —CH,Br
(2) (Minor product) [i-D fructose is attached to each other by C, - C, glycosidic
linkage. Since reducing groups of glucose and fructose are
Since, y contains, a chiral carbon, it exists in two involved in glycosidic bond formation, this is considered as
enantiomers (x and y) which are mirror images of each non-reducing sugar.
other.
76. (a) Potassium sulphate (K.SO,),i=3
Mirror
Sodium chloride (NaCl), i =2
i
£
i
&
Urea, /=1
Glucose, /=1
Hes” cn, CHS” Wout
Greater the value of i, greater lowering in freezing point and
hence, lower will be the freezing temperature.
Therefore, K,SQ, solution has the lowest freezing point.
72. (c) Silicons are synthetic organo-silicon polymers
containing repeated A,SiO units. Since the empirical . (a) A penicillin is a member of a family of drugs that have a
formula is same as that of a ketone (ACO), the name silicon four membered cyclic amide fused to a five membered
has been given to these materials. They can be formed by thiazole ring. It is narrow spectrum antibiotic
hydrolysis of dichlorosilanes
(A, SiCl,) R—C—N
Lt cs CH;
AzSiCly + 2H,0 —+ A,Si(OH)s + 2HCI
L CH;
a R fi
| | COOH
a One ea ee —-
(Penicillin)

tit
AR RA
78. (b) The lattice energy of the hydroxides of alkaline earth
metal decreases more rapidly than their hydration energy
o— U o— I Padi so HO—Si—O— Si— OH
F-O-§
R R R R
leading to more negative value of AH,, down the group.
More negative is AH,,,, more is the solubility of compounds.
Hence the solubility of hydroxides of alkaline earth metal
73. (c) On acidification of potassium chromate solution, yellow increases with their atomic number,
colour changes to orange colour due to formation of
79. (a) The given chemical reaction is
dichromate which suggests that monocentric complex is
converted into dicentric complex. 5Br (aq) + BrOz(aq) + 6H*(ag) —+ 3Br.(aq) + 3H,O(/)

2K,CrO, +H,SO,—» K,Cr,0, + K2S0, + 1,0 Rate law expression for the given reaction can be written as
(Du) _VAIBr _ _ A[BrO3)
74. (dc) Valence electrons in A=3 5 At At
Valence electron inB =6 1AIH']
_ 1 IB]
6 At 63st
Thus, Ais electropositive and 8 is electronegative, A can
loose three electrons and 8 can gain two electrons to attain
. _AIBr]_— S5A[BrO5]__ 5 AIH’)
At At 6 At
stable configuration
Hence, A existas A andB as B* ~ A[Br]
_ 5 A[H™]
At 6 At
-. Gompound formed is As.
26 SELF stupy GUIDE BITSAT
80. (c) A-ill, B-I, C-Il, DIV
CF,=CF, —2ymeralon| foF,—cr,4
i
CH,—=C—CH=CH, “sierNalta eT
Tetratluroelhane Tetlon "

Chloroprene Catalyst cl in CHa=CH _Felymensation | mT

Neoprene
CN CN J,
T° Fe Acryl nitrile Acrian

nCH2==C—CH=CH, “Symereation fond |

isoprene Natural rubber ~”

English Proficiency
81. (a) Use ‘is’ in place of ‘are’ as when two subjects are joined 85. (a) ‘Cope’ always agree with preposition ‘with’ and use of
‘along with’, than helping verb is used according to first any other auxiliary term is improper.
subject. 91. (6) The ordinary megalomaniac does not have the talent to
82. (c) Use ‘attested’ in place of ‘attest’ as sentence is in realise his wish which Alexander the Great had
passive voice. 92. (d) By wishing to be powerful and feared.

83. (b) Use ‘making’ in place of ‘having’ as ‘have’ is not used in 93. (d) Excessive lover of power
progressive sense. 94, (c) The nurturing of only one element in human nature

84. (d) ‘Superior is followed by ‘to’ preposition. 95. (c) Because it is a part of human nature

Logical Reasoning
96, (a) ‘Umpire’ is required to give decision in ‘Match’. 101.(b) Options (b) can be formed from the pieces given in
problem figures.
Likewise ‘Judge’ is required to give decision in a ‘Lawsuit’.
102. (a) Afterfolding and cutting the paper, answer figure (a) will
97. (c) As,9-2=7-4 7° = 49
appear.
18-2=1131f =1214 103. (c) The third figure is each row comprises of parts which are
10-2=8-— 87 261 not common in the first two figures.
104. (b) Correct answer figure is (b),
7-2=5 57 = 25
105. (b) The figure in the question may be labelled as shown
Thus, option (c) is odd.
below
98. (d) The pattern is as follows
A G 6

10 9 16 45 176 J
L_l_tL_tl_t E 0
xi-1 «2-2 x3-9) xd—4 5-5

89, (do) The data is inadequate because itis not given that whois
taller between Virat and Shikhar. Hence, answer cannot be 0 H
determined. There are nine triangle In the upper half of the figure
100. (c) Option (c) will complete the given pattern as follow. ABFE = AAEI, AAIG, AAEG, AGEO, AGBJ, ABFU, AGBF,
AGOF and AGEF.
Similarly, there are nine triangles in the lower half figure,
ie. EFCD.
There are two more triangles AEGH and AFGH.
Hence, there are a total of 20 triangles.
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 2/
Mathematics
sin = cosé 0
106. (b) (t+ ay"(t4 3) -|¢2 + x)4 4] 410. (d) Given, x? =|-cos@ sin@ 1

-. Coefficient
of x” ="C, =1
wesesat (os tad 1

On expanding|-cos§
sind
sin@
cosd
sin®
cos0
0
1
2

along
C;, we get
sing cos@ 2

107. (c) T, ,,; =13-™6, fs5 ) 2 sin cost) sind cos

x" =0-1 +
sin cos0 —cos sind
a0 (1 re-1

and T, = 3° C_1 5 =~ 1(sin 0 cos 6 — sin 0. cos 0) + 2 (sin? 0+ cos* 0)

=-1x0+2x1
Tees mnret( |
=> x22 = x=+/2
now Tl lz
Since, Teer 2tr if x=./2, then
=> 20 -r+12/3r ax? + xsinS2 + 8-4 «(VBP - 2 +5
21 21
=> r< = =8-J24+5 =(13- 2)
V341 273

=> rs7.692 => r=7 it x =— V2, then 4x" + x sins

-. The great
term isest
T, = V3- wo)" 25840
; =4x(-J2)? 4/245
=§+ J2+45=(13+ V2)
408.
(b) Letx =1
111. (d) Given, a,b,c are in GP.
=cos0°+/sin 0°
a b? =ac
=cos 2m + isin2m=e
and 2(log 2b —log 3c) = log a — log 2b + log 3e — loga
=> xa P7012...
= b?=ac and 2b=3c
Then,
the roots arete" ,e",..... => c= and p=
9 3
which are clearly on GP with common ratio e*!"".
a+b=2>0,b+e-TE >a
abe}
109.(a) Given, P=|b c a
and eran
ec a bl 9
abe -. a, 0,¢ are the sides of a triangle.
Pli|b ca Also, ais the greatest side
cab b?+c*-a® 29
cosA —
= obo <0
Also given, P'P = .. A ABC is an obtuse angled triangle.
|P’P|=|=1 Hence, option (d) is correct.
abe abe nn + (n+ 2)(n+ 3)
112.(c) Given, ¥t- eo = Sn (say)
or be aj =1 => |b © aj=+1 f=1

cab c a bl
Fy
nat
ada Wn +2)
or 3abe - a® - b®-c?
=+1 teat 8

or 3¥1=a°4+b*+0° Now. t,=S,-S,+= i

a? sb? +c*=20r4 A 1 fn

. Option (a) is correct. om 2 2 tas an

28 seLF stupy GUIDE BITSAT
-t 2n
= po
=a San +) (n+ ins 5 1+(n*4 n? 41)
wa 1 _ a ater’ (a?
+ n+ )-(n? -n4 1)
=i 3 oqara mart] 1+(n* ++ 1)(n? —n4 1)
u, =tan(n® + n+ 1) - tan) (n® — n+ 4)...(ili)
== fim laa
n-an\(n+)in+2) 2 On puttingn =12.3,...... successively in Eq, (iii), we get
u, =tan'3-tan“'1
--{9-1)-1
- (0-3] 2) 2 u, =tan"'7-tan'3
u, =tan'13-tan'7
Hence, option (c) is correct.
113. (c) Truth table
u, =tan'(n® + n+ 1)—tan'(n? =n 4 4)
P 4 -P~q pPvq ~Gap py~p Pva)y (~P)(~q
ap)v py ~p) On adding vertically,
we get
TTF FT F T T T
Su, = tan ‘(n? +n41)-tan-'4
TFET TT TT T_ T nel

FTT FT F T T T
FETT F FT T T S= lim Yu, [from Eq. (i)]
n=1
Hence, option (c) is correct.
= lim tan‘(n* 4 n+ 1)-tan-'4
114. (c) The two sets ofm parallel lines along with two sets of two nw

parallel lines of the given parallelogram will form two sets of

(m+ 2) parallel lines. Each parallelogram is formed by
choosing two parallel lines from each of the above
117. (a) Given, sinx + cos(t + x) + cos(t—x)=2
“. Total number of parallelograms
=m °c ~ m+ °C. =("**¢e,)°
=> sinx+ 2cost-cosx=2
For real solution
Hence, option (c) is correct.
i+ 4c0s*t>2
4115. (a) Let f(x) =y, then
= cos*
ft > plow
a’ =x + yf? +1
1 => -t<sint<
=> a’ = =
Ni-

2
x+y +1
Hence, option (a) is correct.
=> a’ j [rationalising] 118. (c) We have,
cos’ a + cos*fi+ cosy =1
a’ -a =2x
=> cos*a+ oos*{%—a | + cos*y=1 | oven “p=3|
> x =-(a’1(4 ¥
-a ¥
)

cos’a + sin’a + cos* y=1

ily)= sla’ -a") fvitx)=y= x=")
uy

14 cos? y=1
=> tix) = 5a" ~a™) [replacing
y by x] cos’ y=0
uu

Hence, option (a) is correct. cosy=0

= Z 2n *. (cosa + cost+ cosy)? =(cosa + sina)?
416. (c) Given, S = ¥’ tan”! ——~___ ell
erGiven > nan? +2 " =1+2sina + cosa=1+4 sin2a
Let n* +n? 41=[(n?)* + f+ Qn)
(1) -n? Hence, option (c) is correct.

=(n? +1)? =n? 119. (c) The given straight lines are 3x + 4y = Sand4x - 3y =15,
Clearly, these straight lines are perpendicular to each other
=(n* +141)(n?-n+ 1 ... (li) (mm, = - 1) and intersect at A. Now, Band C are points on
2n these lines such that AB = AC and BC passes through
Let u, = tan! | ———_—_
" recut (1, 2).
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 29
From figure it is clear that <B = <C = 45°

Radius
of the given circle = 410= OQ = OP
PQ =2QL
= 2,/00* - oF
= 2,/10 -5 =2V5
Thus, area of AOPO = = «PQ OL

= 5 «26 «5 =Ssq units

Hence, option (c) Is correct.

or m=-7 422.(b) Let r be the radius of the largest circle passing through
Hence, equation
of BC is the focus (1, 0) of y? = 4x
1
y-2=—2(x-1)
or y -2=—7(x
-1)
=> vy -14=x-1
or y-2=-7x+7
=> x-7y+13=0
or 7x+y-9=0
Hence, option (c) ls correct.
120. (d) Let y =mx +c, intersect y* = 4ax at A(at?,2at,) and
Bat, 2at,) Clearly, centre of the circle will be on X-axis and its
coordinates are (1+ r, 0).
Then, :
The equation of the circle, is(x —1- rj? + y* =r?.
+t um It touches y*=4x. Therefore, the equation
=> +=
2
= (x -r-1)? + 4x =? must have equal roots
Let the foot of another normal be C(at?, 2at,). 4(1-r)* -4(2r + 1)=0
= r=4
Then, t,+t+t,
=0
2 Hence, option (b) is correct.
ty 4g =(f,=(h + +)=-—
ts) mm
123. (dc) The point Pf =) is{ a sec™, btan=| or P| =, 4
Thus, other foot is (4.+ ;
mm
*. Equation of tangent at
P is tu - Jen7"
Hence, option (d) is correct.
121. (c) Length of perpendicular from origin to the line
xv5 + 2y = 34/5 Is
35 _ 3y5_
O-T ae a
30 sete stuny Guine BITSAT
be 4127. (c) Equation of auxiliary circle is
2 ait ape tl
x? 4y?=9 (i)
Now, e* -9=17-9=8
Hence, option (d) is correct.
. (d) Let distances of a point p(x,y,zZ) from the planes
x+y+2=0,x-—z=Oandx
-2y+ z=O0are

eye xe and *—2,* Z respectively, then

vs ' ye" V6
the sum of the ee of aearione, ls as

= (He) Cy: P
xtysz)", +(% z) (2-2) 2

~ Equation of AM is (ll)
=> Axe+eyezy? Pee eae = 6p?
=> 2x? + dy? +227? 4 dxy + dyz + 4zn + Bx? On solving Eqs. (i) and (li), we get
+ 327 — Gxz + x? 4 dy? + 2? — day ; 12 9)
M|--£.=
—4yz
+ 2xz = 6p" ( 5 5

= 6x" + By + 62° = 6p* Now, area of 4 AOM = 0A MN =2 aq units

~ x24 p24
2? = p*
Hence, option (d) is correct.
Hence, option (d) is correct.
128. (b) Given equation can be written as
125. (a) When line 25
X-% _Y-¥,_ 2-2,
4a 5, cy
is perpendicular
to plane ax + by + cz +d = 0, then
ahr =l+1= J2
a b ¢€ The equation of conjugate hyperbola is
% 1_=-4
-2

ofS
-x* +y?
22 -8
> A=1
Hence, option (a) is correct.

126.(c) Taking the coordinates of vertices O,P,Q,A as ef + ef = (V2)? +(V2)* =4

(0, 0), (a, 0), (a, a), (0,4), respectively.
Hence, option (b) is correct.
«The coordinates of Mis { a, =) and nis { 5 al. 129. (a) We have,
f(x 4 y) = f(x) + 2y? + kxy forall x,y ef
N(a/2. a)
FiO. a) Qa, a) F(x + y) — F(x) = 2y + kx forallxeR
y
tim 4+ Y)= 100 — im (2y + kx)
Mia, af2) yo ¥ yO

= I'(x)=kx forallx eR
kx* : -
(0, 0) Pia. 0) = h{x}=—-+ Ctorall xeR [by integration]

0 Oo 1 2 But, f(1) = 2 and f(2) =8

1 3a
. AreaofAOMN=—] a a/2 1]}/=——
2 8 2-5 + Cand8=2k +C
a/2 a 1
and area of the square = a” k=4andC=0

. The required ratio is 6 : 3.

Hence, f(x)
= 2x? for allx eA
Hence, option (c) is correct. So, option (a) is correct.
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 31
130. (a) Since, given planes are perpendicular to each other, i.e. From similar AOMP and AONQ, we have
its normal are perpendicular
OM
_ PM
a 2(4)- (5) + 3(-1) =0 ON ON
=> -@%-3=0 > i=-1 hor
=> —_—_—==—

: 2 +h =(-1? -1=0 10 5

=> pooh
Hence, option (a) is correct.
10
dv dy
131. (a) Put x +y = =v and ox
—= 14 —i
ate in the given differential
i =< rah
2
equation.
We have, 1
Vetnrh= 1 (h\?
2) h
wy + sinv + cosv . 3" "lp
dx
nh?
= =e

= a 12
2 cos*
— + 2sin—cos— On differentiating both sides, we get
2 2 2
1
| gee? = oV QV
_ ® g,2dh _nh* dh
at 12 dt 4 dt
=> 2 2 yy _ ay
14+ tan —
2
Given, me = 3cm*/sec when h = 40m, so we get

> log| 1+ tan xy) =x + C [by integration] gn x4? ah

4 al
Hence, option (d) is correct. dh 3
= OS
at 4, omy
132. (d) Since, the numerator tends to » as x — 0,

so lim tie —@" -x) Hence, the water level is rising at = amisec.
e0x T

. Option (b) is correct.

1, (ae -e* -1
== lim {c )
2 «0 x 134, (b)
We have,

For last limit to exist we must have, dy1 y+ 2x

lim (ae -e* -1)=0
a
40 ay
=> —-y=2%
the y
o a-1-1=0 > a=2
Fora = 2 the last limit and equal to Now, IF=e7'*=@™
_1 lim (2e Ie
e* aX _
-} y-@* = 2x e@ * dx +k, k be the constantof integration
2-0
= 2|x [e“dx - [1-(-e*)dx] + k
= + tim (4e%* -e*)
=3
24-40 2 [using integration by parts]
Hence, option (d) is correct. = ye =-2xe“ -2e "ik veali)
133. (b) Let depth of water at time f be 4 and the radius of the As curve (i) passes through (0, 0)
base of water level be r. . 0=0-2+k
=> k=2
Thus, the curve is
ye“ =-2xe"—2e* 42
y =2(e" —x —1)
Hence, option (b) is correct.
135. (c) (0) =0
For f(x) to be continuous atx =0
lim, f(x) =0

lim x? sin =0
r—~0 x
32. SELF stupy GUIDE BITSAT
This possible only when p > 0 --(i) 440-4
~ fal[b)
r= Ay f(n) —f(0)
cos # = cos90° = 6=90°
h? sin. —0 sin@ + cos = cos90° + sin90°=0+1=1
= lim ——_2_ Hence, option (c) is correct.
ho A
139. (a) A
= limhP-'sin2
hao h
= f'(0) will exist only when p> 0
© f(x) will not be differentiable if
p< (li) Bo

From Eqs. (i) and (ii), for f(x) to be not differentiable but
continuous at x= 0, possible values of p are given by AD =3GD
0<p <1 Hence option (c) is correct, =3-4(GB +GC)
136, (a) Integrating the given differential equation, we have
3 =3(23(265, 2 Fe)
OY B® gr XG 2\3 3
dx 3 3
Buty,(0)=1
1
So, 1=(-2)3 +140,
1 Hence, option (d) is correct.
140. (c) Let x;, X»,...,x, ben observations.
= G=5 1
Then, K=HE x,
dy = -cosa& +e* , +—+
x —1 x
dx 3 3.3 Let y= +10
Again integrating, we get
1¢€ 1 ) 4
: 4 Then, = =—{—Sx |/+—(10n
= A ot a twa, nee ala '} nt )

Buty(0)=0,s00=0+4
14+C, = Kray = =X + 19-%+ 10a
=> C,=-1
Hence option (c) is correct.
sin 3x x* 4
Thus, = a* +4 = 1
yer~g * 8 *93"3 141.(c) Volume of the paralielopiped = |[a bc]
Hence, option (a) correct. => (area of the base parallelogram)= h =|[ab e]|
= jaxb|h=|[ab
cl]
437. (d) Given, f(x) = - 2x? -9x?— 12" +4 1 1 «1
= f(x) = - 6x* — 18x — 12 = |-5i4+3j)+2k[h=]2 4 -1
To be decreasing
f'(x) < 0 11 3
=> — Gx* — 18x -12<0 4
> V38h=4 > he= Te
=> x? 4 8" 4250
=> 38h7=47 = 19h? =8
=> (x+ 2)(x
+ 20
Hence, option (c) is correct.
Therefore, either x <- 2orx >-1
142. (b) Mean (m) for BD = np
=> x e(- 1%) or(—o,
-2)
and variance (o*) for BD = npg
Hence, option (d) is correct.
Given, np + npq =2.7 andn=3
138. (c) Leta =4i-4kandb=1+
j+k np(l+q)y=27 = pii+ q= =
Let 0 be the angle between
a andb
cosi= ab =
>
p(i+q)=08
(1-q)(1+ q)=09
}a||b|
[- for BD probability standard deviation (SD), p + q = 1
_ (41-4k)-(1
+ | +8)
= 1-q?=0.9
- |a) /b|
 SOLVED PAPER 2018 33
=> q’=0.1 => g=+03 145. (a) Given curves are
g=03 Wixi+ fiyi
= Va sell)
{-q=- 0.3 can't possible asO <q <1]
and li)
=> p=07 andq=03
. B.D. =(0.3+ 0.7)°
Hence, option (b) is correct.
143. (b) We have,
dx dx
Atx) = 5 Be + 4e3* - 2) os + Be* + 4a

- Peel= Joaa
e* (e* — 2)

Now, required areas = 4[shaded area in the first quadrant]

On substituting
e*=t = e* dx=di, =f (Va- Vx? ox|
we get
[from Equ. (i) and (ii)
_; (P-2)dt —- (1-2t*)at
AO-|avataa | earieea ==4
4| --[le+
na* _[* Va
x —2Ja Vx ax |

=s tar ee K
aan 2 |" 2 4B 2 _6l axe2 —4 Jax? | 4
4 jax ‘yg \,
= Ax) = Stan yee K
=(n-2) a sq units
Hence, (A, B, C) =(lan*, e*, 2)
Hence, option " is correct.
Option (b) is correct.

1 146.(b)P(AOB)=— and P(A nB) ==

144. (b) cot (1-x +?)=tan'(
of
1-K 4X
Now, Aver «Pane!

vten lama => 1-P(AUB)=>

ntan'( 200
1-x (1-x), = P(AUB)==
= cot '(1-x 4 x*)=tan”'x - tan-(1—x) But P(A\B)
= P(A) + P(B)- P(A B)

* I cot '"(1-x +x*)dx = [jtan-'x dx - [tan (1 ~x)dx = P(A) + P(B)== i)

=a and 8 are independent events
=['‘oO tan! x dx + fitan
0
"yx 7 P(A 7 B)= APC)
E [fl
a
dx = -[ fla -x) dr |
a
= P(A) P(B) = +

=2f'tan"'x ax [P(A) ~ P(B)]° =[P(A) + P(B)]? ~ 4 P(A) P(B)

On evaluating by ee by parts, we have

“3
x | = P(A)
- P(B) =+ — (il)
Ittan~ x-x]} -f,
tax? |

J x “| |
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get

“2
1
| In(1+ (A)
P(A) = = 273=
MA

Hence, option (b) is correct.

| - flog2| = £-tag2
B|a

4147. (d) Let A be the event that the examinee gives the correct
answer.
Hence, |) cot’ (1-x4+x *)dx=5 -log2
Let G,C,K stand for guessing, copying and knowing,
So, option (b) is correct. respectively.
34 ser stupy Guine BITSAT
Given, P(C)= z P(G) = 3 149. (c) From the figure, it is clear that there is no commonarea.

~= Af)
So, we cannot find maximum value of z.

2 OE ans
PAC) + PIG) + PIK)=1

PIK)=5
Also, P| A\=1 for if the examinee knows, he/she will
: [A .
correctly answer it and P) 4 = ; since there are four

choices.
Now, total probability Hence, option (d) is correct.

P(A) = PG) P(A) + P(C)P| 4) PiK)P(4 150. (d) Feasible region is ABCA and 2 = 7x - 8y
Y

441424 29
12 48 2 48 48

at A(0,5),Z=7x0-8x5 =- 40
Hence, option (d) is correct. at B(15,5),
Z = 7(15) - (5) =65
148. (a) Since, p: 4is an even prime number, at O(0, 20), Z =7(0) - 8(20) = - 160
q: 6 is adivisorof 12 andr: the HCF of 4 and6 is 2. Hence, the minimum value of 2 is attained at point (0, 20).
So, - pv (qr)is correct. So, option (d) is correct.
Hence, option (d) is correct.
Solved Paper 2019
BITSAT
Instructions
|. There are 150 questions
in all. The number of questions in each part |s as given below. No. of Questions
Part! Physics 1-40
Part Il Chemistry 41-80
Part Ill a. English Proficiency 81-95
b. Logical Reasonina 96-105
Part IV Mathematics 106-150
2. All questions are multiple choice questions with four options, only one |s correct
3. Each corect answer fetches 3 marks while incorrect answer has a penalty of 1 mark.

PART I
Physics
1. A radioactive sample of halflife 23.1 days is 5. An ideal monoatomic gas at 300 K expands
disintegrating continuously. The percentage decay of adiabatically to twice its volume. The final temperature
its in 15th to 16th days will be of gas is
(Take, e° = 103) 23
a. 3200/2 b.300V3 —¢. 300 5} d. 300(2)°"°
a. 5% b. 1% c. 2.9% d. 3.5%

2. Two seperate soap bubbles of radii 3 x 10° m and . Two sound producing sources A and B are moving
2x10 m respectively, formed of same liquid towards and away from a stationary observer with
(surface tension 65 x 10° N/m) come together to form same speed respectively. If frequency of sound
a double bubble. The radius of interface of double produced by both sources are equal as 400 Hz, then
bubble is speed of sources (approximately) when observer
a.6x10%m b. 4x10m detects 4 beats per second, is
c. 15 «107m d. 0.66 «10° m [Given, speed of sound = 340 mvs}
ai7vms b&B.3.4nmVs c.2.4 m/s d. 1 ms
3. An electron revolves in a circular orbit of radius r with
. Pressure versus temperature graph of an ideal gas is
angular speed m The magnetic field at the centre of
shown in the given figure. Density of gas al point Ais
electron orbit is
a. ul g2e b. Lu oo
Po. then density of gas at point B will be
Pp
hig 4nr
2
c. wooo d. Hg
Anar 2nr

4. A steel wire of cross-sectional area 4 cm* has elastic

limit of 22x 10° N/m*. The maximum upward
acceleration that can be given to a 1000 kg elevator
supported by this steel wire if the stress is to exceed
one-fourth of the elastic limit is (Take, g = 10 m/s*]
a.10m/s* b.9m/s* c.15m/s* ~— d. 12 m/s?
2. SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

8. A rubber cord has a cross-sectional area 10° m? and 15. The magnetic field at the paint Qin the following
total unstretched length 0.1 m. It is stretched to Current carrying square loop at the centre will be
0.125 m and then released to project a particle of 2h
mass 5.0 g. The velocity of projection is
[Given, Young's modulus of rubber, Y =5 = 10° N/m*]
a.45m/s b.30m/s c. 25 m/s d. 15 m/s “0
9. A body is moving unidirectionally under the influence
of a sources of constant power. The square of its
displacement in time t is proportional to
a." be ct a. Jt -— 4 cm ——4
a.12x10°T b.4x105T
10. Two electrons are moving with speed of 5 « 10° m/s
c. 4/2 «10° T d. 22 «10°T
parallel to each other, then the electrostatic and
magnetic force between them is 16. The value of current / as shown in the given circuit
a.5x10° b. 2.510" diagram is
c.3.6x10° d. 4.4 «10° 60
ANA

11. In the following circuit diagram, the current through 10M g 15 120
battery is
4 AMA
AWN
D; 1a 200
{t
' 10V
a2A b15A c09A ¢d.024

17. A semicircular wire of radius r rotates in uniform

magnetic field 8 about its diameter with angular
velocity «a If the total resistance of the circuit is A, then
the mean power generated per period of rotation is
7 (nBr°e)* b Bra” (mBro)*
d.0
"BA " 6R 8R
a.4A b.3A
c.1A d2A 18. A convex lens of focal length 25 cm produces images
of the same magnification 2, when an object is kept at
12. A semicircular disc of mass M and radius A is free to two positions x, and x(x, >x2) from the lens. The ratio
rotate about its diameter. The moment of inertia of
ofx, and x, is
semicircular disc about a line perpendicular to its
a.2:1 b.1:3 e@1:2 d.3:1
plane through centre is
3. MR2 19. A particle X of mass m and initial velocity u collide with
a. — MR b.
4 2 another particle Y of mass am which is at rest, The
c. TT d. pill
3 4 collision is head on and perfectly elastic. The ratio of
de-Broglie wavelengths 1, and 2, after the collision is
13. 12 eV energy is given to electron in third orbit of a4:3 b. 2:32 e3:4 d.3:32
H-atom, then final energy of electron when it ionise
from third orbit, is 20. The dimensional formula of jes is
a. 5.25 eV b. 10.49 eV Ep
c.12eV d. 11.15 eV a. [ML? TA") b. [MPLT A?)
14. In Young's double slit experiment, the distance c. [ML°T A] d.[M'L*T7A"]
between slits and screen is 2 m and distance
21. A body of mass m is moving in a straight line with
between slits is 0.25 mm. A light of wavelength
momentum p. Starting at time t = 0, a force F =at acts
800 nm is used to find fringes on the screen. If
in the same direction on the moving particle during time
screen moves with a speed of 5 m/s, then first
interval of T. So that Its momentum changes from p to
maxima will move with a speed of
2p. The value of Tis
a. 16 mms b. 8mnvs
c. 20 m/s d. 50 mm/s a. [22a
b. [2 a
e2f2P a
4 2 a
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 3
22. When a maximum force of 3 N is applied on a body 28. The escape velocity of the earth surface is v,. A body
kept on rough inclined plane of shown in the figure, is projected with velocity 3v,. With what constant
then body remains stationary. The maximum external velocity will it move in the inter planetary space?
force up the inclined plane that does not move the a. Vz b 3v, c. V2 v, d. 2/2 v,
block is 12 N. The coefficient of static friction between
the block and the plane is [Take, g = 10 ms*] . The time period of a bob performing simple harmonic
12.N motion in water is 2s. If density of bob is 3" 10° kg/m,
then time period of bob performing simple harmonic
motion in air will be
a. 3s b. 4s c. 25 d. is

» Auniform solid cylindrical roller of mass m is being

1 pulled on horizontal surface with force F parallel to the
_— b. es
oS /3 og surface applied at its centre. If the acceleration of the
cylinder is a and itis rolling without slipping, then the
23. In the shown situation, if middle portion of the lens is value of F is
painted black, then
a. 2ma b.3ma oma , sma
Object Lens 2 2

31. A projectile is given an initial velocity of (i + 3 j) m/s,

OF EF where i is along the ground and j/s along the vertical.
Then, the equation of the path of projectile is
[Take, g =10 m/s3|
a. complete image of the object will form with low intensity
b. complete image of the object will form with high intensity
a. y=J3x —5x* b.y=/3x 45x?
¢. incomplete image of the object will form with low ce. x= 3 y + 5x? dx ay? +9
intensity
d. incomplete image of the object will form with high
. The force on a body of mass 1 kg is (201 + 10j)N. Ifis
intensity starts from rest, then the position of the body at time
t=2s5, is .
24. |f sound travels in air with the speed of 340 m/s, then a. - 20i - 40j b. 201 — 40j
number of tones present in an open organ pipe of
langth 2 m and its maximum frequency 1200 Hz, are c. 40i - 20] d. 40i + 20]
a.17 b. 11 c.9 d. 14
A cylinder of mass 2 kg is released from rest from the
25. A proton is revolving on a circular path of radius 2 mm top of an inclined plane of inclination 30° and length
with frequency 10 Hz. Magnetic dipole moment 1m. If the cylinder rolls without slipping, then its speed
associated with proton is when it reaches the bottom, is [Take, g =10m/s*]
a.2 «104 A-m? b. 4x10 A-m?
a. a0 m/s b. = m/s
¢.3 «107° A-m? d. 6x107A-m? 3 3

26. When a capacitor is fully charged as shown in the c. 10 m/s d. 2 ms

3 3
following figure, then current drawn from the cell is
7kW BW Frequency of oscillation ofa body is 5 Hz when a
force F, is applied and 12 Hz when another force F, is
applied. If both forces F, and F, are applied together,
then frequency of oscillation of the bady will be
a. 13 Hz b. 169 Hz
c. 62 Hz d. 52 Hz

a. i mA b.0.5mA c.2mA dg. 5mA . The figure shows the graph of ce versus p for

27. A charged capacitor of capacitance C is discharging 2x 10“ kg of hydrogen gas at two different
through a resistor of resistance RA. temperatures, where p, V and 7 represents pressure,
At what time the charge on the capacitor is equal to volume and temperature respectively.
one half of its initial value?
1 Then, the value of wm where the curve meet on the
a. ia c. AClog,2 d.— log, 2
2 “jog,2 RC Se
vertical axis, is
4 sete stupy cuipe BITSAT

38. A carbon resistor of (56 + 5.6) kQ is to be marked with

rings of different colours for its identification. The colour
pT (IK 1 5

code sequence will be

a. green, blue, orange, silver
b. blue, yellow, orange, silver
—-

c. green, red, orange, silver

d, red, green, blue, gold
“15 39. Two monochromatic light waves are travelling with
same frequency and constant phase different. If both
36. An ammeter of resistance 1.5 © can measure waves interfere, then
currents upto 1 A The value of shunt resistance to a, there Is a gain of energy
measure current upto 4 A is
b. there is a loss of energy
4.0.50 b102 6.1.50 d. 0.20
c. the energy Is redistributed and the distribution remains
37. In the following figures, which represents the constant In time
variation of the electric field with distance from the d. the energy is redistributed and the distribution changes
centre of a uniformly charged non-conducting spheres with time
of radius A? . In acoil of resistance 50 (, the induced current
developed by changing magnetic flux through it, is
E
| shown in figure as a function of time. The magnitude of
change in flux through the coil is

wl
ale
™—+

Ss
0 0.2 tis} —

a. 10 Wb b. 20 Wb
c. 32 Wb d. 40 Wb

PART Il
Chemistry
41. Ina compound, atoms of elements Y form ccp lattice 45. The heat of reaction for
and those of element X occupy 2/3 rd of tetrahedral CigHa(s)12 O2 (g) —> 10CO,(g) + 4H,0(!) at constant
voids. The formula of the compound can be volume is — 1228.2 kcal at 25°C, The heat of reaction at
a. X.Y, b. XY, c. XL¥ d. XoY, constant pressure and same temperature Is
a. - 1228.2 kcal b. - 1229.3 kcal
42. The density of a certain gas at 30°C and 768 torr is c. ~ 12329 kcal d, -1242.6 kcal
1.35 kg/m”, then density of the gas at STP is
a. 1.48 kg/m* b. 1.27 kg/m" . Given the hypothetical reaction mechanism
©. 1.35 kg/m* d. 1.00 kg/m*
A—o4 BL ¢ Lp —“>>E and the rate as
43. For the octahedral complex, which of the following
d-electron configuration will give maximum value of Species formed Rate of itsformation
CFSE 0.002 mol/h per mole af A
b. low spin, a*
moooa

a. high spin, d° 0.030 mol/h per mole of B

c. low spin, d° d. high spin, d’ 0.011 mol/h per mole of C
44. The wavelength corresponding to maximum energy 0.420 mol/h per mole of D
for hydrogen is 91.2 nm. The corresponding
wavelength for He ion is The rate determining step Is
a4.2.28nm 6.22.8nm c¢.1824nm~— d. 364.8nm a step! ob. stepll c. step Ill d. step IV
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 5
47. For the reaction CgH.. NH, —"®°_ H,N. C.H,(SO,H) 56. Thermosetting polymer bakelite is formed by the
me (Para) reaction of phenol with
the true statement about the product is a. CH;.CH,. CHO b. CH;. CHO
a. it does not exist as Zwitter ion ec. H.CHO d. HCOOH
6b, — NH, group displays a powerful basic character
. The drug that is antipyretic as well as analgesic is
c. it does not act as inner salt a. chloroquine
d. —SO,H diminishes the basic character of —NH, b. penicillin
c. paracetamol
48. The hybridisation of phosphorous in PO3> is
d. chloropromazine hydrochloride
a.sp b. sp* c. sp" d. sp"d
. The correct statement about the following
49. Which of the following lanthanoid is diamagnetic? disaccharide is—
Atomic no's CH;OH
Sm =62, Ce =58, Eu=63, Yb=70
a. Snr b. Eu c. Yb" d. Ce**
HA AH HeCOH Ow
H \
OH H /\ OH
50. Which of the following is/are aromatic alcohol?
OH OCHCHO CHjOH
IH CHOH CH;0H OH
H OH OH H
10) (ii)

CH, (IV) a. Ring (I) is pyranose with a-glycosidic link

() au) (iil)
CH b. Ring (I) is furanose with a-glycosidic link
@ NIV band ill ¢. land Iv d. Only | e. Ring (ll) is furanose with a-glycosidic link
d. Ring (II) is pyranose with a-glycosidic link
51. Among the following substituted silanes, the one
which will give rise to cross linked silicone polymer on 59. lf one strand of DNA has sequence ATCGTATG, the
hydrolysis is? sequence in the complementary strand would be
a. Fi, Si b. RF SICl; a. TAGCTTAC b. TCACATAG
c. TAGCATAC d. TACGATAC
c. R, SiC d. Ry SiCl
Which of the following salt would give SO, with hot
52. For the chemical reaction
20, ——» 30), the reaction proceeds as follows and dil H,SO, and also decolourises Br, water?
a.Na,SO, 6 NaHSO, c. Na,SO, d.Na,S
0, == 0, + O (Fast)
61. In the reaction (X) and (Y’) are respectively.
O+ 0, —-+ 20,, (Slow)
the rate law expression should be given as
a.r=k[OJ*{0,)" b. r=k{O,)*
c. r= k[O,) (O,] d. unpridictable

53. An aqueous solution freezes at 272.4 K, while pure

water freezes al 273 K, given K, = 186 Kkg mol’, and
K, =0512—k kg mol '; the molality of solution and
|
boiling point of solution respectively will be-

Onn
a. 0.322 and 373.16 K b. 0.222 and 273.15 K
c. 0.413 and 400 K d. 0.5 and 300.73 K
§4. The order of acidic strength of boron trihalides
. Which of the following reactions is an example of use
a. BF, < BCI, < BBr, < Bl b. BL < BBr, < BCI, < BF, of water gas in the synthesis of other compounds?
c. BCI, < BBr, < Bl, < BF, d. BBr, < BCI, < BF, < Bl, a. CH,(g)
+ H,0(9) “"* + CO(g)* H,(g)
55. The correct order of mobility of alkali metal ions in b. CO(g) + H,0(g) —=—*+ CO, (9) + H,(9)
aqueous solution is—
a.Li >Na* >K*> Ab” b. Na* >K* > Ab* > Lit ©. CrHoy. 2+. 2.H,O (g) “SK n.CO+ (20 Ni
+41) H,
c.K* > Rb >Na* >Li> d. Rb” > K* >Na* >Li*
d. CO(g)+ 2H,(9) soa CH,
- OH (/)
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 5
47. For the reaction CgH.. NH, —"®°_ H,N. C.H,(SO,H) 56. Thermosetting polymer bakelite is formed by the
me (Para) reaction of phenol with
the true statement about the product is a. CH;.CH,. CHO b. CH;. CHO
a. it does not exist as Zwitter ion ec. H.CHO d. HCOOH
6b, — NH, group displays a powerful basic character
. The drug that is antipyretic as well as analgesic is
c. it does not act as inner salt a. chloroquine
d. —SO,H diminishes the basic character of —NH, b. penicillin
c. paracetamol
48. The hybridisation of phosphorous in PO3> is
d. chloropromazine hydrochloride
a.sp b. sp* c. sp" d. sp"d
. The correct statement about the following
49. Which of the following lanthanoid is diamagnetic? disaccharide is—
Atomic no's CH;OH
Sm =62, Ce =58, Eu=63, Yb=70
a. Snr b. Eu c. Yb" d. Ce**
HA AH HeCOH Ow
H \
OH H /\ OH
50. Which of the following is/are aromatic alcohol?
OH OCHCHO CHjOH
IH CHOH CH;0H OH
H OH OH H
10) (ii)

CH, (IV) a. Ring (I) is pyranose with a-glycosidic link

() au) (iil)
CH b. Ring (I) is furanose with a-glycosidic link
@ NIV band ill ¢. land Iv d. Only | e. Ring (ll) is furanose with a-glycosidic link
d. Ring (II) is pyranose with a-glycosidic link
51. Among the following substituted silanes, the one
which will give rise to cross linked silicone polymer on 59. lf one strand of DNA has sequence ATCGTATG, the
hydrolysis is? sequence in the complementary strand would be
a. Fi, Si b. RF SICl; a. TAGCTTAC b. TCACATAG
c. TAGCATAC d. TACGATAC
c. R, SiC d. Ry SiCl
Which of the following salt would give SO, with hot
52. For the chemical reaction
20, ——» 30), the reaction proceeds as follows and dil H,SO, and also decolourises Br, water?
a.Na,SO, 6 NaHSO, c. Na,SO, d.Na,S
0, == 0, + O (Fast)
61. In the reaction (X) and (Y’) are respectively.
O+ 0, —-+ 20,, (Slow)
the rate law expression should be given as
a.r=k[OJ*{0,)" b. r=k{O,)*
c. r= k[O,) (O,] d. unpridictable

53. An aqueous solution freezes at 272.4 K, while pure

water freezes al 273 K, given K, = 186 Kkg mol’, and
K, =0512—k kg mol '; the molality of solution and
|
boiling point of solution respectively will be-

Onn
a. 0.322 and 373.16 K b. 0.222 and 273.15 K
c. 0.413 and 400 K d. 0.5 and 300.73 K
§4. The order of acidic strength of boron trihalides
. Which of the following reactions is an example of use
a. BF, < BCI, < BBr, < Bl b. BL < BBr, < BCI, < BF, of water gas in the synthesis of other compounds?
c. BCI, < BBr, < Bl, < BF, d. BBr, < BCI, < BF, < Bl, a. CH,(g)
+ H,0(9) “"* + CO(g)* H,(g)
55. The correct order of mobility of alkali metal ions in b. CO(g) + H,0(g) —=—*+ CO, (9) + H,(9)
aqueous solution is—
a.Li >Na* >K*> Ab” b. Na* >K* > Ab* > Lit ©. CrHoy. 2+. 2.H,O (g) “SK n.CO+ (20 Ni
+41) H,
c.K* > Rb >Na* >Li> d. Rb” > K* >Na* >Li*
d. CO(g)+ 2H,(9) soa CH,
- OH (/)
6 sete stupy Guine BITSAT

Which of the follawing compounds, on reaction with 71. Spin only magnetic moment of Mn** jon is nearly
NaOH and Na,0, gives yellow colour? a3BM b. 6 BM
a. Zn(OH), b. AOH), ¢.Cr(OH)y —d. CaCO, c.4BM d.5 8M
64. For the reaction— 72 0.45 g acid of molecular mass 90 was neutralise by 20
O oO mi of 0.5 N KOH. The basicity of the acid is
ac +ncp —22 r—o& +2 a2 b. 4 | a3
Zz NCI . 4moles of Aare mixed with 4 moles of B. At
rate of reaction is faster, when Z is— equilibrium for the reaction A+ B= C + D, 2 moles
a. Cl b. NH, c.OC,H, — d. OCOCH, of C and D are formed, the equilibrium constant for the
reaction will be,
65. £,,E2 and E, are the emf of the following three a b. 1/2
galvanic cells respectively c4 a. 1/4
(i) Zn(s )| Zn (04 M)|| Cu** (1M)|Culs) 74, What time in sec is required for depositing all the silver
present in 125 ml of 1 M AgNO, solution by passing a
(ii) Zn(s )| Zn (1M)|| Cu* (1M) Curs)
current of 241.25 A (Given IF=96500 C)
(iil) Zn(s )|Zn** (1M)||Cu?*(0.1M)\Curs ) @ 10 b. 50
c. 100 d. 1000
Which of the following is true?
a. E, > E, > Ey bE
> Es>E, 75 In a homonuclear molecule, which of the following set
c.—,>&>E6, d. E, > E, > E, of orbitals is degenerated?
4. o% and o2s b. x 2p, and 2p,
66. Sodium nitroprusside, when added to an alkaline c.n2p, anda 2p, d. «2p, and «2p,
solution of sulphide ions, produce a
a. red colouration b. blue colouration 76. If the photon of wavelength 150 pm striks an atom and
c. purple colouration d. brown colouration one ofits inner bond electron is ejected out with a
velocity of 1.5 = 10’ m/s, what is the energy with which
67. For a reverse reaction, A> B, which one af the
itis bond to the nucleus?
following statement is wrong from the given energy. @ 1.2 «10° eV b. 215 «10° eV
Profile diagram?
©. 7.6% 10° ev a. 8.12 «10° eV
a. Activation energy of forward reaction is greater than
backward reaction Identify compound (C) in the following reaction
b. The forward reaction is endothermic
c. The threshold energy is less than that of activation
CrHy 8S 4( A) —Se/Fo_, (fp) —2nit_, (G)
energy @. o-bromatoluene b, m-bromotoluene
c. p-bromotoluene
d. The energy of activation of forward reaction is equal
to the sum of heat of reaction and the energy of d. 3-bromo, 2, 4, 6 trichiorotoluene
activation of backward reaction 78. In a compound C, H and N are present in 9: 1: 3.5 by
weight. lf molecular weight of compound is 108, the
68. Which of the following reactants is used for the
preparation of ethyl benzene, where anhyd. AICI, is a molecular formula of compound is
a. CH .N, b. C,H,N
catalyst?
a. CH3.CH:. OH + CgH, — b. CH; —CH=CH2 + CgH, c. CoHyN, d. CyH.N,
c.H,C=CH,+CgH, dd. CH) —CH, + Cy Hy Which of the following compounds contain all the
carbon atoms in the same hybridisation state
69. Given pH of a solution ‘A’ is ‘3’ and itis mixed with a. H—C=C—C=C_H b, CH,—C=C—CH,
another solution ‘8 having pH ‘2’. If both solutions
are mixed, the resultant pH of the solution will be ¢. CH, =C=CH, d. CH, =CH—C=CH
a. 3.2 6.1.9 c.3.4 d. 3.5
The final step for extraction of copper from copper
8

70. In Freundlich adsorption isotherm, the value of 1/ nis pyrite in bessemer converter involves the reaction
a. between 0 and 1 in all cases a. Cu,S +2Cu,0 —> 6Cu+4 SO,
5. between 2 and 4 in all cases b. 4Cu,0 + FeS—+» 8Cu+ FeSO,
¢. always 1 in case of physical adsorption c. 2Cu,0 + FeS—+ 4Cu + Fe+ So,
d. always 1 in use of chemical adsorption d. Cu,S
+ 2FeO —> 2Cu+ Fe+ SO,
 Part Ill
a. English Proficiency
Directions (Q. Nos 81-83) /n the following questions, the For India, already struggling to cope with a drought, the
sentences may or may not be grammatically correct. Find out implications of this are devastating and further crop failure
which part of a sentence has an error and mark that part. Ifis will amount to a life and death question for many Indians. The
no error mark part ‘d’ as your answer. increase in premature deaths will have adverse social and
economic consequences and a rise in morbidities will place
81. Many a man a. / have come to India from Bangladesh an unbearable burden on our crumbling health system. And
b. / to live here permanently. c/ No error d. there is no one to blame but ourselves.
82. How long it takes a./ to travel from Chennai to Trichy Both official and corporate India has always been allergic to
b. / by train? ¢/ No error d. any mention of clean technology. Most mechanical two
83. One should respect a./ the religions of others b./ as wheelers roll off the assembly line without proper pollution
much as his own. c./ No error d. control system.

Directions (Q. Nos. 84 and 85) Fill in the blanks with suitable Little effort is made for R & D on simple technologies,
preposition from the alternatives given under each sentence, which could make a difference to people's lives and the
environment. However, while there is no denying that
84. The masier assured her ............ success in the South Asia must clean up its act, skeptics might question
examination. the timing of the haze report.
a.of b.in c. for d. with
91. Both official and corporate India is allergic to
85. Why do we always have to submit......... his a. failure of monsoon
authority? b. poverty and inequality
a. under b. with c. for d.to c. slowdown in industrial production
Directions (Q. Nos. 86-88) Select the word or the phrase d. mention of clean technology
that is closest to the opposite in meaning of the italicised or
92. Which, according to the passage, Is a life and death
phrase. question to many Indians?
86. The officer made an audacious remark. a. Increase in respiratory diseases
a. Mute b. Visible c. Cultivated =. Timid b. Use of clean technology
c. Thick blanket of pollution over the region
87. They put forward cogent arguments for their
d. Failure in craps
membership.
[email protected] b. Weighty c. Dissuasive d. Persuasive 93. Choose the word which is similar in meaning to the
word ‘profligacy’ as used in the passage.
88. His administration was tainted by scandal
a. wastefulness b. conservation
a. Construct b. Clear c. Purity d. Repair
c. upliftment d. criticalness
Directions (Q. Nos. 89 and 90) Choose the word nearest
meaning to the underlined word. 94. According to the passage, India cannot tolerate any
further
89. Her mother is vivacious and elegant. a. crop failure
a. Imaginary b. Lively c. Perceptible d. Languid b. deterioration of healthcare system
c. increase in respiratory diseases
90. Sporadic fighting broke out in the office.
a. Timely 6. Scattered c. Frequent d. Irrelevant
d. proliferation of nuclear devices

Directions (Q. 91-95) Read the passage given below and 95. What could be the reason behind timing of the haze
answer the questions that follow. report just before the Johannesburg meet, as
indicated in the passage?
Radically changing monsoon patterns, reduction in the a. United Nations is working hand-in-glove with US
winter rice harvest and a quantum increase in respiratory b. Organises the forthcoming meet to teach a lesson to
diseases-all part of the environmental doomsday scenario the US
which is reportedly playing out in South Asia. According to a c. Drawing attentions of the world towards devastating
United Nations Environment Programme report, a deadly affects of environment degradation
3-km deep blanket of pollution comprising a fearsome d. US wants to use it as a handle against the developing
cocktail of ash, acids, aerosols and other particles has countries in the forthcoming meet
enveloped this region.
8 SELF stuby GUIDE BITSAT

b. Logical Reasoning
96. College’ is related to ‘Student’ in the same way as Problem Figures

a] es.
‘Hospital’ is related to
a.Doctor 0. Nurse c. Medicine = d. Patient

97. Choose the odd one.

a. 27 b, 35 x yO
c.18 d.9
Answer Figures
98. Complete the series by replacing questions mark “?"
QO; jO Oj jo o oO
a.9
c.11
1,2, 2,4,3,8,7, 10, ?
b.8
d.13
oQo ” || oo
6 || [a ||oO} (oo
o
36oo a

(a) (b) {c} (d)

99. Mohan is taller than Shyam but shorter than Ramesh.
Ramesh is taller than Rajat but shorter than Gautam. 103. Which of the answer figure (a), (b), (c) or (d) completes
If Shyam is taller than Rajat, then who is the shortest the figures matrix?
among all?
Problem Figure Answer Figures
a. Gautam b. Rajat
AIA AIA A .
c. Shyam d. Ramesh
a| ala ° ° ° °
A AIA _A [a] e os
100. In the following question, complete the missing 4° - + ot s
segment by selecting the appropriate figure from the 4 + « + (a) (b) (c) (d)
given alternatives, a, b., c. and d..
*
Problem Figure Answer Figures ° ° t

104. In the following question, some dots are placed in the

figure marked as (A). The figure is followed by four
(a) (b) (c) (d) alternatives marked as (a), (b), (c) and (d). One out of
these four options contains region(s) common to the
101. In the question given below, find out which of the circle, square, triangle, similar to that marked by the
figures can be formed from the pieces given in the dot in figure (A). Choose the correct option.
problem figure.
Question Figure
Problem Figure Answer Figures

C\

&
oD Hl A 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) (A) (a) (b) (c) (d)

102. In the following question, a set of three figures (X),

(Y) and (Z) have been given, showing a sequence in
which paper is folded and finally cut from a particular
section. These figures are followed by a set of
answer figures marked a., b., c. and d. showing the
design which the paper actually acquires when it is
unfolded. You need to select the answer figure which
is closest to the unfolded piece of paper.
 Part IV
Mathematics
2
114. The equation of plane containing line x — y =1 2=1
106. If the length of the major axis of the ellipse = + oF =4 x Zz
and p parallel
to 23
—- —= ty =3is
is three times the length of minor axis, its
eccentricity is a. Sx + By - 22 =1 b. Sx -3y
- 2z=1
——
1 b.
1 a
2 d.
2/2
—— c. Gx + 3y+2z=1 d. ax + By + 22 =-1
*3 B “13 3
115. If (14 x + x7)? ==2 a,-x,then
f =
= (—-1) f -a4,-a,
107. tan {as equal to
n
r=0 r=0
m=1 m +m" +2, equal to
5 ; a.79 b, 29.70, 6.3%. 7C,, 0.0
a. tan”! Foal b. an nen |
(n-+n4+2 -n+2
116. The value of lim - is
f-2 x BE sinx + cosx
c. tan 4 we d. None of these
nn +A
equal to
a.-1 b.0 c.1 d. None of these
108. Let(2x* + 3x4 4)!= x 5a then the value of 78, is
ay 117. . lf a, he are non-coplaner vectors such that bxc= a;
¢xa = a b= ec, thenwhich
of the following isnot TRUE?
a2 b.4 c.8 a. 16
a.{a|-|W=0 b.|al=|b|=|d=2
109. Let ASC be an acute-angled triangle and let D be the e.[abd=1 d.|al|W|4=1
mid-point of BC. If AB = AD, then £2°8 equal
tanc 118. The value of ‘2’ for which the loci arg z= 5 and
a. /2 b. 3
c.2 d.3 |z — 2/3i] = on the argand plane touch each other is
a.3 b4 c.5 d.6
110. Suppose the limit L = lim vn Case
—_——
iF dx exists and
119. The angle between the lines whose direction cosine
is larger than ‘ then
satisfy the equations! + m +n=Oand/* =m? +n? is
a.= b.=
a.<L<2 b.2<L<3 ¢3<L<4 dLl24 3
Tr
4
r
i a=
111. In the real number system, the equation
*% 2
N+3-—4,e-1+.4)¥+8-6 yx —1=1has 120. The locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn from
a. No solution
the centre of the ellipsex* + 3y* =6 on any tangent
b. Exactly two distinct solution
to itis
c. Exactly four distinct solution a. (x ~y*)* = 6x" + 2y? b. (x? - y®)? = 6x? - ay?

d. Infinitely many solution c. (x? + y?)P = 6x? + 2y* d(x? + y*)? = 6x" - 2y*

112. If system of equation ax + y +z=a,x+by+z=b 121. Iff and g are differentiable function in (0, 1] satistying
and x + y + ez =cis inconsistent, then which of the f(0) =2 = g(1), g(0) =O and f(1)=6, then for some
following is correct? c<(0,1)
a. abc -a-b-c+2=0 a. 2f'(¢)= g(c) b. 2f"(c)= 3g'(c)
b. abo -a-b-c+3=0,a=1 c. f'(c)=g'(c) d. f"(c)= 2g9"(c)
c.abe-a-b-c+3=0 1
rer
d. abc -a-b-c+2=OQa-etbete-i 122. The integral fla xe i) *dx is equal to
113. A die is thrown 7 times. What is the probability that an 2 wet
oven riniper tris up at least4 times? a. (x— je. *+C b.xe *+C
c. — 35 c.(x4 eo
1

+C
|

2 * 64 128 "128 ¥4C d. -xe

10 seu stupy cuive BITSAT

123. If the coefficient of x* and x* in the expansion of 132. The least value of the function
(14 ax + bx*)(1—2x)'® in powers of x are both zero, m : interval | 2"
5a 4m
then (a, 6) is equal to f(x) (x) =| {i (Ssinx 4
sinx + + 4.cos the interval
x)dx on the 3 2 S|| is
a. (16 =) b. (14 =") c. (14 2) d. (16, 22) 3 V3
a5-> b. 5-4/9 c
7-4/3 d.
9-4/3
2 2 2 2
124. An equation of plane parallel to plane
x — 2y + 2z—5 =O and at a unit distance from the 133. If z;and Z, represents adjacent vertices of a regular
origin is polygon of n sides and if fr (2) =/2 -1 thennis
a.x -2y+22z2=3 b. x - 2y + 224+ 1=0 igh =y
e.x -2y+22z-1=<0 d.x~2y+2z245=0 equal to
a.8 b. 16 c. 18 d. 24
125. Three numbers are chosen at random without
replacement from {1, 2, 3, ...... , 8}. The probability that 134. In the expansion of (1+ x + x° +x*)!°, the coefficient of
their minimum is 3, given that their maximum is 6, is xis
1 1 2 a. 235 b. 310 c. 285 @. 325
a5 b= as 0.5
135. A person writes letter to six friends and addresses the
126. The number of real numbers 4. for which the equality corresponding envelopes. Let x be the numbers of
Sin(ha) _ 008 (AG) _ 5 _ 4 holds for all real a which ways so that at least two of the letters are in wrong
sing cos a. envelopes and y be the numbers of ways so that all the
are not integral multiple of x / 2 is letters are in wrong envelopes. Then x — y =
a.t b.2 a. 719 b. 265 c. 454 d. 720
c.3 d. Infinite 136. If x =log,3 + log,5 +log,
7, then
127. Suppose a parabola y =ax* + bx + chas two x a.x>5
ls =
3
b. > ae1
== C X> oe3 d.
3
x> 32 2
intercepts, one positive and one negative, and its
vertex is (2,—2), then which of the following is true?
a.ab>0 b. be > 0
137. Let
p and q be roots of the equationx* — 2x + A=Qand
let
r and s be the roots of the equation
x? - 18x +B =0,
c.ac>0 d.a+b+e>0
Ifp<q<r<s arein AP, then Aand & are
128. The larger of two angles made with the X-axis of a a. -3,-77 b.3,-77 ce. -3,77 @.3,77
straight line drawn through (1, 2) so that it intersects
the linex + y =4 ata paintdistant V6 /3 from the 138. Leta, b,c <A’ and the system of equations
point (1, 2) is (l-a)x+y+z=0,x+(1-b)y +z=Oand
a. 60° b. 75°
X + y +(1—c)z= Ohas infinitely many solutions, the
minimum value of ‘abe' is
c. 105° d. None of these
a. 3/3 b.9 c. 27 @.3
129. The point ([P + 1],[P]) (where, [x] is the greatest
139. If Ais an 3 x 3 non- singular matrix, such that
integer function) lying inside the region bounded by
the circle x* + y* —2x —15=Oand AA = A AandB=A''A’, then BB’ equals to
x* +y? ~2x -7=0, then a(B'y b.l+B c./ a.B°
a.P =[-12)-{0]] b. Pe[-40)
(0, 1) O(4, Ff 140. If sin’!x + tan”'’x =n/ 2then 2x7 + 1=
ce. P <(-1,2) d. None
of these
a. /5 b. so c.2 d. B+
130. Solution of the equation at. =e" "(e* -e” jis
ix 141. Number of solution of the equation |cos x|=2 [x] are
a.e” =e" -14 ce? b.e”-* =-14+¢ce° (where |x|, [x] are modulus and greatest integer
c.e* +e’ =ca*" d. None of these function respectively).
a.0 b.2 c1 d. infinitely many
131. Area bounded by two branches of the curve
(y —x)? =x" and x =1is 142. Letcos(a +p) = = and let sin(a -8)==, where
a. 2 sq unit b. 3sq unit
4 2 0<a, p< z then tan 2c =
1 . 4 .
25 56 195
~|8

c. —sq unit d,— sq unit

ant a &
b, —
16
c
3
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 11
,
143. Cards are drawn one by one at random from a well 147 . WP (x) = f(x)+ [,feoax, f(0) =1, thenf(x)=
shuffled pack of 52 cards until 2 aces are obtained for
the first time. The probability that 18 draws are a. 28, 1-8 ite
required for this is “B8-e 3-e “S-e t-e
a. 3/34 b. 17/455 Se" ‘——
i+e 3e" 1-e
c. ei aes
‘ se d. None of these 2-e i1-e 2-e 3+e
15925
148 . The distance between the origin and the normal to
144, Ifa=i + 2) 4 3k, b=—i + 2j+k,c=3i + janda+ pb curvey = e** + x* atx =Ois
is normal to ¢, then p is equal to
2 2 1 1
a.0 b.1 a. b. c. d.
c.5 d.3
V3 5 Be a
145. Let f(x) =x{x], x €Z, ([] denotes greatest integer 149. Reflection of the line “—' = i = = in the plane
function), then f (x) is equal to xX+¢y+z=Tis
[email protected] b. [x] x-1l_y-2_2z-4 pxzl_y-2_2-4
c. 2{x] di 3 1 1 “=3 =1 1
146. The difference of maximum and minimum values of Pip Saal. PO dei: 2 Ls AOE YS Sa Sn
-3 1 -1 1 1
f(x)=x°e"* is
a.e b. Ve 150 wlfx,y,zeA,x+ y+ z=5, x74 y?42z7=9, then
c.1-4 e
a.1++ e
length of interval in which x lies is
a. 8/3 b, 4/3 c. 2/3 d. 1/3

Physics
1. (c) 2. (a) 3, (b) 4, (d) 5. (c) . (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c)
a1. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14, (a) 15, (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21, (a) 22, (d) 23, (a) 24, (d) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27, (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30, (c)
31, (a) 32, (d) 33, (b) 34, (a) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (d)

Chemistry
41. (a) 42, (a) 43, (c) 44, (b) 45. (b) . (a) 47, (d) 48, (c) 49, (Cc) 50, (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53, (a) 54, (a) 55. (d) » (c) 57. (¢) 58. (a) 59. (c) 60. (a)
61. (b) 62. (d) 63, (Cc) 64, (a) 65. (b) . (C) 67, (c) 68. (c) 69. (D) 70, (a)
71, (c) 72. (a) 73, (a) 74, (b) 75, (b) . (c) 77, (b) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80, (a)

English Proficiency
81. (b) 82. (a) 83, (Cc) 84, (a) 85. (d) . (cd) 87, (c) BB. (5) a9, (b) 90. (b)
91. (d) 92. (d) 93, (a) 94, (a) 95. (d)

Logical Reasoning
96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (c) 99. (b) 100. (b) 101. (b) 102. (d) 103. (a) 104. (b) 105. (a)

Mathematics
106. (¢) 107. (a) 108. (b) 109. (qd) 110. (a) 111. (d) 112. (d) 113. (a) 114. (b) 115. (d)
116. (a) 117. (b) 118. (a) 119. (a) 120. (c) 121. (0) 122. (b) 123. (d) 124. (a) 125. (b)
126. (b) 127. (b) 128. (b) 129. (d) 130. (a) 131. (d) 132. (d) 133. (a) 134. (b) 135. (c)
136. (c) 137. (c) 138. (c) 139. (c) 140. (a) 141. (a) 142. (c) 143. (c) 144. (c) 145. (b)
146. (b) 147. (a) 148. (b) 149. (c) 150. (b)
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 11
,
143. Cards are drawn one by one at random from a well 147 . WP (x) = f(x)+ [,feoax, f(0) =1, thenf(x)=
shuffled pack of 52 cards until 2 aces are obtained for
the first time. The probability that 18 draws are a. 28, 1-8 ite
required for this is “B8-e 3-e “S-e t-e
a. 3/34 b. 17/455 Se" ‘——
i+e 3e" 1-e
c. ei aes
‘ se d. None of these 2-e i1-e 2-e 3+e
15925
148 . The distance between the origin and the normal to
144, Ifa=i + 2) 4 3k, b=—i + 2j+k,c=3i + janda+ pb curvey = e** + x* atx =Ois
is normal to ¢, then p is equal to
2 2 1 1
a.0 b.1 a. b. c. d.
c.5 d.3
V3 5 Be a
145. Let f(x) =x{x], x €Z, ([] denotes greatest integer 149. Reflection of the line “—' = i = = in the plane
function), then f (x) is equal to xX+¢y+z=Tis
[email protected] b. [x] x-1l_y-2_2z-4 pxzl_y-2_2-4
c. 2{x] di 3 1 1 “=3 =1 1
146. The difference of maximum and minimum values of Pip Saal. PO dei: 2 Ls AOE YS Sa Sn
-3 1 -1 1 1
f(x)=x°e"* is
a.e b. Ve 150 wlfx,y,zeA,x+ y+ z=5, x74 y?42z7=9, then
c.1-4 e
a.1++ e
length of interval in which x lies is
a. 8/3 b, 4/3 c. 2/3 d. 1/3

Physics
1. (c) 2. (a) 3, (b) 4, (d) 5. (c) . (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c)
a1. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14, (a) 15, (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21, (a) 22, (d) 23, (a) 24, (d) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27, (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30, (c)
31, (a) 32, (d) 33, (b) 34, (a) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (d)

Chemistry
41. (a) 42, (a) 43, (c) 44, (b) 45. (b) . (a) 47, (d) 48, (c) 49, (Cc) 50, (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53, (a) 54, (a) 55. (d) » (c) 57. (¢) 58. (a) 59. (c) 60. (a)
61. (b) 62. (d) 63, (Cc) 64, (a) 65. (b) . (C) 67, (c) 68. (c) 69. (D) 70, (a)
71, (c) 72. (a) 73, (a) 74, (b) 75, (b) . (c) 77, (b) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80, (a)

English Proficiency
81. (b) 82. (a) 83, (Cc) 84, (a) 85. (d) . (cd) 87, (c) BB. (5) a9, (b) 90. (b)
91. (d) 92. (d) 93, (a) 94, (a) 95. (d)

Logical Reasoning
96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (c) 99. (b) 100. (b) 101. (b) 102. (d) 103. (a) 104. (b) 105. (a)

Mathematics
106. (¢) 107. (a) 108. (b) 109. (qd) 110. (a) 111. (d) 112. (d) 113. (a) 114. (b) 115. (d)
116. (a) 117. (b) 118. (a) 119. (a) 120. (c) 121. (0) 122. (b) 123. (d) 124. (a) 125. (b)
126. (b) 127. (b) 128. (b) 129. (d) 130. (a) 131. (d) 132. (d) 133. (a) 134. (b) 135. (c)
136. (c) 137. (c) 138. (c) 139. (c) 140. (a) 141. (a) 142. (c) 143. (c) 144. (c) 145. (b)
146. (b) 147. (a) 148. (b) 149. (c) 150. (b)
Solutions
Physics
1. (c) Given, half life (7,5) = 23..days where, m= angular velocity of electron

If Ny be the initial amount, then active nuclei Current produced due to movement of electron,

al ¢=15 days 1-8T e &

~ Bn

[S|
N, =Npe QD @

=
Active nuclei at t = 16 days
On substituting the value of/ in Eq. (i), we get
N> =Ny @ 1 --.(ii)
paooe
Disintegration constant, 2r 2x
0693 0693 Bahoee
L= =—— = 0.03 =>
Ty2 23.4 4znr

.% decay in 15th to 16th days 4. (d) Given, ¥ = 22 «10° m/s*

_ —15h 162,
=A «100 = Mee ge — x 100 Area of cross-section of steel wire,
‘O A= 4en
= 410m?
=(1-e")«100=(1-e*) «100 Mass of elevator, m = 1000 kg
_{
={1- 1 } «100=(1- 7] «100
= 29% The maximum tension in the steel wire that can support
e® 103 elevator is given by

2. (a) Excess pressure inside first bubble of radius n, T= : x Stress x area of cross
- section
47
P= Py + —
= 2x22 «10° x4 «10%
A
Excess pressure inside second bubble of radius +, = 22 «10* Nim?
=n 4T
Do = Do b If f be the maximum upward acceleration of the elevator,
then
Excess pressure inside double bubble, => T =m(g +f)
P=P2- Py 22 x10* = 1000 (10 +f)
p=4T (54) = f=12 m’s*
Fle
5. (c) For an ideal monoatomic gas, the heat capacity
lf Abe the radius of double bubble, then
7.7, =initial and final temperatures of gas
_
R ratio, y -=
C= 4T
ari 40 In an adiabatic process,
or Mo A
TV’ —' = constant
3a a
=~ pate _ 3x10 2610" 510-9m y-1 Sy
h-l (3-2) «10°
be. TW '=TY a1, =7(H4]
i vy)
= 300 5)
2
R=6=10"°m
fq 28
(1
3. (b) Magnetic field at the centre of circular loop, =300' —
\2
B= Hol ... (i)
2r 6. (a) Given, frequency of sound produced by sources A
and B, #, = f, = 400 Hz
Period of revolution of electron, where m=angular
velocity of electron Speed of sound in air, yv=340 m/s

2n Apparent frequency heard by the observer when source

oo Ais moving towards him,
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 13
ty’ = v xy = 340 «400 9. (a) By work-energy theorem,
7 340 -
Va ‘s W=Pxt=dm2
Apparent frequency heard by the observer when source8 2
is moving away from him, => v= oft
v
fy’ = ——- x= 340 4 m
Boye to aay v= (22)"
Given, Beats =f,'— fy’ =4 me
340 + 400-
———— 340 400 =4 ds
=| _(2Pt)"*
—
340-vs 340+ v5 ° at (=
x 2v
34000 el ‘ 2PI opt"?
340° —v3 [o-fG)
=> _

SAO3402Ka be v3 < < 340%) s=|—

-(2)" zt
2 we
m} (3
= Vo =1.7 ms ie. sof?

of gas at point A, py =po

7. (b) Given, density staf
General equation for an ideal gas
pV =nAT
10. (c) Given, speed of electrons,v =5 = 10° m/s
m ¥ ¥
=> pV= uM: AT (m— mass, M — molecular mass]

mA
=—.—.T
= PNT
=> = (F\r
p=p M | whore, ' denst yr =|
=F (i)

Applying Eq. (i) at point A and 8, respectively.

| @
p= pal)Te wll)
R Electrostatic force between two electrons,

F, =k. .()
2p = pal =) aT, (i)
“Pal ag) 9 - Magnetic field produced due to .moving electron with
From Eqs. (ii) and (iil), we get velocity v,
t_pa t pate & (i)
2p, 3 4n
2 2 Magnetic force on proton
=> =— =—
Pe 3PA gh Fn =Bev="0. Sav (from Eq. (ii))
Tt
8. (c) Force constant K of rubber is given by a2
YA 5x10°x10° ‘ F,= Ho. oF ... (il)
= Nim nr or

Now, from conservation of energy

elastic , potential-— energyoy of cord =kinetic en ergy ofof particle =
Fn =a
wt ov * gv
Le. ak (a) =5mv" an.

K 9 «10° x4 «314 = 96x10"

=
> v= [Em 4nx10° (5 x 10°)
5 «10° 44. (d) From
the figure, It is clear that diodes D, and D, are
V5 xq93 (0125 - On) reverse biased, therefore they will not conduct resistance
112 and §Q will be not in use but diode D, is in forward
= 10" «0.025 = 25 m/s biased. Therefore, current flows through diode D. is same
as current through battery, according to the circuit shown
after redrawing,
14 seur stupy cuine BITSAT

Current, / = a 2A 15. (c) Given, current through the square loop is 2A,
743
Cc

2A 45) )
18)
459 t

2om
12. (b) The moment of inertia of disc of radius A about its
axis is D
M'R?
“2
where, M'= mass of complete disc The given situation is shown in the figure. Magnetic field
due to wire AB at the centre O is
=2M
MRP Bag= #42
4n r
.! tginase + sin 45°]
!
“2 < 2 [ 1 1 |
1=MR*... (i) =107
2x10" |J2° J2
if 4, be the moment of inertia of semicircular disc about Its
= 2 «10° T [Downward to the plane of square loop]
axis, then disc may be assumed as combination of two
semi-circular parts, Since, magnetic field due to side AB, BC, CD and DA is
same in magnitude and direction. Hence, net magnetic
Thus, l=h+h = 1 MR?
h=5= 3 field at O

4 B=4 «By,
= 4/2 «10°T
- (b) Given, total energy given to electron in third orbit,
i

E=12 ev Wheatstone bridge in balanced condition maintains © = :

Energy of third orbit; of H-atom, E" »_= 136

=> Le. no current flows through the galvanometer (Le.4, = 0)
n
16. (c) The given circuit can be redrawn as
= 7136
3?
| a stev B

lonisation energy of electron of third orbit, E” = — E" 700 2002

=—(-151eV)= E" =151eV A c
Hence, final energy of electron when it comes out of
6a 120
H-atom from third orbit
dD
Er =E-E" . i
\!
=12-1,51= 1049 eV 10V
14 - (a) Given, D = 2m, d =0.25 mm =25 «10 om Aas Aap 1 :
Since, —~ = — = — hence, it is a balanced Wheatstone
Velocity of screen, 2 =5 ms Rac Roe 2
bridge. therefore current flowing in arm BD = 0
Speed of first maxima = * =% Rog = (10+ 20)||(6+ 12)
= 30]| 18

In Young's double slit experiment, fringe width B = =.

On differentiating with respect to t, we get

17. (a) The flux linked with coil (made of wire of radius r) of
_ 800 «10% area A and magnetic field B, is given by
2
~ 2.5%104 $= BAcosi= of 5 eos ot
= 0.16 «107 m/s =16 mm/s
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 15
ar u Bu
«Be ¥, = 7 andy, =
o=— cost v A= 2
2 and 6 = mf
dy himvy 3,3 wi7 _ 3
dy nv, 4v, 4 8u/7 32
By Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, induced
emt, e =- &
at 20. (c) We know that, velocity of lightc is terms of &» and [19 Is

on
Hence, atter differentiating, given by
(ee
nBr® nBrFo 1 2 1
e= — sinot
~ dt i - Ho Fo

(where, A = resistance in the circuit) c=, 4 _ fon, = fins> fis- =C hig (i)
ee BP rien? sin® wt ue & 9
Power,P =
R 4R _[MUET=}
Dimension
of magnetic field, B = aa” TAIL)
Br
-. Mean power, P = sin? wt
4A =[MA"'T?]
eerie 1 =. 1|
=——. = “: sin? wt =— Again, B = a
4A 2 2
_(MA*T*]
T*) LA2T-2
- a ]
_ (nBP wy?
BR
omar Tou
Ho =[MLA*T~*] --- (ii)
18. (b) For the given convex lens, focal length,f = 25cm
and C=(LT"] - (ii)
Magnification
of lens
in term of uandf Is given by
From Eqs. (i), (fi) and (iii), we get
f 25
ie
“tau” (i)
oe Ql
29 = [LT] [MLA T=] =[ML°TA *]
When the image
is real, then m = - 2andu
=-— x,
25 75 21. (a) Given, F =at
From rom Eq.
E (i), ~2=——
-2 25 -x, =x, = —_
3
when, f = 0, then linear momentum = p
Again, when the image Is virtual, then m = 2 andu =~ x, when, f =T, then linear momentum = 2p
25 According to Newton's law of motion,
“ Fro MEQ. .(),
(9, 2= te
X,=—
dp
applied force, ,F=—
oi
Hence, the ratio of x, and x, Is
Kg _25/2 1 or, dp = Fat
x, 75/2 3 dp =at at
2 Tr
419. (d) For perfectly elastic collision, or, fap ~ alt at
total momentum before collision Bp 0
c
= total momentum after collision
(2p- p)=a.—>
Le.

=>
mus 7 x0=mv, +

4u= 4, +3v,
vy,

-- (i)
. orf
Coefficient of restitution, 22. (d) Block does not move Upto a maximum applied force of
3 N down the inclined plane.
7 Velocity of seperation (v, — V,) after collision Equation
of motion is 3+ mg sin 30° = F
7 Velocityof approach (u, — u,) before collision 3 + mgsin 30° =». mg cos 30° a (i)
a 1a -Vy uy =V f
a
u-0 and u, =v

U=Vy Vy wo (i) 3-+mg sin 307 BON mg cos 30°

Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 15
ar u Bu
«Be ¥, = 7 andy, =
o=— cost v A= 2
2 and 6 = mf
dy himvy 3,3 wi7 _ 3
dy nv, 4v, 4 8u/7 32
By Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, induced
emt, e =- &
at 20. (c) We know that, velocity of lightc is terms of &» and [19 Is

on
Hence, atter differentiating, given by
(ee
nBr® nBrFo 1 2 1
e= — sinot
~ dt i - Ho Fo

(where, A = resistance in the circuit) c=, 4 _ fon, = fins> fis- =C hig (i)
ee BP rien? sin® wt ue & 9
Power,P =
R 4R _[MUET=}
Dimension
of magnetic field, B = aa” TAIL)
Br
-. Mean power, P = sin? wt
4A =[MA"'T?]
eerie 1 =. 1|
=——. = “: sin? wt =— Again, B = a
4A 2 2
_(MA*T*]
T*) LA2T-2
- a ]
_ (nBP wy?
BR
omar Tou
Ho =[MLA*T~*] --- (ii)
18. (b) For the given convex lens, focal length,f = 25cm
and C=(LT"] - (ii)
Magnification
of lens
in term of uandf Is given by
From Eqs. (i), (fi) and (iii), we get
f 25
ie
“tau” (i)
oe Ql
29 = [LT] [MLA T=] =[ML°TA *]
When the image
is real, then m = - 2andu
=-— x,
25 75 21. (a) Given, F =at
From rom Eq.
E (i), ~2=——
-2 25 -x, =x, = —_
3
when, f = 0, then linear momentum = p
Again, when the image Is virtual, then m = 2 andu =~ x, when, f =T, then linear momentum = 2p
25 According to Newton's law of motion,
“ Fro MEQ. .(),
(9, 2= te
X,=—
dp
applied force, ,F=—
oi
Hence, the ratio of x, and x, Is
Kg _25/2 1 or, dp = Fat
x, 75/2 3 dp =at at
2 Tr
419. (d) For perfectly elastic collision, or, fap ~ alt at
total momentum before collision Bp 0
c
= total momentum after collision
(2p- p)=a.—>
Le.

=>
mus 7 x0=mv, +

4u= 4, +3v,
vy,

-- (i)
. orf
Coefficient of restitution, 22. (d) Block does not move Upto a maximum applied force of
3 N down the inclined plane.
7 Velocity of seperation (v, — V,) after collision Equation
of motion is 3+ mg sin 30° = F
7 Velocityof approach (u, — u,) before collision 3 + mgsin 30° =». mg cos 30° a (i)
a 1a -Vy uy =V f
a
u-0 and u, =v

U=Vy Vy wo (i) 3-+mg sin 307 BON mg cos 30°

Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
16. seu stupy cuine BITSAT

Similarly, block also does not move upto a maximum 27. (c) The charge on the capacitor at time f in a discharging
applied force of 12 N up the plane. circuit is given by g =q,e""
Now, equation of motion is where, t = AC =time constant
mg sin30° + F =12 q= qe"
or, mg sin 30° + 4. mg cos 30° = 12 .-- (ii)
when, =%0
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have q 2
then qo = ge tife
mg sin30°= > and mg cos 30° = °
2
Hence, dividing

Sans0-= 2/215/2 2354-28

=—=@8
2

mi 2" 3a Taking natural log on both sidelog,| 5| =log, eC

f \

23. (a) If middle portion of lens |s painted black, then less

t
number of refracted rays will intersect, therefore intensity log, 2=— Flog, e= t=ACIog,2
of the corresponding image of object will be less. Though,
the rays coming from object refracted with small portion of
. (d) If v be the velocity in the inter planetary space andU, LU,
o

lens, but complete image of object will be formed but of

lesser intensity. initial and final PE
Then, by the law of conservation of energy,
24, (d) Given, speed of sound,v = 340 m/s
Length of open organ pipe,/ =2m
U, + K, =U, + K,
-GM,m
Frequency, f =1200 Hz + + m(3v, yP=O0+ Amy?
la 2
For open organ pipe,

Fundamental frequency, f,;

WENCY b=
v _ 340 _
=—=
FFB xD
..Number of tones present in the open organ pipe
f 1200
== ——=1411= 14 ~2qA2
fh 85 a + Ov? =v? [- GM, = 9R2]
e

25. (a) Given, charge on proton, q =e

- 2gR, +9 x2=9R, =v", fe ve = 29 A]
=16x10"C
16gR, =v"
Radius, r=2mm=2*10" cm
B2gR, =v"
Frequency, f =10Hz
= v=VB../2gR, =2V2v,
Current associated by proton Is given by

i=4 [T > time period]

. (d) Given, density of bob, p = ; «107 kg?

1 Density of water, c= 10° kg/m®

=fq |v ~“Te=-=;
A

If’ be gravitational acceleration in water then,

=16*10' x10=16 x10 "A
‘., 'o. 10° g
~. Magnetic dipole moment, M =/A "=gl1-—|=g/1- 2
e ait | 9 4— «108 a
=I-nr =16 «10-8 x 914.x(2x10°)*
=2x10" A-m? I
As, T yy = 2r fe
9
26. (b) When capacitor is fully charged, then it acts like a
;
open switch, therefore 8 KO resistor has no use, So, rest
of the resistances 4 kQ, 7kQ and 9 kQ will be in series. Similarly, Twat = 2n/ (Tuan = 28}( '=2]
Hence, current drawn from cell
10 10 2=2n [ta en[2
J = —————{— = ——=0.5mA gia \g
(4+74+9)«10° 20107
2=2.Ty,=>
Ty, =15
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 1/
30. (c) By Newton's law of motion
=0+2+x20%22
F-f=ma (i) 2
=40m
’. Displacement of body in y-direction In 2s.
y=u,t+ Say

=0+14x10«2
2
and torque, t=la =20m
where, a = tangential component of acceleration Position of the body at¢=2s5
! =moment of inertia r=xi+ vi
=> Rela
z
. r= 401 + 20]
a |
mm MRY a MF anda =
2 FR 2 Ri} 33. (b) Potential energy of cylinder at top position
= fa
2
F=f+ma
ma mae
os ama
2 2

31. (a) Velocity

of projectile at time fis given
by
v=u-gtj U =mg(AB)
v=i+J/3j-100j » _ AB
=2x10f1.singo7] | ~ 8iN30°=—- |
r=[vat AB = 1sin 30°|
=[(i+
V3] -108jat =10J
* * [7 - ltv is the linear speed of cylinder when it reaches at
=the V8 t]} -105) bottom, then at bottom, total potential energy of cylinder is
converted into kinetic energy,
=ti+
V3 tj -5Fj Le kK=U
r=ti + (¥3t- 5) j Jig? « Lv? =10
2 2
or xis y= t+ (St -S0*)j
1 mr? v? 1 9 v}
am)) 2 2 pt anv -10 | wary
On comparing, x=!
and y=/3t-s¢* .. (il) 3
From Eqs (i) and (ii), we get
y =J3 x ~ 5x?

32. (d) F= 201+ 10]

34. (a) According to the question,
* F, =20NandF, =10N
F,=-kwandF, =—Kyx
“Acceleration,
a, - Fe 20 m 1
.. Frequency of oscillation
1 [Ry
1 =
a, =20m/s* 2n\m
-
and a, = += "9-10 ms? s< 2 fh 24, =1002%m
2n \m
m 1
Displacement of body in x-direction in 2s. 1 jk,
Similarly, 12=
1 2n Vm
x =u,t+ pal
=> k, =576 a? im
18 seu stupy cuine BITSAT

Now, F = Fi + Fo =— (ky + kp) x ie. Ee 5 wi

”. Fraquency of oscillation,
The electric field intensity at the surface (r = A),
yet(2% 1 [100x%m + 876n°m
1 @q 1
2n m 2n m -— ts Fr—
4nty A* eM
=> v=13Hz
where, A being the radius of sphere,
35. (c) Number of moles in 2 «10° kg The electric field intensity inside the sphere is
_ Mass of hydrogenin gram
eae
7 Molecules mass
_ 2x10" «107 At the centre of sphere, r=0,..E=0
- 2
38. (a)Given, A=(56+ 5.6) kQ
= 0.1mole
pV =yRT = 56 ktQ)+ 10%
of 56 ka

PV _in- ft =56*10°+10%2
T =HR=01xR=75
As per the colour code for carbon resistors, the colour
assigned to numbers
36. (a) Given, for an ammeter, |, = 1A, Ay = 150
5 — Green
Total current, /=4A 6 — Blue
If, be the shunt resistance, then 3— Orange
according to the question circuit diagram is given, For 10% accuracy or tolerance, the colour is silver.
(A, || FR, hence have equal potential difference) Hence, the bands of colours of carbon resistor in sequence
are green, blue, orange and silver.
Ry

AAA 39. (c) When two waves with same frequency and constant
phase difference interfere to each other, then after
interference, intensity of resultant wave is distributed such
(Hg)
that itis maximum at some points [constructive interference
!
€) or bright fringes] and minimum at another points.
[destructive interference or dark fringes).
where, /,R, =(/-1,)Ry Hence, energy |s distributed and remains constant [in the
form of bright and dark fringes]
R,= 4 a «1.5=0.50
* T=l, yg hoe . (d) According to the given graph(! —t) induced current (/) is
obtained from the slope.
37. (c) The electric field intensity at a point lying outside the
sphere (non-conducting) is Hence, | = 1
"Rat
-!. 4 => dip
= /ot. A =area of triangle POS » A= a «50= 40Wb
4neg ‘fp

Chemistry
41, (a) Let atoms of Y in ccp structure = 100 42, (a) Given, density (d,) at 30°C (T,) = 135 ka/m®
Then, number of tetrahedral voids = 2 « 100 To find density (d,)at S.T.P, (i.e at 760 torr and 273 K(T,)
temperature), we use formula
‘: Number of X atoms = = rd of tetrahedral voids
a2 _ Po Th
“Number of X atoms= x 200= “ qd, ple
where, p, = 768 torr (Pressure at 30°C, i.e. at 303 K)
Thus, ~ -_400__
x 400
400_4
400 4
p, = 760 torr (Pressure at 273 K)
“SF 3x100 300 3 d, _q xP, xT _ 1.35 x 760 x 303
=148 kg/m®
Hence, formula of compound can be = X,¥5. PB xT 768 «273 ym
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 19
43. (c) Ag =(- 0.4 x nth.)+ (0.8 xne,) 47. (d) NH» NH»

where, n = number of electrons in nf,, and ne,. 4.50,

ioe
CFSE of given d-electrons configuration are as follows
a. For high spin, d® ; (Aniline) OH

Ap (CFSE)= - 04 x4406x2=-04 (Sulphonic acid)

b. For low spin, d*; Sulphanilic acid exist as dipolar ion (zwitter ion); act as
Ag(CFSE) = -04 x4 +06 x0=1.6 inner salt and SO,H group diminishes the basic character
of —NH.
c. For low spin d®
Ag (CFSE) --0.4 «54 06 x0=-20 48. (c) The structure of PO} is as follows
d. For high spin, d’ oO
Ag (CFSE) = - 0.4 x54 06 x2=-08 075 So
Neglecting -ve sign (as It Indicates that energy is
released.
Hence, maximum A, (GFSE) value is shown by low spin As phosphorous central atom forms four (4) sigma bonds
and has no lone pair of electrons. It uses four hybrid
d® configuration.
orbital and thus, hybridisation of p-atom Is. sp*.
44, (b) According to Rydberg's equation
49. (c) Electronic configuration of the given species are
a4
v=—=Az 1
4-2 4 a. Smf* (Z = 62) =[Xe] 4f* b. Eu? (Z = 63) =[Xe] af”
“ Mm Med
c. Yb**(Z = 70) = [Xe] 4f"* d, Ce®* (Z= 58) =[Xe] 4f'5a"
On the basis of above electronic configuration, only
¥ = wave number
Yb** (Z =70) has no unpaired electrons |.e. has fully-filled
i= wavelength orbitals. Thus it is dimagnetic in nature.
R =Rydberg constant (= 109677 em”')
50. (b) Alcohal in which OH group is directly bonded to
Z =atomic number benzene are aromatic alcohols,
n, = lower energy state OH
ny, = higher energy state. is an aromatic alcohol,
as —OHogroup is directly bonded with the
Le. — «x Z? benzene ring.
~)a

b.
Thus, 2(He*)
Hy __2°(H)
Z"(He") CHOH

Tofind #{He)=?
Given, 4{H)=912nm
Itis not an aromatic alcohol because OH Is not bonded
Z(H)=1
directly with the benzene group.
2(He) =2
a(He*) = “i
=228nm
CH-OH

45. (b) CjHy(s ) + 120;(g)— 10C0,(g)+ 4H,O(/) ~CH3

We known that AH = AE + AngRT
Itis also not an aromatic alcohol because —OH group is
Ang=10-12=-2 not directly bonded with the benzene ring.
AH = -1228.2 «10° + (-2)«2 «298 d.
OH
= - 1229393 Ca
=~ 1229.39 kcal
46, (a) Among the formation of B, C, D and E, the slowest step
is the rate determining step. As formation of 8, i.e. 0.002 CH,
movh per mole of Ais the slowest step. Hence, step-(l) is
the rate determining step. lt is an aromatic alcohol because — OH is directly bonded
with the benzene ring.
20 seLF stupy cuine BITSAT

51. (b) ASICI, gives cross-linked silicon polymer on The pr-pr back bonding is shown maximum by BF,, as the
hydrolysis. size of B and F are small and comparatively same. Due to
fl io JOH > this effect tendency of accepting lone-pair of electrons of
ASC + A—Si-on TEN, boron decreases as size of halogen increases. The order of
cl “OH size of halogens are F< Ci < Br <1. Thus, acidic nature is in
order
st sb
BF, < BCI, < BBr, < Bk
55. (d) Key idea Mobility of alkali ions in aqueous solution «
size of ion

ee
size of hydrated ion’
The mobility of alkali jons is inversely proportional to the
size of ion in hydrated state, because smaller the ion more
52. (a) Let k be the rate constant of given reaction it will get hydrated and becomes larger in size, thus its ionic
a mobility decreases.
20, —> 30,
Hence, correct order of mobility is
From the slowest stepr = k'|O} [O,] vee (i)
To eliminate [0], (From fast step) Rb* > K* > Na* > Lit
keg = 2D 56. (c) Bakelite is a thermosetting plastic which is formed by
the reaction of phenol with H.CHO in the presence of
[Q3] H,S0, (conc).
Keg [Og] The reaction occurs as follows:
(OTe
OH OH OH
Now, substituting value of [O] in Eq (i)
wo kK [O4] [05] HaSOu(Canc) HC -C —CH2----
n. HCHO+n. —>p
[05]
Let k' kg =k CH, CH
Thus, r=k[O,}*(O,)"' Bakelite

53. (a) Depression in freezing point is given as AT, = K,

Accross-linked condensation polymer (at o-and p-position)
Molality of solution (m) = “7 bakelite is thus produced.
57. (c) Paracetamol is the drug, that can be used as an
0.6
or m= +96 = 0S22m antipyretic as well as an analgesic, |.@. to reduce the fever
and gives relieve from pain.|ts structure is as follows
Elevation in boiling point of solution is given as H
AT, =k, xm
AT, =0512 «0.322
AT, =0.165
NHCOCH,
-.Boiling point of solution = 373 + 016 (Parocetarnal)

= 373.16 K
(a) In the given structure, ring one (I) has one o-atom and is
54. (a) The strength of acidic character of boron trihalides a 6 membered ring, thus Is called pyranose ring, whereas
depends upon px — px back bonding. fing (Il) has one o-atom and is a five membered ring, thus is
In boron trihalides, pm-pa-back bonding occurs due to called furanose.
empty orbital of boron and filled orbitals of halogens. The disaccharide is linked by a glycosidic bond between
C—1 of glucose (in the a-position, « linkage) and C—2 of
F F fructose (in the (+position, (-linkage).
-— i . - at -
59. (c) Due to size and geometries of bases, the only possible
pairing in DNA are between G (guanine) and C (cytosine)
Phenomenon of back through three H-bonds and between A (adenine) and T (
bonding in BFa molecule thymine) through two H-bonds.
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 21
Thus,the complementary strand of DNA will be For reaction (iii)
ATCGTATG . 0.0591 1
Ll 4 4 4 4 (complementary strand) Ey = Foot) ~ — 804
TAGCATAC 0.0591
Ey = Eco) ~ >a
60. (a) When Na,SO, reacts with hot and dil H,SQ, , it gives
SO.(g) which decolourises bromine-water. Hence, E, > & > &
The reaction proceed as follows: 66. (c) This test is used for the presence of sulphur in any
(i) Na,SO, + H2S0, —+ Na SO, + SO. +H,O compound. When sodium nitroprusside, react with
sulphide ion, (e.g. NaS) the following reaction
(ii) Bro + HO —+ 2HBr + [O] lakes place
(iii) SO, + [0] —s SO, Na,S+ Na,[Fe(CN), NO] —>Na,|[Fe(CN),NO,]
(decolourisation of bromine-water) (Sod, nitroprusside) Purple coloration
67. (c) (Ee (sod, thionitroprusside)
61. (b) The given reaction Is for preparation of DDT
(dichlorodiphenyl trichloroethane). Complete reaction Is sae Ey freneeeatienneeensengemngensannageneenenene
given as follows. s
ca G
Cl 8 Ea (energy of
( Fel;
—_—_*
6 E,» Product)
BR fn feet eee
Benzene (x) Chiorobenzene (Y) 2 ——._ (eneny of
we the reaction)
cl

i) 2 O + cccHo St,
=0-{O)-p{O)-° Cly
Reaction coordinate ——>

where, E, = activation energy of forward reaction

62. (d) The mixture of CO(g) and H,(g) is known water gas as E,'=activation energy of backward reaction
it is used in the synthesis of other compounds,
The above energy profile diagram shows thatE, > E,'
COig) + 2H,(g) =
— Mt _, CH,OH(/) The potential energy of the product is greater than that of
{| the reactant. so the reaction is endothermic.
Water gas

63. (c) Chromium hydroxide, |.e. Cr(OH), when reacts with &, =E,'+ AE
NaOH and Na Os, gives yellow colour of sodium & =£&, 0r& >€,'
chromate. The whole reaction is as follows
68. (c) The HJC— CH, + C,H, on reaction produce ethy!
aNa,0, + 2Cr(OH), —+ 2Na,CrO, +2H,0+ 2NaOH
benzene as follows
(yellow)
CH2-CHy

Oro EO
64. (a) Cl is the good leaving group, i.e is the weakest
nucleophile among the given options _anty.
AIC
[Cl, NH;, OC2H,; and OCOCH,]|, the rate of reaction is
faster, when ‘Z is ‘CI’. (othy! benzens)

65. (b) Key-idea 69. (b) Given, pH of solutionA =3

Use Nemst equation, \.e.
_ 0.0591, [Zn**] [H']of 4=10°M and, pH of solution
B=2
Elemf) = E05 = log [cu]
[H']of 8=10°M
For reaction (i) Thus, total [H*]are = 10° + 107 =11x10°M
E,= Fea ~ “2 hgSt PH jinay
= 109 [H"]
E\= Ereaty * 005 =—log(11« 10]

For reaction (il) =3-logtt

1 =3-1.04=1.9
E,= Econ oe
— ie log? =0

E, = Econ
22 SELF STUDY GUIDE BITSAT

70. (a) Freundlich isotherm is related with the pressure of gas Thus, only 2p, and 1 2p, are degenerate orbitals.
adsorbed, as follows ~ = k. p"" 76. (c) Total eneray (E) of any photon Is given by the relation :
e-"
m

where, = = amount of gas (x) adsorbed over the surface A

where, h = Planck's constant = 66 «10-* J-s

of mass (m).
c = velocity of light=3 x 10°"? m/s
P=pressure of gas
k = freundiich constant 3. = wave-length = 1.5 «10-' m, Le, (150 pm)
Thus, value of ‘n’ is always greater than 1 and therefore .6 «10 «3 = 10° Fo 4.32x1078 J
Thus, E = Pe _ 86x10 3x10
value of 1/n lies between 0 and 1. a 1.5«10

7 . (c) Electronic configuration of Mn is (Z =25)=[Arj3a° 4s * and, energy of ejected electron(E")

-_

.. Electronic configuration of Mn** is Mn** =[Ar] 3d° 1

E'=—mv?,
2
Thus, Mn**has 3-unpaired electron and its spin only
magnetic moment (u) is,» =./a(n + 2) BM where,
where, n = number of unpaired electrons. m= mass of electron =9.1«10 "kg
y= /3(3 +2). BM=>y = Vi5 =3.87BM =4BM Vv = velocity of electron =1.5 x 10’ms

72. (a) Gram equivalents of an acid E'= 4 ny? = 1494410 (1.5 «10")*
2 2
= Gram equivalents of KOH i.e. nt eh E'= 1,024 «10°
E 1000
Thus, total energy of photon =binding energy of electron
where, E= Equivalent mass
€ = 0.45% 1000 _ 45
20 x0.5 (B)+ energy of ejected electron (E")
Thus, 1.32
x 10°" = (B)+ (E)
Thus, basicity= 20 - 2 (B) =(E) -(E') =[132 « 107") - [1024 « 10°"
45
[: Basicity = Molecular nase =1.2176 «108 J
Equivalent mass
14,2176 «10°"° eV =7.6 x10" eV
eExie®
73. (a) Given, A+ BCD
. x
initial conc. 4 4 00
77. (b) The degree of unsaturation for compound C-H, is three
at equilibrium (4-2) (4 -2) 22
(3), as It reacts with Clo/A Hence C;H, is toluene, ie
Le. 2 2 22 CgH,.CH,. The whole reaction occurs as follows:
2x2
CH; CCl, CCl; CH,
Koa =D n2
QO acl,/D O Br./Fe Q ZnvHCl Oo
74. (b) Given, 125 ml of 1M AgNO, nd —_—_—_ —_

“Br Br
which is equal to 13.5 g of Ag (Toluene) (Ay (8) (m-brome toluena)

*: 1000 mi of AgNO, = 108

g of Ag
78. (c)
“125 ml of AgNO, = a =13.5g
Ratio Atomic |= Ratio
Mol_~—C_—séSimplestt
Eloent | (by weight) | weight — | Mol Ratio
Also, « 108g of Ag is deposited by =96500C
| 9 075
-.13.5
g of Ag is deposited by= 96500 «135 =12062.5C
Cc 9 12 —=07
7 075) —=
o5e73
1 100
Q=it
. ' ' 7700 | O25"
= t(time)
= Qj = 1208250
24125
_ 50
,t=50sec 3.5
S025) 025
N 3.5 14 14 025 1
75. (b) Orbitals of nearly equal energy are called degenerated
orbitals, As, energy of,
Empirical formula = C4H,N
a. 025 > os b. n2p, = 2p,
The empirical formula mass = 3 «12+ 4«1+ 14=54g
c.n2p,<o2p, d.a2p, <o 2p,
Given, molecular mass = 108g
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 23
sp psp
Thus, n= 108
54
=?
b.CH, —C-=C—CH,
Hence, molecular formula = (Empirical formula) x 2 sp*

(CgH,N) «2 = CgHgN, oe
CH=
sp oec=
oe
d. CH, = CH—C=CH
sp"
79. (a) Key idea pi-bond do not participate in hybridisation BO. (a) In bassemer converter, copper-sulphide is partially
2 Pp m9 sp oxidised to cuprous oxide, which further reacts with the
a. H—C=C—C=C—H remaining copper sulphide to give copper and sulphur
di oxide, Le, Cu,S+ 2Cu,0 —+ 6Cu+ SO,

English Proficiency
81. (b) ‘Many a’ takes singular noun, as well as singular verb. 88. (b) Taint (Noun) means a mark of disgrace or blemish.
So replace ‘have’ by ‘has’. The correct antonym will be ‘clear’, which means free of
e.g. Many a player is injured lately. ambiguity or doubt.
Antonyms Blank, esteem, respect.
82. (a) The correct syntax for interrogative sentences is ‘wh’
word + do/does+sub+verb+? Synonyms Contamination, corruption, stigma e.g. His
reputation was tainted by allegations of illegal activity.
So, we should replace ‘it takes’ by ‘does it take’ e.g. How
long does it take to build a new house? 89, (b) Vivacious (Adjective) means full of life and energy or
animated.
83, (c) Replace ‘his’ by ‘ones’ to make the possessive correct.
So, Its correct synonym will be ‘Lively’.
e.g. One should respect one’s parents.
Synonyms Spirited, active, jolly
84. (a) Assured is followed by preposition ‘of.
Antonyms Boring, unhappy, dull
e.g. | am assured of my promotion by next month. e.g, She is a dark-haired and vivacious lady.
85. (d) Preposition ‘to’ should be used with ‘submit’ here, 90. (b) Sporadic (Adjective) means rare and scattered in
e.g., When exams are over then candidates are required occurrence. Here ‘scattered’ has the same sense. It is the
to submit their papers. correct synonym.

86. (d) Audacious (Adjective) means bold or fearless. So, its Synonyms Desultory, isolated, random.
correct antonym will be ‘timid’, which means ‘lacking in Antonyms Common, systematic, usual
courage or confidence.’ e.g. Suddenly, sporadic fighting broke out in the town.
Antonyms Careful, meck, mild 91. (d) Both official and corporate India is allergic to ‘mention
Synonyms Daring, bold, unafraid. of clean technology.”
e.g. He is an audacious soldier. 92. (d) ‘Failure In crops’ is a life and death question to many
87. (c) Cogent (Adjective), which means reasonable Indians.
and convincing. The correct antonym will be ‘dissuasive’, 93. (a) The most similar in meaning to the word ‘profligacy' is
which means divert from the measure or purpose. ‘wastefulness’,
Antonyms Unconvincing, muddle, vague 94. (a) India cannot tolerate any further ‘crop failure’.
Synonyms Convincing, logical, compelling.
95. (d) The reason could be ‘US wants to use it as a handle
e.g. He put forward some cogent reasons for initiating the against the developing countries in the forthcoming meet.
project.

Logical Reasoning
96. (d) In the ‘College’, education is given to ‘Students’, in the This series contains two separate series. In first series, 1
same way, treatment is given to the ‘Patient’ in ‘Hospital’. is added in first two steps and 4 is added in third and
fourth steps.
97. (b) Except 35, all others are multiples of 9, but 35 is the In second series, 2 and 4 is added alternately.
multiple of 5 and 7.
98. (c) Pattern of the series is as shown below
99. (b) From given information,
+2 +4 +2
Ramesh > Mohan > Shyam ve (i)
Gautam > Ramesh > Rajat --(il)
122
4 3 6 7 1o fy
Shyam > Rajat (il)
1 1 4
Combining Eqs. (i), (ii) and (ill), we get,
24 sete stupy Guine BITSAT

Gautam > Ramesh > Mohan > Shyam > Rajat ie. Oo o
oo
oo
Hence, Rajat is the shortest among all. Oo Oo
100. (b) If figure shown in option (b), is placed in the place of
missing portion of the original figure, then it is completed 103. (a) In each row, the number of objects increases by 1 at
as shown below
each step from left to right. So, in third row, the missing
segment contain 2 + 1=3 dots.
104. (b) One of the three dots occupies the region which is
common to the circle, rectangle and triangle; another dot
occupies the region which is common to the triangle, circle,
rectangle and square and the third dot occupies the region
which is common to the circle, rectangle and square.
These three characteristics as shown by these three dots
10 . (b) Figure given in option b, can be formed by joining the are found in figure b.. It possesses region which is common
=

pieces given in question figure, as shown below. to the circle, rectangle and triangle, a region which is
common to the triangle circle, rectangle, and square anda

“op|— |
region which is common to the circle, rectangle and square
Common to the triangle, rectangle and
citcle
102. (d) In figure (X), the square sheet of paper is being
folded along the vertical line of symmetry, so that right Common to the triangle, square, circle
half of the sheet overlaps the left half. and rectangle

In figure (Y), the sheet is folded further to a quarter. Common to the circle, rectangle and square
In figure (Z), two squares are punched in the folded
sheet. Clearly, the punched squares will be created in 105. (a) Naming the figure,
each quarter of the paper and after unfolding the first fold E F G H
the figure will look like as,
ot} 0 P Q
oF
i oy
A B Cc BD

Clearly, there are 28 triangles in the given figure namely,

then after unfolding the last fold the transparent sheet will EOF, AOE, AOB, BOF, ABF, BEF, ABE, AEF, BPF, FPG,
look like as given In option d. CPG, BPC, BFG, BCG, CFG, BCF, GQC, CDQ, DQH,
GOH, GDC, GDH, GHC, CDH, AFC, BGD, EBG and FCH.

Mathematics
106. (d) Given, a= 3b stan '(n? + 14+1)-tan'1
4 n?4n+1-1) ,{ nen |
=tan :
14 (n= 4n+1)) (n= ++ 2)
20
108. (b) Given, (2x? + ax + 4)'° = rstax

107. (a) We have, z tar 2] Replacing x by 2 we get

m=1 m*+m*+2
0 2 | ’

-: tan { gm om [4 +S+4]
x x
- 5
r=0
a{2|
x
mat 1+ (ne ams hime m= 20
=> 2"9 (2x? 4+ ax+ 4) = E a ox?!
= E ftan-'(m? + m+ 4) = tan (m? m+ 4) r=0
Me
20 20
=(tan'3
= tan”! 1) + (tan“'7 - tan“'3) => 2 3 ax'==Z azn’
r=0 r=0

+ (tan-(13) -— tan-' 7) + ...+ (tan (n? + + 1) Comparing coefficient of x* both sides, we get
~tan"(n® — n+ 1)) Wy 9 92 _, 3a 2 4
2 ay = ay2 "3. PD
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 25
109. (d) In AABC, D be the mid-point of BC and AB = ADAABD => 2<,e-1<3=> 5<x<10
is an isosceles.
Equation have infinite many solutions.
AM is perpendicular bisector of BD
BM =MD 142. (d) We have,
ax+y+z=a o> (i)
In AABM, tanB =——
x+by+z=b (i)

A X+y+ez=c vee (iil)

are inconsistent.
11 1

oa
1 b 1 =0and 140

Ff
11¢

=a

=
om
1 y=0

=Oo
B 7 D Cc
1 c

In AAMC, tanc = AM => a (be —1)-1(c -1)+1(1-b)=0

CM abe -a-—c+14+1-b=0
tanB CM _3BM
=3 [-CM=DM+CD| abe -a-b-c+2=0
tanC BM BM
aii
110. (a) We have, and b b 1}#0
L= | e1ce
jim a os
It ls possible only when a = b= tande =1
We know that, (14 x7)" > 14 nx
113. (a) For atleast 4 times an even number, probability is

=
=> _i1_.

f
(14 7)"
dx <[)
14 nx
1

: dx
ald}a) oFgt all)
=>
O(14 x*)"
('—<
014 nx?
1 [tan Ji x],
+"a(3)
osx) dn
rol}

1 1
=—=tan'Vn
Vn 114. (b) Equation of plane containing linex —y -1= O0and
z-1=Ols(x-y-)eal(z-N=0
t= tim
nn
vn +x
ae
4 aS lim | i tan vn
=> xX-yriz-1-A=0 vei)
nt Since, this plane is parallel to line
L=5 x Zz
—_=—_—=landy=3

114. (d) We have, x + 3 - 4,/x —1+ Jx+68-6/x -1=1

2 3 *
x-1_ y-3 2
efi)
fie
1) — 202 e144 4 fUe—1)
- 2x3e-1+ 9-1 2 o 3
=> ive —1- 2)? + ie —-1-3)7? =1 2(1) + (0) (- 1) + HA) =0
=> 4=-2/3
=> | x 1 -2|+ |. fx ~3|/=1
Putting the value of 4. in Eq. (i), we get
=> | yx —1 - 2] + [fx -3 2 2
—YrHz-14
x-y 3 +5==0;0; 3xke -- Sy
3y -2z=1
= (jx - ~ 2) (fk -1-3)
a0
We know that, 415. (d) We have, (14 x 4x7)? = Lax’
f=
if |x —al+ |x — bl =(x - a) -(x - b)
then, (x —a)(x —b) <0 x is replaced by - I. we get
x
(yx -1-2)(yx -1-3)<0

(-3+3) ~E-vaz)x =o
26 self stupy Guine BITSAT

40
(l-x + x? yo = L(- Vax r
tant. =
r= x 6
a9
rt 1) 4, .a, ,, |S coefficient of x in product of ¥ a tan ==
f=

(tex sx8ye(t-1 4 5)
2
=0 = x= J3y
\, x x
Also given,
416. (a) Let |z- 2/34 =2
L= lim Asin?
x cosx — cosx + sinx |x+iy-2/3 faa
ea sinx + COSX
4 x +(y - av3)? =27
2sinx(sin*x + cos*x + 2sinx cosx — 1) This |s the equation of circle whose centre is (0, 2/3)
L= lim - cosx + sinx and r=}, Now,x — /3y =O touches the circle
on SINX + COSx
, 0-8 (2V3)
L= lim 2sinx[(sinx + cosx)? — 1] —cosx + sinx . 143
x ae sinx + cosx
h -f =3
2sinx(sinw + cosx)" -2sinx —cosx + sinx
L= lim A=3
x alt sinx + cosx
. (a) We have,
L= lim (sinx + cosx) (2sinx(sinx 4+ cos (x —1)
l+m4+n=0 --.(I)
yg 4 sinx
+ GOSx
4 and P=m* +n? (ii)
L= lim, 2 sin x (sinx + cosx )-1=-1 Putting the value of /in Eq. (ii), we get
1+
7 (m+ nf =m? +n?
117. (b) Given, => m* 4 n* 4 2mn =m* +n?
axb=c
=> mn =O
bxc=a
= m=0,n=0
exa=b
when m=0,f=-n
(bxc)-n=a-a
-.Direction cosinesare{ ro
- 0, 5 }
(cxa)-b=b-b
a?— fh =(bxe)-a—(exa)-b When n=0,/=-m
=[bca] —[ca bl =0
-. Direction cosinesare | # + 9}.
lal’
|b =0
{a|—|bj=0 Angle between lines are
We know that, cos ={ x- z)* {0 x 1)5} * (1...)
(5x0
Jaxbbxcexa] =[a bq?
[a be] =[a be* cos0=1,0=n/3
2
(a bd[-[a bq~1]=0 . (c) Let the foot of perpendicular be (hh, k).
[a be=1
Equation of tangent with slopem passing (h, k) is
jal]
bl }e}=1 y=mx em? + 2, where m= ~-h/k
|a|=|bj=|e]#2
118. (a) Let z=x+iy 6h® AP + ke
Re k
argz tan“ |
6h? + 2k? =(h? +k?)
So, required locus is Gx? + 2y? =(x? + y?)?_
arg (2) =
@la
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 2/
121. (d) Let |A=3>A=23
h(x) = f(x) - 29x) . Equation
of plane is
h(O) = f(0) - 2q(0) x-2y+2z=3
(0) = 2- 20) [- (0) =2,9(0)= 0] 125. (b) Let A be the event that maximum is 6.
(0)
= 2 Bbe the event that minimum is 3.
A(t) = fC) - 2g(1) 5
P(A)= a (number dess than 6 is 5)
h(t) = 6 = 2(2) [- £() = 6, 9(1) = 2] qa
A()=2 4
P(B) = we (number greater than 3 is 5)
AO) = h(1) a
h'(x) = f'(x)— 2g" (x) 2

By Rolle's theorem /'(c) = 0 PIANB)= ae"

-. f'(e) -— 2g'(e) =0, f'(e) = 2g'(c)
«Required probability
122. (b) We have,
P(AnB) °C, 21
1) e+ ~P(B/A)= Fay 3c, 105
I= f[t+x-2e * dx

pera f 1) xal
126. (b) We have, sin(ia) cos(da) _ 5 _ 1
I=fe tax + [{x- Fle * dx sina cosa .
sin(4a) cosa — cos(Aa) sina =(4 —1)sina cosa
1 1
sin(&—1)a =(2—1)sina cosa
[=fe" "ax + fx{ 1 Je" Fax
1 1
sin(
— 1) a = + sin2a
I=fe' *ax+xe *—-fe" * dx Itis possible, when) -1=O0>1=1

and haV iy, 23

2
123. (d) We have, “i. has only two solution.
(1+ ax + bx) (1-28 127. (b) Given,y =ax* + bx +c has two x-intercepts one is

(14 ax + bx?)(1- 8,2" + 8C,(2x7) - positive and one Is negative and vertex is(2,- 2) The
graph
of y = ax* + bx + cis
"8C, (2x)? + "°C, (2x)° ...)
Coefficient of x° is — C,(2)* + a- "c,(2)* — b"’c(2)
and coefficient of x“ is C,(2)* - 8C,(2)8a + "@C,(2)*b
Coefficient of x*and x* are zero.
-. — *e,(2)" + "e,(2)?(a) - "C(2) b=0
(2, -2)
4 «17 «16
—_—_—- -17a+ b= wes
= 3x2 0
Clearly fram graph
and s0- 2a +b=0 wall) c>0

Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get P39 = -b>0

a
a=-16 b=
272
——
=> b<9
6 3
f\=sa+bac<0
124. (a) Equation of plane parallel to the plane
ab <0,ac <0,bc>0
xX -2y+22z-5=Olsx-2y+2z7+2=0
128. (b) LetA =(1, 2) equation of line is
Since, this plane is unit distance from origin
x-1_y-2_,_ V6
t= A

+444
cos) sind = 3

x= 46cosd+ty= 8 sinas 2
3
28 se. stupy GUIDE BITSAT

This point lies on lina.x + y = 4

v6
— cosi+
v6
—sino=1
3 3

=> sino + coso= 43

= sin| = 4 0| -#

=> + + 0 = 60° or 120°

=> @ = 15°
or 75°
a Larger angle = 75°.
-.Area bounded = fice + dx) — (x — xvx)}d]
129. (d) [P + 1] =[P] + 1 Let [P) =n, then nis integer
”. ([P + 1.[P)) =(n + 1.9) lie inside the region of circles s ef) xx] = +sq unit
Sy =x? +? -2e -15=0,CG =(10).4=4
132. (d) We have, f(x) = [is sinx + 4cosx)dx
and Sp =x? + y* - 2x -7 =0, C, =(10), = 2V2
Both circles are concentric. => f'(x)=3sinx+ 4cosx =Ssin| x+ tan' :
(n+ +n? -8n41)-7>0
and(n4 1)? +n? -2(n+ )-15<0>4<n* <8
4 3
Which is not possible for any integer.
=> n<x + tan”! 4/3< 2n
130. (a) We have,
- f'(x) <0, Le, f(x) is decreasing.
dy _=@ *—Ye" ey
dx +: least value of texyis (=, ae) - ¢f 42)
4'°3) \3)
=> oY . eet 6% 4y/3
dx least f(x) = |(Ssinx + 4cosx) dx
Put e” =v 0

y Fw =[-3 cosx + 4sinx]j"*

dx dx
=-3(-+-1] a{-2}
dv
—-+Vve
x
=e
2x 2 } 2
ax”
This is linear equation 9 - 4/3
2
LF =0!°"™ - @8" 133. (a) Letz, =re'”
”. Required solution is
then, 2,=re'"
vie” =[e" eax +C
21K pill — gin in
vie” =e" (e* -)4c 2

= oY .e"" =e" (e" 140 = i= x

n

=> e’ =e* -14 ce Also, In 24) ™

=tané=tan~=J/2-1
Ai, (2) n
131. (d) Given,
curve is (y -— x)* =x"
=> tan= = V2 1
= yrs = + xx

=> yoxtxdx n=6

 SOLVED PAPER 2019 29
134. (b) (14 x 47 4 x4)! = [C14 x14 x9
= (1+ x(t + x9)
1 1 t1-c¢
=(14 G+ PG, x? + MG, + Cy x4)
ab + ac + bc =abe
x(1+ PC, x2 + Moh...) ab + be
+ ac >(a* b*c*)'* =(abc)"* > 3

~.Coefficient of x* =('°C,)("C,) + PC, 3

Minimum of abe =(3)" = 27
=100+ 210=310
139. (c) Given,
135. (c) Since only one letters can not be In wrong envelope so
that at least two letters are in wrong envelope means all AA =A'A
the letters ara not in right envelopes. and B=A'A'
ox
= 6!-1=720 -1=719
BB =(A'A')\(A'A')
Y =number of ways, so that all the letters are in wrong
envelops =(A TAA) (AT)
=6i(1-241-1,11,
\ tb 2! 3f 4! 5S!
a.6! =(A1A')[A(A')"]
[(AY=A4 (At) =(A' 7]
= 360-120
+ 30-6+ 1=265 =A YA AA)"
x-y =719 —265 = 454
=A\Aa(ay"
136. (c) We have,
x =log, 3 + log;
5 + logs7
=(A'A) (A Ay’
AM2GM
=f-l=1
. gs 3+ log,
5 + logy 7
- 3 140. (a) We have,
> (log; 3:log, 5-log, 7)"* sin'x + tan"x=5—>0<x<4
{log3 log5 a7)"
> x=
3\ jogs
—
“log7 “log® tan 'x=3—sin 'y =cos'x
3 3 Trax?
= x>a(3]
= aX? 5
= = tan-)« -1 = tan ~j a)

137. (c) x? 2x + A=0 : 5

> x = J1-x
= x=1+,1-A
* p=1-Ji-Aq=14 ji-A => x4 407-120 =x?= 1s
Similarly, r =9 - ./81- B, s =9 + jB81-B = x2>0
p.g.r.s are in AP. _%5-1
+e q-p=s-r
2
= 2/1-
A =2 81-8 = = 2x?
4 1205
a 8=80+A 141. (a) Given, |cosx| = 2[x]
and q-p=r-q O<|cosx|s1
= 3ji-Aa=8- 81-8 0 <2[x] <1
= A=-3,8=77 Osixl<2
138. (c) We have, re
(1-awsy+z=0 tcosx4 =0
x+(1-b)y+z=0 k
x+y+(1-e)z2=0 xennes
has many solutions For any value of 7 EN, [n] #0
Hence, the equation has no solution.
30 seLF stupy cuine BITSAT

142. (c)O<a, psia +pst (x)

~
=> Fx) =1
cos(a + f)=4/5=> tan(a +P)=3/4
sin(a -§)=5/13> a -Bped, SFr(x) dx = [dx
and tan(a - fi)=5/12
=> logf*(x)=x+C
tan2o =tan(a + f+a-f)
= f'(x)= Ae*
_ tan(a + fi) + tan(a - fp)
1-tan(a+ [)) tan(a —()
=> f(x)
= Ae“ +K
_3/4+5/12
56 f(O)=A+K=1 -. (ll)
5
1-3/4 “tp
33 Ae* = Ae* + K+ [/(A0* + k)dx
143. (c) 18 draws are required for 2 aces means in the first 17 => k + [Ae*
+ Kx]}, =0
draws, there is one ace and 16 non-ace and 18th draw => k+Ae-A+K=0
2nd ace.
=> Ale -—1)4+ 2k =0 «-a(iil)
au ‘
+. Required probability = —Cie* G3 __561_ From Eqs. (ii) and (iii),
we get
equired probability = “35 * ag ~ 45025
An-—_
ean lt®
144. (c) (a+ pb) is normaltoc 3-e 3-e
, (a+ pb)-c=0 ix) = 2e" 1-e
((1= p) 1+ (2 + 2p)j + (3+ p)k)-(Bi+j)=0 3-e 3-e

3-3p+2+ 2p=0>p=5 148. (b) We have,

y=e™* + x*
145. (b) We have,
f(x)
= x[x] atx =O,y=1
f(x)= px [- Xl =A & - 26% + 2x
M(x) =p =[x]
F(x) =[x] ~) _
E a=0 “8
146. (b) We have,
Equation of normal at (0, 1) is
f(x) =x2e"**
1
{'(x)=2xe" —2x9@™ y —1s-- 3)
= X+ 2y-2=0
f(x)= xe (1— x?)
2
f'(x)=Ox=0-11 Distance nce f from(0,0, 0) 0) from normal | =
f'(—h) <0, f(h) > 0, So minimum atx =0
f(1-h)>0,
(14 2) <0, Somaximum
atx =1 149. (c) Given line a = re zs
= is passes through
f'(—-1-h) > O0.f'(-14 A)< 0, Somaximum atx =-1 P(1, 2, 4).
Minimum f(x) = f(0)=0 To find the reflection of line we need one more point on
the line clearly M (0, 5, 5) also lie on line.
Maximum f(x) =e"! at
e Let N(a, fi, y) be the reflection M in the
Since, f(x) 2 OWx X+yez=7
So, difference between maximum and minimum values @ B+5 145 | 7
=! -O= J
2 2 2
e e => a+B+y =4
147. (a) Given, Also, MN is perpendicular, i.e. parallel to the normal of the
plane
F(x) = flee) + ffl) x, (0) = 4 ...fi)
=> f(x)
= F(x) + 0
 SOLVED PAPER 2019 31
a _P-5 _y-5 _, = y> +x? 5x —5y + xy +8=0
1 1 ! = + y (x -5) + (x* - 5x + 8)=0
y*
= M=-A,BP=A+4+5,7 =A4-5
A+ +5 424554 = Since y «A ; -

= a=-2 (x -5)° - 4(x° - Sx + 8)>0

N=(-2,3,5) => x? + 25-

—10x + 20x - 3220
4x?
= ax* -10x +7 <0
Equation PN is *—"-¥—=-2—S
ox" -7x- Gv 47<0
150. (b) We have, 4 (x —7(x-9<0

x+y+2=5 79
x24 y?4 22 =9 x ¢| 1 3|

=> x? +y" + (5-x-y)y =9 ' (?f 4

4
Length of interval =| 3 1| =
3